Skip to main content

Full text of "Twenty Years Of Education For Journalism A History Of The School Of Journalism Of The University Of Missouri Columbia Missouri U S A"

See other formats


Journalist's freed 

1 believe in the profession of journalism. 

/ believe that the public journal is a public trust; that all connected 

with it are, to the full measure of their responsibility, trustees for the 

public; that acceptance of lesser service than the public service is be- 

trayal of this trust. 

/ believe that clear thinking and clear statement, accuracy and fairness, 

are fundamental to good journalism. 

/ believe that a journalist should write only what he holds in his heart 

to be true. 

/ believe that suppression of the news, for any consideration other than 

the welfare of society, is indefensible. 

/ believe that no one should write as a journalist what he would not 

say as a gentleman; that bribery by one's own pocketbook is as much 

to be avoided as bribery by the pocketbook of another; that individual 

responsibility may not be escaped by pleading another's instructions or 

another's dividends. 

/ believe that advertising, news and editorial columns should alike serve 

the best interests of readers; that a single standard of helpful truth and 

cleanness should prevail for all; that the supreme test of good journal- 

ism is the measure of its public service. 

/ believe that the journalism which succeeds best and best deserves 

success fears God and honors man; is stoutly independent, unmoved 

by pride of opinion or greed of power, constructive, tolerant, but never 

careless, self-controlled, patient, always respectful of its readers but 

always unafraid; is quickly indignant, at injustice; is unswayed by the 

appeal of privilege or the clamor of the mob; seeks to give every man, 

a chance and, as far as law and honest wage and recognition of human 

brotherhood can make it so, an equal chance; is profoundly patriotic 

while sincerely promoting international good will and cementing world- 

comradeship; is a journalism of humanity, of and for today's world. 

The School of Journalism 
University of Missouri 

Twenty Years of 

Education for Journalism 

A History of the School of Journalism 

of the University of Missouri 

Columbia, Missouri, 

U. S. A. 



Late Assistant Professor of Journalism, 
University of Missouri. 


The E. W. Stephens Publishing Company 

Columbia, Missouri 








I. The First School of Journalism 3 

II. Beginning- Journalism Instruction at Missouri Univer- 
sity 13 

III. Early Years of the School of Journalism (1908-1920) . 23 

IV. In Jay H. Neff Hall (1920-1928) 36 


V, Purpose 53 

VI. Organization of the School 58 

VII. Laboratory Work 90 

The Missourian 95 

The Herald-Statesman 134 

The Missourian Magazine 135 


VIIL Alumni and Former Students 143 

IX. Journalism Weeks 158 

X. Journalism Bulletins 246 

XL The Missouri Writers' Guild 284 

XII. The Missouri Interscholastic Press Association 287 

XIII. Yenching University 290 

XIV. Journalism Organizations 294 

Kappa Tau Alpha 295 

Theta Sigma Phi 297 

Sigma Delta Chi 299 

Alpha Delta Sigma 303 

Gamma Alpha Chi 308 

School of Journalism Alumni Association 310 

University of Missouri Journalism Students' Asso- 
ciation 313 

XV. Gifts to the School of Journalism 318 

XVI. The School's Equipment S29 


XVII. The Twentieth Anniversary 337 

XVIII. The School of Journalism Today 406 




The State University School of Journalism 411 

Are Schools of Journalism Getting Anywhere? 418 

Dedicatory Ceremony for Jay H. Neff Hall 426 

Who's Who: Journalism Faculty ; 440 

Student Assistants in Journalism 449 

Scholarships and Prizes 450 

Enrollment 452 

Number of Graduates 453 

Curators of the University of Missouri 454 

Faculty of Journalism 1928 455 

INDEX 457 





B.J., '13 36 


YEAR 58 






No record has hitherto been published of the origin and 
growth of the University of Missouri School of Journal- 
ism through its twenty years, 1908 to 1928. In this 
volume we have collected and hope to preserve facts rela^ 
tive to the teaching- of journalism at Missouri University 
from earliest beginnings to date. The data contained 
herein has been selected and compiled from: University 
of Missouri catalogs and official announcements; minutes 
of the meetings of the University's Board of Curators; 
printed proceedings of the Missouri Press Association; 
Journalism Bulletins ; files of the University Missourian 
and other newspapers; from letters and clippings; and 
from notes and memory of Dean Walter Williams and 
other members of the School of Journalism faculty. 

Historic basic facts are given herein, not written with 
the thought to entertain readers, but to put on record 
information of value to the University of Missouri and 
its School of Journalism and of especial interest to its 
alumni and students. It may prove of interest also to 
those connected with schools and departments of journal, 
ism elsewhere as well as to men and women practicing 
journalism and seeking to study the development in pro- 
fessional education. 

S. L. W. 


From the portrait of Dean Walter Williams, founder of the first school 
of journalism in the world, painted by Charles F. Gait and presented 
to the University of Missouri School of Journalism by its alumni in 




Just one hundred years after journalism crossed the 
Mississippi Kiver, with the founding of the Missouri 
Gazette at St. Louis July 12, 1808, the first organized uni- 
versity school of journalism in the world offering a degree 
in journalism, was established at the University of Mis- 
souri. In 1928 the twentieth anniversary of its founding 
was commemorated during the annual Journalism Week 
program at this University. 

However, full thirty years before the official establish- 
ment of the specialized school, Missouri University offered 
its first courses in journalism. Intermittently throughout 
the period of 1878 to 1908 interest in professional journal- 
ism education had its ups and downs. For several years 
there were definite courses offered in the English depart- 
ment, then dropped when a particular professor resigned. 
Again there were series of lectures by prominent news- 
paper men brought from various parts of the country. 
For a number of years previous to the actual opening of 
the School of Journalism there were petitions circulated 
by students asking for such professional training, and 
the Missouri Press Association actively favored the es- 
tablishment of a chair of journalism in the University of 
Missouri, Through the influence of this association such 
a chair was established by the University Board of Cura- 
tors in 1898. However, sufficient funds were not then 
granted by the State Legislature to make the chair an 
actuality and it was not until 1908 that the School was 
founded and began functioning. 

Other universities and colleges have claimed "the first 
school of journalism, " but in all cases the claim goes back 
merely to the idea of having such a department, or, 
oiftener, to teaching of one or two courses in journalism, 



and not to the actual organization of a separate pro- 
fessional school offering a degree in journalism. 

To General Bobert E. Lee is given the credit for con- 
ceiving the idea of instruction in journalism. Dr. James 
Melvin Lee, director of the department of journalism at 
New York University, in a bulletin published in 1918 by 
the U. S. Bureau of Education* says: 

"The reconstruction period of American history saw 
the first attempt on the part of an institution of higher 
education to add technical instruction in journalism to the 
curriculum. Strangely enough, the attempt was made in 
the South, at what was then known as Washington Col- 
lege, but what is today Washington and Lee University. 
Gen. Eobert E. Lee had been made president of this col- 
lege, and was seeking to train the youth of the South, not 
in the ways of war but in those of peace. Convinced that 
the press could aid greatly in the solutions of the prob- 
lems then confronting the South, he sent to the board of 
trustees of Washington College the following recommen- 
dation on March 30, 1869: 

"*I beg leave to submit for your consideration several 
propositions from the faculty which would not have been 
presented until your regular meeting in June but for the fact 
that, should they receive your approbation, the necessary 
changes in the catalog of the present session, now prepar- 
ing for publication, will be made. The proposition recom- 
mending the institution of 50 scholarships for young men 
proposing to make printing and journalism their life work 
and profession ... I will only add that the foregoing 
subjects have been maturely considered by the faculty and 
have received their unanimous assent. 

" 'Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) R. E. Lee, 
" 'Pres. W. C.' " 

"The board of trustees npon receipt of President Lee's 
letter adapted the following resolutions, already passed 
by the faculty of Washington College: 

" 'Resolved, That the board of trustees be requested 
to authorize the faculty to appoint to scholarships, to be 
called scholarships, not exceeding 50 in 

""Instruction in Journalism in Institutions of Higher Education" 
by James Melvin Lee, U. S, Bulletin No. 21, 1918. 


number, young men intending to make practical printing 
and journalism, their business in life, such scholarships 
to be free from tuition and college fees on condition that, 
when required by the faculty, they shall perform such 
disciplinary duties as may be assigned them in a print- 
ing office or in other positions in the line of their profes- 
sion for a time equal to one hour in each working day. 

" 'Resolved, That the board of trustees be requested 
in order to carry the foregoing provision into effect, to 
make such arrangements for or with a printing office as 
may afford practical instruction and, so far as practi- 
cable, compensated employment in their business to suchi 
young men,' 

"At the June meeting of the board the faculty reported, 
on press scholarships, that a 'limited number of boys 
can receive instruction in the printing office of Messrs. 
Lafferty & Co., in this town, for the present, without 
charge or cost to the college/ Notices about such instruc- 
tion in journalism appeared in the catalog of Washington 
College until 1878. " 

Two points in this first announcement of college in- 
struction in journalism have carried through to modern 
times in journalistic education: First, practical instruc- 
tion was to supplement work in the class room; second, 
the use of the preposition "for" in "to make such ar- 
rangements for or with a printing office as may afford 
practical instruction" shows that General Lee had a 
vision of a printing plant that might, at a later date, be 
installed at Washington College. 

General Lee's vision, however, resulted in the awarding 
of journalistic scholarships only for a few years. It was 
not until 1925 that this college appointed a professor of 
journalism* and established a journalism laboratory. 

A "school," according to the definition of the Associa- 
tion of American Universities, is a separate academic 
unit with a dean, director or chairman, a separate faculty 

*Roscoe B. Ellard, who received his A. B. and B. J. degrees at 
the University of Missouri in 1917. 


and a separate curriculum leading to a separate profes- 
sional degree, the courses being based upon at least two 
years of college work. A ^ department " is a separate 
academic unit within a school or college, with a chairman 
or other presiding officer. A "course 7 ' is a subject within 
a department or college or division, taught by an individ- 
ual instructor. Courses in journalism were offered at 
the University of Missouri as early as 1878, but the first 
School of Journalism in the world was established here 
in 1908. 

In the last two decades professional education for 
journalism has grown increasingly popular until today 
more than two hundred and thirty universities and col- 
leges in the United States offer courses in journalism, 
while fifty-five have schools and departments. 

" Prior to 1910, " says an editorial in the Journalism 
Bulletin,* "it is generally known that conditions in edu- 
cation for journalism were bad, that few journalism 
schools were equipped to provide a comprehensive educa- 
tion for the profession. At that time there were only 
four departments or schools of journalism in the country. 
Missouri had a school of journalism offering the degree 
of bachelor of journalism; Wisconsin had a program of 
studies known as Courses in Journalism which included 
instruction in reporting, editing, history and principles 
of journalism ; New York University had just opened a 
department of journalism; in the far west a department 
was engaged in its first year of work at the University of 
Washington. Other institutions offering one or more 
classes in journalism included Ohio, Nebraska, Cornell, 
Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Kansas, Kansas State Agri- 
cultural College, Pennsylvania, North Dakota, Bessie Tift, 
DePauw, Oklahoma and Colorado. Little recognition was 
given the work by the universities of which the instruc- 
tion was a part, or by the professions for which students 

*The Journalism Bulletin, November, 1927; published by the 
American Association of Schools and Departments of Journalism and 
the American Association of Teachers of Journalism. Lawrence W. 
Murphy, Editor. 


were trying to prepare. Schools had been approved in 
theory by a number of educators such as President 
Charles W, Eliot of Harvard, President Andrew D. White 
of Cornell, and G-en. Eobert E. Lee, president of what has 
since become Washington and Lee University, and by 
such newspaper meon as White! aw Eeid and Joseph Pulitz- 
er, but little headway had been made with the actual 
work of the professional course and that headway was 
confined to a very small number of institutions. 

"The one school of journalism and the three depart- 
ments of journalism, which existed in 1910 were produc- 
ing fewer than twenty-five graduates a year and the list 
of institutions which gave one or more classes was pro- 
ducing not more than twenty alumni who took up jour- 
nalism. At that time there were no national organizations 
of teachers of journalism, no organization of schools and 
departments, and no publication of any sort designed for 
teachers of journalism. 

"With this small beginning, and with a professional 
alumni body of less than two hundre^i interested in the 
upbuilding of the professional school after experience in 
the study of journalism as a university subject, the in- 
struction entered a period of adjustment and expansion 
which overcame many of the flaws of the pioneer systems 
and brought distribution of professional instruction in 
journalism on a national scale. During the period ending 
in 1920, twenty-eight of the present list of schools were 
offering the equivalent of a major in journalism or more. 
They were graduating approximately three hundred 
students a year and had a total enrollment in all classes 
of about two thousand students. 

"The period of participation by the United States in 
the World War was o<ne of trial and transition for the 
school. The experience of the public with the power of 
the press during this period and the return of mature 
students to schools of journalism after the war, were 
factors in giving a new dignity to the professional work. 

"During the period 1910 to 1920 the growth of schools 
of journalism may be indicated by the following table 


which shows the number of schools, departments, and 
professional four-year courses in order of establishment. 


Year No. "Schools." Members AASDJ 

1910 4 

1911 7 

1912 10 

1913 11 

1914 15 

1915 19 

1916 19 5 

1917 24 7 

1918 26 9 

1919 28 10 

1920 28 10 

"In 1920 professional instruction in journalism had 
passed through the experimental stage and had won the 
confidence of the press and the public. But there was 
little standardization in the various courses, no attempt 
at requiring an 'interneship' period before graduation, 
and no general acceptance by the twenty-eight schools of 
a minimum prescription of journalism or general studies. 
In general, the cultural and disciplinary studies required 
for the bachelor of arts degree were adopted by schools 
of journalism as a temporary list and a major of from 
sixteen to thirty hours in journalism was required. The 
difference between sixteen and thirty hours is so great, 
however, as to mark a point of disagreement between the 
teachers of various schools. One represents one-eighth 
of a four-year program, the other one-fourth. It might 
be observed here that the school requiring thirty hours 
produced -three times as many journalists as the one re- 
quiring sixteen hours, and did so both in actual numbers 
and in percentage of total number of graduates. 

"The idea had crystallized by 1920 that a four year 
course in preparation for journalism was a mere step 
toward the school of the future and that the school which 
would ultimately flourish would be one requiring five 
years work for graduation, three of them of a general 


character and two of them in a professional school or 

" Paralleling the growth of professional courses was 
the growth of scattered courses offered without relation 
to a program of studies in connection with graduation in 
journalism. In 1912, the year in which the American Con- 
ference of Teachers of Journalism was formally organ- 
ized, Dean Walter Williams prepared a report showing 
that the following institutions were offering instruction 
in journalism in some form: Beloit College, Universities 
of California, Colorado, Columbia, DePauw, Iowa State 
College, Universities of Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kansas 
State Agricultural -College, Universities of Kentucky, 
Louisiana, Maine, Marquette, Massachusetts Agricultural 
College, Universities of Michigan, Missouri, Nebraska, 
North Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Pitts- 
burg, North Dakota, Notre Danae, Ohio State, South 
Dakota, Utah, Washington, Wisconsin, New York, and 
Southern California. 

"In three of these institutions, Marquette, Columbia 
and Missouri, instruction in journalism was organized in 
the form of a professional school and in seven others it: 
was a separate department Oregon, Notre Dame, Kansas, 
Washington, Wisconsin, Iowa State and Kansas State. 
This report was. based on, a list of questions sent to two 
hundred colleges and universities. Following this meet- 
ing, which was held at Chicago 1 , November 30, 1912> James 
Melvin Lee issued a postscript to the association news 
letter giving a list of teachers of journalism. The list 
included thirty-one names. The meeting was attended by 
eighteen teachers. 

"In 1916, the year before war conditions disturbed 
enrollment figures and school activity, the professional 
school had begun to stand out sharply from the non- 
professional institutions. The ten largest professional 
schools were reported in December of that year as having 
the following enrollments: Missouri 236; Washington 226- 
Iowa State 199; Wisconsin 178; Kansas 157; Columbia 
151; Michigan 142; Oregon 130; Ohio State 104, These 


totals, in some cases, were figured on the basis of class 
card enrollments and -not on the basis of professional stu- 
dent taking the full list of journalism and general studies, 
but they offer an index to relative size and health at that 
time. During that year twelve institutions added instruc- 
tion in journalism to their list of studies. None of the 
twelve established a professional system of study. 

"In 1918 instruction in journalism was being offered in 
thirty-one state universities, seventeen state colleges and 
schools, and forty-three endowed colleges and univer- 
sities, according to a study of catalogs, and a bulletin 
issued by the United States Bureau of Education, which 
was prepared by James Melvin Lee. Of these institutions 
twenty-six were offering the equivalent of a major, or 
more, in journalism. The total number of professional 
and non-professional groups was ninety-one. 

"By 1920 the number of schools offering some form of 
journalism had increased to one hundred thirty-one. Of 
this number twenty-eight were schools now in the list of 
those offering professional courses. 

"The period from 1920 to 1927 has brought the greatest 
expansion and improvement in the professional pro- 
grams of study. The list of schools giving professional 
preparation has increased to fifty-four and the total num- 
ber has increased from one hundred thirty-one to two 
hundred thirty. Comparison of the status in 1920 and 
1927 may be made by a study of the statistical report 
which appears in this issue. The tendency to establish, 
distinct schools of journalism is clearly defined and fol- 
lows the policy for development of a standard course 
which was announced by the Council on Education for 
Journalism in 1924. The general movement is toward the 
five year curriculum with the last two years in a profes- 
sional school of journalism. 

"The higher requirements and standards which will be 
attached to the five year program cannot be enforced at 
the present time because of economic and social condi- 
tions over which journalism faculties exercise no control. 
The highest form of administrative unit practical at this 


time is the four-year course with two years under the 
direction of the school of journalism. Such a course may 
go five or ten credits beyond the regular four year pro- 
gram of the one hundred twenty or one hundred thirty 
credit college but it cannot hold the professional stu- 
dents in school for five years in large enoug;h numbers to 
be of value to the profession. Students who are able to 
stay longer than four years are encouraged under this 
system to take advanced work in the graduate divisions. 
An exception to the above rule may be made in the case of 
students who seek more than one bachelor's degree. Each 
year a number of students with the bachelor of arts and 
bachelor of science degree enrolls in journalism schools 
for the purpose of obtaining a bachelor's degree of jour- 
nalism. The result of such enrollment is the possession 
of a five year university education which includes the 
professional pro-gram of studies. 

"The practical standard which is endorsed by the 
teachers of longest newspaper and teaching experience 
is the professional school or college of journalism offer- 
ing a degree course in journalism, with study, under suc- 
cessful journalist, in reporting, copy reading, feature 
writing, law of the press, advertising, editorial writing, 
history of journalism and ethics or principles of jour- 
nalism, and emphasizing study of history, economics, 
government and politics, sociology, natural science, psy- 
chology, and philosophy. The type of school endorsed is 
one that has standing as a separate academic unit with 
a dean, director or professor at its head. The statement 
of principles and standards of education in journalism, 
including general principles and twelve specific rules for 
the guidance of schools seeking to conform to the prin- 
ciples, was printed in the Bulletin for January, 1925. The 
essential features of the liberal arts education are in- 
cluded in the curriculum of the standard school. 

"During the past twenty-seven years education for 
journalism has been rescued from the hit and miss system 
of the newspaper office and placed upon a sound profes- 
sional and disciplinary basis in leading universities of 


the country. Entering upon its professional status as 
a subject of university study nearly one hundred years 
after the professions of law and medicine it has made 
more rapid progress than either one. The first chair of 
medicine was established in 1785 at the University of 
Pennsylvania, and the first law school was established at 
Litchfield, Connecticut, in 1784, later to be abandoned and 
to be followed by the first permanent school at Harvard 
in 1817. The first chair of journalism was established in 
1869 at Washington University, Lexington, Virginia, by 
General Robert E. Lee, then president of the institution. 
It was abandoned several years later and after a number 
of experiments the Universities of Missouri and Wiscon- 
sin built up professional systems of study which were well 
developed in 1908, Misso-uri having the first regularly or- 
ganized school offering the bachelor of journalism degree. 
At the present time there are seventy-three Class A col- 
leges of medicine in the United States and forty-six Class 
A schools of law. According to the present tabulation 
of journalistic education there are fifty-four schools which 
are serious contenders for Class A rating." 




To Professor David B. McAnally, Jr.,* is given the 
credit of establishing the first course in journalism at the 
University of Missouri. A professor in the English de- 
partment, he was greatly interested in writing for the 
press and in the methods of newspaper writing. In a class 
in Political Economy he used reporting methods. The 
University catalog explained the course thus: "Political 
Economy, taught by means of lectures, of which the 
students are required to make copious notes, to be worked 
up into essays, theses, and similar expositions. The habit 
of reporting the lectures is found beneficial in the high- 
est degree, since it contributes to accuracy in thought and 
statement, and furnishes no small amount of exercises in 
practical composition." 

In the school year of 1879-80 Professor McAnally 
offered for the first time a course in History of Journal- 
ism. It was placed with general literature subjects in- 
cluding: Chaucer, Bacon, History of Drama, Shakespeare 
and Milton. The catalog described it : " History of Jour- 
nalism Lectures with practical explanations of daily 
newspaper life. The Spectator, the London Times, the 
New York Herald." This course continued to be offered 
from 1879 through the school year of 1884-85, at the close 

*David R. McAnally, Jr., was a son of David Rice McAnally, 
founder of the Carondelet (Mo.) Methodist Church and editor of 
the St. Louis Christian Advocate from 1851 until his death in 1895. 
The son was a special writer for the St. Louis Globe-Democrat for 
many years and for various religious publications. He was a close 
student of history and of the Bible. He was an instructor in the 
University of Missouri from 1877 to 1885. He served as head of the 
department of English and also as head of the department of educa- 
tion. He resigned from the University to return to newspaper work. 
He died in St. Louis in February, 1909. 



of which McAnally retired from the University faculty 
to become an editorial writer on the St. Louis Globe- 

An essay award known as the "McAnally Medal 7 ' was 
established in the University in 1886 in honor of Pro- 
fessor McAnally. The subject for the first contest was: 
"Addison as a Journalist." For several years the sub- 
jects related to journalism but gradually became more 
academic and general. 

In these early times there came to* the University var- 
ious suggestions for the establishment of professional 
training in journalism and requests for organized courses 
and even a department of journalism. The Hon. L. ML 
Lawson, a banker of New York City and an alumnus of 
the University of Missouri, in an address delivered in Co- 
lumbia June 4, 1879, encouraged the establishment of such 
courses. "May we not," he said, "see the increasing 
volume and influence of newspaper and periodical liter- 
ature soon place the profession of journalism within the 
sphere of university training? We are inspired with the 
hope that the beneficence of the State will soon supple- 
ment the wisdom and abilities of the faculty and the 
intelligence of the curators in making this place the 
famed seat of polite learning, to attract such multitudes 
as in former times flowed to Bologna and Paris and Ox- 
ford and Salamanca." 

In the files of the late Hon. James S. Eollins, founder 
of the University of Missouri, there was found a letter on 
this subject dated May 19, 1883, and written, evidently in 
answer to one from Mr. Rollins, by John A. Dillon of St. 
Louis, known as one of the most brilliant journalists of 
his day. The letter reads in part: 

"I do not agree with you about the possibility of a 
professorship of journalism at the University. Only a 
journalist could qualify as a professor, and it is the fixed 
conviction of every one of us that we are like the poets, 
'born, not made'; moreover, every journalist holds that 
when he was born, the seed gave out. Seriously, there is 
a racial instinct of animosity between the daily paper 


editor and the college professor; it is dying out in the 
East where journalism is in the hands of college men; in 
the wast the papers are still in the era of Horace Greeley: 
'of all horned cattle, deliver me from a college graduate.' 

"But a professorship of modern politics and modern 
history might turn out better journalists than a professor- 
ship of journalism if the professor made his class study 
the history of last year and of last month and of last week, 
and if he taught them the political history of Jim Elaine 
and George Vest as well as the politics of Hamilton and 
Jefferson. That would bring the college nearer the news- 
paper and the newspaper nearer to the college to the 
great improvement of both. The one fixed idea which 
has settled in my head during the eleven years of daily 
journalistic preaching, has been that idea not of a pro- 
fessorship of journalism as you suggest, but of a profes- 
sorship of the history and politics with which chiefly 
journalism must occupy itself; and I would make that 
course obligatory on all undergraduates." 

Mr. Dillon's letter expressed something of the general 
attitude of the early press toward instruction in journal- 
ism. At the same time it stresses the importance of gen- 
eral education and particularly education in economic and 
political history, just as the schools and departments of 
journalism today lay emphasis on such "allied" courses. 

From the time Professor McAnally left the University 
in 1885 until 1896 there is no record of any purely jour- 
nalistic courses being offered, although classes dealing 
incidentally with news writing were given in the English 
department in 1891 by Professor E, A. Allen; in 1892-93 
by Professors G. A. Wauchope and E. W. Bowen, and 
until 1900 by Professors H. M. Belden and H. C. Penn. 

On January 10, 1895, Senator Charles E. Yeater of Se- 
dalia, Mo., introduced a bill into the State Senate which 
would establish a Chair of Journalism at the University 
of Missouri and empower the granting of a degree of 
Bachelor of Journalism. It provided that no sum be ap- 
propriated out of the state treasury for the purpose and 
that the expense of establishing such Chair should be paid 


out of the current revenues of the University. The bill 
was defeated. 

In the printed record of the proceedings of the Missouri 
Press Association for the year 1896 there appeared the 
notation that E. W. Stephens, publisher of the Columbia 
Herald, addressed the convention on Wednesday, June 
10, 1896, on "The School of Journalism." The next day 
a resolution was proposed by W. 0. L. Jewett of the Shel- 
bina Democrat and unanimously passed by the conven- 
tion. The resolution follows : 

"Resolved, That this Association looks favorably up- 
on the plan to devote a chair in our State University 
to Journalism, and that the president is hereby requested 
to appoint a committee of three to press the subject upon 
the attention of the curators of that institution. ? ' 

Upon motion, the committee was made to include eight 
men, rather than three, including the president of the 
Missouri Press Association. The committee was: E. W. 
Stephens, A. A. Lesueur, W. 0. L. Jewett, Walter Wil- 
liams, Joseph Flynn, W. J. Powell, W. L. Thomas, George 
W. Trigg, and Henry W. Ewing, president of the as- 

It is also to be noted in these records that a resolution 
of similar nature appeared each year until the Chair of 
Journalism was established by the Board of Curators of 
the University of Missouri. In the proceedings of the 
Executive Board for February 23, 1898, is the following 
notation: "In response to a request from the executive 
committee of the Missouri Press Association it is ordered 
that a Chair of Journalism be established in the Univer- 
sity and that Messrs. E. H. Jesse, H. J. Waters and E. W. 
Stephens be appointed a committee to formulate in outline 
a course in journalism to be published in the next catalog 
and offered as soon as finances of the University will per- 
mit." Dr. Jesse was then president of the University, 
Dr. Waters was dean of the College of Agriculture, and 
Mr. Stephens was proprietor of the Columbia Herald and 
farmer member of the Board of Curators of Missouri Uni- 
versity. On March 30, 1898, the proceedings announced, 


"The committee heretofore appointed to formulate in 
outline a course in journalism, submitted the course 
adopted by them which is approved and its publication 
authorized in the forthcoming catalog/' 

Hollowing this announcement, the Missouri Press As- 
sociation adopted further resolutions to bring pressure 
to bear upon the State Legislature to appropriate funds 
for the support of this department of journalism. The 
funds, however, were not forthcoming, and the " chair" 
did not materialize. Although the University catalogs 
for 1888-99-1900 carried an announcement of the new 
department, no faculty was appointed and the courses 
were not actually gven. The announcement outlined the 
following courses: 

"Art and History of Newspaper Making: The History 
of printing and the evolution of the newspaper. Typo- 
graphy, Presswork, and Engraving. 

"Newspaper Making: Business management, cost and 
revenue, advertising, editorials, reporting, clipping from 
exchanges, method of criticism. 

"Newspaper Practice: Exercises in editing copy, hand- 
ling telegraph service, condensation, interviewing, gather- 
ing news. 

"Current Topics: Constitutional law, political science, 
history of the United States, and of Missouri. Economic 
questions, the libel law, and other laws pertaining to 
newspapers. Live issues in the United States and foreign 
countries. A study of the best newspaper models and 
lectures by men, engaged in the profession," 

The announcement also pointed out that a thorough 
knowledge of English and general literature is indispen- 
sable to every journalist, and gave a statement of Arts 
and Science courses which the journalist must take, in 
addition to professional work. 

Interest in the study and practice of journalism was 
manifest in the University of Missouri throughout these 
years. Various student publications, newspapers or 
magazines, were issued and every now and then groups 



of students would petition the faculty or Board of Cu- 
rators for courses in journalism. 

During 1905 and 1906 various notations in the minutes 
of the University's executive board showed a persistent 
attempt to include journalism in the curriculum. In the 
minutes of July 24, 1905, this appeared: "It is ordered 
that Messrs. (Walter) Williams and (J. C.) Jones be 
appointed a committee to pass upon and provide for a 
course in journalism with full power to act." Mr. Wil- 
liams was then editor of the Columbia Herald and a mem- 
ber of the University Board of Curators. Dr. Jones was 
deaoi of the College of Arts and Science. Again on Oc- 
tober 31, 1905: "Upon the recommendation of Mr. Wil- 
liams it was ordered that Dr. Frank P. Graves (professor 
of Education) be added to the committee on instruction 
and courses in journalism/' 

The slow progress is shown by this notation on Novem- 
ber 29, 1905: "It is ordered that the committee on courses 
in journalism, consisting of Messrs. Williams, Jones and 
Graves, be continued for another year." 

On June 7, 1906, the executive board requested: "Presi- 
dent Jesse to collect the lectures delivered in the courses 
in journalism during the last session, or abstracts of the 
same and have them printed in a limited edition for dis- 
tribution. " And on June 23, 1906, it was ordered that 
Messrs. Williams, Jones and Graves constitute a com- 
mittee with authority to secure lecturers in the course in 

Thus in the school year of 1905-06 and in the subsequent 
years prominent journalists, many of them graduates of 
the University of Missouri, were brought to the Univer- 
sity to lecture. Often they lectured during the regular 
convocation hour to all students and later in the day 
talked on more specific phases of journalism to smaller 
groups. The addresses were arranged in a series present- 
ing the different phases of newspaper work and manage- 
ment. Capt Henry King, editor of the St. Louis Globe- 
Democrat, was one of the first speakers. A number of 
years afterward he wrote: "One of the things in my 


career that I regard with some pride is the fact that I had 
the honor of delivering the initial address in the School 
of Journalism series at Columbia and I expressed the 
hope that journalism would he taught there by the prac- 
tical method of publishing a daily newspaper. My belief 
is that this is the best, if not the only way to reach useful 
and satisfactory results/' He was in thorough sympathy 
with the undertaking and said that he was glad to note 
that Missouri University was to try journalism education. 

Among the alumni who lectured were: Thomas F. Mil- 
lard, then Spanish- American war correspondent for Scrib- 
ner's Magazine, and W. E. Moore, then city editor of the 
Chicago Inter-Ocean. 

Another of the. speakers was George S. Johns, editor 
of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch. At the conclusion of his 
address he announced that the Post-Dispatch had con- 
ceived the idea of inviting nine students from among 
those most interested in journalism at the University of 
Missouri to be its guests in St. Louis for a few days. Dur- 
ing this time the nine men would be shown the newspaper 
business from cellar to attic and would actually work in 
the various departments of the publication. And, most 
exciting of all to the eagerly interested students, they 
were to edit a section of the Sunday edition of the paper. 
Among the fortunate nine selected were: Homer Croy of 
Maryville, Mo., now nationally known humorist and 
novelist; E. B. Miller of Boonville, now poultry editor of 
the Southwest Poultry and Swine Breeder, Plainview, 
Tex.; Robert W. Jones, Columbia, now professor of 
journalism at the University of Washington; Eedmond 
S. Cole, Columbia; C. A. Griffin, Kansas City; X 0. Ed- 
wards, Columbia; J. D, Ellis, Kansas City; L. L. Bernard, 
Pierce City; and George E. Johnson, Princeton, Mo. 

They left February 9, 1906, for St Louis. Each day 
Homer Croy wrote letters telling of their experiences and 
these were published in the Columbia Daily Herald. One 

"Tomorrow we are to get out our miniature Post-Dis- 
patch. We are to write it tomorrow, and it will be out 


In the regular Sunday edition. It covers two inside pages, 
sixteen columns in all, averaging eleven hundred words to 
the column. We have absolute control of it. It is to be 
conducted like a regular paper. We have elected one 
of our boys as city editor and he is to manage the runs, 
give assignments and manipulate the blue pencil. In this 
little Post-Dispatch we are to have a department of news, 
one of sports, one of features, another of editorials, and a 
joke column. We are to furnish ideas for cartoons and 
their artists will work them out for us. 

"Yesterday we went the rounds with the reporters; to- 
day we went through all the departments. We now know 
all about slugs, morgues, fillers, matrices and that kind of 
newspaper jargon. ' * 

The boys had their "editorial offices" at the old South- 
ern Hotel, where they were guests of the Post-Dispatch 
during their stay in the city. The Columbia paper an- 
nounced that eleven hundred copies of the Sunday Post- 
Dispatch containing the University boys' work were sold 
in Columbia. In various paragraphs and articles pub- 
lished later in the Herald it was shown that both the 
Post-Dispatch and the University received wide pub- 
licity through the experiment. Several prospective stu- 
dents, one in Washington, D. C., wrote the University 
inquiring about courses in journalism. 

The Post-Dispatch 1 offered a prize of twenty-five dol- 
lars for the beat report of experiences in the Post-Dispatch 
office. Robert W. Jones won the prize and his article as 
well as excerpts from the reports written by the other 
students, was printed in a later issue of the Post-Dispatch 
with pictures of the nine boys. 

E. B. Miller said of this experience: "Those nine men 
returned to the University fired with the idea of a School 
of Journalism for Missouri, but most of them were seniors 
in the College of Arts and Science and were not present 
to share in the establishment of such a school a few years 

The official records of the meeting of the University of 
Missouri Board of Curators held in Kansas City Decem- 
ber 18, 1906, contained the following entries: 


"The Executive Board submits, with, its approval and 
recommendation, a report upon the establishment of a 
School of Journalism in the University as follows : 

December 13, 1906. 
To the Honorable Executive Board, 
University of Missouri, 
Columbia, Missouri. 

Your committee appointed to prepare a report on the sub- 
ject of a College of Journalism in the University begs leave 
to submit the following recommendations: 

(1) That a College or School of Journalism be established 
as a department of the University, co-ordinate in rank with 
the departments of Law, Medicine, and other Professional 

(2) That the School of Journalism be provided with ad- 
equate laboratory equipment for practical journalistic train- 

(3) That the course of study be at least four years in 
length and that the entrance requirements be at least equal 
to those of the Academic Department. 

That the curriculum be so organized as to insure co-opera- 
tion between this school and the Academic Department in- 
cluding many courses now offered in Arts along such lines as 
English, foreign languages, history, and the social sciences, 
etc.; some general courses in journalism that might count 
toward a degree in Arts; together with some strictly profes- 
sional courses intended only for those who wish to secure a 
professional degree or certificate from the School of Journal- 

Respectfully submitted, 
J. C. Jones 1 

Walter Williams j- Committee 
A. Ross Hill J 

"On motion of Mr, Thurman it is ordered that the re- 
port be approved and the School established as recom- 
mended, and that the By-laws of the Board "be so amended 
as to conform thereto. " 

A. Bo&s Hill, who had been added to this committee on 
journalism, was then dean of the Teachers College. 

For various legislative reasons, however, the School 
was not made to function at this time. It was re-estab- 
lished April 2, 1908, funds were made available by the 
State Legislature, and Walter Williams was appointed 
dean of the School to begin his duties Judy 1, 1908. Min- 
utes of the Board of Curators for April 2, 1908, read: 


"President (E. H.) Jesse and Dr. A. Ross Hill, (President- 
Elect), Mr. Williams being absent, submit a recommenda- 
tion that, beginning with September 1, 1908, the Depart- 
ment of Journalism be organized in the University of 
Missouri and that Mr. Walter Williams be appointed 
Dean of the Department. On motion of Mr. Karnes, it is 
ordered that the recommendation be approved and that 
Mr. Williams be appointed Dean of the Department at 
a salary of $3300.00 a year, beginning July 1, 1908. 

"On motion of Mr. Wells it is ordered that the Execu- 
tive Board together with Messrs. Hill and Jesse be au- 
thorized to work out the details of the organization of 
the Department of Journalism and select a faculty for 
the same." 

On April 3 the matter of preparing and publishing in 
the catalog the courses in the School of Journalism was 
referred to Dean Walter Williams, Dr. J. C. Jones, and 
Dr. A. Boss Hill. On April 24, 1908, the Executive Board 
authorized President Jesse and Dean Williams to fill the 
positions of professor of the theory and practice of jour- 
nalism and assistant professor of newspaper administra- 
tion. The following day rooms on the second floor of 
Academic Hall were assigned to the Department of 

The new division began its classes with the opening of 
the fall term, September 14, 1908. 



Dr. Bichard Henry Jesse, president of the University 
of Missouri for seventeen years, retired in 1908 and Dr. 
A. Boss Hill, former dean of the Teachers College and 
newly elected president, assumed Ms duties on July 1, 
the same date on which. "Walter Williams assumed the 
deanship of the newly created School of Journalism. 
Already Dr. Hill had served on the committee appointed 
to plan for the School of Journalism so he had a thorough 
knowledge of the situation and his belief in and support 
of the new department were as hearty as had been that 
of President Jesse. 

The University of Missouri, now sixty-nine years old, 
in the fall of 1908 included the College of Arts and Science, 
the Teachers College, College of Agriculture, School of 
Engineering, School of Mines (Eolla, Mo.) , Department of 
Law, Department of Medicine, Department of Journalism 
and the Graduate Department. At Columbia the Uni- 
versity owned twenty-three buildings which, together 
with libraries, laboratories, and other equipment, were 
valued at about two> million dollars. The campus, itself 
consisted of thirty-two' acres; the experimental farm com- 
prised six hundred forty-eight acres and there were about 
thirty acres in the horticultural grounds. Enrollment in 
the University for 1908-09 was two thousand, nine hun- 
dred forty-four and seventy-two of this number enrolled 
in journalism. 

Columbia itsejf was a town of slightly less than ten 
'thousand inhabit&nfe reached by branch lines of th 
Waba&h and the Missouri, Kansas, and Texas railway 
companies. It had one daily and two weekly newspapers, 
and two monthly farm journals were published here. 



It was with this environment and background that the 
new School of Journalism began its work on September 
14, 1908. Dean Walter Williams and faculty members 
had their office on the second floor of Academic Hall (now 
Jesse Hall) and classes were held in a basement room. 
The School's staff included: Mr. Williams as dean and 
professor of the history and principles of journalism; 
Silas Bent as assistant professor of theory and practice 
of journalism; Charles G-. Boss, instructor in journalism; 
E. B. Evans of Armstrong, Mo., student assistant in news- 
paper making; Miss Cannie B. Quinn of Columbia, ste- 

In addition I those devoting their time to teaching 
professional courses, a group of professors of allied sub- 
jects were appointed as members of the School of Jour- 
nalism faculty as follows: Albert Boss Hill, president of 
the University; Edward Archibald Allen, professor of 
English language and literature; John Davidson Lawson, 
professor of newspaper jurisprudence; Isidor Loeb, pro- 
fessor of political science and public law; Charles A. Ell- 
wood, professor of sociology; Norman Maclaren Tren- 
hohne, professor of history; Jonas Viles, professor of 
American history; Murray Shipley Wildman, assistant 
professor of economics; Thomas James Biley, assistant 
professor of sociology; Herbert Joseph Davenport, pro- 
fessor of economics; John Sites Ankeney, assistant profes- 
sor of illustrative art. 

Admission to the new department was by examination 
or, without examination, by certificate from an accredited 
high school. The course in journalism was designed to* 
cover four years, leading to a degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Journalism. In order to receive the degree 
the student had to be regularly admitted to the depart- 
ment; must have completed during the first two years of 
his college work: six hours of English, six hours of his- 
tory and twelve hours of the other social sciences (eco- 
nomics, sociology, political science), six hours of modern 
languages and six hours of mathematics or logic in psy- 
chology; must have completed work in journalism to the 


amount of twenty-four hours, the greater portion of these 
professional courses taken in the junior and senior years. 
The total requirement for graduation was one hundred 
twenty hours, twenty per cent of which had to be in pro- 
fessional journalism courses. In the first schedule ten 
professional courses were offered, totaling more than 
twenty-five hours. 

In one of his early addresses before the University, A. 
Boss Hill, the new president, said: "The University of 
Missouri is the first in America to establish and organize 
a School of Journalism. I believe it is possible fox this 
School to give dignity to the profession of journalism, to 
anticipate to some extent the difficulties that journalists 
must meet and to prepare its graduates to overcome them, 
to give prospective journalists a professional spirit and 
high ideals of service, to discover those with real talent 
for the work and discourage those who are likely to prove 
failures in the profession, and to give the State better 
newspapers and newspapermen and a better citizenship. 
I hope the faculty of the School of Journalism upon whom 
rests the responsibility for all this will prove worthy of 
the trust imposed in them. ' ? 

With the first day of classwork came the first issue of 
The University Missourian, a daily newspaper which was 
to appear regularly as a laboratory product of the School 
of Journalism. A story of the new School appeared in 
this first issue stating in part: 

"The Department of Journalism of the University of 
Missouri is open for the first time with the session of 
1908-09. Instruction in journalism heretofore has con- 
sisted merely of occasional lectures by visiting journalists. 
The new department will give regular courses leading to 
a degree of Bachelor of Science in Journalism. The de- 
partment is co-ordinate with other departments of the 
University such as Law, Medicine, Agriculture, Engineer- 
ing, Teachers College, the College of Arts and Science. 

"The establishment of the Department of Journalism 
has long been contemplated. It was urged in an alumni 
address in 1879 by Leonidas M. Lawson of New York. 


Charles E. Yeater of Sedalia, while a member of the State 
Senate, introduced in that body a bill establishing a chair 
of journalism but the bill was not passed. The General 
Assembly in 1905 and again 1907 made appropriation for 
instruction in journalism. The Board of Curators in 1908 
(Governor Stone's administration) offered the headship 
of the department to a distinguished Missouri journalist 
who declined. The Missouri Press Association in 1900 
unanimously adopted a resolution presented by W. 0. L, 
Jewett of the Shelbina Democrat favoring the establish- 
ment of a chair and placed it temporarily in the College 
of Arts and Science, then the Academic Department. 

"In 1906 it was the reoonnnendatioai of a committee in- 
cluding Dr. A. Boss Hill, dean of the Teachers College, 
and Dr. J\ C. Jones, dean of the College of Arts and 
Science, that journalism be a separate department." 
Then followed the statement of the actual founding of 
the School by the Bk>ard of Curators on April 2, 1908. 

The Missouri Press- Association in its fall meeting unan- 
imously passed a resolution drawn up by William South- 
ern, Jr., of the Independence Examiner, J. M. Lowell of 
the Moberly Democrat, and C. M. Harrison of the Gallatin 
North Missourian, as follows: "It is with special pleasure 
that the Missouri Press Association learns the Curators 
of the University have voted to establish in that Uni- 
versity a School of Journalism. This association has en- 
deavored ever since its organization tof be of educational 
influence among newspaper men and those who wish to be 
newspaper men of Missouri and we look to the establish- 
ment of this School of Journalism for the continuance and 
elaboration of our own work. We therefore express our 
endorsement of this action of the Board and pledge our 
support and encouragement of the work to be under- 
taken. " 

The Eighth Congressional District Editorial Associa- 
tion meeting in Jefferson City this same fall also pledged 
its cordial support to the new school. "We believe the 
work of our University should be a pattern for all other 
schools of the kind and that it will prove of inestimable 


value to the profession in the State and to the State it- 

At the end of the first semester Silas Bent resigned and 
Frank L. Martin, graduate of Nebraska University and 
for seven years on the staff of the Kansas City Star, came 
to the School in February, 1909, as assistant professor of 
the theory and practice of journalism. 

During this first year several nationally known jour- 
nalists delivered lectures to the students in the new De- 
partment and also at University assembly on different 
phases of journalism. Among these were: Norman Hap- 
good, editor of Collier's; Weekly; Walter Wellman, Wash- 
ington correspondent for the Chicago Becord; Henry 
Schott, night city editor of the Kansas City Star. 

From the very beginning there was a blending of prac- 
tical and theoretical, of lectures and laboratory work, of 
making immediate and practical use of the information 
and theory learned in lecture courses. It has always 
been the firm belief of Dean Williams that to obtain best 
results in training for journalism, students should work 
on newspaper and other publications, see their articles in 
print, and profit by the actual experience of writing and 
editing. Hence, with the opening of the School came also 
the publication of the University Missourian. This has 
never been a class publication or college journal. From 
the- first it was designed as a city newspaper, carrying 
news and features of the entire community and circulat- 
ing widely among townspeople as well as among students 
and faculty members. 

Early in the history of the School the Joplin Globe dis- 
cussed this idea of a newspaper in connection with the 
School of Journalism: "In an editorial * School of Jour- 
nalism, 5 the Boston Transcript errs in assuming that Mis- 
souri claims originality as to the idea that 'the school of 
journalism has practical value.' It may be temerarious 
to contradict the Boston Transcript, nevertheless, it is the 
Transcript, not Missouri, that has made the 'egregious 
journalistic blunder. ' The only originality that the Mis- 
souri School of Journalism has suggested is the manner 


of conducting the school The Missouri plan 

is to give the students actual experience as well as aca- 
demic training. This has never "been tried before." 

In other chapters we shall discuss the course of the Mis- 
sourian, trace more definitely changes in curriculum and 
requirements, in faculty members and laboratory methods. 
In tracing the different steps in the general history of 
the School we add here that the Missourian was at first 
(and for a number of years) published by an outside 
printing plant and the business office of the paper was; 
maintained at the printing office, with students, under 
the supervision of the faculty, in charge. 

Enrollment and extension of courses soon made it evi- 
dent that the few rooms in Academic Hall assigned to 
the new Department would not suffice. Thus, in the fall 
of 1909 the School was moved to Switeler Hall. This 
square, plain brick building at the northwest corner of 
the quadrangle represented the blending of the old and 
the new in education at the University of Missouri. The 
building itself was the oldest of the University group, the 
School that it housed the newest of the University's 
divisions. The cornerstone of the building was laid with 
great ceremony during Commencement June 28, 1871, 
with Columbia Masons in charge. Governor B. Gratzt 
Brown and Mayor Barrett of St. Louis were the speakers 
and ladies of Columbia served dinner on the campus. 
Nearly five thousand attended the ceremony. The build- 
ing had housed at one time or another all or part of every 
division of the University and it had been the birthplace 
of the College of Agriculture. Now, for eleven years it 
was to house the School of Journalism and was to be re- 
membered as "home" by two hundred and twenty-three 
graduates and several thousand former students. 

When the major portion of the building was allotted to 
the use of the School of Journalism it was named Switzler 
Hall in honor of the late Colonel William F. Switzler, 
noted Missouri editor, distinguished for his service to the 
University and to the profession of journalism. The 
name was chiseled in stone over the entrance. The 


interior of the building was remodeled to meet needs 
of the new Department. The Dean's office were located 
in two large rooms at the right of the entrance hall. Op- 
posite these was an auditorium or lecture room fitted with 
seats in amphitheatre style. At the end of the hall was a 
large room known as the News Boom in which report- 
ing and news classes met, received assignments, and later 
typed their copy. Several smaller rooms were given over 
to copy reading, advertising, editorial classes and offices. 
So far as possible, the rooms were arranged and equipped 
as in a real newspaper plant. The student in journalism 
did much of his work in other buildings of the University, 
He went to Academic Hall for such subjects as English, 
history, sociology, economics; to the science buildings for 
the study of natural phenomena; to the Law building for 
lectures on the law of libel. When he came to Switzler 
Hall he entered a combination classroom and newspaper 
offi'c for study of the technical phases of newspaper 

The work of the journalism student was well described 
in the School's announcement bulletins of these early 

"The bell in the tower of Switzler Hall rings for eight 
o'clock classes; the day's work begins. In one room a 
professor lectures on the writing of editorials; in another 
a class in agricultural journalism, made up of advanced 
students from the College of Agriculture, meets for dis- 
cussion and assignments; in the news room a group of 
/students gather for work on the University Missourian. 
The work is divided into hours according to the general 
University program. At nine o'clock come other lectures 
advertising in one room, the history and principles of 
journalism in another and other student reporters as- 
semble for assignments. Then, too, meets the first section 
of the copy reading class, in charge of an instructor who 
'deals' copy to the students to be edited. The students 
sit around a big table in easy reach of the teacher. Stu- 
dents in this class report for work in groups of eight to 
ten each, as they do in the reporting sections. There is 


nothing formal about either department of work. The 
teachers are editors, the students are the reporters and 
copy readers, and all are at work getting out a news- 
paper. After ten o'clock virtually all the work of the 
School is of practical nature, the formal lectures having 
been given in the first two hours. Pencils, scratch busily, 
typewriters click, the telephone rings. This is the 'labo- 
ratory' of the School of Journalism. 

"All of the practical activities of the School center 
around the University Missourian, a four-page daily eve- 
ning newspaper published by the students of the School 
under the supervision of the faculty It is the laboratory 
product of the School the daily measure of the quality 
of the practical work done in the class rooms. It is a 
commercial enterprise only to the extent that it solicits 
business subscriptions and advertising in order to pay 
expenses. Students in the reporting classes, coming to the 
teacher in charge, take assignments as they would from 
the city editor of a metropolitan daily. Both the city 
and University news fields are covered ; for the Missourian 
is a general newspaper, designed to give an insight into 
all phases of newspaper work, and not merely a college 
publication. Practical work in soliciting and writing 
advertisements for the paper is directed by an experienced 
advertising man in the faculty. Editorials and feature 
stories are written by still other classes dealing espe- 
cially with these subjects. 

"In charge of the professional training given in the 
school are four teachers, all newspaper men of experience 
who hold college degrees. One specializes in the history 
and ethics of journalism, two give their time principally to 
the technique of newspaper making, and a fourth is an 
instructor in advertising. The organization of the School 
is such that students and teachers are daily brought into 
close contact; all are co-workers in the publication of 
a newspaper. " 

From 1909 on many of the journalism students spent 
their summer vacation periods working on newspapers 
in their home towns or elsewhere, coming back to school 


with a greater appreciation of professional education 
and a wider knowledge of what study and training they 
most needed to help them in their future journalism work. 

Letters poured in to the School of Journalism from all 
over the United States, and from France, New Zealand, 
Scotland, England and other foreign lands asking infor- 
mation about this new educational venture. Some came 
from prospective students; some from far-seeing editors 
who wished to comment upon and hear about the organi- 
zation and success of the Department; some from uni- 
versity and college heads who were considering includ- 
ing journalism in their schools. 

In the eleven years in Switzler Hall there was constant 
growth, development and change in the School of Jour- 

Concerning the faculty: Walter Williams, dean 
throughout the School's history, won honors at home and 
abroad for his journalistic achievements. He was ap- 
pointed Fellow for the Kahn Foundation for Foreign 
Travel of American Teachers for 1913-14 and traveled 
around the world, visiting newspaper plants and jour- 
nalism organizations, studying world journalism- and 
writing a book, "The World's Journalism." In 1915 he 
was director of the International Press Congress in San 
Francisco and was named first president of the Press Con- 
gress of the, World. He served as first president of the 
American Association of Schools and Departments of 
Journalism in 1916. In collaboration with Professor F. 
L. Martin he wrote a journalism text book, "The Prac- 
tice of Journalism/ 9 In October of 1918 he went to the 
Orient on a mission for the U. S. Government which took 
him into Eussia^ China and Japan. He returned in Fteb- 
ruary 1919 and gave numerous lectures thereafter in 
different states concerning conditions in the Orient. 

Frank L, Martin, who came to the faculty in February 
1909 as assistant professor of theory and practice, of 
journalism, was made associate professor in 1912 and 
appointed to full professorship in 1916. He was on leave 


of absence during the school year 1915-16 when he acted 
as news editor of the Japan Advertiser, Tokyo. 

Charles G-. Boss, instructor in journalism at the be- 
ginning of the School of Journalism, was promoted to 
assistant professor in 1910, to associate professor in 1912 
and to full professorship in 1916. During a year's leave 
of absence, 1916-17, he was on the editorial staff of the 
Melbourne (Australia) Herald. He resigned from the 
faculty in 1918 to become Washington correspondent for 
the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, which position he has filled 
continuously since. 

He was succeeded by Eobert S. Mann, a graduate of 
the School, who was appointed assistant professor of 
journalism in 1918. 

Joseph E. Chasnoff was instructor in advertising in 
1911-12. He was succeeded by J. B. Powell, also a grad- 
uate of the School and student assistant in 1909-10, who 
was instructor in advertising from 1912 to 1917. Follow- 
ing him came Herbert W. Smith, assistant in journalism 
from 1913-15; instructor in illustrative art 1915-17; in- 
structor in advertising 1917-18, and assistant professor 
of advertising, 1918-23. Charles E. Kane was named as- 
sistant in journalism in 1915 and instructor in 1916. He 
resigned in 1917. 

It was in 1910 that the first Editor's Week was held, 
the forerunner of Journalism Week, which has existed 
since 1911 as an important feature of the School of 
Journalism and of the University's annual program. In 
a separate chapter we shall discuss Journalism Weeks 
in detail. 

The enrollment in the School increased each year and 
gradually new equipment was obtained and new courses 
introduced. Eequirements for entrance and for gradua- 
tion changed slightly from time to time. The degree 
offered by the School was changed in 1913 from Bachelor 
of Science in Journalism to Bachelor of Journalism. In 
1916 a photo-engraving laboratory was added and photo- 
engraving was offered as a course. Courses in journal- 
ism were offered in summer session as early as 1912 but 


in the summer of 1917 they began to be especially stressed. 
The University of Missouri announcement of the summer 
session for 1917 stated: 

"Attention is called to the work in journalism,, a 
distinctive feature of the summer session of the Univer- 
sity of Missouri. The courses are designed to meet the 
needs of three classes of students: regular students, 
school teachers who are in Columbia for the summer only, 
and active newspaper men, especially country editors and 
publishers, who desire to do* special work. The work 
includes courses in the country newspaper, three courses 
in advertising, and other courses dealing with news and 
editorial problems. Opportunity is given the students 
for practical work on the Daily Missourian. ' ' 

From the founding of the School in 1908 journalism 
students, like those in other divisions of the University, 
had their special activities. During the first eight years 
"Yellow Day" was the special annual journalism stunt. 
On Yellow Day, early in the spring, students of journalism 
presented an original newspaper play in the University 
auditorium and published the "Yellow Extra," a news- 
paper designed as a "horrible example of what a news- 
paper should not be." Highly exaggerated news stories 
and good-natured caricatures, in picture and text, made 
up the contents. The "Yellow Extra" was the annual 
funny side of University life. In 1916 the "razz sheet" 
was abolished, although the practice of giving an original 
play each year has continued. The theme of the play, 
however, does not always pertain to newspaper work or 
experiences. True to their profession, the journalism 
students usually publish some sort of a paper in connec- 
tion with any of their departmental stunts. In 1919 the 
"Scoop Dance" with its "Scoop Extra" became an an- 
nual stunt. This "extra," also a "razz" publication, 
was circulated only among guests at the dance and not 
sold publicly as the < ' Yellow Extra ' ' had been sold. With 
the inauguration of Homecoming at the University of 
Missouri at a special football game each fall, the School 
of Journalism began the custom of issuing annually a 


"Peerade Extra/' a 'miniature newspaper containing 
roasts on facility, alumni and students and distributed 
free during the Homecoming parade. 

Journalism students have always participated also in 
general University activities athletics, debating, dra- 
matics and college publications including the Savitar, the 
University annual. During the early years yellow caps 
in the fall served to mark the * ' cub " or < ' pre ? ' journalists 
from their fellow freshmen of other divisions, each of 
which had its distinctive color. 

Kappa Tan Alpha, an honorary journalism fraternity, 
was founded at the Sbhool of Journalism in 1910 and in 
following years Theta Sigma Phi, Sigma Delta Chi, Alpha 
Delta Sigma, Gamma AHpha Chi and other journalism 
fraternities and organizations started chapters at Mis- 

By the close of 1920 seven scholarships and three 
prizes were being offered exclusively for students in the 
School of Journalism, and numerous other awards were 
open to journalism students in common with students of 
other divisions of the University. 

Volume 1, Number 1, of the Journalism Series of Uni- 
versity of Missouri Bulletins, " Missouri Laws Affecting 
Newspapers" by Dean Walter Williams, appeared in 
April 1912. The School of Journalism a-nnouncement for 
1920-21 stated: "The purpose of the School of Journal- 
ism is not only to give instruction on the campus, but 
to be of the greatest possible service to the profession 
of journalism in general, and the journalism of Missouri 
in particular. One of the School's activities is the pub- 
lication of ai series of bulletins for distribution among 
workers in the field) of journalism. To date twenty bul- 
letins have been issued in this series. " These bulletins, 
written by members of the School of Journalism faculty 
and 1 by noted journalists in various parts of the country, 
dealt with every phase of the profession. 

By the time the School of Journalism, in the fall of 
1920, was ready to move into its new building it had 
graduated two hundred twenty-three men and women. 


A survey showed that eighty-five per cent of these were 
actively in journalism; excluding the women graduates 
who* had given up journalism for marriage, ninety per 
cent were actively in the profession* Their work ranged 
from reporting to managing editorships, from advertis- 
ing soliciting to publishing, from teaching journalism 
in high schools to- professors of journalism in universities. 
Almost an equal number had entered rural and metro- 
politan journalism and they were located in twenty-five 
states, one territory and six foreign countries. There 
was one graduate of the School in 1909 and the graduat- 
ing class in 1920 numbered thirty-six. 


Is JAY H. NEFF EJJLL (192.0-28) 

President. A. Boss Hill at the University of Missouri 
commencement exercises in June 1918 announced the 
largest gift ever made to the University by an individual, 
and the only gift to cover the entire cost of a building for 
the exclusive use of one of the divisions- of the University. 
The gift was a new building for the School of Journal- 
ism. The donor's, name was not announced at this time 
bu|; the gift was formally accepted by the Board of Cur- 
ators on the donor's, terms. These terms were that the 
building would be erected within five years, that the 
University provide the site, that the building be exclus- 
ively used for the School of Journalism and that it be 
maintained, as were all the University buildings, by the 
State. This announcement coming on the tenth anniver- 
sary of the founding of the School was hailed as a birth- 
day gift, and it soon became known publicly that Ward 
A. Neff, who received his B. J. degree from the School 
in 1913, was the donor. 

Ward Neff gave the building to his Alma Mater as a 
memorial to his father,, Jay BGolcomb Neff: of Kansas 
City, publisher of the Corn Beit Farm Dailies. Born in 
Hartford, City, Ind., July 6, 1854, Jay H, Neff was the 
eldest of a family of six sons and one daughter. In his 
early years he lived in the country near Hartford City 
and later near Winchester, Ind. He worked to earn 
money for his college, education. He taught school, 
peddled books, and worked as a hod carrier, finally earn- 
ing enough to enter Asbury University at Greencastle, 
Ind., later known as DePauw University. He was grad- 
uated in 1877 with the highest scholarship honors of the 



class of which, he was president. He then studied law 
and for two years practiced in Peru, Ind. In 1881 lie 
went to Kansas City, then a growing western town, where 
he entered into partnership with L. C. Slavens of the 
Kansas City bar. Discouraged over his lack of business 
he left the law firm and became a reporter in a publishing 
house putting out the Kansas City Daily Price Current. 
At that time the livestock industry had not gained a 
stronghold in Kansas City and the paper was not a profit- 
able investment. "With keen foresight, however, Neff 
recognized its future possibilities in this section of the 
country and bought half interest in the paper. Soon 
afterward it showed great development and he bought the 
interest of his partners, and changed the name of the 
paper to the Daily Drovers Telegram. Its circulation 
grew with the growth of the livestock industry in the 
west and became one of the most profitable trade jour- 
nals in the Mississippi Valley. Broadening his efforts Mr. 
Neff became part owner of the South Omaha Drovers 
Journal and also of the National Stockyards Reporter in 
St. Louis. Mr. Neff served as mayor of Kansas City from 
1904 to 1906. Jay H. Neff was married twice. His first 
wife was Miss Ellen Ward, who died soon after their 
son, Ward Andrew Neff, was boom. Mr. Neff later mar- 
ried Miss Sarah Green, He died at a summer camp he 
had established in Wyoming, sixty-five miles from Cody, 
on August 14, 1915. Ward Neff, the only son, whose 
training, education and inclination fitted him to follow in 
his father's great work, assumed responsibility for the 
Corn Belt Dailies and was editor of the Daily Drovers 
Journal of Chicago (added to the group of papers after 
his father's death) when he made the gift of a journalism 
building to the University of Missouri. 

Ground was broken for the new building on May 8, 
1919, during Journalism Week. Dr. A. Ross Hill presided 
at the ceremony and the program included : Invocation 
by the Rev. W. W. Elwang, of the First Presbyterian 


Church of Columbia; remarks by Dr. A. Eoss Hill, presi- 
dent of the University, and by C. B. Eollins, represent- 
ing the University Board of Curators; Walter Williams, 
dean of the School of Journalism; J. P. Tucker, presi- 
dent of the Missouri Press Association; S, P. Preston, 
president of the Illinois Press Association; Vaughn Bry- 
ant of Kansas City, representing the alumni of the School 
of Journalism; J. W. McClain of Willow Springs, presi- 
dent of the Missourian Association, Inc. ; John H. Casey 
of Knoxville, la., representing the students in the School 
of Journalism; Miss Marvine Campbell of Doniphan, 
representing the women students of the School of Jour- 
nalism. Ward A. Neff broke the first sod and following 
him were: H. J. Blanton of Paris, Mo., member of the 
Board of Curators; F. L. Martin and E. S. Mann, of the 
School of Journalism faculty; Frank Dilnot of the Daily 
Chronicle, London; E. W. Stephens, Columbia publisher, 
and the other speakers of the occasion. 

At the opening convocation of the University on Sep- 
tember 1, 1920, Jay H. Neff Hall was dedicated. On 
September 2, 1920, the Missourian was printed for the 
first time in a plant of its own part of the equipment 
of the School's new home. 

This third home of the School of Journalism was lo- 
cated at the northeastern corner of the Quadrangle, where 
the old Laws Observatory had stood, one of the most 
beautiful sites or the original campus. The architecture 
lent itself to the natural slope of the ground so that the 
main entrance of the hall, facing south toward Jesse Hall 
and the Columns, led directly to the main floor. In the 
wide corridor, facing this entrance, was placed a bronze 
tablet bearing in bas relief a portrait of Jay Holcomb 
Neff and this inscription: 



Dedicated September 1, 1920 

July 6, August 14, 

1854 1915 

In memory of 

Jay Holcomb Neff 

a journalist of Kansas City 

whose life exemplified the high 

ideals of journalism, truth, fairnefes, 

generosity, devotion to duty, unselfish 

public service 

This building was given 
to the School of Journal- 
ism of the University of 
Missouri by his son, Ward 
A. Neff, an alumnus, Class 
of 1913. 

On this main floor were the two offices occupied by the 
business manager of the publications; the Dean's offices; 
a spacious and well-lighted news-room; copy-reading 
room; a telegraph and telephone room; two faculty 
offices; the journalism library, occupying one entire end 
of the building; two small storage closets; and a council 
room to be used as meeting place for various journalism 
student and faculty organizations. 

On the second or top floor were: the auditorium with 
its well-planned seating arrangement for three hundred 
persons and its stage; two large faculty offices; three class 
rooms; the women's rest room; and a small room with 
stairway to the attic which was later used as the radio 

Because of the sloping site the north side of the base- 
ment or ground floor was above ground, and this entire 
north side was equipped as the printing plant, remark- 
able fo<r the amount of daylight and the excellent ven- 
tilation received. Ainother feature of the press room was 
the plate glass wall separating it from the corridor and 
making it possible for visitors and students to see the 
work being done in the press room without disturbing 


the printers. Tile plant was equipped with three lino- 
types and a Duplex perfecting press capable of printing 
five thousand eight-page newspapers an hour. Also on 
this floor were the mailing-room; a stereotyping room 
used in casting news and advertising plates from paper 
"mats"; the photo-engraving laboratory and dark-room; 
coat rooms and storage rooms, and one advertising lab- 
oratory room. The corridor on this floor led to a western 
entrance to the building, which, although one floor lower 
than the main south entrance, also opened on a level with 1 
the lawn. The, fireproof building was of brick and stone, 
harmonizing with the architecture of other buildings on 
the campus. When completed the new journalism home, 
including equipment, was valued at one hundred thousand 

By the latter part of October, 1920, the new building 
had been sufficiently put in order for the formal opening 
and students of the School gave a public reception from 
seven to ten o'clock the evening *of October 28. Dean 
Williams, faculty members and class officers of the School 
were in the receiving line and other students acted as 
hosts and guides to show the building to visitors. Among 
the students receiving were Janaes McClain, all-depart- 
ment president, Harry Mann, senior president, John R. 
Morris, junior president, and Alfreda Halligan, president 
of the Women's Journalism Club. The entire building' 
was decorated with flowers and plants, many of them 
gifts of interested friends. The printing plant was in 
action so visitors could see the press and other machinery 
in motion and extra was issued at eight o'clock telling 
about the open house and printing a few of the many con- 
gratulatory messages that came to the School from many 
parts of the world. Among these were messages from: 
E. T. Meredith, United States Secretary of Agriculture; 
Josephus Daniels, Secretary of the Navy and newspaper 
owner; Arthur E. Ford, secretary of the Press Congress 
of the World and chairman of the Dominion Press Gal- 
lery, Canada; H. C. Hotaling of St. Paul, executive secre- 
tary National Editorial Association; Mrs. Jay Holcomb 


Neff, widow of the man in whose memory the building was 
dedicated; James Wright Brown, editor of Editor and 
Publisher; T. Eu Williams of the American Newspaper 
Publishers Association; Charles Phelps Gushing, author; 
Jokn Ward, newspaper owner of New Zealand; Richard 
L. Stokes, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, president of the Amer- 
ican Journalist's Association; Aaron Watson of England; 
Eowe Stewart, New York City, vice-president of the As- 
sociated Advertising Clubs of the World; and many grad- 
uates of the Missouri School of Journalism. 

It was significant that the gift of a building by the 
editor of an agricultural daily, in honor of another agri- 
cultural editor, made possible the extension of the School 
of Journalism's wo-rk in agricultural journalism. With' 
the moving into larger quarters and the acquirement of a 
printing plant and other facilities, the School of Journal- 
ism added new members to its faculty and new courses, to 
the curriculum. The curriculum gradually broadened to 
include courses in the Country Newspaper, Agricultural 
Journalism, and Country Newspaper Production. In 1924 
an arrangement was made between the School and owners 
of the Columbia Herald-Statesman, a country weekly, 
whereby students in Country Newspaper Production did 
all the editorial work in connection with the publication 
of the paper, under the supervision of faculty members. 

With the expansion of the journalism library in the 
new building greater facilities were afforded for research 
in journalism and opportunity given for further courses 
such as Newspaper and Magazine Departments, Literary 
and Dramatic Eeviewing, Newspaper Library, and a num- 
ber of courses intended for senior and graduate work. 
The advertising department, with increased enrollment 
and demands, quickly developed many new courses, as 
did also the department of newspaper illustration dealing 
with the making of drawings, photographs and with the 
production of these in the newspaper. 

The Columbia Evening Missourian changed in type 
face and form when in 1920 it was printed for the first 
time in the School's own printing plant in Neff Hall. It' 


continued through the years to become larger in size and 
to assume a more important place in the community as 
a reliable and interesting daily newspaper. With the de- 
velopment of classes in special writing and the conse- 
quent increase of feature material available, the Mis- 
sourian Magazine was added November 1, 1924, as a 
weekly supplement to the. newspaper without additional 
subscription charge. 

Columbia, the University of Missouri, and the two col- 
leges for women in Columbia, continued to grow and 
prosper and with their progress the School of Journal- 
ism and its publications kept pace. The publications ad- 
vocated and encouraged civic betterment and all reforms 
or improvements that were for the good of the city and 
State or of any of the departments and institutions 

From the founding* of the School of Journalism, Dean 
Williams had striven to impress upon his students the 
importance of having a fundamental knowledge not only 
of affairs and conditions in the community but in the 
State and nation. In the early years of the School Dr. 
Williams, often accompanied by one or more additional 
members of the journalism faculty, would take the senior 
class to visit various newspapers in Missouri. The group 
would be entertained by the publisher and his staff , shown 
through the newspaper plant by competent guides who 
would explain and answer questions, and usually the 
students would be invited to sit in the news room and 
write articles for the newspaper that was being visited. 
Thus the students became acquainted with problems of 
newspapers in various parts of Missouri and also learned 
something of the size, resources, industries and govern- 
ment of the State and its cities. Later arrangements were 
made with many editors of newspapers in Missouri where- 
by members of the senior journalism class were sent to 
work on the staffs of different papers for a week or two 
during the school year. Their expenses were paid by the 
newspaper with no additional salary. But the graduating 


classes continued to increase in numbers until this plan 
was no longer feasible. In June 1910 Dean Williams took 
a group of journalism students on a tour of Northeast 
and South Missouri to write stories about Missouri for 
one hundred newspapers of this and other states. Prof. 
F. L. Martin and C. G. Boss, members of the faculty, Gus 
V. Kenton, II. E. Ridings, Gordon Fisher, Vaughn Bryant, 
R F. Leggett, Robin P. Gould, J. E. Chasnoff and J. B. 
Powell were members of the party. They visited Moberly, 
Kirksville, St. Lo-uis, Rolla, Springfield, Hollister, Kosh- 
konong, West Plains, Willow Springs, Williamsville and 
Arcadia, traveling under the auspices of the State Board 
of Immigration. 

In October of 1911 six journalism students joined the 
Dairy Commissioners' Special in St Louis and visited 
several newspapers of St. Louis, then went on to Cape 
Girardeau. Dean Williams was in charge of this party 
which included Oscar Riley, Henry Kinyon, Ward Neff, 
Ralph Pruyn, Charles Harvey and Earl Trullinger. 

In 1923 the annual summer field trip was inaugurated 
as a part of the School's curriculum. It was to serve two 
purposes: to train student journalists in newspaper cor- 
respondence, and to make them acquainted with the mid- 
west. The first trip was in Missouri and Arkansas, and 
took about six weeks. Arrangements were previously 
made for students in the course to correspond regularly 
for certain newspapers, and they were given eight hours 
credit toward graduation if their work was approved by 
the faculty members in charge of the trip and course. The 
first trip was so successful the course has been given every 
summer since and the territory covered has varied each: 
time, sometimes including far-off states and other coun- 
tries. In addition to the field trips, opportunity is given 
each year to limited numbers of students, to visit other 
than Columbia and Boone County and correspond for the 
Missourian. The Missouri University football games and 
athletic meets, meetings of the State Legislature, and 
other important gatherings or news events outside of 


Columbia and of special interest to Columbians are cov- 
ered by student-reporters. 

The development of journalism work in tlie University 
summer sessions is important. The first journalism 
courses offered in summer school were in 1912, although 
no record was kept of the number enrolled. In the sum- 
mer of 1913 twenty-five students were enrolled in jour- 
nalism courses and the Missourian, hitherto discontinued 
through summer months, ran as a weekly. In the summer 
of 1914 the paper ran as a daily and it has appeared reg- 
ularly since then both winter and summer. At first these 
summer courses were planned primarily for country news- 
paper editors and for regular students working toward a 
degree in journalism. The summer session of the Uni- 
versity of Missouri has always been of especial interest to 
teachers. In 1920 a course in journalism for teachers 
was planned to meet the ne'eds of high school and grade 
school teachers who directed the publication of school 
papers or who had charge of giving out news of their 
schools for publication in newspapers of their commu- 
nities. In the following summer the course, School News 
and Publications, was offered primarily for teachers and 
dealt with the construction of the news story, preparation 
of articles for newspapers or teachers' magazines, and 
the supervision of student publications. Later other 
courses of direct interest to teachers were added such as: 
School Publicity; the School Newspaper and Magazine; 
Advertising in School Publications. 

The official announcement for the University summer 
session, of 1928 contained this statement regarding 
journalism courses: 

"For Teachers: Two courses will be offered without 
journalism prerequisites, for teachers who expect to have 
supervision of student publications. They are: The 
School Newspaper and Annual, and Advertising Pro- 
motion in School Publications. Both are credited for 
graduate students, although not toward a major in jour- 


"For Professional Journalism Students: All the basic 
courses of the School are given in the summer session, so 
that a student may obtain a degree even if unable to at- 
tend fall or winter terms. In many cases a student will 
find it advantageous to include at least one summer term 
in his course. If he has completed his two years of pre- 
liminary college work he may enter the School of Journal- 
ism in June and complete at least two courses (The News 
and Principles of Advertising) which are prerequisite to 
nearly all other professional courses, 

"Or, if he has earned enough academic, credit (three 
years or slightly less) in some other institution he may 
complete the professional courses required for a degree 
by attending two semesters and a summer session in the 
School of Journalism. 

"A new course this year will be History and Principles 
of Journalism (since 1850). The other half of this course, 
dealing with the years before 1850, was offered last sum- 
mer. Either half may be taken first. 

"The annual field trip will be offered again this sum- 
mer. In this course the students spend several weeks 
away from Columbia acting as correspondents for news- 
papers. In other years this, class has toured most of 
Missouri, also South Dakota, 'the Republic of Mexico*, 
Muscle Sho-als, and other places. Details of the trip 
planned for 1928 may be obtained from the Dean of the 
School of Journalism by May. ' ' 

Twenty-one professional courses were off ered, the larg- 
est number ever given in summer term. 

The University summer session is of eight weeks dura- 
tion, usually beginning immediately after the Commence- 
ment exercises early in June and closing early in August. 
In the summer of 1927 the plan of holding an inter-session 
between the summer and fall terms for students in. jour- 
nalism was tried successfully and adopted. Thus, in- 
struction in, journalism is given throughout the entire 
calendar year and is made as practical as possible. 

Another development of recent years in the School of 
Journalism is its graduate work. Research in Journalism 


was offered for the first time in the fall of 1921 under 
the supervision of Dean Williams, Mr. Martin and Mr. 
Mann. Several graduates of the School took their Master 
of Arts degrees, doing research in journalism and writing 
their theses on some phase of journalism. In the summer 
of 1923 a course in Special Correspondence was listed as 
the second professional graduate course. In the 1925-26 
school year a full and definite program of professional 
courses leading to the degree of Master of Arts with major 
in journalism, was announced as follows: 

"A student who has a bachelor's degree in journalism 
will be admitted to the Graduate School of the University 
of Missouri to pursue these courses. The degree is con- 
ferred only after the satisfactory completion of two semes- 
ters of study. A thesis showing capacity for original re- 
search and independent thought is required. 

"A student wishing to undertake graduate work in 
journalism should consult both the Dean of the Graduate 
School and the Dean of the School of Journalism. Grad- 
uate work cannot be subjected to rigid regulation, and 
the graduate faculty reserves the right to deal with each 
case on its merits. 

"It is expected that approximately half of the student's 
work will be in journalism and the other half in academic 
subjects related to journalism. A majority of courses 
taken must be strictly graduate in character; sueh 
courses are numbered 200 or higher. 

"Course No. 201, Research in Journalism, is required of 
all students seeking the master's degree. The thesis is 
based on the work done in this course. Other journalism- 
courses which give graduate credit are : 125. Advertising 
and Distribution; 126. Advertising Campaign; 141. The 
Editorial; 142. Newspaper Direction; 160. Feature Writ- 
ing 1; 161. Feature Writing 11; 162. Literary and Dra- 
matic Reviewing; 163. Newspaper and Magazine De- 
partments; 203. Special Correspondence. These courses 
afford thirty hours credit. " 

In the 1928-29 official announcement twenty-eight 
courses were offered which were counted toward a mas- 
ter's degree in journalism. 


Dr. A. Boss Hill, who became president of the Univer- 
sity of Missouri the year the School of Journalism was 
started, resigned in 1921 and Dr. Isidor Loeb, dean of the 
School of Business and Public Administration, was made 
acting president until Dr. J. C. Jones, former dean, of the 
College of Arts and Science, was elected president in 1922. 
Dr. Jones retired from active University work in 1923, 
becoming president emeritus, and Dr. Stratton Duluth 
Brooks, former president of the University of Oklahoma, 
became president at Missouri. 

The plan of appointing certain professors of allied sub- 
jects in other divisions as members of the School of Jour- 
nalism faculty has been maintained throughout the twenty 
years, the personnel changing from time to time. 

In the professional faculty during the years 1920 to 
1928 there were also changes and additions. Dean Wil- 
liams continued as president of the Press Congress of the 
World until 1926, when he was made honorary president. 
He was on leave of absence from the University the fall 
term of 1921 attending the Press Congress of the World 
meeting in Hawaii and going on to the Orient to study 
journalistic, political and industrial conditions there. He 
returned in January of 1922. Again in the fall of 1926 
he presided at the meeting of the Press Congress of the 
World in Switzerland and toured Europe before returning 
to Columbia. He was exchange professor at the National 
University of Mexico in the fall of 1925 delivering a series 
of lectures on journalism. The summer of 1925 he spent 
in Guatemala. The summer of 1927 and that of 1928 he 
apent in the Orient, delivering lectures on journalism 
and visiting universities, newspaper plants and journal- 
ism organizations, furthering the interests of interna- 
tional news communication and world journalism. Hie 
was granted the degree of LL. D. by Washington Uni- 
versity in 1926. He was made a director of the Institute 
of Pacific Relations in 1928, 

When the School moved into Neff Hall the faculty in- 
cluded Dean Williams; Firank L. Martin, as professor of 
theory and practice of journalism; Robert S. Mann, 


assistant professor of journalism; E. R>. Childers, assist- 
ant professor of journalism; H. W. Smith, assistant pro- 
fessor of advertising. Miss Julia Sampson was appointed 
journalism librarian and Alfonso Johnson, who had been 
for three years on the Japan Advertiser in Tokyo, was 
made business manager of the School's publications. The 
latter two were not members of the faculty. In 1921 
Miss Sara L. Lockwood was added to the faculty as 
assistant professor of journalism. She remained in this 
position until her marriage in the fall of 1927 to Dr. 
Walter Williams. In 1922 H. W. Smith resigned and Don 
D. Patterson became assistant professor of advertising, 
remaining until 1924 when he was succeeded by E. K. 
Johnston. Because of the increase in enrollment fthe 
faculty was considerably increased in 1923. John H. 
Casey was appointed assistant professor of journalism 
to take over the work of E. E. Childersi who was on leave 
of absence. Miss Marian Babb and H. F. Misselwitz were 
named assistants in journalism to assist in copy reading 
and reporting. H. B. Moore was made instructor in 
photo-illustration. Miss Babb and Mr. Misselwitz were 
succeeded in 1924 by T. 0. Morelock and E. W. Sharp 
and in 1925 F. P. Bohn succeeded H. B. Moore as instruc- 
tor in photo-illustration. When Mr. Bohn resigned in 
1927 W. H. Lathrop was named in his place. Work in 
advertising became so 1 heavy that in 1926 Thomas L. 
Yates was added to the faculty as instructor in advertis- 
ing to work with E. K. Johnston. John H, Casey, on 
leave of absence in 1927-28, resigned and his work was 
taken by T. C. Mo-relock and Miss Helen Jo Scott wa& 
added as assistant in copy reading. Miss Frances Grin- 
stead was made instructor in journalism in 1927. Of the 
eleven members of the School of Journalism professional 
faculty in 1928 only Dean Williams and Prof. Martin, 
both of whom had been with the School since its first 
year, were not graduates of the School, and all of the 
faculty members had had practical experiences in news- 
paper work. 


Two volumes issued in 1923 on opposite sides of the 
world referred in complimentary terms to the School of 
Journalism at the University of Missouri. One was 
"Journalism" by Low Warren of the British Institute of 
Journalists and published in London, which said: "The 
University of Missouri has turned out more successful 
cub reporters in recent years than any other single insti- 
tution." The other, "Society and the Newspaper" by M. 
Ohta, vice-president of the Efochi Shimbun of Tokyo, 
said "The oldest and most famous School of Journalism 
is at the University of Missouri at Columbia." 

Through these last eight years the School has con- 
tinued its practice of inviting noted men and women from 
varied fields of journalism and from various parts of the 
world to address the students. Among those who have 
been guests of the School at times other than Journalism 
Week are: Mrs. John T. Warren of Honolulu, magazine 
writer; Mrs. Ida Clyde Clark of magazine fame; Senator 
Paul Dupuy, publisher of the Petit Parisien, Paris, 
France; Sir Alfred Bobbins of London; Thales Coutoupis, 
editor and owner of the Nea Ellas, daily newspaper of 
Athens, Greece ; Ross Burns, secretary and general man- 
ager of the Joplin Globe Publishing Co., Joplin, Mo.; 
Jason Rogers of the Kansas City Journal-Post; Charles 
Phelps Gushing, author, of New York; Merle Crowell, 
editor-in-chief of the American Magazine; Ralph Ellis, 
managing editor of the Kansas City Journal-Post; Mrs. 
Caroline Bi. Bang of the Country G-entleman; Mrs, Fay 
King Watts, head of the national advertising department 
of the Honolulu Star-Bulletin; Philip Hewitt-Myring, of 
the London News. 

The School celebrated its fifteenth birthday anniver- 
sary during Journalism Week of 1923 by planting* vines 
around Jay H. Neff Hall and by addresses especially 
fitting the occasion. 

Journalism Week continued to grow in importance and 

attendance. Its fame spread in all parts of the world and 

speakers and visitors came from great distances as well as 

from Missouri. More and more the alumni of the School 



took active part in this week. In 1923 the School of 
Journalism Alumni Association was organized and began 
its annual meetings at Columbia during Journalism Week. 
Mo-re alumni were invited to participate in the program, 
telling of their experiences and giving inspiration and ad- 
vice to the undergraduates. 

The graduating class was increasing in numbers each 
year. In 1925 the Missouri School of Journalism grad- 
uated the largest class in journalism of any institution, 
college or university in the United States. There were 
then forty-seven institutions offering certificates or de- 
grees in journalism. At the Missouri School eighty-two 
received B. J. degrees and three received Master of Arts 
degrees with majors in journalism. 

The schools coming nearest this total were: Pulitzer 
School at Columbia University, New York, which granted 
sixty-seven B. J. degrees and twelve M. A. degrees; 
Kansas University, fifty-one, degrees in journalism; Wis- 
consin University, forty Bachelor of Science degrees in 
journalism and six masters degrees. In June of 1928 the 
Missouri School of Journalism granted ninety-six B. J. 
degrees, bringing the total number of graduates in twenty 
years to nine hundred and sixteen. It is estimated that 
some five thousand students have attended the School of 
Journalism since 1908. 




The purpose of the University of Missouri School of 
Journalism as stated in the first printed announcement 
of the School has been maintained throughout these 
twenty years. 

"Journalism as a profession attracts each year more 
men to its ranks, 7 ' says this bulletin, * ' Training for Jour- 
nalism as a Profession," published in the summer of 1908. 
"Nor is the supply of capable, well-trained journalists 
equal to the demand. Oppo-rt unities for large public 
service are greater in journalism than in any other voca- 
tion and will be increasingly so> as the public comes to 
depend more and more upon the press for information 
and guidance. The salaries paid for newspaper work have 
increased in recent years. The efficient newspaper man 
has an assured income from the very beginning of Ms 
work. Higher salaries come with large ability and spe- 
cial training. One American journalist has a salary 
greater than that of the President of the United States. 
The fascination of journalism, the sense of power, of cre- 
ative work, of possibilities for usefulness, the position 
which journalism has taken in the world, appeal to the 
ambitious man who- would make the most of himself. 
There is constant call for reporters, editors, special writ- 
ers, correspondents, publishers, ad- writers, men in all de- 
partments of journalism, in city and country, on daily, 
weekly and monthly journals. It is to supply this- de- 
mand, in the interest of the state, to furnish well-equipped 
men for leadership in journalism, with high ideals and 
special training, that the Department of Journalism at 
the University of Missouri is established. It is to train 
for journalism not to make journalists. In tJms trainmg 
for journalism the University in large degree serves th<> 



In the Journalism Week printed program of 1915 the 
purposes of the School were stated thus: (1) To provide 
the instruction necessary to a well-rounded education; (2) 
To train for newspaper work through professional in- 
struction both in regular and summer terms on the campus 
at Columbia; (3) To publish a series of bulletins dealing 
with various phases of newspaper work, these to be sent 
free to those who apply; (4) To hold annually a Journal- 
ism "Week bringing together newspaper men and women 
from Missouri and other states for helpful interchange 
of opinion; (5) To serve the press of the State, and 
thereby serve the whole citizenship of the State in any 
way at its command. 

" Throughout all its work," stated the 1927-28 an- 
nouncement of the School of Journalism, "the School in- 
sists on a high standard of ethics. Students are encour- 
ajged to consider not only the technical but also the moral 
problems that confront editors. The School seeks to be 
of service to the profession by cultivating the ideal of 
journalism as an opportunity for service." 

The School has sought always to prepare for journal- 
ism by giving the student a broad general education in- 
cluding fundamental courses in arts and science; by a 
knowledge of academic fields especially useful to journal- 
ists, that is, training in subjects directly related to jour- 
nalism; and by professional courses offered by faculty 
members who have both academic education and prac- 
tical journalistic experience, courses in which the student 
is given the reasons and theory of journalism work in 
lectures and the actual experience of producing his writ- 
ings in print through the publications issued in the 
laboratories of the School. 

In other words, the aim from the first has been to give 
the student high ideals and standards of ethics, and at 
the same time to put him in the "newspaper office " or 
laboratory to prove for himself that these standards may 
be successfully applied. The School paid heed to the old 
contention that the best place to study newspaper work 
is in the newspaper office. It recognized, however, that 


the drawback there was that the newspaper makers have 
their hands full without stopping to explain what they are 
doing and why. Thus inexperienced workers in the news- 
paper office are likely to waste weeks or months trying 
to figure out what is happening and what the purpose- is, 
just as the student who studies about journalism with- 
out actually taking part in it is no more qualified to 
start work than a surgeon who has never done any dis- 
secting. So this new School began by offering in addi- 
tion to academic education, not merely lectures in many 
phases of journalistic work, but a daily newspaper in a 
town of ten thousand (now nearly seventeen thousand), 
as laboratory equipment. 

The establishment of the School of Journalism and 
the publishing of its aims and methods created much in- 
terest and discussion throughout the country. Many 
noted and less-known newspaper editors who had literally 
grown up in newspaper offices declared journalism could 
not be taught in schools. Others were equally certain that 
definite training would be of infinite value to the profes- 
sion generally. Most all followed the experiment with 
keen interest. The whole idea of considering journalism 
as a profession and as "teachable" brought forth com- 
ment from many quarters. 

"The Missouri University's School of Journalism does 
not intend to make journalists/' said D'ean "Walter Wil- 
liams in an address before the Missouri Press Associa- 
tion at Excelsior Springs, Mo., May 29, 1908. "It could 
not do so if it desired. It can, however, train for jour- 
nalism, and this is the purpose of its establishment. The 
success of the School depends in large measure upon 
the sympathy, the kindly criticism and the support of the 
members of the -newspaper profession. Its success means 
the dignifying of journalism, the; strengthening of the 
arms of those in the profession whot would strike at in- 
iquity entrenched, the furnishing of the young journalist 
with equipment for the largest service to the State." 

The 1908 announcement of the Missouri School of Jour- 
nalism included a number of these pertinent opinions 


such as this from A. K. McClure of the Philadelphia 
Times: "Journalists are the greatest of teachers and there 
is every reason why special education should specially 
fit them for such duties." 

"Whitelaw Reid of the New York Tribune wrote: "In 
the Tribune office there is scarcely a writer who is not a 
college graduate. But we shall see the time when the 
strictly professional education for journalism will be far 
better than it is now," 

Hamilton W. Mabie of the New York Outlook con- 
tributed: "The man with a quick mind, a keen eye and 
what we call the news sense is in my judgment predes- 
tined for journalism if he finds the opportunity, but I 
have small faith in natural gifts without training." 

From William Penn Nixon of the Chicago Inter-Ocean 
came this: "Previous thorough training acquired in a 
college is as necessary for a man about to enter the 
newspaper profession as any other and, as journalism 
is a varied profession, therefore varied knowledge is 

"The primary requisite for a successful newspaper 
man," wrote Melville E. Stone, manager of Associated 
Press, "is a certain degree of intuition, of quick per- 
ception which enables him to judge accurately the value 
of news and the propriety of publishing. G-iven these 
qualities, then special training is most valuable." 

Eobert C. Ogden, president, General Education Fund, 
voiced definite approval of this specialized education: 
"Training in journalism supplies a need that has been 
apparent. It will create higher standards of intelligence 
and character, will give increased dignity, power and 
influence to the profession that lies nearest to American 
thought and life," 

And this from B. B. Herbert, editor of the National 
Printer- Journalist, Chicago: "The School of Journalism 
fills a most important field. The journalist needs thor- 
ough professional training to equip him for the largest 
success and this can be secured nowhere so well as at a 
State University with proper laboratory equipment." 


IL H. Cabaniss of the Augusta Chronicle, like Ogden, 
saw the benefit to the profession: "The established course 
in journalism which will enable men to- enter the news- 
paper office specially educated for the work before them 
will inaugurate a new era in the profession. 



From the beginning the School of Journalism has been 
organized as one of the main divisions of the University 
of Missouri, ranking with the divisions of Law, Medicine, 
Engineering, Education, Business and Public Adminis- 
tration, and Agriculture. 

The School of Journalism founded its curriculum upon 
the theory that intending journalists should be equipped 
with a liberal education plus professional instruction. 
To that end it requires from intending students such 
academic preparation as is equivalent to twoi years of 
liberal arts courses in colleges or universities. Ordinar- 
ily these two years include courses in English, history, 
sociology, economics, modern languages, philosophy, 
logic, psychology, physical and biological sciences, mathe- 
matics. The curriculum in journalism includes in the 
last two years leading 1 to the professional degree of 
Bachelor of Journalism professional subjects and ad- 
vanced courses in the art subjects named and in govern- 
ment, international relations;, political and diplomatic 
history, international law courses which prepare the 
journalist for the practice of his profession. The School 
1ms consistently held to< the theory that the prospective 
journalist should not only have academic instruction, a 
liberal arts education, but that he is best prepared by 
such education for journalism when he is instructed at 
the same time in professional courses. These profes- 
sional courses in news, reporting, copy editing, editorial 
writing, et cetera, constitute the distinctive feature of 
the Missouri School. Not only are certain courses: selected 
from the general academic course and grouped for the 
special service of the intending journalist a most de- 
sirable end in itself but there are added to; these courses 


Serving on Dean Williams' faculty in the first year of the School were 
Silas Bent (upper left), Charles G. Boss (upper right), and Frank L. 
Martin. Professor Martin has been continuously on the faculty since 
February 1909. 


a consideration of tlie principles and practice of jour- 
nalism itself. The journalist learns to do by doing. The 
laboratory method and the case method have been em- 
ployed from the beginning and emphasized. 

To understand thoroughly the work of the School of 
Journalism at Missouri University one must know of the 
methods of selection and organization of faculty members, 
the plan and development of teaching methods, the 
changing curriculum, class-room organization and lab- 
oratory work. 

Professional faculty members have been chosen from 
among men and women who have a background of college 
education academic training plus successful practical 
experience in journalism, particularly in those phases 
which they are expected to teach. Thus the faculty 
members bring to the lecture room and laboratory not 
only fundamental knowledge of general subjects and col- 
lege training in professional jo'urto&lism subjects, but" 
personal knowledge from their own experience in jour- 
nalistic practice. Furthermore they are encouraged to 
continue research and study in journalism and to spend 
vacations and leaves of absence from the University on 
the staffs of newspapers, magazines, or other journalistic 
organizations, or in achieving original writing. They are 
inspired to keep up with the development of journalistic 
education and journalistic practice throughout the coun- 
try and the world. Since the increase in number of 
schools and departments of journalism in recent years 
Missouri faculty members have at times acted as exchange 
professors or visiting professors teaching in other uni- 
versities or colleges of the country during summer school 
sessions. In this way they gain a broader knowledge of 
what is being done in different parts of the country in 
journalistic education. During longer leaves of absence 
different faculty members have served as: News editor 
of the Japan Advertiser, Tokyo ; news editor of the Mel- 
bourne Herald, Melbourne, Australia; editor of the Trans- 
Pacific Magazine; on the staff of the Honolulu Star- 
Bulletin; and as graduate students at other universities. 


Missouri journalism faculty members also have writ- 
ten and continue to write bulletins, text-books, and edu- 
cational articles on various phases of journalism. Many 
of them contribute articles on diversified subjects to news- 
papers and magazines of the United States. The School 
itself is a member of the American Association of Schools 
and Departments of Journalism and faculty are members 
of the American Association of Teachers of Journalism. 

In so far as possible the organization of the School of 
Journalism is like that of a newspaper office. The Dean 
of the School might be compared to the publisher or 
owner of a newspaper; the next in rank to the managing 
editor, responsible for the production of the daily news- 
paper. Professors and instructors in copy reading com- 
pare with the copy desk head and the telegraph editor in 
the city newspaper office; other faculty members might 
be termed the advertising manager; magazine supplement 
editor; chief of the editorial staff; and editors of various 
departments such a-s one finds on any standard news-' 
paper; and another is in charge of the Herald-Statesman, 
a weekly rural newspaper. The student body, including 
those men and women working for a degree in journal- 
ism, special students, and students from other divisions 
in the university taking one or more courses in journal- 
ism, make up the staffs of the different publications. 

The building in which journalism instruction is given, 
Jay EL Neff Hall, is furnished as nearly as possible ta 
correspond with a newspaper office or plant and at the 
same time meet instructional needs. Of course there must 
be separate lecture rooms such as one does not find in an 
ordinary newspaper office. But the well-lighted, care- 
fully designed news room is fitted with a city editor ? s desk 
aaid adequate number of typewriters and .type-writer 
desks where student-reporters may write the stories pre- 
viously assigned by faculty members. The room where 
copy reading is taught has the regulation horseshoe desk. 
The teacher of copy reading sits in "the slot" and super- 
vises the editing of copy by the students who sit around 
him. The rooms where editorial writing, newspaper 


management, and other classes are taught are fitted as 
lecture or conference rooms. There are two advertising 
rooms, one equipped with stools and high desks where 
students may plan and make up the advertisements and 
another where the student-advertising solicitors receive 
their assignments (from a faculty member) and return 
to report results and type their copy. The latter room is 
fitted with desks, typewriters, telephones, and filing cab- 
inets in which are kept the latest matrices and cuts from 
several advertising services. 

On the main floor of the huilding are the business offices 
where the business manager (paid by the Missonrian 
Association and not a member of the University faculty) 
and his assistants take care of the circulation and dis- 
tribution of the School's publications and keep the books. 
The business manager also is in charge of the printing 
plant which is located in the basement of Jay EL Neff Hall. 
This plant is notable for its amount of window space, its 
facilities for light and air. It is large and equipped with 
modern machinery. 

There is also a photo-illustration laboratory in charge 
of a member of the journalism faculty who teach pho- 
tography and the production of newspaper illustration. 
This laboratory is fully equipped with modern machinery 
for the rapid and efficient making of halftone and line 
plates, for taking and finishing photographs. 

The School has a well-equipped journalism library, pro- 
viding facilities for study and research. It receives regu- 
larly the mo'st representative newspapers and periodicals 
from all the cities of the United States and many from 
Great Britain, France, Germany, Africa, Australia, New 
Zealand, Canada, South America, the Philippines and 
Hawaii. All of the daily and weekly newspapers pub- 
lished in Missouri are received. These publications repre- 
sent all types of journalism, not just the best or the worst, 
so they may be compared and criticized and analyzed. In 
addition most of the journalism trade publications are 
received, thus giving students and faculty opportunity to 
know what publishers, editors and reporters and the 


advertisers themselves are thinking, planning and doing, 
as well as what opportunities are open in the field of jour- 
nalism. Also there are hundreds of volumes of valuable 
reference books. 

A feature of the School of Journalism at Missouri Uni- 
versity is its publications which offer laboratory facilities. 
The Columbia Missourian, the Missourian Magazine, and 
the Columbia Herald-Statesman afford opportunity for 
the students to obtain practical experience, to put into 
actual use, the fundamental principles, ethics, and theories 
which they learn in lecture and writing courses. All the 
writing and editing for these three papers and the adver- 
tising work for the first two are done by students in 
journalism, working 1 under the direct supervision of the 
faculty members. 

The School's teaching plan combines this laboratory 
practice with work in the classroom. The student who 
is studying political science one hour may find himsedf 
applying this knowledge the next hour by reporting a 
campaign meeting. Or he may go from a history class 
room to edit copy and write headlines fo-r the day's news- 
paper. He may leave a class, in economics to write and 
sell a clothing advertisement. This laboratory practice 
lias been an outstanding phase in the School since it was 
begun in 1908 and has been one of the things that have 
brought favorable comment from numerous newspaper 
men and journalistic organizations-. The Missouri Press 
Association praised these laboratory methods in a reso- 
lution, adopted May 25, 1923: "Without reservation the 
Missouri Press Association extends hearty congratula- 
tions and best wishes to the Missouri School of Journal- 
ism and rejoices in being able to meet in Columbia on 
this, the fourteenth annual Journalism "Week. We take 
to ourselves a part of the honor and glory because our 
association has always supported the School of Journal- 
ism aad always rejoices in its success. We are especially 
pleased that the School of Journalism is able to offer to 
students from Missouri and other states and countries 
the advantages of such a complete newspaper laboratory, 


a laboratory which extends its benefits and usefulness 
wherever the graduates of this School find their field of 
labor and offers a means whereby all students may obtain 
at first hand practical and effective newspaper training. ' ' 

The Columbia Missourian is an evening daily news- 
paper circulating throughout the city and county and 
having subscribers outside the State. It carries tele- 
graph news, has staff correspondents in rural districts, 
sends out reporters to cover sessions of the State Legis- 
lature and other important meetings and news events in 
the State, and covers the local news of Columbia includ- 
ing news of Missouri University and the two colleges 
loicated in Columbia, 

The Missourian Magazine is a weekly supplement which 
runs each Saturday as a special section of the Columbia 
Missourian. It is of tabloid size and contains features, 
special departments, and many illustrations. These two 
publications are published in the printing plant at Jay 
H. Neff Hall, 

The Columbia Herald-Statesman is a privately owned 
country weekly newspaper which is written, edited and 
made up nine months of the year by students of rural 
journalism enrolled in the Missofizri School of Journalism. 
News pictures and cartoons produced by student pho- 
tographers and artists are made into halftones and line 
etchings in the School's photo-engraving 1 laboratory and 
used in these three publications. 

The use of the publications, as a laboratory insures that 
the conditions under which the student works shall be? 
the same as those he will meet when he has left the School 
for actual newspaper practice. It insures that the stu- 
dent reporter on an assignment shall be treated as a re- 
porter both by his instructors and by outsiders. It im- 
presses upon him the fundamentals of the newspaper 
office that the facts must be accurate, that they must be 
handled correctly, and that the story must be turned in 
at the earliest possible moment. In addition, the linking 
of courses of all sorts with the actual publication of news- 
papers gives the student opportunity for development 


and training of the initiative that makes a newspaper 
man or woman valuable to his paper. 

The student comes to realize that reporting does not 
consist in writing only the big news that happens oc- 
casionally but also in writing the every-day events of less 
importance, and finding and writing news that does not lie 
oi\ the surface. Writing each story with the needs of 
a particular publication on a certain date in mind, ho 
learns that a story worth half a column one day may be 
cut to two inches on another when more important ma- 
terial is crowding the newspaper columns. He learns the 
responsibility that is a reporter's in dealing with the 
people about whom he writes, both before and after his 
stories are published. The fact that what he writes is 
published and read by thousands, forces the student to 
realize that it really matters if he does not do his work 
thoroughly, if he is inaccurate, slipshod or unfair. Stories 
for the wastebasket may be crammed with errors and no 
one be the wiser, but the carelessly written story that is 1 
printed has little chance of escaping all the eyes that 
scrutinize the pages of these publications. 

Students are encouraged to consider not only the tech- 
nical but also the moral problems that confront editors. 
The School's publications must be representative of the 
best in journalism, and at the same time must hold enough 
subscribers and carry enough advertising to pay their 
own way. 

Naturally this complete organization and equipment 
did not exist in 1908. There has been a steady develop- 
ment of the School of Journalism organization through 
these twenty years, the School each year more adequately 
and successfully filling the need for such professional edu- 
cation. With the establishment of the School caine the 
founding of the University Missourian as a daily news- 
paper in Columbia. Classrooms served as news or edi- 
torial offices where student-journalists were told "how" 
in lectures and personal conferences and through assign- 
ments to obtain news, editorials, feattures, photographs, 
and advertisements. The printing plant and business 


office were elsewhere because space allotted to the new 
University division did not allow room for other than 
class facilities. The management of the Missourian 
changed and developed with the changing needs such as 
increasing enrollment, added faculty members, introduc- 
tion of new courses, new equipment, and the changing 
newspaper needs of the times and the community. The 
first year the paper was issued with the 1 School itself as- 
suming all responsibility. Beginning in 1909 it was 
student-owned and managed (although always under the 
direct supervision of journalism faculty members, and 
always appearing as a general city newspaper, never as a 
college journal). In 1920 the Missourian Publishing As- 
sociation was formed with alunmi and former students of 
the School of Journalism as stockholders. The board of 
directors included nine stockholders who were elected, a 
business manager (not a student) who< was paid by the 
corporation and gave his full time to the Missourian. At 
this time, through the beneficence of Ward A. Neff, B. J. 
'13, Jay H. Neff Hall was erected to house the School of 
Journalism. The University agreed to install and main- 
tain a complete plant for the printing of the paper, thus 
providing rent, light, heat, and power. So for the first 
time classrooms, news and business offices and printing 
plant were housed in the same building. In 1926 the Mis- 
sourian Publishing Association was disbanded, the stock 
returned to its members and a new organization effected. 
The new Missourian Publishing Association is organized 
under the provisions of the Missouri statutes governing 
benevolent, scientific, and educational associations. 

While in general the news and editorial policies of the 
Missourian have remained the same throughout the 
twenty years there have been changes from year to year 
in the variety and kinds of news and special departments 
carried, in the make-up and typography, all varying ac- 
cording to talent available, changes in curriculum and 
faculty, and the equipment on hand. The detailed de- 
velopment of the Missourian and other publications 


will be given in other chapters. Other publications 
have really grown out of the Missourian. The Mis- 
sourian Magazine had its origin in special pages and de- 
partments earned in the Missourian once or twice a week. 
Finally this special feature material was concentrated in 
the magazine supplement. As courses in country news- 
paper writing and production were created farm and 
garden news was first carried in special departments in 
the Missourian. As these courses developed and drew 
increasing numbers of students, the use of the Herald- 
Statesman was acquired so* those particularly interested 
in the country newspaper work could have practical ex- 
perience in writing, editing and making-up a weekly 
rura] newspaper. 

It has been the general policy of the School of Journal- 
ism not to use test books. Through lectures, conferences, 
research and study of existing newspapers and other pub- 
lications all over the world, reference readings, and most 
of all through direct laboratory work the professional 
education has been earned on. Texts, bulletins, and 
treatises on various phases of journalism have been writ- 
ten by faculty members at the Missouri School of Journal- 
ism and these as well as volumes written by other jour- 
nalists have been assigned for reference reading and 
study. The "Deskbook of the School of Journalism' 7 is 
the one text all students are required to study. It is a 
small volume, compiled by Missouri journalism faculty 
members, containing fundamental style and usage "'do's 
and don'ts" that apply to any modern American standard 

Another feature of the instruction at Missouri is the 
frequent bringing to the School of Journalism of men and 
women of prominence in th^ profession to address the 
student body or special classes, or to have personal con- 
ferences with students, dealing with specific questions 
and problems. Whenever opportunity offers such in- 
dividuals are brought to the School throughout the year. 
And once each year, Journalism Week, there is an entire 
week of public addresses, conferences, and gatherings 


of journalists. The week is planned long in advance 
and has among its participants not only members of the 
Missouri Press Association, the Writers' Guild and other 
journalistic groups of this State but editors, publishers, 
artists, authors and advertisers of note from all over the 

The first professional faculty of the School of Jour- 
nalism included the dean, one assistant professor, one 
instructor, and two student assistants. In 1928 the pro- 
fessional faculty included the dean, one professor, one as- 
sociate professor, four assistant professors, four instruc- 
tors and three student assistants. In the first year of the 
School seventy-two students; were enrolled. In 1928, in- 
cluding candidates for a degree in journalism, special 
students, and also those from other divisions of the Uni- 
versity enrolled in one or more classes in journalism, en- 
rollment was four hundred and thirty-five. All courses 
in the School are open to women on the same basis as 
men and the percentage of women students has- increased 
from year to year. "With the increasing enrollment and 
consequent increasing faculty, the curriculum of the 
School was extended and diversified. 

The first year admission to the School was by examina- 
tion or, without examination, by certificate from an ac- 
credited high school. Beginning with the 1911-12 session 
requirements for admission were the satisfactory com- 
pletion of (1) a four years' high school course or its equiv- 
alent, and (2) the first two years 7 work or sixty hours 
credit in the College of Arts and Science of the Univer- 
sity of Missouri or its equivalent. This credit, it was 
noted, should include economics, five hours; logic and 
psychology, five hours ; political science or sociology, five 
hours. Concerning admission to the School in 1928-29 
the official announcement says: 

"The School's students are made up of the following 
classes : 

i i 1. Students who have completed at least two years of 
study in the College of Arts and Science of the University 
of Missouri, or the equivalent of this study. These may 


enter the School of Journalism as regular students and 
complete the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of 
Journalism in two years more. Students who have more 
than two years of college credit may reduce the length, 
of their stay in the School of Journalism, but the sequence 
of courses makes it desirable for every student to spread 
his professional courses over at least three semesters, or 
two semesters and a summer term. The student who 
combines his studies in the School of Journalism with, 
studies in the College of Arts and Science may obtain 
degrees from both in five years. 

"2. Students who have completed a four-year aca- 
demic course and received a bachelor's degree. Such stu- 
dents may obtain the degree of Bachelor of Journalism 
upon successful completion of the required professional 
courses. In exceptional cases this may be done in one 
school year, but it is better, on account of the sequence 
of courses, to take three semesters, or two semesters and 
a summer term. 

"3. Special students persons more than twenty-one 
years old who do not meet the requirements for admi&- 
sion as regular students, and who are not candidates for 
degrees. The attention of men and women of journalistic 
experience but no college education is especially called 
to this class. Special students may take such courses as 
they are prepared to enter without regard to the require- 
ments for graduation. 

"4. Students of other divisions of the University, to 
whom certain courses in journalism are open. 

"5. Graduate students in journalism. Most of such 
students hold bachelor's degrees in journalism. They 
enroll in the Graduate School of the University of Mis- 
souri, but take their principal work in the School of Jour- 

"It is suggested that all students have a knowledge of 
typewriting before entering the School of Journalism. 

< 'In the two years of college work required for entrance 
to the school, the student must complete sixty hours. Of 
these, four hours must be in Citizenship; six hours in 


English Composition and Rhetoric; ten hours in one. 
foreign language; three hours in mathematics or logic; 
five hours in a physical science (astronomy, chemistry, 
geology, or physics) ; and five in a "biological science (bot- 
any or zoology). 

"If the student plans to< specialize in agricultural jour- 
nalism, the physical science taken should be chemistry, 
as this is a prerequisite for some agricultural courses. 

"These requirements may be waived in part if the 
student, upon entering the College of Arts and Science, 
shows that he has already done sufficient work in any 
of these subjects. 

"In any case, it is strongly urged that the student take 
in his first two years: ten hours of a modem language, 
three hours of logic, five hours of American History, 
three hours of narration, and three hours of exposition/' 

Until 1913 the degree offered by the School of Journal- 
ism was that of Bachelor of Science in Journalism (B. S. 
in J.). Since the spring of 1913 the degree has- been 
Bachelor of Journalism (B, J.). During the first three 
years the requirements for graduation were: (1) The 
student must be regularly admitted to the department; 
(2) He must complete during the first two years of his 
course six hours of English, six hours of history, and 
twelve hours of other social sciences (economics, soci- 
ology, political science), six hours of physical or biolog- 
ical science (astronomy, chemistry, geology, and miner- 
alogy, physics, botany, zoology, physiology), six hours 
of modern languages and six hours of mathematics or 
logic and psychology; (3) He must complete work in 
journalism to the amount of twenty-four hours, the 
greater portion of this work to be taken during the junior 
and senior years; (4) The total requirement for gradua- 
tion is one hundred and twenty hours. 

When requirements for admission were changed in 1911 
to include two years of arts and science work, the re- 
quirements for graduation were also changed as follows: 
(1) The candidate for a degree in journalism must be 
regularly admitted to the School; (2) He must complete 


(a) a major of twenty-four hours in journalism including 
six hours of history and principles of journalism, six hours 
of news gathering, three hours of copy reading; and (b) 
a minor of twelve hours chosen, with the consent of the 
Dean, in subjects relating to journalism; ^(3) He must 
complete a total of seventy-two hours (This in addition 
to sixty hours of arts and science work.). 

In the 1912-13 session the second requirement was 
changed to read: (2) He must complete a major of thirty- 
sis hours in journalism including six hours of history and 
principles of journalism, six hours of news gathering, 
six hours of reporting, six hours of copy reading. The 
minor of twelve hours remained as in previous years. The 
amount of professional journalism courses, required or 
the "major" in journalism has varied throughout the 
years. In the 1914-15 session it was changed from thirty- 
six to twenty-four hours of required journalism subjects 
including six hours history and principles of journalism, 
three hours news, nine hours reporting, and six hours 
copy reading. The total of sixty hours work in addition 
to the first two years of arts and science was required for 
graduation. While one hundred and twenty hours con- 
tinued to be required for the B. J, degree, the professional 
requirement was again raised to thirty hours- in 1915-16 
session and has not gone below that requirement since. 

An additional requirement for graduation introduced 
in 1915-16 and continued since then is the satisfactory 
passing of an English test given, in the junior year. The 
test is given with the primary aim of impressing upon 
the student the of good English in his news- 
paper work. Those who fail are given another opportu- 
nity in the following (senior) year. 

The continual demand for men and women familiar 
with agriculture and trained in journalism led to a broad- 
ening of the instruction offered in agricultural journal- 
ism. For a number of years a single course in this was 
offered for students in the College of Agriculture of the 
University of Missouri. Beginning in the fall of 1922 it 
was made possible for a student to take a four-year course 


in the University, including the fundamental courses in 
both journalism and agriculture, and leading to a degree 
in either, depending upon how the students' studies were 
chosen. The degree offered for such work was Bachelor 
of Science in Agricultural Journalism. 

In 1928-29 the official announcement gave the follow- 
ing requirements for graduation from the School of Jour- 
nalism : 

"The School of Journalism confers one undergraduate 
degree, Bachelor of Journalism (B. J.). A student spe- 
cializing in agricultural journalism will have the notation 
(in Agricultural Journalism) made upon his diploma. 

"To obtain the degree of Bachelor of Journalism, the 
student must fulfill the following conditions: 

"1. He must be regularly admitted to the school. 

"2. He must complete a major of at least thirty hours 
in journalism, including six hours of History and Prin- 
ciples of Journalism, six hours of News and Reporting, 
four hours of Copy Reading, three hours of Principles of 
Advertising, and in addition, (a) three hours more of Re- 
porting and two hours more of Copy Reading, or, (b.) 
nine hours more of advertising courses, or (c) ten hours 
of illustration courses, or (d) six hours of feature writing 
and magazine courses, or (e) six hours of rural journal- 
ism courses. 

"3. He must complete at least twenty hours in courses 
for upperclassmen in some of the following departments : 
Economics and commerce, Germanic or Romance lan- 
guages, English, history, philosophy, political science and 
public law, psychology, and sociology. 

"These requirements may be in part waived on condi- 
tion that the work presented by the student at admission 
shows, in the opinion of the Dean, sufficient acquaintance 
with a given subject 

"4. He must complete a total of sixty hours. 

"To obtain the degree of Bachelor of Journalism (in 
Agricultural Journalism) , the student must 'fulfill the 
following conditions: 


"1. He must be regularly admitted to the school. 

U 2. He must complete a major of at least thirty hours 
in journalism, including six hours of History and Prin- 
ciples of Journalism, six hours of News and Reporting, 
four hours of Copy Beading, three hours of Principles of 
Advertising, and nine hours of rural journalism courses, 

" These requirements may be in part waived on con- 
dition that the work presented by the student at admis- 
sion shows, in the opinion of the Dean, sufficient acquaint- 
ance with a give subject. 

* * 3. He must complete thirty hours of technical courses 
in agriculture. 

"4. He must complete a total of sixty hours. 

"All regular students must pass, near the close of the 
second term in journalism, a test of their proficiency in 
English. Those who fail will be given a further test the 
following year. No student will be recommended for any 
degree until his English is satisfactory. 

"In addition to all requirements now in force 1 , the fol- 
lowing will become effective at the beginning of the sum- 
mer term, 1929: 

"5. A candidate for any degree from the School of 
Journalism must earn sixty points on the following 
basis: Grade of B, three points for each hour; grade 
of S, two points for each hour; grade of M or Passed 
(also advanced standing for work done elsewhere), one 
point for each hour; grades lower than M, no points. 7 ' 

Ten professional courses were originally offered by 
the School of Journalism in 1908 including: History and 
Principles of Journalism, Newspaper Making, Newspaper 
Administration, Magazine and Class Journalism, News- 
paper Publishing, Newspaper Jurisprudence, News-Gath- 
ering, Correspondence, and Office Equipment. It was an- 
nounced that a course in Advertising would be given the 
following year. 

In the 1928-29 school year fifty-seven professional 
courses were listed. Other courses have been taught and 
later dropped from the schedule. The different courses 
have originated and developed according to demands of 


the times, and also according to physical equipment and 
faculty available as well as because of the need for wider 
study of varied phases of journalism and developments 
in the profession itself. 

A brief history and description of existing courses is 
here given. 

History of Journalism 

History and Principles of Journalism Required of 
all students in journalism, has been ta,ught by Dean 
Walter Williams since the first year of the School. In 
it is considered briefly the history of printing of the 
earliest newspapers on the continent of Europe, in Eng- 
land, and in the United States, the modern newspaper, 
purposes underlying journalism, and the effect of journal- 
ism as a social force. 

Comparative Journalism Continuously taught since 
1908 by Dean Williams, is a discussion of various types 
)of newspapers throughout the world. The newspapers 
of other countries than the United States are emphasized 
and the Journalism Library snpplies laboratory material 
for such study, containing from the beginning of the 
School representative journals from the more important 

The Editorial Policy and Writing 

Newspaper Administration The first course to meet 
in the 'School of Journalism, taught then and during the 
years that have followed by Dean Williams. In the 
course are considered the administration of a newspaper 
from the standpoint of editorial management and con- 
trol. At first the course included editorial writing, later 
made a separate course. The course in Newspaper Ad- 
ministration hasi been given every school year since 1908. 

The Editorial An offshoot of the first course in News- 
paper Administration, taught at first by Dean Williams, 
and later by other members of the journalism faculty. 
While other courses have grown in numbers, The 


Editorial lias been limited to twelve students each 
semester. In content, the course is practically the same 
as when first given. Assignments furnish the material 
for the Missooirian's editorial column, while class discus- 
sions deal partly with topics upon which the students are 
about to write, and partly with questions of editorial 
policy in general. It is a "thinking" as well as a writ- 
ing course. It is assumed that students know how to 
write when they enroll in the course so- consideration is 
given mostly to the factors that effect what is to be writ- 

News Gathering and Editing 

The News Offered continuously since the establish- 
ment of the School of Journalism and taught continu- 
ously since February 1909 by Frank L. Martin. All 
candidates for B. J. degree except those specializing in 
advertising are required to take the course, which is open 
also to special students. It is a lecture course including 
a study of the entire news field, local, state, national and 
international, and a study of newsgathering organiza- 
tions, newspaper plant organization, news values, news 
sources, and methods of writing, presenting and dis- 
playing news. One text and outside reading of refer- 
ences including texts, newspapers and periodicals, are 

Reporting Reporting I, offered continuously since the 
beginning of the School, is a laboratory course in the 
gathering and writing of news. The course, News, is a 
prerequisite. Laboratory periods consist of two hours 
daily, six days a week. Students are given assignments 
as reporters for the Columbia Missourian to cover the 
news of Columbia, the University, and the county, sup- 
plemented by the writing of country correspondence ma- 
terial and local developments of telegraph stories from 
the leased wire service of the United Press As&ociationa 
The various departmental news such as earned in any 
standard newspaper sports, society, et cetera is done 


by students- in reporting. Occasional out-of-town assign- 
ments are given, including the State Legislature while in 
session. Reporting II and Reporting III are continuation 
courses with more important news assignments pro- 
vided as the experience and ability of the individual 
student warrants. Reporting II has been given contin- 
uously since 1908. Reporting classes are taught by Prof. 
Martin and Prof. Eugene W. Sharp. 

Newspaper Making Special laboratory course offered 
for advanced students wishing to specialize in reporting. 

News Desk Methods Established in 1926 under Prof. 
Frank L. Martin and open to graduate students only. The 
required courses leading to a B. J. degree are prerequi- 
site. It is designed to give students experience and in- 
struction in the work of the city editor and in the oper- 
ation of a news desk. Instruction is given in the keeping 
of an assignment book, in the assignments of reporters, 
in the keeping of a future book, and in the work of similar 

Special Correspondence Recognizing the educational 
value of travel, the School of Journalism offers each sum- 
mer a course in Special Correspondence. The work con- 
sists principally of making a trip lasting several weeks, 
over a route which is changed each year, and writing 
daily news and feature stories from material gathered 
along the way. Each student acts as a correspondent 
for one or more daily newspapers, to which he sends 
his stories for publication. The part of the summer term 
which is not occupied by the trip is spent in Columbia 
studying about the territory to be visited or completing 
the writing of stories for which notes were gathered on 
the trip. As a rule about half of the eight-week summer 
term is spent away from Columbia. Every effort is made 
to keep the traveling expenses within a moderate sum. 
In 1923 Professors Martin and Mann took nineteen stu- 
dents on a trip through South Missouri and North Ark- 
ansas. They traveled twenty-five hundred miles by rail, 


automobile, and boat, visiting fifty cities and towns, and 
writing stories about the places and persons visited for 
newspapers previously assigned. Three hundred and 
thirty columns of news stories written by the class were 
clipped and saved. The summer of 1924 Prof. Mann took 
a group of students to North Missouri, Iowa, and So-nth 
Dakota, The 1925 trip was made to Old Mexico. The 
party traveled through Dallas, Houston, Galveston, Cor- 
pus Chriati, Laredo*, and Monteray, Mexico, stopping at 
these places before reaching Mexico City where they 
stayed three weeks. In 1926 the class visited different 
sections of Missouri by automobile. The 1927 trip was to 
Florence, Ala., the location of the Wilson Dam and sev- 
eral large government power projects. The trip covered 
more than 1500 miles and was made by river packet boats, 
trains and stages, with stops in several of the industrial 
centers of the South. In Padueah, Ky., the party visited 
Mrs. Manie S. Cobb, mother of the famous author, and 
had with her the first interview she ever granted. In. 
Nashville, Term., the late G-ov. Austin Peay received them 
in his office in the state capitol. 

The homeward trip as far as St. Louis, was made by 
packet boat on the Tennessee and Mississippi rivers. 

Copy Reading "When the School of Journalism began 
instruction in 1908 student copy rea4ers began to edit 
and headline the copy turned in by student reporters; 
today other student copy readers are busy at the same 
job. While the theory is unchanged, there has been a 
tremendous expansion. In the early days three morn- 
ing classes five days a week cared for all the students en- 
rolled in three courses, Copy Beading I, II, and III. 
Afternoon and Saturday copy was handled by student 
assistants or faculty members at the downtown shop 
where the Misso-urian was printed. The amount of copy 
available was comparatively small. The Missourian had 
only four pages of six columns each, there was little 
telegraph news, and the reporters were, few in comparison 
with present numbers. Increasing numbers of students 


and increasing amounts of copy necessitated changes. 
With some hesitation classes were scheduled for the after- 
noons, meeting at the Herald-Statesman plant in a Ninth 
Street basement, where the Missourian was printed. It 
was soon found that these afternoon sections were valu- 
able both because of the amount of live copy and because 
a student could put in two or three hours uninterruptedly. 
Also, the students got a closer contact with the printing 
problems involved than they could have had in a class 
room half a mile from the publishing office. Saturday 
classes followed soon after. With the teaching of jour- 
nalism in summer session and, within recent years, the 
establishment of the August intersession, classes are now 
in session virtually eight hours a day the year around. 
In 1927 it was necessary to schedule classes during the 
noon hour every day. One factor in this was the estab- 
lishment of a printer-telegraph service from the United 
Press instead of the former long-distance telephone serv- 
ice. This greatly increased the amount of available copy. 

In 1908 all the Copy Beading classes consisted largely 
of laboratory work. At the beginning of each semester 
the instructor made a brief talk on how to mark copy; 
then he passed out news stories and the students went to 
work on them. Further instructions were given individ- 
ually, which of course required constant repetition. As 
the classes grew larger it was found advisable to keep the 
beginning students separate and devote some time to tell- 
ing them as a group what they would otherwise have had 
to be told separately. This plan is now followed. The 
class in Copy Beading I, cut to two hours credit, meets as 
a lecture and recitation class. The next semester stu- 
dents enroll in Copy Beading II and put in eight hours 
a week of actual copy reading. Copy Reading III was 
dropped for a time but has been re-established for stu- 
dents of especial ability who wish to specialize in this 
phase of journalism. 

Copy-Desk Methods Established in 1927 and open 
only to graduate students. The course seeks to train for 


copy-desk editorship. It deals with the handling of copy; 
advanced headline writing; principles of headline display. 
Two members of the professional faculty now have 
charge of the copy reading work, Prof. E. S. Mann and 
Miss Helen Jo Scott. 


The first course in advertising was offered by the School 
of Journalism in 1908-09. It was taught by Charles Gr. 
Ross and called Advertising and Publishing. The Uni- 
versity catalog described it as: "a study of newspaper 
and magazine advertising, preparation of advertising 
copy, display, and a consideration of the business side of 
journalism including circulation." This course was 
.given with lectures only. The following year special at- 
tention was paid to advertising copy and students in the 
course were given for the first time actual practice in writ- 
ing and selling of advertising for the Missourian. Mr. 
Boss' other courses were in the news department and in 
1911 he gave up the advertising course. Joseph E. Chas- 
noff became instructor in advertising in 1911 teaching a 
course called Advertising Direction, which took the place 
of the course formerly taught by Mr, Boss. The new 
course gave additional emphasis to the business side of 
advertising, to correspondence, and to publisher relation- 
ships. Mr. Chasnoff added new courses in advertising as 
each succeeding instructor in that department has done 
until now more than twenty courses relate directly to this 
subject. No textbooks have ever been used at the School 
in instruction in advertising. The instruction includes 
lectures and practical application. With the exception 
of national advertising all the advertising carried in the 
daily Missourian and the Missourian Magazine is writ- 
ten and sold by students in advertising classes. Three 
monthly advertising "mat" services are taken by the 
School for the use of the advertising classes. Problems 
of local retail merchants are unearthed and discussed. 
Instruction is further furnished by a study of the actual 


campaigns supplied by manufacturers of nationally ad- 
vertised goods. The problems of these campaigns are 
discussed in the light of the actual conditions surround- 
ing their marketing. 

A brief history and description of advertising courses 
now offered follows. Additional courses including ad- 
vertising instruction are to be found in illustration, rural 
journalism courses and courses for teachers. 

Principles of Advertising First given by Joseph E. 
Chasnoff who sought to develop "the essentials under- 
lying successful advertising, with special emphasis to 
selling plans, effective appeals, and the principles of ar- 
ranging and writing copy." This course, much changed, 
is now required of all candidates for a degree in journal- 
ism. It deals with advertising fundamentals in relation 
to modern business activities, and serves as the basic 
course in advertising. 

Advertising Writing John B. Powell in 1912 began 
this course in which he taught preparation of advertising 
copy and campaigns, commercial literature, and business 
correspondence. With some changes this course has been 
offered continuously since 1912. It is now a required 
course for all students specializing in advertising. 

Advertising Salesmanship Joseph E. Chasnoff had 
started a course called Advertising Direction. In 1912 
the name of the course was changed by J. B, Powell to 
Soliciting of Advertising; in 1920 it was again changed 
to Selling of Advertising, and later to Advertising Sales- 
manship. In it students apply the principles of salesman- 
ship to specific lines of business by work with newspaper 
clients. A continuation of this is found in Advanced 
Advertising Salesmanship, which formerly was called 
Selling of Advertising II. 

Advertising Service and Promotion Started in 1922 
by Don D. Patterson. It includes the problems of all 
kinds of publications and is now taught by Thomas L. 


Advertising and Distribution Offered first in 1924 by 
B. K. Johnston. It deals with the mechanism and opera- 
tion of markets, studied in their relation to the effect on 
the distribution of advertised commodities and services. 

Advertising Campaigns Also started in 1924 by E. K. 
Johnston. It considers the planning and presenting of 
national and retail campaigns, with special reference to- 
a particular investigation of a product or service. 

Retail Store Advertisingr-OSerQ& first in 1924, it deals 
with the analysis, from the advertising viewpoint, of the 
selling and store-management problems encountered in 
the local field. 

Direct Mail Advertising Gives practice writing in all 
forms of media, to a selected audience, and a considera- 
tion of the physical make up of each medium. 

Advertising Problems Joseph E. Chasnoff in 1911 
taught a course called Current Problems in Advertising 
which developed in 1922 into Advertising Problems, In 
it are considered the analysis and solution, by the case 
method, of a, wide variety of advertising and distribution 
problems from the approach of the business executive. 

Advertising Plans and Procedure Offered first in 
1928, and dealing with the scope and possibilities of 
modern methods of promoting advertising for civic, co- 
operative, public, institutional, and business organiza- 
tions. The case method is used. 

Advertising Layout Started by Horatio B. Moore in 
1924 and now taught by Thomas L. Yates. It deals with 
the designing of advertisements with special considera- 
tion to layout, type, illustrations, color, and lettering. 

The Psychology of Advertising Offered first by Prof. 
Max Meyer in 1928, it takes up the application of psycho- 
logical knowledge and technique to practical advertising, 
selling and publicity problems. It is investigation and 
analysis of human nature applied to the concrete prob- 
lems of advertising. 


Senior Seminary in Advertising Special work for 
seniors majoring in advertising through group discussion 
of current problems by the case method. 

Advertising Seminary A discussion of graduate prob- 
lems, including a survey of bibliographical methods and 
aids in research. Eequired of all students majoring in 

Research in Advertising A concentrated study of spe- 
cial problems, methods, organizations, and objectives of 
the retail or national advertiser. This is a thesis course 
required of all graduate students in advertising. Offered 
first in 1921. 

Advertising-Desk Methods Advertising-office equip- 
ment and methods are studied and there is instruction in 
the direction of solicitors, selling procedure, and publica- 
tion contact. This is a graduate course. 


The publication of the Columbia Missourian was begun 
in a period marked by the increasing use of newspaper 
illustrations. From the first it was felt that students 
should receive training in the making and mechanical 
reproduction of pictures for news presentation and ad- 
vertising purposes. How to obtain pictures and print- 
ing plates became a problem almost with the founding of 
the School. The courses developed in the School of 
Journalism show how these needs were met. 

Newspaper Illustration First offered as a course in 
journalism by Prof. J. S. Ankeney in 1909-10. It con- 
sisted of laboratory practice in pen-and-ink technique, 
supplemented by lectures on the adaptation of art to 
newspaper needs. A continuation course was offered the 
following year as Newspaper Illustration II. In 1913 two 
advanced courses were offered and these four courses have 
continued, making a total of twenty hours available for 
credit in journalism. The advanced courses consider 


individual problems, specializing in newspaper and maga- 
zine illustration, cartooning, and advertising design. 

Principles of Photo-Engraving In 1914 the School of 
Journalism equipped a photo-engraving laboratory and 
Herbert W. Smith was put in charge. Students were 
given practical instruction in the making of halftone 
plates for use in the Missourian. In 1916 Mr. Smith 
offered courses in Photo-Illustration and Illustration 
Copy, which later were revised and merged in the course 
Principles of Photo-Engraving. In this students are made 
familiar with the making of printing-plates, and with the 
various printing processes including photogravure, pro- 
cess color-printing, lithography, embossing, and many 
others. There are lectures and practical laboratory work. 

Advertisement Illustrations Introduced in 1928 by 
W. H. Lathrop, it deals with the naturalistic field for ad- 
vertising art, including the use of photo-graphs. 

Advertising Design First offered by Herbert W. 
Smith and dealing with lettering, border decoration, illus- 
tration of merchandise and complete layout work. It is 
now taught by Mr. Lathrop and described as dealing with 
"decorative art as created to fill advertising needs in de- 
sign; historical and modern forms and possibilities for 
development. " 

Practical Illustrating for Advertisements Offered by 
Prof. J. S. Ankeney in 1928, deals with fundamentals of 
art as they affect advertisement illustration; what the 
artist in advertising is called upon to do and how to do it. 

Agricultural Journalism 

TJie Agricultural Press Courses in agricultural jour- 
nalism have been offered since 1910-11, when a three-hour 
course called Agricultural Journalism was started by 
Charies GL Ross, assistant professor of journalism. These 
courses are now required by students who are candidates 
for the degrees of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (in 


Agricultural Journalism) and Bachelor of Journalism (in 
Agricultural Journalism). Both classroom and labora- 
tory instruction was included in the course, and consider- 
ation was given to the gathering, writing, and presenta- 
tion of agricultural news, writing for the agricultural 
press, and the preparation of agricultural bulletins. In 
1915-16, Mr. Boss offered the course principally for seniors 
and juniors in the College of Agriculture. 

Prof. B. S. Mann taught the course during the 1919-20 
and 1920-21 sessions, and E. B. Childers, assistant pro- 
fessor of journalism, took charge of the course in 1921-22, 
when it was offered for all students qualified to take it, 
and not principally for seniors and juniors of the College 
of Agriculture. In 1922-23 Prof. Childers changed the 
name of the course to- the Agricultural Press and limited 
instruction to writing for and editing agricultural pub- 
lications. Prof. Childers offered another agricultural 
journalism course in that session, Agricultural Advertis- 
ing for three hours' credit. This course dealt with ad- 
vertising as it relates to the farm and the farmer. It was 
offered for the last time in 1923-24. 

In 1924-25 the Agricultural Press was offered by Prof. 
Childers and John BL Casey, assistant professor of jour- 
nalism. Prof. Casey also offered a three-hour course 
called Agricultural News, which was for students who- 
expected to be county extension agents, farm managers, 
or contributors to farm journals. Prof. Casey taught the 
two courses separately in 1925-26, but in 1926-27 he com- 
bined them under the name, "The Agricultural Press/' 
In 1927-28 T. C. Morelock began teaching this course. 
Special attention is paid to the writing and presentation 
of agricultural news, and the course is offered for both 
journalism and agricultural students. The enrollment 
each year is about ten. 

Newspaper Publishing Mr. Powell offered Rural 
Newspaper Management until the 1918-19 session. The 
course was omitted for several sessons. It was taught 
again in 1924-25, this time by John H. Casey, assistant 


professor of journalism. The name was changed to Co<un- 
try Newspaper Management, but the content of the course 
remained the same. In 1926-27 Prof. Casey changed the 
name of the course to Newspaper Publishing. This course 
was taken over by T. C. Morelock in 1927-28. While 
special attention is given to the rural newspaper, the 
course deals with the business side of newspaper mak- 
ing in general, covering circulation building, advertising 
methods, and other publishing problems. 

Principles of Rural Journalism Tlie first instruction 
in rural journalism given by the School dealt with an out- 
standingly weak side of the country newspaper, the busi- 
ness department. This course, called Rural Newspaper 
Management, was started in 1913-14 by John B. Powell, 
instructor in advertising, and afforded instruction in the 
application of advertising principles to the country 
weekly and in, the business and circulation methods of 
the small-town newspaper. The nest course was the 
Country Newspaper, which was first given in 1915-16 by 
Charles G-. Boss, instructor in journalism, and considered 
the special editorial and news problems of the small-town 
or country weekly newspaper. It consisted of both lec- 
tures and laboratory work and was given until the 1918- 
19 session, when it was omitted for two years. It was 
given again in 1920-21 summer session by Dean Walter 
Williams. In the following three sessions Prof. Childers 
conducted the course, and in 1924-25 he and Prof. Casey 
were in charge of it. Prof. Casey changed its name to 
the Principles of Eural Journalism in 1926-27, but the 
content was not changed materially. The instruction now 
includes a study of the content of the rural newspaper, its 
editorial and news problems, and the opportunities in 
rural and agricultural journalism. In the 1927-28 session 
T. C. Moreloek took charge of the course. 

Country Newspaper Production A strictly laboratory 
course in rural journalism first offered in the 1924-25 ses- 
sion. It was started by Prof. Casey who taught it until 


1927 when T. C. Morelock took charge of it. In this course 
the students are required to do all the newsgathering, edit- 
ing, a,nd editorial work needed in the publication of the 
Columbia Herald-Statesman, a weekly newspaper of gen- 
eral circulation in Boone County. 

Special Work 

Feature Writing Charles GK Ross taught the first 
course in this field in 1909, calling it Magazine Making 
and including a technical study of the making of maga- 
zines from the viewpoint of the publisher, the editor, and 
the contributor. In 1911 this course was dropped and 
Prof. Boss started the course called Advanced News Writ- 
ing, i i the writing of feature news, with special reference 
to the requirements of Sunday newspapers." Feature 
(Writing was added in 1914 for "the writiixg of special 
stories, with opportunity to use the camera for purposes 
of illustration. ? ' It was taught by Prof. Frank L. Martin. 
In 1921 Miss Sara L. Lockwood took over the course in 
Advanced News, which had been taught by Mr. Boss 
and later by Prof. E. S. Mann, and later she also took over 
the course in Feature Writing, reorganizing both courses. 
Feature Writing now includes the writing of special fea- 
tures for the Missourian and the Missourian Magazine. 

The Special Article The course in Advanced News 
Writing started by Prof. Boss later became Feature Writ- 
ing II, a continuation of Feature Writing I, and this- de- 
veloped later into The Special Article, with stress laid on 
the writing and selling of special features to periodicals. 
The course is now taught by Miss Frances Grrinstead. 

Newspaper and Maga&ine Departments Introduced 
by Miss- Lockwood in 1923. It includes the writing 1 for 
and editing and make up of special departments for the 
Missourian and the Missourian Magazine and a survey 
of modern special departments in newspapers and maga- 
zines. The course was taken over by Miss Grinstead in 


Literary and Dramatic Reviewing Started in 1924 by 
Miss Lockwood as training for literary, dramatic, art and 
music reviewing in newspapers and magazines; including 
the actual reviewing of books and productions of drama, 
art, and music for the School's publications; and the 
editing of a literary section in the Missourian Magazine; 
as well as a study of reviews carried in leading news- 
papers and periodicals of this country. The course is now 
taught by Miss Grinstead. 

Religious Journalism The Bible College of Missouri 
in 1923 offered primarily for journalism students this 
course which aims "to acquaint the student with the 
sources of religious information; with the historical 
setting of principal religious concepts; with ecclesiastical 
terminology, forms, and usages; with current religious 
interests and movements; with outstanding religious lead- 
ers; with the organization and administration of the 
leading denominations, giving special attention to their 
nomenclature; with the religious journals representing 
the various denominations and points of view. Practice 
is given in the writing of religious articles.' 7 The course 
is taught by Dr. Milton C. Towner and it is given credit 
only in the School of Journalism. 

Research in Journalism This is a thesis course for 
graduate students in journalism and is directed by the 
professor in whose department the research work is done. 

International News Communications Introduced in 
1925 by Eugene W. Sharp, it deals chiefly with cables, 
wireless, and news distribution. It is primarily a lecture 
course with assigned outside reading, and students are 
required to draw maps of the cable and wireless routes of 
the world. The effect of press rates and .censorship on 
news, and such subjects are discussed. The importance 
of a free and adequate circulation of news internationally 
and of the -necessity of proper media for distributing are 
taken up together with suggested remedies for such bar- 
riers as exist. 


Law of the Press A course in newspaper libel has 
been offered by the School of Journalism from its be- 
ginning, not for the purpose of revealing to the student 
the limits he may go in defaming an individual but to 
teach him how to avoid libeling his fellow man and how 
to defend himself honestly when he has, unwittingly done 
so or when for the public good he has deliberately con- 
demned the acts of one who- has wronged society. First 
called Newspaper Jurisprudence and offered for one credit 
hour, the course was begun in 1908 by Prof. John Davison 
Lawson, dean of the faculty of law of the University, 
who gave instruction in "laws that relate to newspaper 
publishing, particularly the laws relating to- libel, " until 
the 1915-16 session. The course was not given again until 
1918-19, when Prof. George Luther Clark, acting dean of 
the School of Law, taught for the same amount of credit 
the Law of Libel and Privacy. This course was offered 
until 1922-23. Be-established in 1925-26 session by T. C. 
Morelock, instructor in the School of Journalism, the 
course was presented from 1 the viewpoint of the newspaper 
man and was expanded to include a study of the laws reg- 
ulating copyright and the constitutional guaranties of the 
freedom of the press. The name of the course was 
changed to the Law of the Press and it was given for two- 
hours ? credit. 

Trade and Technical Journalism The course in the 
writing of articles for trade papers a,nd technical pub- 
lications was first offered by Prof. F. L. Martin and 
Charles G-. Boss, instructor in journalism, in the fall term 
of the 1910-11 session. It was given for three hours' 
credit and considered "the assembling, preparation, and' 
presentation of news interpretation and comment, edi- 
torial and feature work upon professional and technical 
periodicals, and the handling of special news and com- 
ment for the general newspaper." Both the lecture and 
laboratory method's of instruction were used. Special at- 
tention was given to the needs of teachers, engineers, 
lawyers, and physicians wishing training in writing for 


the press. The course was offered for two semesters, and 
then was not given again until 1921-22, when E.^ B. 
Childers, assistant professor of journalism, re-establish- 
ed it and gave instruction in work on trade and technical 
papers and the preparation of house organs. He con- 
tinued this instruction until the 1924-25 session, when he 
and John H. Casey, assistant professor of journalism, 
offered the course. No* change in the content of the 
course has been made since that time, but the credit hours 
were reduced to two by Prof. Casey, who had the courses 
until the 1927-28 session, when T. C. Morelock took charge 
of the work. Students taking this course are required to 
write articles for publication and to submit them to edi- 
tors of trade or technical publications. 

Principles of Typography A one-hour course in the 
study of type and the mechanical equipment of the news- 
paper plant, was first given by E. R. Childers, assistant 
professor of journalism, in the spring term of the 1922-23 
session and has been offered every year since. In 1924-25 
it was offered by Prof. Childers and John H. Casey, as- 
sistant professor of journalism. Prof Casey taught this 
subject the following two years, and in the 1927-28 ses- 
sion it was given by T. 0. Morelock. The chief purpose 
of the course is to acquaint the student with the various 
styles and sizes of type and to enable him to use type 
intelligently in presenting his message to the public* The 
student is taught not only ho<w to select the most suit- 
able and effective type style and size but also how to 
indicate his wants clearly to the printer. 

Journalism for Teachers 

The School Newspaper and Annual The first course 
listed as journalism for teachers was in the summer term 
of 1920. For three years following a course called School 
News and Publications was offered in the summer ses- 
sions. These were followed by the present course The 
School Newspaper and Annual, which is given primarily 
for high-school teachers in charge of student publications. 


Available sources of material, construct ion of the news 
story, headlines, illustrations, make-up, and editorial 
problems are considered. The course is now taught by 
Prof. Mann and Miss Helen Jo Scott. 

Advertising Promotion in School Publications Started 
by Mr. Johnston and now taught by Mr. Yates, this course 
deals with the writing and selling of advertising in high- 
school and college publications, with special attention to 
problems of student solicitors. It is given primarily for 
those in charge of publications as advisers. 



The laboratory work since the opening of the first 
classes in the School of Journalism has included writing 
news, features and editorials, editing copy and writing 
headlines, soliciting and writing advertising for a daily 
newspaper. Later o-ther publications were added as, part 
of the School's laboratory equipment, and taking of pic- 
tures, making of engravings and other illustrations, and 
the actual making up of the publications were included 
as parts of various professional courses. 

With the first day of the School's existence the Uni- 
versity Missourian made its appearance and it has con- 
tinued through these twenty years as a daily newspaper 
of Columbia. In 1909 the University Missourian Asso- 
ciation was formed, composed of journalism students, to 
assume the responsibility of publishing the Missourian. 
A Missourian Board of nine members, elected from the 
journalism student body, managed the paper. This or- 
ganization existed until 1920 when the Missouriaa Pub- 
lishing Association was incorporated. Two' editorials 
which appeared in the Missourian explained this new or- 
ganization. The first appeared January 13, 1921: 

"The Missourian Publishing Association, of Columbia, 
Missouri, has been granted incorporation by the Secre- 
tary of State under the laws of Mis>souri. 

"The Association has a capital stock of $10,000 divided 
into one hundred shares of one hundred dollars each. It 
has fifty-five stockholders, all of whom are graduates or 
former students of the School of Journalism of the Uni- 
versity of Missouri. The stockholders are : 

Ward A. Neff, Chicago, 111.; Ben G. Kline, Tokyo, 
Japan.; Maurice E. Votaw, Columbia; Ruth Sanders, St. 
Louis; Ralph Gravely, Bolivar; Vina Lindsay, Kansas 



City; D. E. Dexter, Kansas City; Maurice Hicklin, Seattle, 
Wash. ; Houston Harte, San Angelo, Texas ; John P. Wil- 
liams, Joplin; Harry D. Guy, Dallas; Oscar E. Eiley, New 
York City; Duke Parry, Tokyo; Glenn Babb, Tokyo; H. E. 
Easmussen, Austin, Minn.; Mrs. Marvine Campbell Shep- 
pard, Vernon, Tex.; Gus M. Oehm, New York City; 
Vaughn Bryant, Tokyo; Amy Armstrong LaCoste, Salt 
Lake City; George W. Turner, Chicago*; Sara L. Lock- 
wood, Philadelphia; Eulif M. Martin, Kansas City; 
Walter T. Brown, Denison, Tex. ; Howard J. Lamade, Wil- 
liamsport, Pa.; J. C. Stapel, Eockport; H. W. Godfrey, 
Kansas City; Frank H. Hedges, Tokyo-; E. B. Ellard, 
Beloit, Wis. ; E. F. Leggett, Louisville, Ky. ; A. C. Bay- 
less, Houston, Tex.; Jasper C. Hutto, Charlotte, N. C.; 
Buford 0. Brown, Vernon, Tex.; Eoy E. Miller, Fresno, 
Calif,; George B. Lamade, Williamsport, Pa.; Earl B. 
Trullinger, Maryville; E. Sebree Baskett, Fayette; Don- 
ald Ferguson, Sioux City, la., Mrs. Mary Paxton Keeley, 
Richmond, Va.; Mrs. Bosalie T. Dent, Louisville, Ky.; 
Hugh J. Mackay, Sapulpa, Okla. ; Mrs. Myrtle McDougal 
Ma,ckay, Sapulpa,, Okla.; Francis Stewart, Muskogee, 
Okla.; E. M. Bandy, New York City; J. Harrison Brown, 
Mexico; Harry E. Bidings, Kansas City; Frank W. Euck- 
er, Independence; C. L. Sanders; Amarillo, Tex.; Fred 
M. Williams, Kansas City; Eussell L. Eichards, Honolulu; 
Frank H. King, London, England; Alfonso Johnson, Co- 
lumbia; J. B. Powell, Shanghai, China; Paul J. Morgan, 
Columbia; Mrs. G. Day Smith, Kansas City; Fred M. Har- 
rison, Gallatin. 

"The directors of the Association are: Harry E. Rid- 
ings, J. Harrison Brown, Frank W. Eucker, Ward A. 
Neff, Vina Lindsay, Sara L. Lockwood, Fred M. Harrison 
and David E. Dexter. 

"The three first named constitute the executive com- 
mittee. The manager appointed by the association is 
Alfonso- Johnson. None of the stockholders, officers or 
employes are in the paid service of the University. 

"The object of the association is to finance the publi- 
cation of a new&paper for laboratory use by the School of 


Journalism. Its Stockholders derive no financial profit 
from the corporation, as all profits, if any, are devoted to 
enlarging the School's laboratory facilities. The Mis- 
sourian receives from the State, by agreement with the 
University Curators, sanctioned by the Legislature, the 
use of printing machinery equipment, office room, heat, 
light and power, for the machinery's operation. In re- 
turn to the State and as more than adequate compensa- 
tion the corporation furnishes to three hundred students 
of journalism a laboratory free of expense or difficulty of 
management or responsibility for publication. In prac- 
tical effect the corporation is a continuing endowment to 
the School of Journalism corresponding in kind with Jay 
H. Neff Hall, which is the gift of one of the graduates of 
the School. 

' ' The University Missourian Association which the new 
corporation succeeds, was composed of students in the 
school of Journalism. The Missourian Publishing Asso- 
ciation is composed of graduates and former students. 

"The policy of the Missourian will of course remain, 
under its new ownership, unchanged. ? ? 

The second editorial quoted is from the Missourian of 
August 29, 1921: 

"For two years we were guided by student managers 
who have since gone out into the newspaper field of thie 
and other countries and made good. These student man- 
agers directed our way wisely and led us o>n to greater 
service to the community, but about the time we became 
accustomed to the leadership of one manager he would' 
complete his school work and turn us over to- a new man- 
ager. In spite of frequent changes in management, we 
never fell back, and we never stopped, we kept going, 
furnishing the students in the School of Journalism an 
ideal laboratory. We were twelve years old before we 
had a real home and when we moved into Jay H. Noff Hall 
we were determined to prove ourselves worthy of the 
great gift of one of our graduates. In September, 1920, 
our editorial, news, business and mechanical departments 


came under the same roof and we were better able to make 
forward strides. 

"The move into- our new home brought a permanent 
manager, a representative of the Missourian Publishing 
Association, paid by that association to keep the machin- 
ery running smoothly, ward o<ff financial aches and make 
of us all that a daily newspaper of Columbia and county 
should be. 

"In the last year we have built up a carrier system in 
five Boone County towns and outside Columbia, thus 
giving six towns an evening paper. There has also been 
remarkable growth on rural routes; this is the first year 
that a serious effort has been made to serve readers out- 
side of Columbia.." 

The Missourian Publishing Association employed a bus- 
iness manager, paid by the stockholders. A board of 
directors of nine members was maintained, the personnel 
changing from year to year. 

The University Missourian Association succeeded the 
Missourian Publishing Association in May, 1926. The 
older association was dissolved and all its resources and 
liabilities transferred to the University Missourian As- 
sociation. The University Missourian Association is or- 
ganized under the provisions of Article II of Chapter 90, 
Revised Statutes of Missouri, 1919, relating to corpora- 
tions. The objects and purposes of the association, ac- 
cording to its constitution, are "the furthering and pro- 
motion of the causes of education and science through the 
publication of newspapers, periodicals, and books writ- 
ten and edited by the students of the School of Journalism 
of the University of Missouri in the preparation of such 
students for the profession of journalism and for the train- 
ing of young men and young women as journalists and 
writers on scientific, educational, literary, and general 
current topics and to promote the education of students 
for journalism in connection with the School of Journal- 
ism of the University of Missouri by publishing 1 news- 
paj>er or newspapers, magazines, books, and other publi- 
cations in connection with, said School of Journalism and 


thus providing means whereby students in journalism 
may obtain practical experience in journalistic work and 
may have the benefit of a laboratory in connection with 
scholastic work." The association is not formed for 
pecuniary profit, and no member is entitled to any divi- 
dend or income from the association on account of his 
membership. All the profits, if any, of the publications 
issued by the association are to be devoted to the use of 
the School of Journalism. Membership in the association 
there are no stockholdersis composed of alumni and 
former students of the School of Journalism. At the or- 
ganization on May 13, 1926, John C. Stapel of Eockport, 
Missouri, was elected president, Eosalie Tumalty Dent of 
Louisville, Kentucky, vice-president, and E. A. Soder- 
strom, of Columbia, secretary-treasurer. As directors 
of the association were named: for three years, Frank W. 
Eucker, Vina Lindsay, Harry E. Taylor; for two years, 
John, C. Stapel, H. E. Easmussen, Euth Sanders; for one 
year, Ward A. Neff, Eex B. Magee, J. Harrison Brown. 
As an executive committee, Frank W. Eucker, Vina Lind- 
say and Harry E. Taylor were chosen. 

At the annual meeting May 12, 1927, Ward A. Neff, 
James Gr. May, and Howard J. Lamade were elected direc- 
tors to* succeed Ward A. Neff, Eex B. Magee, and J. Har- 
rison Brown, terms expired. As an executive committee 
Frank W. Eucker, James GL May, and Harry E. Taylor 
were chosen. Frank W. Eucker was elected president of 
the associaton, James Gr. May vicei-president, and E. A. 
Soderstrom secretary-treasurer. 

At the meeting of the association on May 11, 1928, 
Euth Sanders, J. Harrison Brown, John C. Stapel, and 
Cowgill Blair were chosen as directors to succeed John 
C, Stapel, H. E, Easmussen, Euth Sanders, and Howard 
J, Lamade, terms expired. As aoi executive committee, 
Frank W. Eucker, Cowgill Blair, and Harry E. Taylor 
were chosen and as officers of the association: Frank W. 
Eucker, president, James Gr. May, vice-president, and E. 
A. Soderstrom, secretary-treasurer. E. A. Soderstrom 


was elected as manager of the Missourian at the first 
meeting of the association and has served since that time. 
Histories of the different laboratory publications of 
the School are given in this chapter. 

The Columbia Missourian 

The first edition of the newspaper known in 1928 as the 
Columbia Missourian was issued the evening of Septem- 
ber 14, 1908, under the name of the University Missourian. 
The business office of the paper was in Room D, Aca- 
demic Hall, and the printing was done by the E. W. 
Stephens Publishing Co. The paper was published on 
extra good quality of print paper and contained four 
pages of six columns each. The flag did not bear the 
names of the men responsible for its publication but it is 
known that Warren H. Orr was circulation manager and 
E. E. Evans advertising manager. The subscription price 
was two dollars for the school year or one dollar and 
twenty-five cents a semester. It was published five days 
a week, every school day. 

The purpose of the paper was stated in the leading 
editorial in this first issue: 

"The University Misso>urian is for the training of stu- 
dents in journalism. It is the laboratory, the clinic, the 
practice school of the department of journalism of the 
University of Missouri. The work upon this newspaper 
other than mechanical is to be done by the students, 
under the direction of the faculty, experienced newspaper- 
men, as part of the regular course in this- department. In 
the pursuance of this purpose it will be necessary for the 
University Missourian to cover the entire news field, not 
limiting itself to University news, in order that the train- 
ing the students receive will be sufficiently broad to be 
valuable. It will give, of course, all the University news, 
but in due relation to the general news of the day. "Withi 
this news there will be editorial interpretation and com- 
ment upon public questions. 


' ' The University Missourian is not established to con- 
flict with or supplant any publication. Its o>wn purpose 
Is well-defined that of affording, on advanced educa- 
tional lines, training for journalism. The laboratory 
is a necessity for this training. How to do must be 
taught by doing. Student publications and the local press 
will not have their fields invaded by intention or design, 
as such journals serve purposes and occupy fields with 
which this newspaper is not directly concerned. 

"The University Missourian will accomplish its pur- 
pose well if the men and women trained by work upon its 
staff are, by such training, better furnished for public 
service; if 1hey shall go forth into the vocation of jour- 
nalism better equipped to know and print the news of 
the day, the unbiased news, attractively, accurately, 
helpfully; if they shall be better enabled to make com- 
ment upon this news fairly, intelligently and with high 
ideals; if they shall learn that American journalism is, 
in its highest realization, schoolhouse and forum, teacher 
and tribune, a foe to wrong doing, an aid to education, 
a force for moral progress, an exponent to true Amer- 
icanism. ' ' 

Two newsboys were brought from St. Louis to sell the 
University Missourian during its first week and to let 
the town know of the new paper. They created a great 
sensation with their street cries. 

The first extra of the new paper was issued November 
4, 1908, after the Presidential election. A football extra 
was issued November 14 reporting a Missouri- Washington 
game on Kollins Field. These extras sold on the street 
for five cents each and were not delivered to regular sub- 
scribers. A note in the paper explained that these extras 
helped to train students to work under pressure. As a 
special service the University Missonrian received tele- 
phone reports of the Missouri-Kansas football game and 
announced them from time to time in the University au- 
ditorium. No papers were issued during Thanksgiving 
or Christmas holidays. 


The MissoTirian carried United Press service but It 
devoted most of its columns to local news. The editorial 
page advocated improvements for Columbia. A brief 
society column related daily social events of the city, and 
at least once a week there were book reviews or literary 
news. Frequently during this first year there appeared 
a column "About Schools of Journalism" carrying com- 
ments from other newspapers and from noted journalists 
concerning this new venture in journalistic instruction. 
Many praised the work at Missouri University, some 
severely criticized the idea. 

The first " Yellow Extra " was published as a student 
stunt February 11, 1909, the anniversary of the day Ben- 
jamin Franklin entered journalism. The date was desig- 
nated as "Yellow Day" and the Department of Jour- 
nalism gave a play during the assembly hour in the Uni- 
versity auditorium. The stage represented a newspaper 
office with the city editor (J. B. Powell) giving out 
impossible assignments that were " covered" for the 
Yellow Extra and sold by newsboys immediately follow- 
ing the play. Written and edited by students in jour- 
nalism, the "wnxtry" displayed in yellow and red what 
"the School does not teach its students." H. E. Eidings 
was managing editor and Leo E. Sack business manager. 
The paper sold for five cents and thirteen hundred copies 
were sold in the two hours following assembly. Those 
taking part in the play were: J. B. Powell as city editor; 
reporters, E. B. Trullinger, Leo Sack, Mary Paxton, Hin 
Wong, C. A. Harvey, Francis Stewart, C. L. Salmon, J. 0. 
Dahl, D. M. Nee, Eobin Gould and Vaughn Bryant; copy 
readers, Frank C. Wilkinson and Gordon Fisher; dra- 
matic editor, Eaymond Leggett; editorial writer, Oscar 
E. Eiley; telegraph editor, S. P. Walker; office poet, David 
Graham; actress, Hazel Kirk; Y. W. C. A. secretary, Flor- 
ence LaTurno; a sorrowing wife, Leona Timmons; re- 
former, Walter Clemmons; aggressive woman, J. F. Wil- 
liams; managing editor, Walter Stemmons; society editor, 
Bertha Ernest; foreman, Eoyal Fillmore; printers' devil, 
Lyndon Phifer. 



Three editions of the Missourian were published on 
High School Day, May 1, 1909; one at mid-day, the 
regular edition at three-thirty P. M. and a later extra. 

The last issue of the first year appeared on Commence- 
ment Day, June 2, 1909. 

The first issue of the second year, September 18, 1909, 
announced that the University Missourian would be 
owned and edited by students in the School of Journal- 
ism organized into the University Missourian Associa- 
tion. The paper was to be published in its own printing- 
plant the entire lower floor of the University Missourian 
Building, 1105 Broadway. The plant was equipped with 
a Mergenthaler linotype machine and a complete assort- 
ment of type, the property of the University Missourian 
Association, an organization to which each student in 
the School of Journalism was eligible. The paper was 
to be managed by the Missourian board of nine members, 
elected each year by students in the department. The 
size was to range from four to eight pages., of six columns 
each. It was the intention of the students to publish 
an evening paper to be maintained entirely by receipts 
from advertising and subscriptions, with no' aid from 
appropriations to the University of Missouri. 

An editorial explained: "The School of Journalism has 
passed the experimental stage and the University Mis- 
souria.n will give this year practical demonstration of 
the School's success. As a newspaper it will give the 
news truthfully, graphically, and fearlessly. It will seek 
to aid the entire University by adequate, helpful exploi- 
tation. It will welcome co-operation with student jour- 
nals, student organizations and every agency that seeks 
the best interests of the University of Missouri. It will 
hold up the hands of those in authority who plan for a 
greater University Mi&sourian to bring their plans to 
realization. In a word the University Missourian will 
serve the University of Missouri as the University of Mis- 
souri serves the State." 

J. B. Powell was managing editor of the paper and 
Joseph E, Chasnoff advertising manager. Association 


members were : President, Harry E. Ridings ; secretary, 
Gordon Fisher, treasurer, Herman M. Hoelke; F. W. 
Cooke, E. F. Leiggett, J. B. Powell, E. E. CMlders, J. F. 
Williams, and C. A. Harvey. On October 14, 1909, E. B. 
CMlders became business manager and January 18, 1910, 
J. F. Williams was made circulation manager. 

Early in the fall of 1909 the paper was issued six 
days a week with no Sunday edition. On October 10 
however the first Sunday edition came out as a football 
extra carrying United Press service covering football on 
other gridirons as well as the MissO'uri-K. S. A, C. game 
at Manhattan, Kan. Throughout the football season the 
paper came o>ut seven days a week. There were no issues 
during Thanksgiving or Christmas holidays and between 
semesters. Only intermittently during the second semes- 
ter did Sunday editions appear. 

In May 1910 Gordon Fisher was selected mana,ging 
editor and 1 H. E. Ridings news editor. Earle Pearson 
was named president of the board with Vaughn Bryant, 
secretary, and Francis Stewart, treasurer. 0. A. Harvey, 
Harry D. Guy, J. F. Williams, J. G. May, and J. E. 
Chasnoff were the other members of the board. The office 
was moved from 1105 Broadway to 18 North Eighth 

The Mis&ourian was published six days a week through- 
out the summer of 1910. An edition was published on 
Sunday but there was no paper on Saturday. During the 
early part of the summer Gordon Fisher was drowned in 
the White Eiveor near Hollister, Mo. The staff of the 
paper did not change after Ms death. Each edition con- 
tained from four to eight pages and sold f o<r four dollars 
a year by carrier and for three dollars by mail. 

In the third year the first issue caine out September 
18, 1910, with Joseph E. Chasnoff as managing editor. 
The board consisted of: President, Earle Pearson; sec- 
retary, Vaughn Bryant; treasurer, Francis Stewart; C. 
A. Harvey, Harry D. Guy, David E. Dexter, J. F. Wil- 
liams, James G. May, and Truman Talley. The office 
was continued at 18 North Eighth Street and the paper 


remained the same price as in the previous summer. It 
was published six days a week with no- Saturday issue 
and from eight to twelve pages on Sunday. In the flag 
was carried the slogan " Largest circulation in Boone 
County" and the policy was to carry news of the col- 
leges, the town, the State, and nation. There was United 
Press service but local news predominated. Football 
featured the fall issues with extras when the games were 
playing in Columbia. There was no issue on Thanks- 
giving Day but telephoned reports were received on the 
game and announced by the Missourian in the University 
auditorium, the Missouri Store and reports were posted 
in the office window. A big feature edition was pub- 
lished December 18. The outside sheets were pink, the 
first page bearing Christmas editorials printed in green 
ink. The paper was published on Christmas Day (Sun- 
day) and New Year's Day. On January 10, 1911, a four- 
page pink school supplement appeared including news 
and advertising of the various colleges in Columbia. 

Earle Pearson left school the second semester and on 
March 5, 1911, James GL May was elected president of 
the board. Henry H. Kinyon was elected a member of 
the board. The Yellow Extra appeared on February 21, 
following the annual Journalism stunt and play at Uni- 
versity assembly. The stunt program was in charge of 
Francis Stewart, Truman Talley, E. B. Trullinger, C. A. 
Brown, C. A. Harvey, and Florance LaTurno. 

The Missourian again carried an extra on High School 
Day, May 6. 1911. The paper was not published through! 
the summer of 1911, the last issue of the school year ap- 
pearing on Commencement Day, June 8. 

" 'The University Missourian is for the training of 
students in journalism,' " stated the lead editorial Sep- 
tember 11, 1911. "Such was the purpose of this news- 
paper as stated in an editorial of its first issue September 
14, 1908, and such in general terms continues its purpose. 
The editorial and news policy is determined by the student 
hoard of directors elected by students whose names appear 
at the head of this column. All the work except mechan- 


ieal is done by students of the School. The University 
Missourian is entirely self-supporting. It is maintained 
by receipts from advertising and subscriptions. It seeks 
to punish the whole news truthfully and without fear. 
It will strive always to promote the welfare of the Uni- 
versity and Columbia and will welcome co-operation with 
every agency that seeks to do likewise. " 

Truman Talley was managing editor in this fourth 
year. He was assisted by the board: President, James 
G. May; secretary, Amy V. Armstrong; treasurer, Russell 
Monroe; H. H. Kinyon, S. A. Howard, Ealph Pruyn and 
Rex B. Magee. The paper was printed by the Columbia 
Herald newspaper and the business office was at 14 North 
Tenth Street. The paper was issued six days a week but 
not on Sunday. By carrier or mail the price was three 
dollars a year. Football extras were frequent during the 
fall. There were no issues on Thanksgiving, Christmas 
and other holidays. This year no telegraphic news was 
published. Book reviews were used and several news 
departments added. 

Late in the first semester, Ward A. Neff, J. Harrison 
Brown and 0. D. Wetherell were added to the board* 
Ralph Pruyn was elected treasurer and Russell Monroe 
was no longer on the board. Early in the second semes- 
ter (January 1912) B. O. Brown and Paul Thompson were 
elected to take the places of Amy Armstrong and Ralph 
Pruyn, H. H. Kinyon was elected secretary and O. D. 
"Wetherell treasurer. Later B. 0. Brown was elected 
managing editor to take the place of Talley who resigned. 
Harry D. Guy became advertising manager. 

The Yellow Extra, annual what-not-to-do, what-not- 
to-write student stunt, was published April 11, 1912, fol- 
lowing the journalism play in the University auditorium. 
Taking part in this stunt were: Montgomery Wright, C. 
A. Harvey, C. W. Hollebaugh, R, E. Fulton, W. E. Hall, 
H. L. Fry, R. S. Mann, Vina Lindsay, Sigel Mayer, Paul 
Thompson, L. E. Ho-we, H. J. MacKay, Rex Magee, Walter 
Stemmons, C. A. Lewis, Victor Talley, Jack Snider, 


Maxwell Beeler, J. E. Hansell, Griffith Carpenter, Bertha 
Reid, Sara Lockwood, and Mabel Couch. 

No summer issues appeared, the last edition of the 
school year coming on June 13, 1912. 

The fifth year of publication of the University Mis- 
sourian started September 16, 1912, with the office down- 
stairs in the Virginia Building and the printing being 
done under contract by the Herald-Statesman Co. Harry 
D. Guy was editor and the board included: President, J. 
Harrison Brown; secretary, Bobert S. Mann; James G. 
May, Ward Neff, Rex MJagee, Paul Thompson, H. J. Mac- 
Kay, and W. E. Hall. Later Magee and Hall dropped out 
and T. S. Hudson and I. S. Epperson were added. 

This year the paper was two dollars a year by carrier 
or mail. The pyramid style of advertising make-up was 
adopted this fall. A literary supplement was added, con- 
sisting of one or two pages of the regular-size newspaper 
sheets, and composed of stories and poems by the Writers ' 
Club of the University. More United Press news was 
used this semester than ever before. Extras appeared 
after the Presidential election November 6, and after sev- 
eral football games. Again the paper appeared six days 
a week, this time with no Saturday issue and a regular 
Sunday morning edition. 

For the first time there was a "stunt week" as part of 
the Commencement program and the journalism play and 
Yellow Extra were on June 3, 1913. 

During the 1913 summer the University Mis>sourian was 
published as a weekly with a charge of fifty cents for the 
summer. E. S. Mann was managing editor and J. Har- 
rison Brown business manager. The board included : T. E. 
Parker, Griffith Carpenter, T. S. Hudson, Ivan Epperson, 
C. M. Elliott and Dan McGulre. The final summer issue 
was August 8, 1923. 

With J. Harrison Brown as managing editor the paper 
started its sixth year September 15, 1913. T. E. Parker 
was president of the board and Griffith Carpenter secre- 
tary. Other members were: Guy T. Trail, Paul Thomp- 
son, T. S. Hudson, Ivan Epperson, C. M. Elliot, John A. 


Murray, Jokn C. Stapel and John W. Jewell. The paper 
was published every day except Saturdays and holidays. 
Its editorial office was in Switzler Hall and the business 
office downstairs in the Virginia Building. It was two 
dollars a year by carrier or mail and ran from four to six 
pages daily. The University Missourian became a mem- 
ber of the Missouri Association of Daily Newspapers 
which was formed October 24, 1913, in St. Louis. Prof. 
Frank L. Martin represented the papeo: at the formation 
of the association. 

The paper was also admitted to membership in the 
American. Association of Gilt Edge newspapers, a national 
association formed to promote honest circulation, state- 

During December 1913 and January 1914 the Mis- 
sourian carried a two-column feature "Making Tomor- 
row's World 7 ' by Walter Williams, dean of the School 
of Journalism, who was on a trip around the world. 
Another feature was a series of vocational talks or inter- 
views with deans and faculty members of the different 
University divisions telling qualifications required for 
success in various professions. 

The Yellow Extra was replaced this year by an illus- 
trated souvenir Missourian Magazine commemorating 
the seventy-fifth anniversary of the University of Mis- 
souri which was celebrated Commencement Week. The 
magazine was issued June 2, 1914, and distributed fol- 
lowing the journalism play. T. E. Parker was editor of 
the magazine and John Jewell business manager. Q-uy 
Trail was chairman of the journalism play committee. 

The last issue of the daily for the school year appeared 
June 5, 1914, but the Missourian ran through the summer 
as a weekly. Little change was made in the board. John 
W. Jewell was made business manager and later in the 
summer he wa,s known as manager. T. S. Hudson was 
president and other members of the board were: Griffith 
Carpenter, John A. Murray, G-lenn Babb, John C. Stapel, 
J. D. Ferguson, Ivan Epperson, D. D. Rosenfelder and 
F. W. Shoop. The last weekly issue was August 6, 1914. 


September 11, 1914, began the seventh year of the pub- 
lication. The paper remained under the same manage- 
ment as the preceding 1 year until February when Russell 
M, Bandy, Jr., Ralph EL Turner, A. 0. Bayless, and H. W. 
Hailey were added to take the places of Babb, Stapel, 
Ferguson and Shoop on the board. The paper contin- 
ued to appear six days a week with no Saturday issue, 
and carried from four to eight pages. No football extras 
appeared this fall, and the paper was not printed during 
the school holidays. United Press service was continued. 
The paper added several new features to its editorial 
page, "One Good Story" under a box head appeared 
from time to time. Under the head ' ' Columbia Sketches' ' 
feature stories about local persons and happenings were 
used. "The Literary Trawler" contained verse quota- 
tions of prose selected from the best literature of the day. 
The week-end society column was very brief, while so- 
ciety news and pictures were played up better in the 
Sunday paper. Much war and suffrage news was carried. 

The last week in April a high school edition of eight 
pages was put out, containing Columbia and University 
news and advertising. This paper was sent to high school 
seniors throughout the State. 

The Yellow Extra appeared June 1, 1915, during the 
annual University stunt week, with the following edi- 

"The Yellow Extra is issued by students in the School 
of Journalism as an annual department stunt. Nothing 
printed in the paper is of serious nature, in fact nothing 
is true except the advertisements and this editorial. 
Muck rakers over the country who take this seriously are 
entirely too far behind the times of real fun to be given 
consideration. We have purposely tried to write stories 
about persons and things that would not offend or be- 
little. In other words we believe the persons mentioned in 
this paper are good sports and will appreciate a bit of 
lightness about themselves as well as others. The real 
object of the Yellow Extra is to print a newspaper exa<ytly 
as it should not be. We model after no paper. We try 


to reform no publication. On this day our conservative- 
ness is thrown to the winds. We students of the School 
of Journalism work off that stored up surplus energy for 
our own benefit and for the amusement of others, who are 
so unfortunate as to buy a copy of the Yellow Extra,' 7 

This defensive editorial showed the trend of public 
opinion. The MissouriaiL itself had become so much a 
part of the comm-unity and had assumed so important a 
position as a competent, reliable daily paper that the 
printing of a Yellow Extra, even as a student stunt, 
seemed undignified and too> schoolboyish to be justified. 
The practice of issuing the Yellow Extra was abolished 
after 1916. 

The Missourian was published as a daily newspaper 
throughout the summer of 1915 with John W, Jewell as 
manager and a board composed of: Ealph Turner, Ivan 
Epperson, D. W. Davis, Frank R King, C. Gr. Wynne L. 
Gr. Hood, EL E. Taylor, R. M. Bandy, Jr., and Don D. 
Patterson. Two serials, "Love Insurance" by Carl D. 
Biggers, and " Kazan" by James Oliver Curwood, were 
published on the editorial page. 

On September 14, 1915, the Missourian began its eighth 
year of publication with a staff composed of Ealph EL 
Turner as editor, A. C. Bayless, business manager, Frank 
King, secretary, 'Ivan Epperson, D. W. Davis, C. Gr. 
"Wynne, L. GK Hood, A. G. Hinman, and Dale Wilson. 
The -paper was published downstairs in the Virginia 
Building and sold for two dollars and fifty cents a year, 

"At Other Colleges" was a new feature on the editorial 
page along with " Looking Backward/' a brief resume 
of past events. "Today's Literature" included book 

On November 11, 1915, a noon edition was published 
preceding a football game, and an extra appeared just 
after the game on the same day. The regular edition 
came out at the usual time. The last Yellow Extra ap- 
peared May 30, 1916, following the journalism play and 
sold fop ten cents a copy. 


The March 2, 1916, issue explained difficulties arising 
among printers in connection with the Missourian. An 
editorial stated that the Missourian was not an employer 
of printers, that the paper was published by the Univer- 
sity Missourian Association, made up of a body of stu- 
dents in journalism, the names of whose directors were 
given in the newspaper flag. The paper, so this editorial 
pointed out, was printed by the Herald-Statesman Pub- 
lishing Co. as a job of printing. Thus the University, the 
School of Journalism and the Missourian had nothing to 
do with the employing of printers. 

Again the paper continued as a daily throughout the 
summer (1916) with Frank EL King as editor, A. G. Hin- 
man as business manager, and the board including: King 
as president, Gladys Baker, secretary, Ira B. Hyde, Duke 
N. Parry, H. E. Taylor, Charles Eoster, Don Patterson, 
J. L. Groves, A. G. Himnan and George R. Lamade. 

On August 3, 1916, the paper changed its name to The 
Daily Missourian, substituting "Daily" for " University " 
to show that it was not controlled by the University. No 
change in policy was adopted with the change in name. 

The ninth year began with the paper under the same 
directors as the previous summer. It was again printed 
in the Virginia Building. In the fall it so/Id for two dol- 
lars and fifty cents in Columbia and for three dollars a 
year outside Boone County. La,ter the price was changed 
to three dollars and fifty cents in Columbia., three dollars 
in Boone County and four dollars outside Boone County. 
The paper became a member of the Audit Bureau of 
Circulation, and continued United Press service. This 
was the year (1916-17) of the big Sunday editions, some 
of theon reaching fourteen, pages. These Sunday editions 
carried much news, with added features advertising and 
illustration. Local news still predominated but much 
war and foreign news was carried. On October 6, 1916, 
appeared an eight-page supplement called the " Special 
Fare-Refund Section" carrying much advertising from 
local merchants, intended especially to reach rural and 


small-town population of the county. No extras were 
published for football games but news of the Thanks- 
giving game was reported play by play to the Missourian 
and announced in the University auditorium. Although 
the issue of April 3, 1917, was no larger than usual much 
of the news space was given to war news and the complete 
text of President Wilson's address before Congress on 
April 2 was given. The six-column streamer head an- 
nounced : 


LaFollette Stops Vote 

On Declaration of War 

When Resolution Came Up in Senate This After- 
noon He Forced Postponement of Action Until 
10 'Clock Tomorrow Morning Session Will Be 
Continued Until Declaration Is Made. 


Bill Authorizes Use of All the Naval and Military 

Power of the United States and Calls for 

Declaration of Hostilities No Doubt 

That Measure Will Be Passed 

by Both Houses 

On April 6, 1917, probably the biggest streamer head 
that had ever been used in the Missourian appeared an- 


Wilson Signs Resolution 
At 1:13 O'Clock Today 


Missouri Representatives Vote 
"No" "When House Passes Act 
373 to 50 First War Measures 

Total $164,000,000 Conscription 
Plans Call For 2,000,000 Men 

Much, war and draft news were carried thereafter. 

On May 18, 1917, the Missourian published an eight- 
page banquet edition in honor of the Made-In-Japan. 
Banquet which closed the annual Journalism "Week pro- 
gram at the University, Part of the issue was printed in 
Japanese, part in English. The paper continued daily 
publication through the summer. 

A twelve-page special supplement appeared August 31, 
1917, announcing the opening of the new Boone County 
National Bank building and including features about the 
bank and its personnel. A similar special supplement ap- 
peared September 7, 1917, concerning the new Daniel 
Boone Tavern just completed and opened for business. 

The Missourian was admitted to membership in As- 
sociated Press September 2, 1917, and discontinued 
United Press service. 

In its tenth year (1917-18) the Missourian had as its 
managing editor Harry E. Rasmus-sen and J. L. Groves, as 
business manager. The board included Miss Elcy Armil, 
R. P. Brandt, Eeinhardt Egger, Wheeler Godfrey, H. L. 
Hancock, D. N. Parry, A. F. Ridgeway, L. E. Whitehead. 

Due to increased cost of print paper the price of the 
Missourian was raised to three dollars and seventy-five 
cents a year in Columbia and Boone County and to four 
dollars and fifty cents outside of the county. An edi- 
torial in the September 16, 1917, issue read: "The Mis- 
sourian begins its tenth year today. It is the second old- 
est newspaper in Columbia. Its growth has been gratify- 
ing to those who have been associated with it. In number 


of readers in Columbia, in cleanliness and effectiveness of 
advertisements, in quality and guantity of worthwhile 
local and general news, in independence and fairness of its; 
editorial policy, the Missourian leads. It has become an 
institution which, while serving the best interests of all 
Columbia, advertises widely the town, the county and the 
State. The Missourian 's tenth year promises continued 
growth and increasing public service. The changed type 
employed beginning today, in the Missourian, while not 
diminishing the legibility increases the amount of matter 
to the column. The readers will have more matter in the 
twenty-four columns of regular Missourian issue than 
would ordinarily be found in columns of a newspaper 
fifty per cent larger with average type." 

The name of the paper was again changed, this time to 
The Evening Missourian. The word "evening" substi- 
tuted for "daily" was to denote the time of issuance. 
Five days a week the Evening Missourian appeared and 
on Sunday the name read ' ' Sunday Morning Missourian. ' ? 

Another important change was the discontinuance on 
February 2, 1918, of the Sunday paper and the publica- 
tion of a Saturday paper instead. The announcement of 
the change read: "The Evening Missourian will from 
this date be issued every week-day evening instead of 
Sunday morning. The change while not affecting the 
service of the newspaper to its readers and advertisers, 
will conserve fuel, gas, and electricity in the interest of 
patriotic national service." 

Conservation due to the World War also kept the paper 
.small, its issues running from four to six pages, and 
there were few extras. On May 6, 1918, however, a special 
eight-page supplement was published to- celebrate the 
tenth anniversary of the School of Journalism and the 
Missourian. "Ten Years of Progress" read the banner 
line and the pages of the supplement told of the develop- 
ment in Columbia during the decade of 1908-18. A new 
high school on North Eighth Street, a new courthouse, a 
city water and light plant, the Hall Theater, a new Boone 


County National Bank Building, the Dumas apartments, 
and the Daniel Boone Tavern had been built. 

In the University since A. Boss Hill was made presi- 
dent in 1908, the School of Journalism and the School of 
Business and Public Administration and the Extension 
Division had been established. In addition many new 
departments had been added, including advertising, agri- 
cultural economics, agricultural engineering, ancient his- 
tory, architectural drawing, economic geology, f arm crops, 
farm management, forestry, hydraulic engineering, illus- 
trative art, landscape architecture, manual arts of women, 
mediaeval history, modern European history, poultry, 
husbandry, sanitary engineering, soils, and student health 

More money had been invested in buildings at the Uni- 
versity of Missouri during 1908-18 than in the entire, pre- 
ceding history of the University and the new buildings 
were virtually all fire-proof and beautiful architectually. 
A new campus had been started and on it were erected the 
Agricultural Building, Physics Building, Schweitzer Hall, 
Biology building. The new University Library on Lowry 
Street had been built; a veterinary building, live stock 
judging pavilion, dairy, sheep and horse barns, sheds and 
outbuildings on the University farm, and also the resi- 
dence of the dean of the College of Agriculture. The 
Manual Arts building, Elementary School and the ani- 
mal house for the Medical building were additions. The 
engineering laboratories had been extended, new ma- 
chinery installed in the University light and heat plant 
and a heating pipe built from the power plant to the East 
campus. The old Gordon hotel had been leased by the 

Besides the library site the University had bought a 
fruit farm of eighty-five acres and a ninety-acre farm 
north of Columbia for the veterinary department where 
hog cholera serum was. made. Three buildings had been 
erected on the latter farm. 

Practically all the improvements on Rollins Field in- 
cluding bleachers and drainage had been made in these 


ten years. The Parker library and the Assembly Hall 
and a gymnasium had been added at the School of Mines 
in Eolla, The University faculty had been increased by 
seventy-six members since 1908. There had been internal 
changes in business management of the University and 
in faculty organization. No longer were there permanent 
heads of departments; instead a chairman was named 
each year to preside over the special departments. The 
University as a whole had higher standards, according 
to Dr. Hill, pointing out the higher entrance requirements 
and the recognition given Missouri University by educa- 
tional associations. An increased number of scholarships 
and awards were available for students. 

Columbia and the University had made wonderful prog- 
ress since Volume 1, Number I of the Missourian was 
published. Where in 1908 the city had a population of 
five thousand and four miles of paved streets and four 
automobiles, in 1918 there were twelve thousand inhabit- 
ants and twenty-five miles of paving and one thousand 
automobiles. The progress of the city and the University 
generally played an important part in the progress of 
the School of Journalism and the Missourian. 

In this same issue of the Evening Missourian (May 6, 
1918), was an eight-page section telling of Columbians 
in World War service. The war was coloring and in- 
fluencing every department of the paper, as it was all 
journalism. The paper continued as a daily throughout 
the summer of 1918. War news, much of it played up 
with two and three-column heads, was predominate. 

Beginning the eleventh year of publication in Septem- 
ber 1918 the Missourian discontinued Associated Press 
and again took United Press service, which has been used 
continuously since that time. The paper was still pub- 
lished downstairs in the Virginia Building. An editorial 
announced: "The Missourian 's past is a guarantee and 
promise for the future. It will continue to 1 serve the com- 
munity as best it may, publishing the worth-while news, 
and giving helpful comment and interpretation. Never 


did newspapers have graver task or responsibility than 
today and the Missourian recognizes its responsibility 
and intent upon its task, enters hopefully upon another 
year of public service. ' 9 

The paper did assume its responsibility in the commun- 
ity and nation, urging food conservation, conspicuously 
printing information of draft boards, fostering Bed Cross, 
Liberty Loan drives and all phases of war work. There 
was little society news through this year. The special 
departments pertained mostly to war, such as "Food Hint 
for Today," "Casualty List," and letters from Missouri 
men in camp. The sport department was largely made up 
of letters from former athletes now in army or navy. The 
University had become a military camp (Student Army 
Training Camp) and the only athletics were military 
drill and tactics, with now and then track or football 
competitions between companies. No out-of-town games 
were played. This was partly due to the war and partly 
to the influenza epidemic which raged violently through 
the fall and winter in Columbia. 

On Thursday evening, November 7, 1918, the extra was 
issued with the six-column streamer heralding: 


Germany Signs Armistice 

With the Allies; Hostilities 
Ceased Three Hours Later 

The regular edition of the paper that evening also car- 
ried big headlines, and additional United Press news from 
the war zone, as well as a story of the beginning of Co- 
lumbia's celebration. On November 8 the Missourian car- 
ried a two-column box headed "No Armistice Has Been 
Signed" and giving details of how such a dispatch was 
sent out. In the November 11 extra and also the regular 
edition great headlines again announced the armistice: 



Germany Gave in to the 
Allies' Terms at 5 P. M. 

Alsace-Lorraine and 

Land West of Rhine 

To Be Evacuated 

Following soon after tlie excitement of the armistice 
and through the winter influenza furnished much news- 
paper material. Missouri University was closed from 
December 6, 1918, until December 30 because of the epi- 
demic and even after reopening faculty and students were 
ordered to wear masks and prohibited from holding pub- 
lic gatherings large o>r small. Students were required to 
be vaccinated and all precautions were taken to prevent 
the spread of the disease. By the last of January, how- 
ever, it was sufficiently checked tliat the annual Farmers ' 
Week of the College of Agriculture was held and there- 
after other public meetings were again permitted. 

National prohibition was announced in a two-column 
head and lead story in January 16, 1919, edition. Several 
new departments were added to the paper and news gen- 
erally was brighter and more general. All fall four-page 1 
issues had predominated. Now there were frequently six 
pages. On May 9, 1919, a great " Welcome Home Com- 
pany F" was given. o>n page one of the paper, with pic- 
tures and stories of the local boys returning from service. 
This issue also played up the trip of the Missouri Press 
Association to Old and New Franklin to commemorate the 
centennial of the first newspaper west of St. Louis, the 
Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's Lick Advertiser 
founded in 1819. A special Howard County edition of 
the Missourian was distributed at the Journalism "Week 
banquet that evening, the four-page supplement to the 


regular edition giving the history of the old newspaper 
and historical events of early days in the State. 

The Missourian ran regulariy, through the summer of 

In the twelfth year, 1919-20, the paper ran from six to 
eight pages daily. No Thanksgiving, or other holiday 
issues were published. 

A sixteen-page tabloid-size supplement was published 
May 7, 1920, to celebrate the Made-in-the-Philippines ban- 
quet during Journalism Week. The magazine included 
much art work and articles by prominent Filipino jour- 
nalists telling about history, products, resources and the 
people of the Philippines. 

During the summer of 1920 the School of Journalism 
was busy preparing to move into its new home, Jay H. 
Neff Hall. The Missourian Publishing Association wa.s in- 
corporated under the laws of Missouri (the stockholders 
confined to graduates and former students of the School 
of Journalism), to- assume ownership of the Missourian 
and to conduct it without expense to the State and with- 
out profit to< the stockholders. All the earnings were to 
be turned over to the newspaper and the School of Jour- 

On September 2, 1920, the first edition of the Columbia 
Evening Missourian to be printed in Jay H. Neff Hall 
appeared. The name thus was changed again, this time 
the word "Columbia" added to the title. There were 
other more significant changes at this time. The type) 
body was changed to Bodoni. The new printing press 
permitted the change from a six to an eight-column page 
and the printing of eight pages daily. While supplying 
a laboratory output for a larger number of students the 
increased size also gave readers the largest daily newsr 
paper ever regularly published in Columbia. The sub- 
scription price was three dollars and seventy-five cents 
a year in Columbia; three dollars and twenty-five cents 
by mail in Boone County and four dollars and fifty 
cents by mail outside the county. There was no change in 
policy with the other changes at this time. An editorial 


read: "The Missourian will continue constructive, inde- 
pendent, progressive, seeking to be an example of good 
journalism, wholly devoted to public service. The en- 
larged size will enable it to do more efficiently and com- 
pletely this public service." 

Heretofore none of the small towns near Columbia had 
received a paper the same day it was published. When 
the Missourian moved into Jay H. Neff Hall it became 
more of a, Columbia town and Boone County paper. At 
this time it obtained what is known as outside privileges 
from the railroad, which allowed the papers to be thrown 
off the train at five Boone Co-unty towns. The press, time 
was fixed early enough so the people on the Wabash rail- 
road at Halls ville and Centralia, and on the Missouri, 
Kansas and Texas at McBaine, Bocheport, and Huntsdale 
were able to get the paper as soon as Columbia sub- 
scribers, for whom a later edition was printed. 

As all of the offices in Jay H. Neff Hall were not com- 
pleted until in October, the business office of the Mis- 
sourian remained in the Virginia Building until October 
4, 1920, when it was moved into new quarters, including 
two rooms on the main floor of the new journalism home. 

Congratulations on thei dedication of Jay H. Neff Hall 
and the new plant for the Missouriaa poured in from all 
over the country and from several foreign lands. The 
Kansas City Times (September, 1920) printed this edi- 
torial: "Thirteen is a lucky number for the Columbia 
Evening Missourian. This paper, a laboratory product 
of the Missouri School of Journalism was born Septem- 
ber 14, 1908, as a six-column, four-page daily printed by 
a Columbia p-ublishing house and with its offices in a 
single room. Last Thursday, the beginning of its thir- 
teenth year, it had its first printing on its new Duplex 
press in its own modern newspaper plant in Jay H. Neff 
Hall, and came o>ut in eight pages of eight columns each. 
By October first the offices and class rooms will be finished 
in the new building and the paper will be produced en- 
tirely on the University campus. The addition of the 
word ' Columbia' to the name of the paper serves to 


distinguish it from otlier Missourians in the State and 
adoption of Bodoni face of body type makes for clearness 
and beauty. Here's to the new Missourian, which has 
found luck in the sinister thirteen." 

The first advance in advertising rates in four years, 
made necessary by the increased cost of labor and pro- 
duction, went into effect October 1, 1920. A flat rate of 
twenty-five cents a column inch was made for display ad- 
vertising. A receiving station was established at the Drug 
Shop where want ads, copy for display advertising and 
subscriptions could be left. 

The School of Journalism gave a housewarming party 
on October 28 so all those who cared to might inspect the 
new building and printing plant. A Housewarming Ex- 
tra of six pages was issued at eight o'clock that evening, 
giving early visitors opportunity to see the presses run- 
ning. All guests were given copies of the extra which 
told the story of Neff Hall and its donor as well as some- 
thing of the work of the School of Journalism. 

On November 2 election returns from the city, county, 
state and nation were received by special telegraph wire 
in Neff Hall. The Missourian gave out these returns in 
the University auditorium during the evening and pub- 
lished an extra the following morning announcing that 
Harding and Coolidge were running ahead in the race for 
President and vice-president. 

On November 23 a twenty-page Homecoming edition 
was published in three sections. The paper contained an 
unusual amount of local and telegraph news, special foot- 
ball pictures and features and much sport news, and two 
thousand and fifty-three inches of display advertising. 
Five hundred extra copies were printed and distributed 
at hotels, fraternity and sorority houses. 

During this winter J. H. Donahey's syndicated car- 
toons were used daily on page on& There was consider- 
ably more room in the paper for feature material, society 
news and special departments and more attention was 
given to these types of writing. The editorial page 
worked for the adoption of the Peace Treaty with 


reservations and opposed universal military service, stim- 
ulated interest for a municipal convention hall, fostered 
the revision of the Missouri State Constitution, and the 
building of a new Columbia post office. "The Inquir- 
ing Eeporter" was introduced as a page one local feature. 

An extra was published at seven A. M. March 29, 1921, 
giving the amount of money subscribed for the University 
Memorial Building. 

During the summer of 1921 syndicated news pictures 
and comic strips were used. 

In the fall of 1921 (the paper's fourteenth year) the 
subscription price was changed to four dollars a year by 
carrier in Columbia; three dollars by mail in Boone 
County; and four dollars and fifty cents by mail outside 
of the cO'Unty. 

Much sports news was carried this fall. The Thanks- 
giving issue on November 19 (Saturday) contained twelve 
pages in two sections. Details, play by play, of the K, IL- 
M. IL football game at Lawrence, Kan., were received by 
direct wire and announced by the Mjssourian by mega- 
phone and bulletin on the Ninth Street side of Neff Hall. 
Most of page one of the MissO'urian was devoted to news 
of this game. 

On December 2, 1921, the Scoop extra was published as 
a part of the third annual stunt of students in journalism. 
The Scoop dance was held at Daniel Boone Tavern. The 
extra proved to be the regular edition of the Missourian of 
that day with a new first page, which told of the crowning 
of Miss Katherine Burch as Scoop queen by Prof. Eobert 
S. Mann. The queen was escorted to her throne by Irl 
Brown, all-department president. On January 6, 1922, a 
" Ninth Deacon" supplement to the Missourian was pub- 
lished advertising the annual journalism student play 
of that name which was presented February 1 and 2, 1922. 
Frank Houston and Edward Freivogel composed the 
music and Lyle Wilson and Arch Rodgers wrote the lines 
for the play. Special stories told of the development of 
amateur dramatics at the University of Missouri and 
of the journalism student plays. A previous play 


written and sponsored by students in journalism was the 
"Green Jug" produced in 1921 with such, success, both 
in Columbia and later when produced by professionals on 
the road, that it laid the foundation fo-r annual produc- 
tions of this sort, 

In this year short features, became popular and the 
Missourian frequently boxed one or two of these on page 
one. "Today's Ball Games" gave baseball scores in the 
last edition on page one in the spring of 1922. A ten-page 
supplement was issued May 20 especially to interest high 
school seniors in the University in Missouri. It was sent 
to high schools all over Missouri. 

Through Journalism Week, May 22-26, 1922, the Mis- 
sourian issued three editions a day: a noon extra at eleven 1 
thirty A, M., the mail edition at four P. M. and the final 
at four-thirty o'clock. Through the courtesy of Inter- 
national News Service the paper was able to give its 
readers full leased wire service for this week, providing 
news by telegraph from every part of the world. Each 
edition used much news from this service carried on 
special wire to Neff Hall. 

During the summer a new feature series on local busi- 
ness men was used a picture of the man and his biog- 
raphy written in feature style. 

In the June 26, 1922, issue it was announced that Jason 
Eogers, publisher of the New York Globe, who had made 
a survey of thirty leading college dailies in the United 
States, ranked the Missourian first. "Its full 8-column 
form," wrote Mr, Eogers, "unusual freedom from am- 
ateurish ear marks and general typographical make up 
put it in a class far and away above the average small 
town daily paper." 

August 1, 1922, the Missourian received primary elec- 
tion returns from county and state and showed these on 
a screen in front of Jesse Hall. 

In the fall of 1922 (its fifteenth year) the Missourian 
started running regularly several special pages each week. 
One page devoted to women's special interests first ap- 
peared regularly on Saturday while the book or literary 


page caine on "Wednesday. Later they were shifted to 
other days but continued to appear each week for two 
years, until the Missourian Magazine was started. Oc- 
casionally other special pages appeared such as i i About 
Farms and Fanners," "Home and Garden," " Motorists 
and Motoring, ' ' and real estate features and news. 

An election extra was issued at five A. M. November 8, 
1922. On November 29 (Wednesday) sixteen pages were 
printed in two sections as a Homecoming special. The 
Kansas-Missouri game was played in Columbia and the 
journalism students as a part of their homecoming par- 
ade stunt issued a "peerade extra" of four pages, similar 
in tone to the Yellow Extra of earlier days. The December 
23 issue was the Christmas number, with special feature 
stories appropriate for the season. 

On February 16, 1923, a special section was devoted to 
news, features and pictures concerning the opening of 
the new Missouri Store on Lowry Street. The Fashion 
Show supplement appeared March 13, 1923. The Mis- 
sourian on this date consisted of two six-page sections, one 
section advertising the fashion show put on by women 
students of the School of Journalism. "Mr. Dorine," the 
skit, was written by Sara Saper. 

Special articles and features pertaining to Easter were 
published on March 27, 1923. The April 30 issue and 
several subsequent issues were largely taken up with 
stories and pictures of the lynching of a Columbia negro 
believed to have assaulted a white girl. It was the first 
lynching in Columbia in thirty-four years. 

In the spring the Missourian began publishing a series 
of articles written by alumni of the School of Journalism. 
Some told personal experiences of these graduates after 
leaving school, others were interviews or outstanding 
feature articles written by the alumni. 

In the news columns during May it was noted that J. B. 
Powell, graduate of the School and former instructor in 
advertising, had been kidnapped by bandits when a train 
was wrecked by the bandits near Len Cheng, China. 



Powell had been for some time publisher of the China 
Weekly Review. 

Dr. Stratton D. Brooks, one-time city superintendent 
of schools in Boston and later president of the University 
of Oklahoma,, was elected president of the University of 
Missouri May 7, 1923. 

Most of the issue of May 25 was devoted to Journalism 
"Week guests and speakers and this issue was distributed 
at the Made-in-Manchuria banquet. 

During the spring and summer of 1923, with the near- 
completion of state highways through Columbia and the 
building of tourist scamps, tourist news was frequent and 
important. The special woman's and literary pages did 
not run during the summer. The paper received a blow 
by blow account of the Dempsey-Gribbons fight by United 
Press long-distance telephone on July 4 and the informa- 
tion was posted on bulletins in front of the Drug Shop. 
It is said fifteen hundred persons watched the bulletin 

An extra was issued at five A. M. August 3, 1923, an- 
nouncing the death of President Harding. The extra was 
delivered or mailed to every paid subscriber of the Mis- 
sourian. Eeaders in eight Boone County towns received 
the papers that morning* and rural route and other sub- 
scribers received their papers by that day's mail. The 
extra was distributed as follows: 

Columbia paid subscribers 

street sales 
Browns Station 


Rural route in Boone County 
Outside Boone County 


1491 copies 

300 copies 

20 copies 

48 copies 

66 copies 


48 copies 

21 copies By Motorcycle 

65 copies 

65 copies 
36 copies 

454 copies 
472 copies 

3018 copies 

By Mail 


The regular edition of that day also devoted much space 
to United Press news of Harding's death and to informa- 
tion about Mr. and Mrs. Calvin Coolidge. 

The August 3 final contained two two-column heads at 
either side of the first page, one announcing: " Coolidge 
Becomes President Today" and the other, "Funeral 
Schedule begin at 5 R M." President Coolidge 's procla- 
mation was carried in a, box on first page August 4. Big 1 
headlines stressed the importance of the news carried in 
succeeding days, such as "President Calvin Coolidge 
Officially Takes Control of U. S. Government 77 appearing 
on August 4; "Thousands Line Streets to See Last De- 
parture of Harding From "White House 7 ' on August 8; 
and "American Nations Stands as A Single Mourner To- 
day to Pay Last Tribute to Harding 77 on August 10. 

"This is our birthday, 77 read an editorial in the Sep- 
tember 1, 1923, issue. "The Missourian today enters on 
its sixteenth year. Our growth in every desirable way 
has been greater the last year than in any previous year; 
we are proud of our growth and feel we have served well 
or such growth would not have been possible. The School 
of Journalism 1 has grown and the Missourian has grown 
with it. The growth of the Missourian has been both 
cause and effect of the growth of the School; the Mis- 
sourian is the medium through which the work of the 
School is judged. The School has of necessity been built 
around the daily publishing of its laboratory work. A 
daily newspaper is a vital part of a School of Journalism 
that teaches to do by doing. The Missourian in its early 
days served a limited territory; the School of Journalism 
in those days had a small enrollment. The Missourian 
has grown till it covers not only Columbia and Boone 
County having its o-wn carriers in seven towns; the School 
of Journalism has grown till it has more than three hun- 
dred students. The School requires a laboratory product 
that STOWS as the enrollment grows." 

The earthquake in Japan was told of in a two-column 
story on the first page of September 4, and under a six- 


column head on page two, with pictures of the Missouri 
University graduates in Japan. Graduates of the Mis- 
souri School of Journalism were first to send the news 
of the disaster to papers in the United States and else- 

"To England as to the United States the Missouri 
School of Journalism graduates were first with news of 
the earthquake in Japan," said a hrief story in the Mis- 
sourian. "The British Newspaper World, reporting on 
the stories of the disaster, after stating that the Times 
and Daily Mail had no account from their correspondents 
on Wednesday after the quake, adds: 'The Tokyo cor- 
respondent of the Daily Express (Edward B. Smith) es- 
caped safely to Kobe and on Wednesday the Daly Ex- 
press received from him a striking descriptive message 
which it published Thursday.' Smith was graduated 
here in 1922. 

The Missourian advertising rate was again increased 
October 1, 1923, to thirty cents a column inch. "The N. 
E. A. recently adopted a standard schedule of rates based 
on circulation and recommending forty-eight cents an 
inch for advertising in newspapers of three thousand cir- 
culation/' said the Missourian 's announcement, "Ai sur- 
vey of one hundred and ninety-six weekly newspapers in 
Missouri made by the Missouri Press Association shows 
the prevailing rate for papers of three thousand circula- 
tion in Missouri is thirty to thirty-five cents an inch. The 
Missourian 's new rate is lower than most newspapers of 
Missouri and the United States. " 

During this year the special pages again appeared in 
the paper. Society news was more extensive and espe- 
cially played up on Saturday with one or two pictures and 
a social calendar f o>r the coming week. News and features 
of religious organizations were also played up on Satur- 
days, often with pictures of local or visiting ministers or 
of religious groups or buildings. In its editorials the 
paper advocated Bed Cross relief for Japan and urged 
the building of state roads and support of the local wel- 
fare society. Far more features and illustrations were 


now being used tlian before the Missourian had its own 
printing and engraving plant. The Homecoming special 
edition of November 9, 1923, had sixteen pages in two sec- 
tions, the second section devoted to stories and pictures 
of Oklahoma and Missouri football men and games. There 
were two pages of society news. The "Peerade Xtra" 
was issued and distributed during the Homecoming 
parade, from the journalism float. 

The inauguration of Dr. Stratton D. Brooks as presi- 
dent of the University of Missouri was noted in a ten-page 
paper on November 16, with, many illustrations and com- 
plete reports of the inauguration. 

During the fall staff correspondents from the Mis- 
sourian accompanied the football team on its out-of-town 
games and reported the news play by play. An extra was 
issued on the Thanksgiving game which was played at 
Lawrence, Kan. 

The fifth annual Scoop extra appeared in connection 
with the journalism students' stunt on December 7, 1923, 
when Isabelle Stepp was crowned Scoop queen. 

An eight-page supplement devoted entirely to the 
twenty-one proposed amendments to the Missouri State 
Constitution to be voted on February 26, 1924, appeared 
on January 14. It gave in full each amendment, a state- 
ment of the work of the State Constitutional Convention 
(1922-23), the official ballot and other information. 

Alfonso Johnson, business manager of the Missourian, 
was elected president of the Northeast Missouri Pub- 
lishers and Printers Association in January, 1924. 

An extra issued at eleven A. M. Sunday morning, 
February 3, 1924, announced the death of Woodrow "Wil- 
son. The former President died at eleven fifteen A. M., 
Eastern time. The first page contained pictures and 
TJinted Press dispatches concerning Wilson and there 
was a long editorial written by -a member of the Mis- 
eourian staff. 

Among the features appearing this winter were the 
birthday sketches of local men and ^wonnen, and a new 
column headed " Glimpses of Our World. " The latter 


appeared in column one of the first page and included 
late telegraph news in brief and paragraphs from ex- 
changes. The heading of this column was later changed 
to "The Way of Our World" and as such it still con- 

In the spring of 1924 Alfonso Johnson resigned as busi- 
ness manager of the Missourian to accept a position 'on 
the executive staff of the Dallas News. E. A. Soderstrom, 
a graduate of the Missouri School of Journalism in 1921, 
and then advertising manager of the San Angela (Tex.) 
Standard, became the new business manager for the Mis- 

A summer school edition of twenty pages in three sec- 
tions was issued April 17, 1924. Ten thousand copies 
were circulated. In addition to going to regular subscrib- 
ers it was mailed to teachers and high school seniors 
throughout Missouri. It was published in the interest of 
the summer session at the University of Missouri and 
gave information concerning summer faculty and courses 

Through the summer special pages on "Real Estate 
News and Views" and "Motors and Motoring" were run 
once a week. 

On September 2, 1924, the Missourian began its seven- 
teenth year. "More than three thousand students have 
been enrolled in journalism classes in these sixteen years/' 
stated an editorial, "and five hundred and fifty men and 
women, most of whom 'are in journalism in Missouri and 
elsewhere, have been graduated." 

Among the new features were the advertising depart- 
ment called "Let's Talk Shop," the daily use of a poem 
at the end of "Way of Our World" column and the print- 
ing of a series of page features about small nearby towns. 
The latter included stories and pictures of Harrisburg, 
Sturgeon, Hallsville, Rodieport, and other towns. 

The Missourian Magazine first appeared November 1, 
1924, as a regular Saturday supplement to the Mis- 
sourian, without additional charge. All the material 


therein was to be obtained and written by 'students in 
the School of Journalism. Informational arid entertain- 
ing articles, literary and dramatic criticism, recipes, 
fashion notes, and art of special interest to women, and 
other special departments for children as well as adults 
were included. The magazine took the place of the special 
pages that had formerly run each week in the Missourian. 

The United Press furnished fast and accurate election 
service on the night of November 4, 1924, and 'returns 
were shown on a screen in front of Neff Hall. Bulletins 
were also received by wireless., radio and telegraph and 
announced over loud speaker to the crowds that remained 
about the building all evening. An extra was issued at 
five A. M. November 5 with photographs of Calvin Cool- 
idge and Charles GL Dawes and giving election news. 

A twenty-two page Homecoming edition appeared 
November '26 and a Thanksgiving Day extra was pub- 
lished giving returns of the Missouri-Kansas football 
game* President Brooks granted a holiday this year 
because Missouri not only beat Kansas but wo-n the Mis- 
souri Valley Conference championship. 

Especial note was paid in the Missourian of November 
31 to the death of E. B. Price, ninety-two years old and 
for fifty years treasurer of the University of Missouri. 

Again a twenty-two page edition in the interest of sum- 
mer session was issued (April 22, 1925) with a circula- 
tion of ten thousand. 

The May 16 issue carried pictures and many stories 
of the cyclone which severely damaged the Christian 
church and several business houses in the neighborhood 
of Ninth and Walnut Streets. The Missourian was with- 
out light and power because of the storm and was printed 
by the Columbia Printing Co. and the Herald-Statesman 
Publishing Co. 

In its eighteenth year, 1925-26, the Missourian regu- 
larly ran eight to ten pages and frequently much larger 
editions. On September 16, 1925, a sixteen-page issue gave 
special news pertaining to the University and! Columbia 
for the benefit of incoming students. Six thousand copies 


were printed for distribution. On November 10 twelve 
pages were printed, four pages being a special section 
devoted to ceremonies connected with the presentation 
of a stone from St. Paul's Cathedral London, to the Uni- 
versity. Sir Esme Howard, British ambassador to the 
United States, made the presentation speech and the gift 
was formally accepted by Judge J. E. Goodrich, president 
of the Board of Curators. The stone was placed on the 
campus near Neff Hall and bears on its top a meridian 
plate presented by a jo'urnalism graduating class. 

On November 12 the Homecoming edition contained six- 
teen pages, and on November 14 the Oklahoma-Missouri 
game was carefully covered by the Missourian. A staff 
correspondent was sent with the Tiger team on out of 
town football games. In May 1926 the University Mis- 
sourian Association was dissolved and the Missourian 
Publishing Association was formed. 

Starting its nineteenth year the Missourian of Septem- 
ber 1, 1926, stated: "The Missourian has accomplished 
many things, the greatest being the approval of the people 
of this community. Of the seven hundred and seventeen 
graduates and three thousand others who have been em- 
ployed on the Missourian staff while doing laboratory 
work in journalism, eighty-five per cent are still in the 
profession of journalism." 

Returns of the Dempsey-Tunney fight in Philadelphia 
were reported to the Missourian by long distance tele- 
phone (United Press service) blow by blow on September 
23. Three telephones were used in the Missourian office 
to give out results to the public. 

The Missouri Student with Frederick May as editor 
and Fletcher Hubbard as manager, made its first appear- 
ance September 28, 1926. This publication was issued 
weekly during the school year as a supplement to the 
Missourian and was sponsored by the Student Self- 
G-overning Association and under general student con- 
trol. It continued to be printed on School of Jour- 
nalism presses and to be issued every Tuesday and dis- 


tributed with the Missourian on that day. Advertising 
for the publication was obtained and written by students 
in advertising courses. 

The Missourian Magazine-, again a part of the School 
of Journalism laboratory work, began its school year is- 
suance on October 2, 1926. 

Radio Station WOS broadcast the Missouri-Nebraska 
football game October 9 through Christian College, us- 
ing the MissoTirian's telegraph line. A microphone was 
set up in Neff Hall and plays announced there. Sport 
news was played up again throughout the year, radio and 
telegraph and telephone service being used and staff cor- 
respondents sent with the football team on its outside 

On November 9 the Missourian gave much space to 1 
news of the formal presenting to the University of a 
Japanese lantern by the Japanese ambassador, His Ex- 
cellency Tsuneo Matsudaira. 

A twenty-page Homecoming edition was published No- 
vember 18, as a prelude to the Kansas^Mis&ouri football 
game on November 20. The University's new Memorial 
Tower was dedicated Saturday morning with great cere- 
mony as a part of the Homecoming program. 

With the annual Kansas-Missouri game being played 
and the football season ending on the Saturday previous, 
the Missourian was not published on Thanksgiving Day. 
Twelve pages were issued on December 3 including a four- 
page supplement devoted to news, features and pictures 
of the annual Journalism Play. This year it was " Bag- 
daddies' ' with words written by Chesly L. Manly and 
Tom Mahoney and music by Frederick W. Ayer and 
Elmer E. Taylor. 

Advertising in the Missourian had been steadily in- 
creasing in amount and changing in style. The pyramid 
style of make-up continued 1 ; the type and illustrations 
used were attractive and well-planned. For several years 
a shopping guide had been one of the features. This year 
it was called "Marylou. Goes Shopping" and written by 


a woman student in advertising. At holiday time it often 
covered six or seven columns and listed fifteen to twenty 

On December 9, 1926, there was a twenty-two- page edi- 
tion containing Christmas features and advertising and 
on December 24 appeared the Christmas Eve number with 
twelve pages. No paper was issued Saturday, Christmas 
Day, or on New Year's Day. 

In the last few years much space was given to news and 
editorials concerning state highways and road building 
through Columbia and in the State. 

Enrollment in the University, so a news story in Feb- 
ruary stated, was three thousand, six hundred and fifteen 
for this term and three thousand, nine hundred and sixty 
for the first semester of 1926-27. Much news of the State 
Legislature was carried throughout the session. 

The Missoiirian offered a prize of ten dollars for "the 
best written and most probable forecast of Columbia as 
it will be in 1937. The competition will be judged by 
a committee and will be open to everyone except the jour- 
nalism faculty and students and the staff in Jay H. Ne-ff 
Hall. -'Articles to be eligible must be received before 
March 1, 1927." The paper reserved the right to pub- 
lish the articles submitted. Other contests were car- 
ried on this year, including small monthly prizes for the 
best 'amateur pictures submitted and for the best jokes 
sent in to the Missourian. 

A twenty-four-page paper appeared March '23 includ- 
ing the annual Fashion Show supplement. 

The summer school edition of twenty-four pages (April 
28, 1927) through the co-operation of those in charge of 
the University summer session, Columbia merchants, and 
the Missourian was sent to six thousand students and 
teachers in Missouri who might be interested in attend- 
ing the summer school. 

Journalism Week programs in detail were carried in 
the paper during that annual meeting, May 8-13. The 
rapidity of modern news transmission was one feature 
of the week's program and the Missourian in a banquet 


edition Friday evening, May 13, and its regular edition 
of May 14 carried stories and illustrations of the marvels 
of modern science as demonstrated by several news serv- 
ices in connection with the week's program. A telephoto 
picture taken in New York City was received in Colum- 
bia five hours and twenty-one minutes later and published 
here the same day it was taken. A long-distance tele- 
phone call was made from the auditorium of Jay H. Neff 
Hall to London, England, by Ralph H. Turner, graduate 
of the School of Journalism and assistant general news 
manager of United Press Associations. The call lasted 
six minutes and cost one hundred and sixty-two dollars. 
The dozen or so persons listening through headphones 
heard perfectly the voices of persons four thousand, two 1 
hundred and seventy-seven miles away. The United 
Press set up a highspeed automatic printer telegraph 
machine in the Journalism Banquet Hall and carried: 
messages to demonstrate modern news transmission 
methods and speed. A cable message went from the 
banquet hall around the world in eight minutes, setting 
a new record for fast cable transmission. 

Ten and twelve-page papers were issued this year when- 
ever the amount of advertising permitted. Frederic J. 
Haskins' information service from Washington, D. d, 
was published regularly and proved of wide interest 
bringing to the Missourian many inquiries and comments 
from different parts of the country. 

When Lindbergh flew to Paris the Missourian carried 
much news of the flight and, recognizing the increased 
interest in aeronautics, continued to devote proportionate 
space to such news. 

Fourteen pages were published June 8 to care for news 
of commencement exercises and opening of summer ses- 
sion. The summer school student directory was earned 
in the Missourian June 27, 1927. 

Two pages in the July 30 issue were devoted to stories 
written by members of the class in Special Correspond- 
ence on their annual field trip, this time in Northwest 


Missouri, Illinois, Mississippi, Tennessee, Alabama, and 

At the opening of the 1927-28 fall session of the "Uni- 
versity and the beginning of the Missourian 7 s twentieth 
year, on September 14, 1927, a twenty-eight-page edition 
was published featuring the courses and opportunities in 
the various University divisions, 

Chi the evening of September 22, the Missourian re- 
ceived by wire a blow-by-blow account of the Dempsey- 
Tunney fight from the ringside at Soldiers' Field in Chi- 
cago. The progress of the fight was announced by mega- 
phone from the entrance to Jay H. Neff Hall and inter- 
ested persons were invited to telephone the Missourian 
for information. 

Football and athletic news, as usual, was given much 
space this year. Out of town games were covered by stu- 
dent reporters and the news wired or telephoned in. 
When the games were in Columbia, editions containing 
complete details were issued to reach the field by the time 
the crowd was leaving the stadium. 

Lee H. Tate Hall, new home of the School of Law, was 
formally dedicated October 1 and addresses delivered by 
Dean Eoseoe Pound of Harvard and other speakers were 
fully covered. 

The Missourian Magazine, discontinued through the 
summer months, was started again in September. 

A Homecoming edition of twenty-six pages was issued 
November 22. On December 9 there were fourteen pages 
including a six-page Journalism Play supplement. This 
year the annual play was " Quack-Quack, Quack," with, 
words written by Franceswayne Allen and Weldon Ford 
and music by Calla Frances' Mannagan and Frances 
Chum. The play was presented December 12 and 13. 

During December frequent ten or fourteen-page issues 
were necessary to carry the Christmas advertising. Daily 
a box was carried on page one during session of Congress 
giving in brief "What Congress is Doing." The Christ- 
mas number on December 24 was fourteen pages. 


The Missourian celebrated its twentieth year by com- 
ing out, on February 25, 1928, in new type. An editorial 
on March 2 explained: 

"For a week the Missourian has appeared in its new- 
style of type, technically known as seven point Ionic 
Number 5. This style, which is being rapidly adopted by 
metropolitan newspaper throughout the country, has been 
scientifically worked out by typographists to serve the 
reader as efficiently as possible. It is blacker than our 
old style of type an4 on account of the distinctness with 
which it stands 'out on the white paper is read more 
rapidly and legibly. Optometrists have endorsed it as 
relieving eye strain on account of these features. 

"The Missourian did not content itself with adopting 
a new body type, but added headline and advertising type 
in harmonizing faces. Parts of the Missourian heads are 
set in Ionic condensed type in sizes which have become 
available only recently. This type can be recognized by 
the narrowness of the letters in proportion to their height. 
The other parts of the large and medium-sized heads are 
set in Antique type of obvious strength and legibility. ' ? 

Another change in the Missourian style was on the edi- 
torial page which hitherto had appeared in eight columns 
just like other pages of the paper. Now the columns 
carrying the daily editorials were widened so two edi- 
torial columns occupied the space of three of the former 
narrow columns. In January 1928 the Missourian con- 
tracted for full leased-wire report of the United Press 
providing fifteen thousand words of news daily. 

The paper now appeared regularly with eight or more 
pages of .eight columns each (excepting the editorial 
page). The first column at the left of the first page car- 
ried daily "The Way of Our "World/' including brief 
paragraphs from the telegraph news. At the bottom of 
this column were the regular features, "And Some 
Humor," "Comments on Life," and "Some Verse." In 
the third column from the left appeared daily "The 
Weather" with official forecasts for Columbia and vicin- 
ity. Frequently there were very short boxed features on 


page one; now and then a two-column special article 
helped relieve the one-column news heads; often one or 
two-column cuts illustrated some important news of the 
day. Sometimes the classified want ad department was 
called to the attention of readers by a boxed statement 
at 'the bottom of a front page column. Each Friday a 
two-column box gave a survey of what to expect in the 
Missourian Magazine of next day. 

''News in the Field of Sport" was standing head cov- 
ering the page or more of sport news. ''News of Co^ 
lumbia Society" was another standing head. Society 
news on Saturday was stressed and usually a full page 
given to the news, next week's calendar and often one 
or more illustrations. Some of the other daily routine 
news appeared under: "At the Hospitals," "Mainly 
About People," "Stephens College Notes," "Christian 
College Notes," "What Others Say," "In and Of Mi&- 
souri," "Today's Market," "On Stage and Screen," 
"Tomorrow's Best Badio Programs." Saturday an- 
nouncements and news of religious organizations were 
carried under the heading "At The Churches." 

Several times a week news sent in by country corre- 
spondents was carried under the boxed head, "In and 
Near Boone County." Often on the editorial page a per- 
tinent cartoon was carried. The flag appearing three 
columns wide above the editorials now carried this state- 


"Published every evening except Sunday by the Missourian 
Publishing Association, Inc., Jay H. Neff Hall, Columbia, 
Mo. Entered at the Postoffice at Columbia, Mo., as second- 
class matter. Member of the Audit Bureau of Circulations. 

"Telephones: Business office, 55; general news, 274; Society 
news, 320. 

"E. A. SODEiRSTROM, Manager. 

"Items marked 'By U. P.' are used t>n the authority of 
the United Press Associations, from which the Missourian 
receives all-day news service by leased telegraph wire 

"SUBSCRIPTION RATES: By carrier, $4 a year; $1 for 
three months; by mail in Boone County, $3 a year, 75 cents 
for three months; by mail elsewhere, $4.50 a year, $1.25 for 
three months*" 


The annual Fashion Show edition of the Missourian 
appeared March 27, 1928. 

During Journalism Week, on Friday May 11, an eight- 
page Twentieth Anniversary Supplement was carried and 
each guest at the Eailway Banquet was given a copy. 
The supplement was in brief a history of the School of 
Journalism through its twenty years. It carried a three- 
column cut of the first page of Volume one, Number one, 
of the University Missourian. Some of the stories car- 
ried were: Journalism Week Almost More Famous Than 
the School," "Nine Courses Given During the First 
Year," "State Press Association Formed in '67, " "Ac- 
tivities of Students Pay, Survey Shows," "Alumni Scat- 
tered Over Seven Seas," "Afrikaans' Rendering is Thir- 
tieth Translation of ' Journalist's Creed,' " "M. II. Spon- 
sors Yenching University in Developing Journalistic 
Education," "Journalism in One-Fourth of U. S. Col- 
leges," "Museum Relics Here Represent Both Ancient 
and Modern Journalism," "Journalism Week and the 
School Draw Famous Men," "Journalists of Missouri 
University Incorporated," "Journalism Has Five Fra- 
ternities," "Printing Now is Developed to High Stage." 
There were pictures of Jay EL Neff Hall and its donor, 
Ward A. Neff of Chicago-; of YencMug University, Peking, 
China; of the class which produced this supplement; of 
the Japanese Stone Lantern and the St. Paul stone upon 
which rests a meridian plate, all gifts to the School; of 
the journalism professional faculty; and of delegates to 
the second Journalism Week. 

The editorial page of the supplement quoted in full the 
lead editorial published in the first issue of the Missourian 
on September 14, 1908, giving the purpose of this news- 
paper and of the School of Journalism. There were also 
two editorials taking different sides on the question: "Re^ 
solved, That the Press is Failing to Attain Its Highest 
Objectives," written, as were all the contents of the sup- 
plement, by journalism students. "Two students with 
divergent views on the place of the press in modern life 
were asked to give expression to their views. The two 


editorials follow. Well-mixed and shaken together, the 
two opinions doubtless would closely approximate the 
truth/' So read a note heading the two editorials. 

Thus the Missourian. closed its twentieth year as the 
laboratory product of the Missouri School of Journalism. 

The Columbia Herald-Statesman 

Laboratory work for students in rural journalism has 
been afforded since 1924 by the Columbia Herald-States- 
man, the oldest newspaper west of St. Louis. Through- 
out the school year students gather and edit the news 
and features and write the editorials for this typical rural 
weekly newspaper, the business management being re- 
tained by the Herald-Statesman Publishing -Company, 
which is owned by James W. Caudle, Frank H. Scott, and 
Arthur J. Snedeker. 

The first issue of the Herald-Statesman produced by 
students of the School was on October 2, 1924. John H. 
Casey, assistant professor of journalism, conducted the 
class in Country Newspaper Production from the first 
student issue of the Herald-Statesman until the fall of 
1927, when T. C. Morelock was put in charge of the course. 

In addition to covering the regular news and features 
for the paper, the students occasionally make trips over 
Boone County for feature articles of the various com- 
munities. The success of the student staff can best be 
measured by the response of readers of the paper. "With- 
out the use of common promotion methods the circula- 
tion of the Herald-Statesman has steadily increased since 
the students first took charge of it. 

Founded on April 23, 1819, the Herald-Statesman has 
had not only a long but an interesting history. The fol- 
lowing 'sketch carried in the paper's flag suggests the 
important place the Herald-Statesman holds in the his- 
tory of the journalism of Missouri and the Middle "West: 

"Among the distinguished Missourians connected with 
this newspaper between 1819 and 1913, when the Herald 
and Statesman were merged into one, is Nathaniel Pat- 
ten, founder of the old Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's 
Lick Advertiser at Franklin, who moved his paper to 


Columbia in 1830. In 1835 the paper was purchased by 
Maj. James S. Bollins, William Jewell, Warren Woodson, 
Thomas Miller, E. N. Todd, and Moses U. Payne, all 
Columbians, for which group Rollins and Miller served 
as editors, the name being changed to the Columbia Pa- 
triot. Col. William F. Switzler became connected with 
the paper as editor first in July, 1841, assuming full 
ownership in 1854 and controlling the policies of the paper 
for an unbroken period of thirty-sis years, the paper's 
name being changed during" that period to the Missouri 
Statesman, in 1842. Later H. T. Burckhartt, L. EL Rice, 
William Hirth and Omar D. Gray took their turns at the 
editorial helm of the old Statesman. Among the men 
who were connected with the Columbia Herald, which 
was founded in 1869 and merged with the Statesman in, 
1913, are E. W. Stephens, Walter Williams, Charles 
Arnold, J. E. McPhersooa, and M. H. Pemberton." 

The Missourian Magazine 

The Missourian Magazine appeared for the first time 
Saturday, November 1, 1924, as a weekly supplement of 
the Columbia Missourian. 

The growing demand for courses in specialized fields 
of journalism and the development of such courses in the 
School of Journalism led to- the need for some laboratory 
publication into which this special writing would fit. 
Courses in Feature Writing, Newspaper and Magazine 
Departments, Literary and Dramatic Reviewing, and The 
Special Article had been developed by Miss Sara L. Lock- 
wood, assistant professor of journalism. For several 
years material written by students in these classes was 
used in the daily Missourian, the feature articles appear- 
ing in the regular news columns. Special pages would 
be run once a week containing specialized news, such as 
the book page, children's page, house and garden page, 
and woman's page. The new Missourian Magazine was 
the outgrowth of these special pages, concentrating in a 


weekly magazine these special departments and using 
feature articles and many illustrations. 

This was not the first magazine section that had ap- 
peared in connection with the Missourian, but it was. the 
first regularly published magazine supplement directed 
by the School of Journalism under the supervision of its 
faculty and produced solely by its students. 

In the Missourian for Sunday, March 29, 1914, there 
was a four-page magazine section. Its five-column pages 
were the same size as the regular Missourian page. The 
issue contained feature articles on "Artist Sees Passing 
of New Dances This Season," "To a Missouri Artist's 
Ozark Home," "Learns Spanish a,s a Mental Exercise at 
Sixty-One 77 and briefer feature notes of interest to Co- 
lumbians. About half of one page was given over to> ad- 

The following month, on April 26, 1914, one full page 
and a half of the Missourian were designated "The 
Writers' Club Magazine Section 77 and contained signed 
articles written in English classes fiction, verse and 
special articles. In the following school year of 1914-15 
a section called the Missourian Magazine appeared once 
a month as a supplement to the Missourian, and contain- 
ing in its eight pages interesting feature articles about 
local persons*, places and events written by University 
students. This, section was. discontinued in the spring of 
1915 and the present magazine section, started by the 
School of Journalism as a part of its laboratory work, 
was the next supplement to be distributed with the Mis- 

In the Missourian of November 1, 1924, the following 
announcement appeared : t ' The Missourian Magazine ap- 
pears today for the first time. Hereafter it will be issued 
regularly each Saturday as; a supplement (without ad^ 
ditional charge) to the Columbia Missourian, All the 
material contained 1 therein will be obtained and 'written 
by students in the School of Journalism. There will be 
each week informational and entertaining articles, liter- 
ary and dramatic reviews, recipes, fashion notes, and 


articles of especial interest to women and, from time to 
time, special departments, for children as well as for 

The Missourian Magazine is of tabloid size and runs 
regularly eight three-column pages. On special occasions, 
twelve, sixteen and even twenty pages have appeared. 
With the issuance of the magazine a new phase of prac- 
tical journalism was introduced into the specialized 
courses. Students in Literary and Dramatic Reviewing 
and in Newspaper and Magazine Departments, under the 
supervision of Miss Lockwood, edited the copy and made 
up the mazagine, carefully planning the placement of 
stories and illustrations, of art heads and outlines. They 
learned type sizes and the elements that go into the 
planning of the physical appearance of a publication. 
The plan used for the first issue is still employed. The 
class in Newspaper and Magazine Departments writes 
departmental material and makes up the general pages 
of the magazine. Students in Literary and Dramatic Re- 
viewing write book reviews and literary features about 
Columbia and Missouri writers and make up the book 
pages; students in Feature Writing contribute features 
about local institutions, interesting personalities, Colum- 
bia history and other subjects of interest to the magazine 

Two or three pages of the magazine, from its beginning, 
have been devoted to literary criticism and features. 
Copies of the magazine were sent to various book pub- 
lishing houses and, literary editors and criticism was 
invited. Harry Hansen, then literary editor of the Chi- 
cago Daily News and now of the New York "World, wrote : 
' ' Thank you very much for remembering me and for send- 
ing me copies of the Missourian Magazine. There is cer- 
tainly nothing amateurish about it and I should think: it 
would prove most excellent practice for your classes. 
Also, your students should have plenty of time to* develop 
some interesting articles about books. " Alan Binehart of 
the George EL Doran Company wrote: "The Missourian 


Magazine strikes me as a most worthwhile and interesting 
experiment for a school of journalism. ' ' A. Page Cooper 
of Doubleday, Page and Company wrote: "May we con- 
gratulate yon on the new Missourian Magazine. It is most 
attractive in the subject-matter and use of cuts." The 
Kansas City Times, The Publishers' Auxiliary, the New 
York Evening Post Literary Review, and other newspap- 
ers commented favorably upon the &ew publication. 

The first issue contained as its lead story an article on 
the Sappington family of Missouri, and the Sappington 
cemetery near Arrow Rock. In the cemetery lie Dr. and 
Mrs* John Sappington, their four daughters who married 
governors of Missouri, and three former governors of the 
State. Several half-tones made in the School of Jour- 
nalism laboratory illustrated the article. There were also 
stories about "Mud Pies Don't Tempt Seven-Tear-Old 
Paul Wright Who Makes Circus Animals From Ordinary 
Clay"; the Boone County Infirmary and those who lived 
therein; three pages of literary reviews; and two pages- 
concerning women and their home interests including re- 
cipes, fashion notes, suggestions on interior decorating, 
and a pen picture of the wife of Columbia's mayor. 

At various times different departments have appeared 
in the magazine, depending upon the talent in the various 
classes. Often there are children's pages, sometimes a 
humor column, and sometimes a page devoted to activ- 
ities of women's clubs. 

The Christmas issue of 1924 was the first special mag- 
azine of more than eight pages. Each year since there has 
been a special Christmas edition of sixteen pages with 
particular attention given to Christmas stories, feature 
and fiction, and to holiday pictures and advertising. 
Special attention is paid to each holiday season such as 
Thanksgiving, "Washington's Birthday, Valentine's Day 
and Easter. A special edition is. issued each Journalism 

The magazine was not published during the summer 
months of 1925 but started again with the September 26 
issue in 1925. During this year there were special edi- 


tions at Christmas time, a building number on March 13, 
1926; an issue devoted to Columbia writers on April 17, 
1926; a gardening number March 27; Boone County school 
edition April 20; and a number devoted to rural churches 
of Boone County on March 20. 

In the fall of 1926 the work of Missouri club women was 
especially featured and a club department conducted 
throughout the semester. 

Photographs and drawings made by journalism stu- 
dents and the work of local artists have been featured in 
the magazine. All issues are well illustrated with cuts 
made by the photo-engraving- department of the school. 

In the fall of 1927 Miss Prances Grinstead was put in 
charge of the specialized courses in journalism and the 
publishing of the magazine. 




"By its fruits it is known, and when its "head declares 
he is proud of the 'courage, conscience and high ideals' 
its graduates are putting into practice he tells us the one 
thing above all others we wish to know." 

Thus said Oswald Garrison Villard concerning the 
School of Journalism and its products in a commence- 
ment address at the University of Missouri in 1918. 

"I have traveled far and observed journalism in many 
climes," this noted journalist continued "I have yet to 
find anywhere the professional code of true and honor- 
able journalists better stated than in the credo of the 
School of Journalism of the University of Missouri. 
Were that the creed of every newspaper office the ban 
of popular displeasure which has rested upon the press 
in America would never have become of any importance 
whatever. If this, the oldest and sturdiest of our schools 
of journalism, whose tenth anniversary we are so grate- 
fully celebrating today, had done nothing else than im- 
press this upon the students who have passed through 
its gates, we should surely still be standing here to ac- 
claim this pioneer in its field and to congratulate it upon 
a maturity which has dispelled all doubts as to its per- 
manency. ' ' 

It is indeed by the successful usefulness of its gradu- 
ates to the profession of journalism that the Missouri 
School is judged. 

When the School was five years old the Kansas City 
Star printed an article telling how many of the journal- 
ism graduates were making good in their profession. 

"When the University of Missouri established its 
School of Journalism five years ago/' the article read, 



" there began a discussion from newspaper men through- 
out the United States of the old question of whether or 
not journalism conld be taught ontside of a newspaper 
office. That discnssion still ensues, but now with the 
teaching of journalism five years old, and with instruc- 
tion given in thirty-five universities and colleges, a col- 
lection made of all material published and available on 
the subject in that time by the directors of the Missouri 
School shows a marked change of attitude by both the 
country and city papers. 

"The Missouri School of Journalism has sent out for- 
ty-nine graduates. Of these more than eighty per cent 
are employed in good positions and have been employed 
continuously since graduation. Ten per cent have left 
the newspaper field after graduation for other work in 
which they also specialized while in the University. 
Prom the others no word has been received. " 

"When the School was ten years old the Missouri Alum- 
nus published a list of graduates, giving their positions 
and making this comment : "The School of Journalism 
of the University of Missouri, the oldest school of jour- 
nalism in the world, which began its tenth year this 
September, has graduated one hundred forty-nine twen- 
ty-nine women and one hundred twenty men. Of the 
graduates, one hundred twenty-nine, or more than eighty- 
five per cent, are engaged in .some phase of journalism. 
Excluding the young women who have given up journal- 
ism for housekeeping, the percentage is more than ninety. 

"The graduates are in twenty-four states and terri- 
tories and seven foreign countries: iMissouri, G-eorgia, 
Pennsylvania, Iowa, Illinois, Kansas, Oklahoma, Ala- 
bama, Texas, Colorado, Minnesota, Mississippi, "Wash- 
ington, Michigan, District of Columbia, Indiana, Mary- 
land, Ohio, Nebraska, New York, California, Virginia, 
South Dakota, Wisconsin, and Hawaii, Japan, France, 
Canada, England, China and Brazil." 

In all its twenty years the Missouri School of Journal- 
ism has produced nine hundred and sixteen graduates 
and given instruction to nearly five thousand students. 

These alumni are among those who have served on the professional 
faculty: From left to right, beginning at the top Joseph E. Chasnoff, 
Horatio B. Moore, F. P. Bohn, Marian Babb (Mrs. F. J. Beard), Sara 
L. Lockwood (Mrs. Walter Williams), Charles 2. Kane, Herbert W. 
Smith, Glenn Babb, J. B. Powell, H. F. Misselwitz, Don D. Patterson, 
B. R. Childers, J. Willard Ridings. 


The graduates are now located in forty-two of the forty- 
eight states and in the Territory of Hawaii, the Philip- 
pine Islands, Argentina, Brazil, Australia, Canada, Eng- 
land, China, Japan, Porto Rico, Trinidad, South Africa 
and Siam. 

A large per cent of these graduates are in Missouri, em- 
ployed as writers or editors on metropolitan newspapers; 
owning and publishing their own papers; editing or 
writing for magazines; advertising copy writers or solici- 
tors on daily newspapers; advertising managers of de- 
partment stores or other business concerns; on staffs of 
advertising agencies. Possibly because of the location 
of the School the largest number of alumni outside of 
Missouri are found in the South and Southwest. The 
North Central states are next in popularity with Mis- 
souri journalism graduates. California and the Pacific 
Coast have attracted many, while New York City leads 
the eastern contingent 

Some of the alumni have become magazine writers 
whose names already mean much to the American read- 
ing public. Some are authors of books including fiction, 
biography and history. Alumni are associated with 
thirty or forty class or trade journals of America, Some 
are noted cartoonists and comic-strip artists. A number 
of them are professors of journalism in colleges and uni- 
versities of this and other countries. Several are owners 
and managers of groups of publications in different towns. 
In every conceivable capacity in every phase of jour- 
nalism alumni can be found. They serve in executive, 
reportorial and business positions with national and in- 
ternational news agencies. As foreign correspondents 
Missouri alumni have visited virtually every country on 
the globe. They were World "War correspondents; they 
followed the revolution in China and sent news of it and 
of Chinese banditry over the world; they were first in 
getting news of the great earthquake in Japan to other 

There are more Missouri graduates in the Orient than 


in any other foreign lands. This is due largely to B. W. 
Fleisher, publisher of the Japan Advertiser, Tokyo, and 
to Thomas F. Millard, now correspondent in the Far East 
for the New York Herald-Tribune. 

Millard is a native Missourian and a graduate of the 
University of Missouri (before the School of Journalism 
was founded). In 1910 he and Fleisher founded a news- 
paper in Shanghai, the China Press, and included on its 
staff Carl Crow, another graduate of the University of 
Missouri, who was at one time associated with "Walter 
Williams on the Columbia Herald. That was the nucleus 
of the "Missouri news colony " in the Orient. There- 
after when a man was wanted for American newspaper* 
work in the Orient the first query usually went to Dean 
"Walter Williams. And, as Millard wrote in an article 
published in the New York Herald-Tribune of January 
29, 1928, "that started a chain which during the last fif- 
teen years has brought about twenty-five students of the 
Missouri School of Journalism to Japan and China. From 
this end it has sent a score or so young Chinese and a 
few Japanese to study journalism at Columbia, Mo. In 
time those Americans, when their contracts expired, 
either went home, where a number of them now are work- 
ing on foreign news desks of home papers, or came back 
to the Far East as correspondents for American publica- 
tions. In time those Chinese and Japanese students re- 
turned to their native countries and engaged in journal- 
ism out here. ... At this time the principal news 
services sent from Shanghai to America have Missouri 
School of Journalism men at this end of the wires. Those 
are John B. Powell, for the Chicago Tribune, and the 
Manchester Guardian; Morris J. Harris for the Associated 
Press; Francis Missel witz for the New York Times; and 
your correspondent (Millard) . At Peking is Glenn Babb, 
chief Associated Press correspondent in China. At Tient- 
sin, Hollington Tong directs a newspaper and corre- 
sponds for publications in America and England. At 
Canton, Fin Wong edits a paper and sends correspond- 
ence to America; he is, I think, acting for the Associated 


Press there. Kan Lee handles publicity for the Minis- 
try of Finance in the national government. Miss Eva 
Chang edits a Chinese "woman's magazine and does pub- 
licity for the Y. W. C. A. Margaret Powell assists on the 
China Weekly Review and does publicity for the B. A. T. 
motion picture studio. Louise Wilson does the women's 
department for the North China Daily News ? a British 
paper. At Tokyo Frank Hedges is correspondent for 
the Christian Science Monitor and other papers." 

As a matter of fact mo-re than fifty American-born 
alumni of the Missouri School of Journalism have worked 
in the Orient and there are now at least fifty in journal- 
istic work there, including Americans, Chinese and Jap- 

Of the nine hundred and sixteen graduates three hun- 
dred and fifty-two are womeoa. In 1910 the first women 
was graduated in journalism. In 1928, thirty-nine of the 
ninety-six graduates were women. These women grad- 
uates are filling positions as teachers of journalism, re- 
porters, editors, correspondents, publishers, advertising 
experts, magazine writers. They are in agricultural, 
journalism, on trade publications and house organs, in 
metropolitan and rural journalism. 

In 1920 the School of Journalism published its first 
Ailumni Directory listing the names and giving a brief 
biography of each of the graduates (numbering then two 
hundred and thirty-eight) and as many of the former 
students as could be located. "The School of Journal- 
ism," stated the prefa.ce, "is vitally interested in the 
alumni and former students and the latter are interested 
in the School and in each other. Scattered as the School 
of Journalism's product is, over numerous states and 
countries, it is easy for the alumni to become 'lost' to 
their old campus frienda This booklet will have 
achieved its purpose if it affords a point of contact, a 
meeting place, for those who once wrote copy for the 

Similar directories were issued in April, 1923, Septem- 
ber, 1925, and the summer of 1928. These and the forma- 




tion of the School of Journalism Alumni Association, as 
well as the interest in Journalism Weiek have kept alumni 
and former students informed and interested in the prog- 
ress of the School and its students. 

The 1928 directory, " Missouri Alumni in Journalism" 
(issued as Volume 29, Number 4, in the University of 
Missouri bulletin series), includes not only the complete 
list of School of Journalism graduates from 1908 through 
1928 and about two hundred additional former students ; 
it gives a brief biography of each person, especially in 
connection with his or her journalistic achievement. 

A complete list of graduates of the Missouri School of 
Journalism, year by year, is here given: 

Arnold, Charles 


Gould, Robin Paul 
Kent on, Gussie Viron 
Miller, Roy Emile 
Paxton, Mary Gentry 
Powell, John Benjamin 
Scott, DR. 


Brown, Claudius Adolphus 

Bryant, Vaughn 

Chasnoff, Joseph. Edwin (de- 

Hutto, Jasper Cunningham 

Leggett, Raymond Fletcher (de- 

Riley, Oscar Edwin 

Shirky, Mohler 

Smith, Herbert "Warren 

Stewart, Francis 

Tindall, Richard Gentry 


Brown, Buf ord Otis 
Felgate, Edward Robert Ashley 
Harrison, Fred Melvin 
Kinyon, Henry Hubbard 
LaTurno, Florence Jessie (de- 

Phifer, Lyndon Burke 
Stemmons, Walter Campbell 
Todd, Ernest McClary (deceased) 
Tmllinger, Earl Barton 
Wong, Hin 


Armstrong, Amy V, 
Baskett, Edgar Sebree 
Birdsong, Henry Ellis 
Foley, Mary Ellen 
Hall, William Earl 
Harvey, Charles Asbury 

(as of class of 1912) 
Hicklin, Maurice 
Howard, Sanford Alpheus 
Lamade, Howard J. 
Lewis, Chester Arthur 
Lindsay, Malvina 
Lockwood, Sara Lawrence 
MacKay, Hugh James 
Mann, Robert Stanley 
Mayer, Siegel 
Neff, Ward Andrew 
Pryne, Ralph (Pruyn) 
Ridings, Harry E. 
Rucker, Frank Warren 
Spencer, Clarissa Elinor 
Turner, George Walker 
Wolfsohn, Leo 


Beeler, Maxwell Newton 
Bennett, Roy Coleman 
Brown, J. Harrison 
Elliott, Clarence Milton 
Fry, Horace Luther 
Gingrich, Oliver Newton 
MacArthur, John Cawley 

(as of 1913) 
May, James Garneld 

(as of 1913) 
McDougal, Myrtle 
Moss* Clinton French (deceased) 



Nash, Edward Vernon 
Nolle, William Jacob 
Parker, Thomas Eldridge 
Riley, Sarah Edith 
Schofield, James Ewell 
Thompson, Paul Jennings 
Thornburg, Hazel Syrena 
Tindall, Robert Kingsbury 
Trail, Guy Thomas 


Babb, Joseph Glenn 

Bandy, Russell M. Jr. 

Briggs, Frank Parks 

Carpenter, Owen Griffith 

Catron, Frank Fletcher 

Christmas, Earl 

Colbert, Herschel Myers 

Ferguson, John Donald 

Harte, Houston 

Hudson, Thomas Stewart 

Kane, Charles Edward 

Keller, Fred 

McGowan, Constance Marguerite 

[Rosenf elder, Daniel David 

Schute, Fannie Marie 

Stern, Morton 

Stapel, John Columbus 

Tumulty, Rosalie 

Webb, Ward Hilton 


Collins, DeWitt Clinton 
Davis Dean W. 
DeLashmutt, Harry Algern 
(as of class of 1915) 
Doughty, Glenn Hatcher 
Dunn, Clara Rogers 
Evans, Anne Shannon 
Fitzgerald, Nelle Rose 
Gibson, James Blaine 
Hood, Livy Gerald 
Marvin, Merze 
Murphy, Margaret 
Sanders, Ruth 
Schmidt, Bertha Harnett 
Wagner, Edwin P. 
Webb, Samuel Wiley, Jr. 
Wilson, Dale 
Wise, Sadie (deceased) 
Wright, Myrtle 


Baker, Gladys (deceased) 
Bayley, Ernest Robert 
Bennett, Harry Cline 
, Julian Gentry 

Ellard, Roscoe Brabazon 
Fahrner, Leslie 
Felker, Carl T. 
Forshey, C. Guy 
Friedel, Morris 

(as of 1916) 
Goldberg, Charles F. 
Groves, Jesse Lee, Jr. 
Hinman, Albert Greene 
Hughes, Paul Jones 
Hyde, Ira Barnes, Jr. 
Jor-es, Ellis Herman 
King, Frank Haviland 
Kline, Benjamin Gordon 
McCarger, Harold M. 
McGhee, Grant, Jr. 
Malkus, Huber Paul 
Miller, Robert Rae 
Million, Margaret Lowell 
Murray, John Archibald 
Oehm, Gustav Martin 
Patterson, Don Denham 
(Richards, Russell Lowell 
Roster, Charles 
Shapiro, Frederic Engles 
Shelton, Robert Monroe 
Smith, Hazel Amy 
Smith, Katherine Foster 
Snider, Alexander Edward 
Strock, Caralee 
Taylor, Harry Ellsworth 

(as of class of 1916) 
Vernon, Annalee 
Walker, Herbert W. 
Williams, Frederick Major 
Wise, Dorothy 


Asquith, M. Marcus 
Baker, Ada Dorothy 
Brandt, Raymond P. 
Browning, Kathleen 
Burton, Sybil Rex 
Canada, Evelyn Read 
Clayton, Marguerite 
Coulson, Mary Elizabeth 
Egger, Reinhardt 
Godfrey, Harold W. 
Gromiriet, Thryza A 
Halliburton, Sarah F. 
Hancock, Harold L. 
Ledbetter, Frank 
McBride, Mary Margaret 
MacKay, Mary Ellen 
Monteiro, Aris tides 
Pfeiffer, Pauline 
Richards, Owen M. 
Rose, Marion Turner 



Temple, Henry Frederick 

(as of class of 1917) 
Warren, David M. 

(as of 1917) 
Watts, Lenora Pauline 
Wheeler, William Hamilton 

(as of 1917) 
White, Himey 
Whitehead, Lawrence E. 


Alper, Minnie 
Armil, Elcy Emery 
Blackburn, Thompson Fulton 
Campbell, Marvine Margaret 
Faris, Willie Adalyn 
Fisher, Irene 
Gravely, Ralph 
Gray, Frances Mitchell 
Harris, Mary 
Hedges, Frank Hinckley 
Lightner, Willie Mae 
Rinkle, Will Davis 
Royston, Lucille Augusta 
Schuette, Cora Viola 
Sanders, Charles Leo 
Schutte, Mary Margaret 
Scott, Frank Harrelson 
Votaw, Maurice Eldred 


Banner, Franklin C. 
Blackburn, Clifford Dewey 
Boeschenstein, Charles Krome 
Bruce, Mary Elizabeth 
Casebolt, Floyd Wheeler 
Casey, John Harold 
Cason, Mary Virginia 
Cheng, Chung 
Chenoweth, Dean 
Comegys, Courtney Lee 
Dodson, Isabel 
Elvins, Charles Parsons 
Freiberger, George Werner 
Ginsburg, Claire E. 
Gregory, Alexander Samuel 
Guth, Harry Earl 
Hamel, John Philip 
Heenan, David Jr. 
Heidbrader, Arthur Lee 
Herrick, Robert S. 
Hunt, Fred 

Lacy, William Gibbons 
Lustig, Harold Clayton 
McKee, Mary Carolyne 
Meeker, Louis Ferdinand 
Milligan, Warren 

Nichols, Albert Hayden 

Pace, Bryan Lee 

Parry, Duke Needham 

Paton, Homer William 

Patton, Mary Sue 

Ramsey, Mark Corbett (deceased) 

Rudd, Basil Gordon 

Schroeder, Eric Goetze 

Sommers, Carlotta 

Sommers, Henry Augustus , 

Watts, Beatrice 


Andrews, Stanley 
Atteberry, Elizabeth 
Armstrong, Roswell G. 
Blattner, Lee Pemberton 
Brookman, Laura Lou 
Chapman, Frances Ray 
Crawford, Marvin H. 
Dunn, Dorothy 
Etter, Betty 
Franklin, Loula 
Gibbany, Walter W. 
Gill, Moss 
Gross, Grace Lucile 
Guthrie, Enoch Arden (deceased) 
Halligan, Alfreda 
Hammond, Thomas B. 
Harris, Morris J. 
Howell, Roberta Lee 
Johannes, Georgia Faye 
Johnson, Sara Elizabeth 
Keogh, Mildred 
Liter, Calvin P. 
Loth, David, Jr. 
Ludi, Harry J. 
McCauley, Henry Leake 
McCauley, John Sloane, Jr. 
McClain, James Henry (de- 

Marfori, Vincente Rosendo 
Meinhoifer, Lucile 
Miller, May M. 
Mumford, Donald 
Nathan, Emil, Jr. 
Peabody, Margerie 
Prather, Ruth L. 
Quirino, Eliseo 
Richards, Delia B. 
Richardson, Frances Allene 
Roetzel, Mildred 
Scholz, Jackson V. 
Simpson, Ralph Lee 
Stein, Selma 
Stewart, Josephine 
Taylor, Estella Ruth 
Waye, Raymond D. 



Woodbury, Melville A. 
Wyatt, Ella Minerva 


Abernethy, Byron L. 
Armstrong, Dorothy G. 
Atkeson, Ralph Wendell 

(as of 1921) 
Atkinson, Marion Owen 
(as of 1921) 
Babb, Marian Jamie 
Baermann, Arthur L. 
Baker. Archie Christopher 

(as of 1921) 
Barker, Stephen Alfred 
Barnett, Marguerite 
Baskett, Edna Lee 
Belden, Francis Edward 
Boyle, Grace 
Burch, Kathryn Stewart 
Cheavens, Martha Louise 
Cherry, Mary Boulware 
Crum, Lula Wenzel 

(as of 1921) 
Curtis, John Harold 
Dienst, Anna Nettie 

(as of 1921) 
Dryden, Ralph Waldo 
Edwsirds, Corwin D. 

(as of 1921) 
Edwards, Jeanette 

(as of 1921) 
Finkelstein, Leo 

(as of 1921) 
Forti, Francis 
Garth, Ernest Davidson 
Gilbert, Judith Ann. 
Ginsberg, Anna M. 
Grinstead, Frances 

(as of 1921) 

Horrocks, Gilles Edward 
Hosmer, Joseph Blame 
Jacojuin, Edwin Nicholas 
Jett, Monroe Daniel 
Johnson, Alfonso 
Johnson, Duncan Blythe 
Johnston, Emery Kennedy 
Keen, Victor 
Klausner, Kae 
LeCrone, George M., Jr. 
Lee, Kan 
Levin, Ruth 

Lohman, Margaret Henrietta 
Mackey, Corrine Godfrey 
Mann, Harry Lockridge 
Martyr, J. Leighton 
Miller, Paul Merrill 
Misselwitz, Henry Francis 

Moore, Anita 
Morelock, Thomas Cecil 
Morgan, Helen Laufman 
Morgan, Paul J. 
Morris, John Rippey 
Pierce, Rowena Ruth 
Pontius, Katherine Flournoy 
Reynolds, Kathryn Lavina 
Robertson, Frank Turpin 
Sanderson, Uluth Mitchell, Jr. 
Schroeder, Mildred M. 
S chuck, Hugh 

(as of 1921) 
Simmons, George Evans 

(as of 1921) 

Smith, Edward Burnette 
Smith, Queen 
Spencer, Augusta 
Stephenson, Marion 
Thomure, Bernice 
Tilberg, Frederick 

(as of 1921) 
Weeks, Alice Elizabeth 
Wellsford, Galloway Mills, Jr. 
Westerman, Blanche 
Whitaker, Lewis Stanley 
Whittier, Florence E. 
Williams, Orville D. 
Wilson, M. Louise 
Wolfsohn, Joel David 


Agee, Elizabeth 
Allen, Thaddeus S. 
Atteberry, Z. Ellis 
Babb, Lawrence 
Bell, John Paul 

(as of 1922) 
Brown, Irl Webb 
Butts, George Colby 
Caldwell, John D. 
Campbell, Kathryn 
Carroll, Raymond H. 

(as of 1922) 

Chamberlain, Louis Francis 
Chien, Pei-yu 
Cotton, William Philip 
Dodd, Eugenia 
Dooley, William J. 
Dunn, Charles W. 

(as of 1922) 
Farnham, Charles William 

(as of 1922) 
Glutz, Mildred 
Gove, James Rhey 
Gray, Exie Mitchell 
Griffis, Frances Guion 
Grumley, Catherine 



Harris, Grey Lynes 
Heimbaugh, Maxine 
Hein, Florence Pearl 
Herndon, Albert Perrin 

(as of 1922) 
Holland, George Dewey, Jr. 

(as of 1922) 
Housman, Robert L. 

(as of 1922) 
Houston, Frank Fitzhugh Buck- 

ner (as of 1922) 
Jones, r'aul Caruthers 
Kaiser, Flora 
Keith, Virginia 

Kingsbury, William Wallace, Jr. 
Koritnik, Zora 
Lane, Clive R. 
Lauderdale, Irving J. 
Lazarus, Hannah H. 
Lewis, Margaret Barrington 
Lockwood, Clarence Dodds 
McCannon, Glen Findley 

(as of 1922) 

McEwen, Erwin Francis 
McKinley, Gladys 
Marks, Besse B. 
Marseilles, Alice Adelia 
Maurer, Wesley H. 

(as of 1922) 

Moore, Horatio Booth 

(as of 1922) 

Moore, Catherine Baldwin 
More, Joseph Francis 
Moss, Mec-Ryan 

(as of 1922) 
Nuekols, Hazel 
O'Neal, Samuel A. 
Peterson, Delmar D. G. 
Perry, Gerald Fayne 
Robnett, James Overton 
Rodgers, Charles Archibald 
Roy, Kenneth Bennett 
Scherr, Elliott Brown 
Sedwick, Jackson L. 
Sharp, Eugene Webster 
Siemon, Ray 
Simmons, Mabel Clarke 
blater, Helen Louise 
Smillie, Alexander M. 
Soderstrom, Elmer A. 
Spalding, Aurelia 
Stahl, John Francis 
Staats, Clarence Earl (deceased) 
Stokes, Charles Edwin 
Swain, Virginia 
Swet, Abe 

Thomas, Jack Edwin 
(as of 1922) 
Thompson, Mabel 

Turner, Mary Jo 
Vance, Charles C. 
Ware, Catherine McKinley 
Washburn, Alexander Henry 
Watkins, Virginia Judson 
Watts, Gladys Rayne 
Weber, Edwin G. 
Weil, Arthur Theodore 
Whitehead, Murray Nanson 

(as of 1922) 
Wilkerson, Marvin J. 
Wood, Eleanor Duncan 

(as of 1922) 
Wortman, Helen Zene 
Wright, Mary Leonor 

(as of 1922) 


Abbott, Frank L. 

(as of 1923) 
Adams, Ernestine 
Arn, Alden Thomas 
Andrada, Honofre A. 
Barson, Sidney 

(as of 1923) 

Beighley, Harold Sadler 
Berger, Joe Rolonde 
Blickhahn, Harry M. 
Bohn, Frederick Philip 
Bradfield, Walter Everett 

(as of 1923) 

Bright, Elizabeth Kimbrough 
Brown, Benjamin Henton 
Bush, Gordon K. 
Callaway, Inez Early 
Calvert, Catherine Telfer 
Chang, Eva Chi-Ying 
Chen, Chin-jen 
Cloud, Tilghman Roswell 
Colt, John W. 
Cornish, Julia Frances 
Dean, Mildred Alice 
Dewel, Duane E. 
Drake, Lois Melvina 

(as of 1923) 
Durham, Maynard Lee 
Eckelberry, William 
Edwards, George Raymond 
Ellwanger, Jack William 

(as of 1923) 
Estes, Elizabeth Frances 

(as of 1923) 
Felton, Horace Lloyd 

(as of 1923) 
Flynn, Francis Marion 
Foster, Amelia 
Frauens, Marie 
Gardner, Virginia Carnall 



Gillaspie, Roscoe 
Gittinger, Jesse Norman 
Goodwin, Ann F. 
Gunn, Margaret Adams 
Hailey, Foster Bowman 
Hargis, Vivienne 
Hausman, Ruth Elsie 
Hazeltine, Adelaide Humphrey 
Hefner, Lewis Henry 
Horine, Mary Katherine 
Hughes, Elizabeth Jane 
Jacobs, Nathan Elias 
Jao, Yin-Chih 
Johnson, Margaret Willeke 
Kaucher, Dorothy 
Kingsley, Richard J. 
Kistenmaeher, Charles F. 
Krause, Chester Tobey 

(as of 1923) 
LaCossitt, Henry D. 

(as of 1923) 
Lansing, Jessie Ray 
Larson, Adolph Ferdinand 
Leader, Benjamin 
Logan, Jean 
Lusk, Robert Davies 
Lynn, Bernice 
McKiddy, Lorance 
Marken, Edith May 
Major, Card Edward 
Marsalek, Charles William 
Martin, Rulif Mitchell 
Miles, Josephine Elizabeth 
Milton, Margaret 
Moore, Prudence Robertson 

f (as of 1923) 

Nee, Benjamin Kuang Heng 
Newman, Earl Frederick 
Nute, Albert C. 

(as of 1923) 
Patton, James Smith 

(as of 1923) 
Pyle, Maxwell Edward Howard 

(as of 1923) 
Rea, J. Reavis 

(as of 1923) 

Rambeau, Lorrence Decatur 
Reed, Marion Helen 
Reese, James Russell 
Reyes, Ricardo 0. 
Roberts, Lacy Johnson 
Roe, Dorothy 
Rohde, William Lloyd 
Saper, Sara Serene 

(as of 1923) 

Schwabe, James Webster, Jr. 
Shore, Thomas Spencer 
Silverstein, Irene T. 

Simon, Carolyn V. 
Sims, Jesse Helen 
Slate, Lowell Earl 

(in Agricultural Journalism) 
Sloat, Edwin Kirk 
Smith, Bess Farrington 
Snyder, Theodosia Munson 
Spencer, Howard Wendell 
Spencer, Jane 
Stark, Ferol L. 
Steen, Jack 
Tenenbaum, Fannie 

(as of 1923) 
Tenenbaum, Samuel 
Terry, Norman Berkley 
Thompson, Myrtle George 

(as of 1923) 
Tisdel, William Lawrence 

(as of 1923) 
Tsuruno, Juzo 
Tydings, Robert Stillman 
Ulbricht, Norman Joseph 
Van Cleve, William T. 

(as of 1923) 
Vizard, Gordon A. 

(as of 1923) 
Vladimir, Irwin 
Wade, Leila Alice 
Wang, Ying-pin 

(as of 1923) 
Warren, Donald Stewart 

(as of 1923) 
Wertz, Harvey A. 
Wheeler, Florence Katherine 
Wigbels, Annie Belle 
Wilcox, Frances Minor 

(as of 1923) 
Williams, Ruth 
Wilson, Elizabeth 
Wilson, Lyle Campbell 
Wilson, Mabel 
Winkler, Arthur Gregory 

(as of 1923) 
Wyeth, Arthur Richardson 

(as of 1923) 
Yates, Thomas L. 


Amery, Alice Winifred 
Anderson, Donald Corbett 
Armstrong, Orland Kay 
Averitt, Helen 
Banks, Mary 
Beals, Leslie Melrose 
Boggs, Margaret 
Borders, Irvin Dougherty 
Brand, Gladys Louise 



Brill, Glenn Marlen 

Brown, Dorothy Lee 

Brown, Marie C. 

Carmichael, Claude E. 

Choa, Thomas Ming-heng 

Christman, Harold Gordon 

Cunningham, Willard Dickinson 

Clayton, Charles Curtis 

Cloughley, Hazel 

Cole, Virginia Lee 

Crump, Doris E. 

Dahnke, Helen 

Davidson, Gladys-Mai 

Denny, Bernice 

Dickbrader, Louise 

Doerschuk, Mary Virginia 

Dunbar, La Verne Jerome 

Edwards, Margaret 

Eigenmann, Thora Marie 

England, Frances Evelyn 

Ferguson, Harry 

Fischer, Ernest Gus 

Flanagan, Dorothy Belle 

Froman, Howard A. 

Geeson, Arthur Bertram 

Hearon, Ernest Stephen 

Hereford, Roberto Antolin 

Hocker, Alma Lee 

Hogan, Don Lynn 

Hunt, Ruth L. 

Johns, Burdette Theron 

Jones, Ruby Prunella 

Jones, Donald Hugh 

Kearney, James Robert, Jr. 

Ladinsky, Nathan 

Livesay, Mary Virginia 

McCarthy, Mary Catherine 

McFadden, Dudley Edward 

McPhail, James Albert, Jr. 

Mapel, William L. 

Maron, Nathan C. 

Maxwell, Oliver Thornton 

Mohr, Berta Mary 

Mortola, Manuel Marcelino 

Mueller, Anita 

Nelson, Pearle Josephine 

Packard, Ruth Mary 

Pate, Herbert James 

Penn, Helen 

Perkins, Cecil J. 

Pflueger, Wallace 

Pickens, Leon S. 

Price, James William 

Quigley, James Burt 

Ragland, Frances 

Renoe, Virginia Neville 

Rodekopf, Louise Ruth 

Sappington, Frederick Gose 

Simpich, Joseph Stanley 

Schooley, Clarence Herschel 
Stein, Gertrude 
Stephens, Laura Moss 
Stepp, Mary Isabelle 
Stone, William Card 
Stout, Eugene T. 
Streeter, Harold Verdelle 
Taylor, Ralph Wilson 
Taylor, Zachary W. 
Theilmann, Herman John 
Todd, Bruce Henderson 
Tomlinson, Exie 
Valenzuela, Jesus Zafra 
Trenholme, Norman Hurst 
Vanzant, Neil Canady 
Wagner, Clay S. 
Wall, Herman Duncan 
Whaley, Thelma Martha 
White, Modelle Elsea 
Wilson, James Wilbur 
Woodnll, Susan lola 
Yeldell, Guy Edmond 


Adger, Dorothy Ann 
Alcorn, William L. 
Allen, Sara Ann 
Anthony, Harold Gardner 
Blackmon, Henry Clifton 
Boyd, Edward 
Bolton, Bird Paul 
Bradstreet, Virginia 
Bransford, Thomas J. 
Brown, Andrew Joseph 
Bullock, Arthur V. 
Burba, Alma 

Christensen, Vera Elizabeth 
Coffey, Jack C., Jr. 
Coleman, Ethline 
Cowan, Ralph Bronson 
Cracraft, Marion R. 
Dooley, Marjorie 
Elliott, George N., Jr. 
Farrington, Virginia 
Folk, Jack Lucius, Jr. 
Fung, Paul C. 
Geers, Dorothy Durer 
Gilliam, Burke 
Grin stead, Louis R. 
Guitar, Mary Turner 
Hanlon, Roselee Jo 
Hardee, Robert Leonard 
Harper, Frank B. 
Hawes, Peyton E. 
Hinkle, Olin E. 
Hubbard, Frances E, 
Hurtubise, Alida 
Jack, Ada Whitefield 



Jacobs, Robert W. 

Johnson, Clifford Rollin 

Lowis, Sarah Isabelle 

Mathews, Delia Emerzilla 

McClintic, Eugene S. 

McCluskey, Edward Delmar 

McPherson, Frederic 

McCool, Sam B. 

Meredith, Helen 

Miller, Chester Harris 

Moore, Alma DeMoss 

Osburn, Dora Maurine 

Paxton, Emery Foster (deceased) 

Pickens, Paul Reymon 

Pond, Philip Bay 

Reed, Frederick Asmuth 

Reno, Benjamin Franklin 

Ragon, Sylvia 

Rentchler, Janise Wilson 

Ridings, Joseph Willard 

Robertson, Benjamin, Jr. 

Ruark, Laura Virginia 

Rutledge, Harry B. 

Sawyer, Robert L. 

Settle, J. Ewing, Jr. 

Spencer, Marion Mott 

Stevens, Roy 

Sutton, Dorothy 

Tawara, Haruji 

Thaxton, Sarah Louise 

Thomas, Lloyd F. 

Trenholm, George Alfred, Jr. 

Vehlow, Wilda Ruth 

Waldron, Jay Clarke 

Warren, Erma Ruth 

Weatherly, Edward H. 

Wilkinson, Austin M. 

Williams, Edwin Moss 

Winsborough, Hal P. 

Winsborough, Jean Herrin 

Witten, Frank 

Young, Arthur Augustus 


Agnew, Grace Jack 
Allton, Mabelle Frank 
Anderson, Lola 
Beard, Louise 
Benton, Angelon Ames 
Berry, Kendall 
Bishop, John Burney 
Bond, Marjorie Mae 
Bridges, Doris Jean 
Surges, Charles C. 
Campbell, Georgia May 
Carpenter, Norma Lucile 
Chapman, John Harrel 
Compton, Merrill E. 

Cope, Millard Louis 
Daniels, Maxine 
Davis, Rachel Lucile 
Dawson, Sybil Claire 
Donaldson, Georgia Belle 
Doyle, D'Alice 
Dunlap, Frances 
Einhorn, Nathan 
Elliott, Ashley Dwinnell 
Fackelman, Robert Henry 
Finegold, Pauline Marion 
Ferry, Thomas W. 
Fisher, Aileen Lucia 
Folk, Louise 

Freck, Charles Augustus 
Gibson, Vivian 
Goad, Rex Roark 
Godwin, Gaylord Pinkney 
Hammer, James Elder 
Hardy, Marie Kuhns 
Heidenrich, Evelyn Zelda 
Heitman, John Russell 
Henderson, J. William 
Hendricks, Miriam Ashby 
Hill, J. Gilbert 
Hollingsworth, Leslie A. 
Howie, Helen 
Hughes, Helen Hoagland 
Hunt, Mary Frances 
Jeske, Fred B. 
Karsch, William Albert 
Keltner, Vivian Haiman 
Keshen, Albert Sidney 
Kiene, Tom Lee 
Kirgan, Sadie Elizabeth 
Knott, George Haney 
Kuhne, Camille F. 
Lainhart, Robert Brown 
Lancaster, Richard 
Lee, Harrell Estes 
Lepidus, Henry 
Limerick, Paul Willard 
(as of 1923) 
Lindenmeyer, Paul A. 
Love, Carol Virginia 
Lundgren, Warren W. 
Lutman, Harriette Elizabeth 
McBride, Edith 
Mahoney, Thomas 
Manly, Chesly 
Martin, Ovid Anthony 
Michael, Louise Ernestine 
Moore, Gilbert G. 
Moore, Marion Ennis 
Norman, Hugh R. 
Parry, Thomas Wood, Jr, 
Patton, Dorothy 
Payne t Barbara Lee 
Oeschli, Orden C. 



Raines, Aline Gundrum (de- 

Randolph, Robert Andrew 
Reiter, Ervilla, E. 
Replogle, George Rae. 
Reynolds, Donald Worthington 
Riggs, Robert L. 
Root, Murphy A, 
Saltxnarsh, Grace Lor ell 
Sapp, Robert M. 
Scott, Helen Jo 
Sharp, Rolland Albert 
S house, Margaret Shannon 
Smith, Clifford A. 
Smith, Maurine Elizabeth 
Speer, Robert Louis 
Sonnenschein, Alexander 
Steele, Marjorie Lee 
Stewart, Louise 
Stockholm, Richard 
Sullivan, Estill Bradford 
Tang, Edgar C. 
Taylor, Elmer E., Jr. 
Turner, Mary Jo 
Van Pelt, Robert Wolverton 
Walker, Don Nelson 
Wallin, Chadbourne Munro 
Wheeler, Sara Ann 
Whitson, Nan Elizabeth 
Williams, Ray 
Willitts, Mariam Sweet 
Winchester, Anita 
Wood, Virginia E. 
Wright, Francis Edson 
Young, Clayton Whitford 
Zalken, William 
Ziffren, Lester 
Zirkle, Evelyn Ramsey 


Abney, Mary Katherine 
Allen, Franceswayne 
Bahe, Edward Judge 
Baskett, Kirkley Morrison 
Bassett, Leila Mae 
Baur, Edmee Clara 
Beatty, William Perry 
Bell, Floyd Kenneth 
Block, Maxine 
Bodendieck, Henry Albert 
Bohn, Dorothy Sweet 

(as of 1927) 

Brawner, Thomas Faber 
Brinkley, Floyd Burton 
Bronaugh, Frank Edward 
Brown, Lemuel Heidel 
Brown, Lynn Elizabeth 
Surges, Clarence William 

Buskirk, Sam Hollis 
Campbell, Virgil Hone 

(as of 1927) 
Carselowey, Charles 
Chisholm, John Richmond 
Christy, Helen Ethel 
Coggins, Dorothy Hammond 
Conrad, Edwin 
Cooke, Robert Washington 
Cornell, Douglas Bartrem 
Curtis, Claude Cecil 
Davis, Peyton Alphonso 
Davis, Thomas Lowell 
De Vries, Georgia Henrietta 
Dier, John Lawrence 
Feeny, Martha Wright 
Ford, Weldon Albert 
Frazier, Nannie Mary 
Fronabarger, Garland Dewey 

(as of 1927) 

Gamble, Dwight Goodrich 
Gerald, James Edward 
Gill, John Charles 
Gilmour, Frances 
Givens, Alfred 

Givens, Spencer Hollingsworth 
Hall, Leda 

Harris, Muriel Margaret 
Hartwig, Elizabeth Marie 
Hillix, Dorothy Mae 
Holmes, Marshall Sheldon 
Hoschar, Allan Martin 
Hughes, Elizabeth 
Jackson, Robert Manson 
Keithley, James Balliet 
Kellner, Helen Margaret 
Kennedy, Thomas Lee, Jr. 
Kunkel, George Roosevelt 
Lamm, Opal Willis 
Langfelder, Ruth Natalie 
Leavell, David C. 
Le Grange, Isak Johannes 
Loeffel, Margaret Susan 
Lowenstein, Frederick House 
Luther, Clark Andrew- 
May, Frederick William 
Miller, Raymond J. 

(as of 1927) 
Moffett, John William 
McDonald, Edwin Ruthven 
McEwen, Minerva Mary 
McFarland, Eugene L. 
Newcomb, Parker W. 
O'Neill, Edward Michael 
Orr, Charles Blair 
Parks, Margaret Elizabeth 
Pearson, Elizabeth Duncan 
Phipps, Claude Raymond 
Polk, Lillian 


Pollock, Ida Lee Smith, Katherine Wilde 

Post, Frieda Mae Sowers, Edward Walter 

Randol, Grace Isabel Stapel, Henry F. 

Redus, William Lewis Stroud, William Guerdon 

Rice, Leslie Hilbert Timmonds, Carol 

Ridge, Aimer Ambrose Todd, Emily Olive 

Roos, Helena Alice Turner, Virginia Venable 

Sack, Lester Jacob Wallhausen, Arthur Louis 

^ (as of 1927) Whitaker, John Ralph 

IfS ia d fL L nrie J Sa Woodsmall Helen Louise 

Simpson, Alta Isabelle Woodson, Virginia 

Sloan, Ledgerwood Craig Zeve, Erma Palmyre 



The . progress of rapid news transmission methods 
throughout the world, the growth of international jour- 
nalism; the amazing developments, in mechanical equip- 
ment for printing and publishing, the changing policies 
and methods of newspapers and magazines to meet the 
changing demands of the reading public, the growth of 
syndicates and news agencies, the increasing facilities, 
comprehensiveness and efficiency in college education for 
journalism, the results of this professional education as 
demonstrated by the alumni of the Missouri School of 
Journalism, the expansion of journalistic work for 
women all these things and more one may trace in the 
programs an$ addresses of Journalism Weeks at the 
University of Missouri through nineteen consecutive 

It was toward the close of the second year of the 
School of Journalism that the first gathering of news- 
paper and magazine editors and publishers was held in 
Columbia. The first conference, held May 9-14, 1910, was 
called Editors Week. So great was its success it became 
thereafter an institution, a definite part of the Missouri 
School of Journalism program of education for journal- 
ism. From the second year on it ha^ been known as Jour- 
nalism Week. Each year it has proved its value to stu- 
dents and faculty in journalism ; to the University as a 
whole, and to visitors. 

In the first years it was of significance when inter- 
ested journalists sent telegraphic messages to those con- 
vened for Journalism Week. In 1914 Columbia and 
Journalism Week visitors were thrilled when Col W E. 



Nelson of the Kansas City Star, sitting at his desk in 
Kansas City, delivered an address over long-distance 
telephone to auditors gathered in the University audi- 
torium in Columbia. In 1922 the program for the annual 
Journalism Week Banquet was given largely by radio 
from the Kansas; City Star, the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, 
the Detroit News, and the R. (X T. C. radio station in 
Columbia. In follo<wing' years most of the evening ad- 
dresses were broadcast and new methods of news trans- 
mission were discussed. In 1928 nearly four hundred 
Journalism Week guests witnessed the marvels of mod- 
ern news transmission when messages were sent from 
the banquet hall to New York over special United Press 
Wires and thence rushed around the world and around 
South America, from one United Press bureau to another. 
One cable message circled the globe in eight minutes, 
setting a new record for fast cable transmission. When 
the message left the banquet hall it bore the signature 
of Ealph EL Turner, graduate of the Missouri School 
of Journalism and assistant general news manager of 
United Press Associations. When it returned it bore the 
signatures of United Press managers in New York City, 
London, Vladivostock, Shanghai, San Francisco, and 
Denver. Another message circled South America in 
seven minutes. Other messages were relayed to ships at 
sea through New York and San Francisco by the Radio- 
Corporation of America. Within a few minutes answers 
began to arrive from ships, one vessel five thousand, five 
hundred miles from Columbia. A high-speed automatic 
printer-telegraph machine was operated in the banquet 
hall to carry the messages to' coastal cities 1 . 

Other marvels at this meeting were the publishing of 
a telephoto picture in the Misso-urian the same day the 
picture was taken in New York City. The picture showed 
Fred S. Ferguson, president of the NEA Service, Inc., 
extending Journalism Week greetings to Deaa Walter 
Williams by telephone on May 13, 1928. The picture was 
transmitted 1 by telephoto circuit to St. Louis and brought 


to Columbia by motorcycle messenger, arriving here five 
hours and twenty-one minutes after the photograph was 

Still another demonstration was given when Ealph H. 
Turner, from the platform of Jay H. Neff Hall audito- 
rium, telephoned long-distance to London, England. A 
dozen or more persons listening through headphones 
heard distinctly the six-minute conversation between 
British and American journalists. The audience was 
shown and then told how emergency news could be sent 
by telephone between America and Great Britain in 
record time. 

The growth of international journalism was. demon- 
strated not only by the growing ease in transmitting 
news, but by the visits and addresses of men and women 
from all parts of the globe, representing international 
news services, journalistic organizations, and great pub- 
lications of different countries. Speakers have come to 
address the Missouri School from France, Germany, 
Great Britain, Mexico, Canada,, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, 
Japan, China, the Philippine Islands, and Hawaii. 

New mechanical inventions perfecting methods of 
printing and publishing have been, told of and demon- 
strated during Journalism Weeks. Eaich year there have 
been exhibits often including antique and modern ma- 
chinery and products of new devices. 

Speakers during this now famous week have come from 
every field of journalism. They have told of changing 1 
policies and new and standard practices it] publishing, 
editing and reporting in varied fields, syndicating, ad- 
vertising, publicity, foreign and home correspondence, 
political writing, in cartooning, illustrating, in editing 
and writing for every conceivable department in news- 
papers and for all kinds of publications. And the read- 
ing public, represented by lawyers, farmers, merchants, 
club women, bankers, doctors, and others on the pro- 
gram, has shown the trend of its desires concerning news 
and journalism. 


As other schools and departments of journalism have 
grown into prominence faculty members from such 
schools have been invited to take part in Journalism 
"Week programs. Thus visitors have heard of profes- 
sional education in other colleges while they visited the 
Missouri School of Journalism. More and more each 
year alumni of the Missouri School have taken part in the 
Journalism Week program. As editors of their own 
papers or magazines or as staff workers on publications 
in different parts of the world or representatives of news 
or advertising services, they have come to give and take 
inspiration in this clearing house for journalistic ideas. 
Incidentally, by their own achievements they have proved 
the value of education for journalism. 

Addresses by successful women journalists have given 
insight into the expanding opportunities for women in 
this profession. They have told of women's success in 
writing fiction, poetry, features, general and departmen- 
tal news, and syndicate material; in owning and pub- 
lishing and editing various types of publications; in all 
phases of advertising work and publicity; in managing 
publications and taking care of the mechanical part of 

The banquets, which since 1915 have been the closing 
events of the Journalism "Weeks, have become far-famed 
for their unusual favors, decorations, food, and programs. 
As early as 1911 the Columbia Chamber of Commerce 
'entertained Journalism Week guests at a meal. Then 
and for several years it was a luncheon. Every year 
different journalistic organizations gave dinners for 
special groups of guests. In 1913 and 1914 the Chamber 
of Commerce gave dinners for all Journalism Week visi- 
tors. But it was in 1915, with the Made-iii-Missouri Ban- 
quet, that the elaborate dinners began, sponsored by the 
School of Journalism. Thereafter were held in 1916, the 
Made-m- America Banquet; 1917, Made-in- Japan; 1918, 
Made-in-Wartime Banquet ; 1919, Mad,e-in-St. Loiuis Ban- 
quet; 1920, Made-inrthe-Philippiues Banquet; 1921, Na- 
tionally Advertised Banquet; 1922, the Radio Banquet; 



1923, Made-in-Manchuria Banquet; 1924, Special Edition 
Banquet; 1925, the Book Banquet; 1926, King Features 
Banquet; 1927, United Press Associations Banquet; and in 
1928 the Bailway Banquet. 

The food, souvenirs, and decorations for these ban- 
quets were furnished each year by organizations indicated 
in the banquet name. 

Students in journalism have always actively partici- 
pated in this week. As reporters, copy readers and ad- 
vertising solicitors they cover the programs and help 
produce the daily and weekly newspapers of the School 
which are published as usual throughout this period. 
They act as "greet and guide" committees to aid in- 
dividual guests in finding rooms, entertainment and trans- 
portation. They act as ushers in the auditorium and at- 
tend the meetingjs of the week, sometimes taking part 
in discussions. Both alumni and student organizations 
give receptions, teas, dinners and luncheons at scheduled 
times for special groups of guests and for all Journalism 
Week visitors. 

Other social events which have become traditional in 
connection with the week are the annual breakfast given 
by Mr. and Mrs. Marshall Gordon at their country home 
near Columbia for invited journalists, and the reception 
given by Dr. and Mrs.. W. C. Curtis of Columbia for 
members of the Missouri Writers' Guild and their guests. 

Another feature of Journalism Week is the meeting in 
Columbia at this same time of many other journalism 
organizations including: Missouri Press Association, 
Missouri Writers' Guild, Association of Past Presidents 
of the Missouri Press Association, Missouri Associated 
Dailies, and others. Business meetings of these organi- 
zations are held in hours which do not conflict with the 
general Journalism Week program so membera may speak 
and listen and generally take part in the sessions planned 
by the School of Journalism. 

The programs in full for the Journalism Weeks from 
1910 through 1928 are given in this chapter. In a few 
instances speakers scheduled found at the last minute 


they could not come, but for the most part the programs 
were followed as given here. 

First "Editors Week" in 1910 

' ' The first Editors Week at the University of Missouri 
or at any American university opened this moraing in 
Columbia. More than twenty-five editors and represen- 
tatives from cO'Untry and metropolitan newspapers of 
Missouri are already here." So read an article in the 
Missourian of May 9, 1910. 

The Editors Week program of this year anno'unced 
that evening sessions; would be held in the Agricultural 
College Auditorium and the day sessions in Switzler 
Hall. One page of the program was given to descrip- 
tion of the University of Missouri, its various divisions, 
buildings, lands, equipment, its source of income and 
its management. "The purpose of the University," read 
one paragraph, "is to serve Missouri. The University 
seeks to lead in public service through its libraries, lab- 
oratories, research investigations, and experiments, and 
to lead in training for citizenship and unselfish helpful- 
ness. In other words it seeks to furnish the state with 
better lawyers, physicians, engineers, teachers, journal- 
ists, farmers and citizens." 

On Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Fri- 
day mornings lectures on news gathering and copy read- 
ing were given by members of the journalism faculty and 
at 11 o 'clock on these mornings J". H. Craig of St. Louis 
delivered lectures on the writing of advertising. At 10 
o 'clock on Tuesday and Thursday mornings some of the 
visiting editors talked at University Assembly. On the 
other mornings at 10 o'clock lectures were given on news- 
paper administration by members of the faculty . 

The afternoons were given to special addresses and 
round table discussions. Each evening there were one or 
two talks by distinguished journalists and usually a recep- 
tion followed the program, giving opportunity for stu- 
dents, faculty and visiting journalists to meet informally 


and socially. All of the meetings were open to the public. 
The afternoon and evening programs were scheduled 
thus : 

Monday, May 9 

2 P. M. -"The News as the City Editor Sees It"- Henry F. 
Woods, night editor of the St. Louis Republic; George B. Long- 
an, Jr., city editor of the Kansas City Star. 

"The Near City Daily/' and "The Country Daily" Informal 
round table discussion led by George H. Scruton, Democrat- 
Sentinel, Sedalia; Mitchell White, Ledger, Mexico; G. W. Ridg- 
way, Express, Kirksville; J. R. Lowell, Democrat, Moberly; W. 
J. Sewall, Press, Carthage; W. L. Watkins, Constitution, Chil- 
licothe; Dan McFarland, Republican, Maryville; N. M., Baskett, 
Monitor, Moberly; F. C. Naeter, Republican, Cape Girardeau; E. 
E. Bean, Mail, Nevada; Joe Goldman, Democrat, Jefferson City; 
D. L. Burnside, Republican, Poplar Bluff; H. E. Moody, Journal, 
Carterville; A. L. Blood, Call, Excelsior Springs; W. G. Warner, 
Leader, Lamar; D. A. Peters, Times, Monett; W. B. Rogers, 
Republican-Tribune, Trenton. 

8 p. M. Address: "Advertising," Herbert Kaufman, Chicago. 

Informal Reception at Dana House. 

Tuesday, May 10 

2. P. M. "The News as the City Editor Sees It" C. C. Cline, 
city editor of the Kansas City Journal. 

"Newspaper Criticism" -Richard Spamer, musical and dra- 
matic critic of the St. Louis Globe-Democrat. 

"The Getting of Advertising" W. G. Bryan, business manager 
of the St. Louis Star, 

"Advertising" Informal round table discussion led by E. LL 
Purcell, Democrat-News, Fredericktown; Glover Branch, News, 
Lexington; Charles L. Woods, Herald-Democrat, Rolla; Dr. 
Charles Wood Fassett, Medical Herald, St. Joseph; C. C. Pierce, 
Commercial Journal, St. Joseph; L. T. Moulton, Chronicle, King- 

8 P. M. Address: "The Art and Ethics of Reporting," Will 
Irwin, Collier's Weekly, New York. 

Informal reception at Dana House. 

Wednesday, May 11 

2 P. M. "The News as the Newspaper Woman Sees It" Mrs 
C. A. Bonfils (Winifred Black), Kansas City Post. 

"The News as the City Reporter Sees It" George W. Eads, 
St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"The Newspaper's Obligation to the Farmer" James M. Irvine, 
Fruit Grower, St. Joseph. 

"News for the Country Newspaper" Informal round table 
discussion led by Ovid Bell, Gazette, Fulton; F. A. Vise, Re- 
publican, Doniphan; H. J. Simmons, Courier, Clarence; C. J. 
Vaughan, Democrat, Linn; Mrs. Lily Herald Frost, Leader, Van- 
dalia; J. T. Kenower, Bulletin, Breckenridge; H. J. Wigginton, 
Bulletin, Linneus; Charles C. Hilton, Journal, Appleton City; 
Cornelius Roach, Secretary of State, Jefferson City, formerly 
editor of the Carthage Democrat; P. A. Bennett, Reflex, Buffalo; 
Frank C. Dever, Enterprise, Rich Hill. 


8 P. M. Address: "The Editorial Page," Victor Rosewater, 
editor, Omaha Bee. 

Thursday, May 12 

2 P. M. "The News as the City Editor Sees It" William V. 
Brumby, managing editor of the St. Louis Star; C. C. Calvert, 
city editor of the St. Joseph News-Press. 

"The Editorial Page" Informal round table discussion led by 
W. O. L. Jewett, Democrat, Shelbina; William Southern, Jr., 
Examiner, Independence; Edmond McWilliams, Democrat, Platts- 
burg; John Beal, Message, Mexico; A. D. States, Republican- 
Sentinel, Lamar; Arthur Aull, Democrat, Lamar; W. T. Jenkins, 
Landmark, Platte City; T. V. Bodine, Mercury, Paris; Lee Ship- 
pey, JefFersonian, Higginsville ; Speed Mosby, Dairyman, Jeffer- 
son City; F. H. Tedford, Times-Democrat, Macon; T. B. White, 
Enterprise, Warsaw; John E. Swanger, State Bank Examiner, 
Jefferson City, formerly editor of the Milan Republican; Chris 
Pearson, Jr., Chips, Middletown; H. A. Gass, State Superintendent 
of Schools, Missouri School Journal, Jefferson City; Bart B. 
Howard, Globe, Joplin; Dudley A. Reid, Democrat, Bethany; P. 
W. Hampton, Mercury, Kingston; Paul Moore, Christian Evangel- 
ist, St. Louis; Dr. C. H. Hughes, Alienist and Neurologist, St. 

8 P. M. Address: "Essentials in Journalism," Charles D. 
Morris, editor of the St. Joseph Gazette. 

Address: "Magazine Journalism/' Joe Mitchell Chappie, Na- 
tional Magazine, Boston. 

Friday, May 13 

2 P. M. "The News as the City Editor Sees It," Pope Y. White, 
city editor of the St. Louis Times. 

"Circulation" Informal round table discussion led by H. J. 
Blanton, Appeal, Paris; H. F. Staple, Mail, Rockport; H. S. 
Stugis, Times, Neosho; M. V. Thralls, Herald, Urich; W. J. Hill, 
Courier-Post, Hannibal; E. B. Harkrider, News, Louisiana; Frank 
H. Sosey, Spectator, Palmyra; Mrs. James Watson, Democrat, 
Dearborn; John A. Hannay, Leader, Versailles; O. B. Davis, Ad- 
vance, Ava; F. D. Jones, Appeal, Bevier; W. A. Black, Inde- 
pendent, Kidder; Ben L. Peery, Ledger, Albany; W. C. Knapp, 
Journal-Democrat, Warrensburg; Roy A. McCoy, Hamiltonian, 
Hamilton; Dick Howard, Enterprise, Amsterdam; J. Orval Fergu- 
son, Republican, Willow Springs; J. W. S. Dillon, Star, Grant 

7:15 P. M. Band Concert, University Campus. 

8:15 P. M. Informal Reception at Dana House. 

Saturday, May 14 

9 A. M. "Office Equipment" Informal round table discussion 
led by C. M. Harrison, North Missourian, Gallatin; John W. Jacks, 
Standard, Montgomery City; H. F. Childers, Free-Press, Troy; A. 
J." Martin, Republican, Unionville; F. L. Link, Journal, Kirks- 
ville; R. L. Carson, Courier, Cole Camp; R. R. Gilbert, Inde- 
pendent, Lincoln; J. L. Ritzenhaler, Press-Spectator, Salisbury; 
F. C. Wright, Argus, Platte City; Otto C. Botz, Journal, Sedalia. 


Called "Journalism Week" in 1911 

The second conference, the first to be called "Jour- 
nalism Week," was held April 17 to 21, 1911. Meet- 
ings were again held in Switzler Hall, with evening 
sessions in the Agricultural Building, and all sessions 
open to the puhlic. On Monday and Tuesday the Mis- 
souri Press Association was in charge of the program. 
The Missouri Associated Dailies sponsored the Wednes- 
day morning discussion; the Association of Past Presi- 
dents of the Missouri Press Association met Wednesday; 
the metropolitan newspaper was discussed on 'Thursday ; 
and a national conference of teachers of journalism was 
held on Friday. From the beginning the various jour- 
nalistic associations and fraternities have been interested 
in meeting in Columbia during Jo<urnalism Week so their 
members may hear and take part in the programs. 

The 1911 program in detail follows: 

Monday, April 17 

2 P. M. Missouri Press Association: 

Opening Address President J. R. Lowell, Democrat, Moberly. 

Address of Welcome W. S. St. Glair, Mayor of Columbia. 

"The Ben Franklin Movement What It Means to the Country 
Publisher" Jens K. Grondahl, Republican, Red Wing, Minnesota. 

"Management or Shop Engineering" B. B. Herbert, editor, 
National Printer-Journalist, Chicago. 

"The County Weekly Its Cost" Informal discussion led by 
Ovid Bell, Gazette, Fulton; J. M. Grimes, Republican, Boonville; 
E. L. Purcell, Democrat-News, Fredericktown; Harry Denman, 
News, Farmington; W. C. Price, Post, Princeton; Bernard Finn, 
Record, Sarcoxie. 

8 P. M. "The Duty of the Journalist" Oswald Garrison Vil- 
lard, Editor, Evening Post, New York City. 

Informal Reception by students of School of Journalism to 
visitors, Switzler Hall. 

Tuesday, April 18 

9:00 A. M. Missouri Press Association. 

"Co-Operative Publishing" John B. Gairing, Editor, Western 
Publisher, Chicago. 

10:00 A. M. University Assembly. 

11:00 A. M, -"The Real Art of Real Reporting" Mrs. C. A. 
Bonfils (Winifred Black), Post, Kansas City. 

2:00 P. M. "Journalism as a Career for Women" Miss V. A. 
L. Jones, Republic, St. Louis. 

"The County Weekly Its Cost" Informal discussion led by 
C. L. Hobart, Progress, Holden; Lewis Lamkin, Journal, Lees 


Summit; 0. B. Davis, Advance, Ava; John M. Sosey, Spectator, 

"The County Weekly Its News" Informal discussion led by 
Mrs. James Watson, Democrat, Dearborn; H. F. Stapel, Mail, 
Rockport; C. J. Blackburn, Record, Blackburn; Charles L. Woods, 
Herald, Rolla. 

"The County Weekly Its Editorial" Informal discussion led 
by W. T. Jenkins, Landmark, Platte City; Cornelius Roach, 
Democrat, Carthage, Secretary of State; John E. Swanger, 
formerly of the Republican, Milan, State Bank Commissioner. 

4:00 P. M. Automobile tour, courtesy Columbia Commercial 

8:00 P. M. "The New Journalism" Charles H, Grasty, Sun, 
Baltimore, Maryland. 

"The Responsibility of the Journalist" United States Senator 
Lafayette Young, Capital, Des Moines, Iowa. 

Informal Reception by women students of the School of Journ- 
alism, to visitors, Journalism faculty and students, Alpha Phi 
House, 805 Virginia Avenue. 

Wednesday, April 19 

9:00 A. M. "The Sunday Newspaper" Casper S. Yost, Editor, 
Sunday Globe-Democrat, St. Louis. 

10:00 A. M. The Missouri Associated Dailies. 

"The Near City Daily" and "The Daily in a Small Town" 
Informal discussion led by W. J. Sewall, Press, Carthage; Wil- 
liam Southern, Jr., Jackson Examiner, Independence; Bart B. 
Howard, Globe, Joplin; p. L. Burnside, Republican, Poplar Bluff; 
N. G. Rogers, Republican-Tribune, Trenton; John G. Miller, 
Democrat-News, Marshall; J. W. Hyder, Call, Excelsior Springs; 
Ray V. Denslow, News, Trenton; J. S. Brenneman, Capital, 
Sedalia; W. R. Painter, Democrat, Carrollton; Hal M. Wise, 
Sentinel, Webb City. 

2:00 P. M. "The News as the City Editor Sees It 7 * H. H. 
Herr, City Editor, Post, Kansas City. 

"The New Journalism" E. G. Lewis, Star, St. Louis. 

4:00 P. M. Meeting of Association of Past Presidents of Mis- 
souri Press Association. 

8:15 P. M. Reception to visitors and students ^of School of 
Journalism at the home of E. W. Stephens, East Windsor Street. 

Thursday, April 20 

9:00 A. M. "The News from the City Editor's Viewpoint" 
George B. Longan, Jr., City Editor, Star, Kansas City. 

10:00 A. M. University Assembly. 

11:00 A. M. "Other Things Than News in the Newspaper" 
Roswell M. Field, American, Chicago. 

"Advertising" Informal discussion by representatives of the 
St. Louis, Kansas City and St. Joseph Ad Clubs. 

12:00 M. Luncheon, Gordon Hotel, all visitors guests of 
Columbian Commercial Club. 

2:00 P. M. "The Organization of the Metropolitan News- 
paper" D. J. McAuliffe, Managing Editor, Republic, St. Louis. 

"The Ethics of the New Advertising" E. St. Elmo Lewis, 
President Association of National Advertising Managers, Detroit, 


"The Near City Daily" P. E. Burton, News-Herald, Joplin; 
Mitchell White, Ledger, Mexico; F. C. Naeter, Republican, Cape 
Girardeau; R. M. Thomson, Banner-News, St. Charles; H. W. 
Ferguson, Citizen-Democrat, Poplar Bluff; John A. Knott, Journal, 
Hannibal, State Railroad Commissioner. 

8:00 P. M. "Present-Day Advertising" Thomas Balmer, Ad- 
vertising Director, Woman's World, Chicago. 

"The One Best Feature for the Daily Newspaper Humor" J. 
B. Dignam, Hand, Knox & Co., Chicago. 

Friday, April 21 

9:00 A. M. National Conference of Teachers of Journalism, 
Charles M. Harger, University of Kansas, presiding. 

9:00 A. M. "The Making of a County Newspaper" Informal 
discussion led by H. J. Blanton, Appeal, Paris, President North- 
east Missouri Press Association. 

"Country Journalism as a Field for Women" Mrs. H. J. Sim- 
mons, Courier, Clarence. 

"Newspaper Policies" W. J. Hill, Courier-Post, ^Hannibal; 
Walter Ridgway, Express, Kirksville; N. M. Baskett, Monitor, 
Moberly; Rufus Jackson, Intelligencer, Mexico; N. E. Williams, 
Torchlight, Shelbina. 

12:30 P. M. Luncheon by Kappa Tau Alpha to teachers of 
Journalism attending National Conference. 

2:00 P. M. Northeast Missouri Press Association. 

"Special Features in the County Newspaper" Thomas V. 
Bodine, Mercury, Paris. 

"The Newspaper Conscience" Charles M. Harger, Abilene, 
Kansas, Director of the Kansas University School of Journalism. 

4:00 P. M. Automobile tour, courtesy Columbia Commercial 

7:15 P. M. Concert, University Cadet Band, Argicultural 

8:15 P. M, "The Making of an Agricultural Editor" Henry 
Wallace, Editor, Wallace's Farmer, Des Moines, Iowa. 

"Magazine Journalism" Shatter Matthews, Editor The World 
Today, Chicago. 

Informal Smoker to out-of-town guests, by the Dana Press 
Club, Dana House, 718 Maryland Place. 

" Greet and Guide" Committees 1912 

Journalism "Week in 1912 was held May 6 to 10 inclu- 
sive, with day sessions in Switzler Hall and evening pro- 
grams and two morning assemblies in the University Au- 
ditorium in Academic Hall, now Jesse Hall. " Greet and 
guide" committees composed of students in the School 
of Journalism were detailed to welcome visitors, escort 
them to rooming places and meetings and generally see 
to their comfort while in Columbia, Various displays of 
advertising copy, of journalism books, and historical col- 
lections were open to visitors. 


About two hundred editors attended this Journalism 
Week, according to a story in the Missourian. This was a 
thirty per cent increase over 1911. Sixty-one counties of 
Missouri were represented and editors also came from 
Texas, Kansas, Illinois, Indiana, New York, Massachu- 
setts, Maryland and Pennslyvania, An editorial in the 
Kansas City Star in May 1912 said : ' ' The annual Jour- 
nalism Week has become an important journalistic event 
not only for the State but for the country. Nowhere else 
is such an effort made to bring together men in every de- 
partment of newspaper work from every part of the land. 
Interchange of ideas from such various viewpoints can- 
not fail to be helpful to all those who are so fortunate 
as to be able to attend. In particular students in the 
School of Journalism are lucky to have the chance for 
such a broad survey of the general aspects of newspaper 
publications as they obtain from these annual events.' 7 

This year, time was given after each topic considered 
for general discussion. The program, given in full here, 
began on Monday evening: 

Monday, May 6 

8:00 P. M, "The Profession of Journalism" Eobert W. Ly- 
man, Editor, New York World. 

Tuesday, May 7 

9:00 A. M. "The News as the City Editor Sees It" W. M. 
Ledbetter, City Editor, St. Louis Globe-Democrat. 

10:00 A. M. University Assembly. "The Editorial Policy of 
the Metropolitan Newspaper" George S. Johns, Editor, St. 
Louis Post-Dispatch. 

11:00 A. M. "The Presentation of the News" Harold Hall, 
Editor, St. Joseph Gazette. 

2:00 P. M. "The Public as the Problem of the Newspaper" 
Louis T. Gplding, publisher St. Joseph News-Press. 

"Journalism, East and West" M. J. Lowenstein, manager 
St. Louis Star. 

7:30 P. M. University Band Concert. 

8:00 P. M. "Agricultural Journalism as a Field of Oppor- 
tunity" DeWitt C. Wing, The Breeder's Gazette, Chicago. 

9:00 P. M. Informal Reception to Visitors by Students of 
School of Journalism, Switzler Hall. 

Wednesday, May 8 

9:00 A. M. "Newspaper Ideals" B. B. Herbert, Editor, Na- 
tional Printer-Journalist, Chicago. 


"Country Journalism as a Field for Women" Mrs. S. E. Lee, 
Savannah Reporter; Mrs. James Watson, Dearborn Democrat. 

"The Work of the Political Reporter" -Thomas H. Rogers, St. 
Louis Times. 

"Industrial Journalism" Charles Dillon, Professor of Journal- 
ism, Kansas State Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kansas. 

"Co-Operative Publishing" John B. Gairing, Editor, Western 
Publisher, Chicago. 

1:00 P. M. Luncheon by women students of School of Journal- 
ism Complimentary to Women Editors on program, Virginia 

2:00 P. M. "Newspaper Illustration" A. B. Chapin, Kansas 
City Star. 

"Professional Standards" Will H. Mayes, Editor, Brownwood, 
Texas, Bulletin; Past President National Editorial Association. 

"The Near City Daily" A. D. Moffett, Elwood, Indiana, 
Record; Vice-President National Press Association. 

5:00 P. M. Meeting of Past Presidents of Missouri Press 

7:30 P. M. University Band Concert. 

8:00 P. M. "The Editorial Page What and Why" H. J. 
Haskell, Kansas City Star. 

"The Profession of Advertising" George W. Coleman, Boston, 
President, Associated Advertising Clubs of America. 

9:30 P. M. Banquet by the Ad Club of the University for 
George W. Coleman, President, Associated Advertising Clubs of 

Thursday, May 9 

9:00 A. M. "The Advertising Field" I. H. Sawyer, President 
St. Louis Ad Men's League. 

10:00 A. M. University Assembly. "The Significance of the 
Ad Club Movement" George W. Coleman, Boston, President, 
Associated Advertising Clubs of America. 

11:00 A. M. "Department Store Advertising" Willis M. 
Hawkins, President, Kansas City Ad Club. 

12 M. Luncheon, Virginia Grill. All Visitors invited as guests 
of the Columbia Commercial Club. 

2:00 P. M. Meeting of the Missouri Press Association. 

Address: President E. L. Purcell, Fredericktown Democrat- 

"Business Methods in the County Newspaper Office" E. P. 
Caruthers, Kennett Democrat. 

"The Equipment of the County Newspaper Office" H. J. Blan- 
ton, Paris Appeal; J. V. Bumbarger, Memphis Democrat. 

"Plates and Patents" E. C. Jette, Kansas City. 

3 to 5 P. M. Informal tea for all women visitors by women 
students of School of Journalism, Read Hall. 

4:30 P. M. Automobile Tour for Visitors as Guests of Colum- 
bia Commercial Club. 

7:30 P. M, University Orchestra Concert. 

8:00 P. M. "Advertising as a Public Service" Glen Buck, 
Glen Buck Company, Chicago. 

"The Profession of Journalism" Talcott W illiams > Director of 
the Pulitzer School of Journalism, Columbia University, New 
York City. 

9:30 P. M. Kappa Tau Alpha Banquet for Talcott Williams, 


Director of the Pulitzer School of Journalism, Columbia Uni- 
versity, New York City. 

Friday, May 10 

9:00 A. M. "The Cost System in the County Newspaper Of- 
fice" R. T. Deacon, St. Louis, Treasurer, Ben Franklin Club of 

"The News in the County Newspaper" H. S. Sturgis, Neosho 
Times; Ovid Bell, Fulton Gazette. 

"The Editorial Page in the County Newspaper" Charles W. 
Green, Brookfield Argus; Edmond McWilliams, Plattsburg Demo- 
crat; William Southern, Jr., Independence Examiner. 

2:00 P. M. "Special Features in the County Newspaper" 
Jewell Mayes, Richmond Missourian; Lee Shippey, Higginsville 
Jeffersonian; W. H. Alexander, Paris Mercury. 

"The County Newspaper's Return Upon the Investment" C. 
C. Hilton, Appleton City Journal; R. R. Gilbert, Warsaw Times; 
J. E. MacKesson, Lebanon Republican. 

4:30 P. M. Regimental Parade by Cadets, University Campus. 

7:00 P. M. University Band Concert, University Campus. 

8:00 P. M. "Humor in the Newspaper" Strickland W. Gilli- 
Ian, Baltimore, Maryland. 

"Journalism for Public Service" Clarence Ousley, Editor, Fort 
Worth, Texas, Record. 

9:30 P. M. Informal Reception to Visitors, Dana Press Club, 
Dana House. 

Chamber of Commerce Dinner 1913 

In 1913 the newspaper week came May 12 to 16. It 
was now known all over the country as an important jour- 
nalistic feature, a week set aside for the discussion of 
newspaper problems by leaders in the profession from 
all parts of the land. Visitors were made to< feel they 
were welcome to visit and inspect all departments of the 
University and to take part in discussions following the 
various Journalism Week talks. The State Historical 
Society library displayed collections of special interest 
to newspaper folk. There were many exhibits including 
newspapers and advertising matter, and a demonstration, 
of intertype and linotype machines. 

Past Presidents of the Missouri Press Association this 
year began the custom of holding an annual dinner dur- 
ing Journalism Week. Also in this week presidents of 
the divisional press associations of Missouri were on the 

The Chamber of Commerce dinner was given at 6 
o'clock Thursday evening at the Virginia Grill. J. P. 
Hetzler, vice-president of the organization, presided and 


Dean Williams acted as toastmaster. The chief speakers 
were Elliott W. Major, governor of Missouri; Barratt 
O'Hara, lieutenant-governor of Illinois; and S. E. Kiser, 
poet-humorist of the Chicago Kecord-Herald. 
The week's program in detail is here given: 

Monday, May 12 

8:00 P. M. "The Profession of Journalism" Erwin Craighead, 
Editor, Mobile (Ala.) Register. 

4:30 P. M. Past Presidents Missouri Press Association as- 
semble in Dean Williams' office, Room 10, Switzler Hall, for ses- 
sion, and to be guests of Past President and Mrs. J. A. Hudson at 

Tuesday, May 13 

9:00 A. M. "Newspaper Illustration The Cartoon" Robert 
Minor, Jr., St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

10:00 A. M. University Assembly. "The Journalism of Public 
Service" James Keeley, Editor, Chicago Tribune. 

11:00 A. M. "The News as the City Editor Sees It" E. N. 
Smith, City Editor, Kansas City Post. 

2:00 P. M. Missouri Women's Press Club, Alice Mary Kim- 
ball, Springfield Republican, President. 

"Women Readers and Women Writers" B. H. Reese, Manag- 
ing Editor, St. Louis Star. 

"City Journalism for Women" Clara Chapline Thomas, Min- 
neapolis Tribune. 

"The Field of the Special Writer" Mrs. Emily Newell Blair, 

"Special Writing" Mrs. Sarah Tyson Rorer, Philadelphia. 

4:30 P. M. Automobile tour of Columbia, starting at Uni- 
versity Y. M. C. A.; for out-of-town visitors. 

6:00 P. M. Dinner by women students in journalism, Compli- 
mentary to women on program, Virginia Grill. 

8:30 P. M. "The New Editorial" Dante Barton, Kansas City 

"The Newspaper in its Relation to the Public" Charles H. 
Grasty, Editor, Baltimore Sun. 

After evening program Smoker by Dana Press Club for out- 
of-town guests, Dana House, 718 Maryland Place. 

Wednesday, May 14 

9:00 A. M. Southeast Missouri Press Association, D. B. Hill, 
Marble Hill Press, President. 

"The Newspaper's Special Advertising Representative" M. 
D. Hunton, New York City. 

"Newspaper Publishing" E. P. Adler, President, Lee Syn- 
dicate, Davenport, Iowa. 

"The New Advertising" Henry Schott, Kansas City. 

Conference of Daily Newspaper Publishers Discussion led by 
George H. Scruton, Sedalia Democrat; E. E. Swain, Kirksville 
Express; D. L. Bumside, Poplar Bluff Republican; J. R. Lowell, 
Moberly Democrat; R, M. Thomson, St. Charles Banner-News; J. 
S. Brenneman, Sedalia Gazette. 

2:00 P. M. Northeast Missouri Press Association, L. P. 


Roberts, Memphis Democrat, President. 

"The Problem of Rental Advertising" Julius Schneider, ad- 
vertising counsel, Chicago Tribune. 

"Free Advertising in the Newspaper" Walter Eason, Queen 
City Leader; John Seal, Mexico Message; E. H. Winter, Warren- 
ton Banner. 

"Twenty-five Years as Country Editor" O. D. Gray, Sturgeon 
Leader; John W. Jacks, Montgomery Standard; R. M. White, 
Mexico Ledger; H. J. Simmons, Clarence Courier. 

"Making a Newspaper Pay in a Town of Less than 500 Popula- 
tion" R. B. Caldwell, Monticello Journal; F. R. Moore, Brashear 

"The Editor in Politics" H. J. Blanton, Paris Appeal, Winifred 
Melvin, Lancaster Excelsior; John A. Knott, Hannibal Journal. 

"The Linotype in a Country Office" C. W. Mulinex, LaBelle 

4:00 P. M. Baseball, Missouri vs. Oklahoma, Rollins Athletic 

4 to 6 P. M. Tea by women students in journalism for all 
women visitors, Delta Gamma House, 802 Virginia Avenue. 

6:00 P. M. Kappa Tau Alpha Banquet, Virginia Grill. 

8:00 P. M. "The Policing of Advertising" J. C. Woodley, 
East St. Louis. 

"The Newspaper and the Law" John T. Barker, attorney- 
general of Missouri. 

Thursday, May 15 

9:00 A. M. "The Work of the Reporter of Politics" J. J. 
McAuliffe, St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

10:00 A. M. University Assembly. "The Newspaper and the 
State" Elliott W. Major, governor of Missouri. 

"Humor in the Newspaper" S. E. Kiser, Chicago Record- 

11:00 A. M. "How the Reporter May Help" Barratt O'Hara, 
lieutenant-governor of Illinois, introduced by William R. Painter, 
lieutenant-governor of Missouri. 

2:00 P. M. Northwest Missouri Press Association, James Todd, 
Maryville Democrat-Forum, President. 

"Making a Newspaper a Business Proposition" J. F. Hull, 
Maryville Tribune; C. L. Ficklin, DeKalb County Herald, Mays- 
ville; W. C. Price, Princeton Post; J. W. S. Dillon, Grant City 
Star; Howard Mills, Mound City News; John Frazier, Tarkio 

4:00 P. M. Baseball, Missouri vs. Oklahoma, Rollins Athletic 

6:00 P. M. Commercial Club dinner, Virginia Grill. All 
visitors are invited to attend as guests of the Club. Tickets may 
be had in the Dean's office, Switzler Hall. 

Friday, May 16 

9:00 A. M. Missouri Press Association, Ovid Bell, Fulton 
Gazette,, President. 

"The" Art and Cost of Printing" Herbert L. Baker, New York 

"The Newspaper and the Farmer" C. A. Shamel, Editor, 
Orange Judd Farmer. 

Discussion led by Jewell Mayes, Richmond Missourian. 

"How the County Newspaper May Help Itself" Wright A, 


Patterson, Editor-in-Chief, Western Newspaper Union, Chicago. 

2:00 P. M. "A Cost System for a County Newspaper" Earle 
W. Hodges, Secretary of State of Arkansas, introduced by Cor- 
nelius Roach, Secretary of State of Missouri. 

"The County Newspaper Field-News" H. F. Childers, Colum- 
bia Herald. 

"The County Newspaper Field Advertising" B. Ray Frank- 
lin, Russellville Rustler. 

"The County Newspaper Field Circulation" Walter Ridg- 
way, Fayette Advertiser; Ben L. Peery, Albany Ledger. 

"The County Newspaper Field The Editorial" W. T. Jen- 
kins, Platte City Landmark; Thomas V. Bodine, Paris Mercury. 

"The Libel Law in Missouri" Doc Brydon, Essex Leader. 

4:30 P. M. Regimental Parade, University Cadets, University 

8:00 P. M. "Keeping the Faith in Journalism" James Scher- 
merhorn, Editor, Detroit Times. 

Long-Distance Telephone Address 1914 

One of the most distinctive features of the 1914 Jour- 
nalism Week, May 18 to 22, was the address given over 
long-distanae telephone by Col. W. R. Nelson of the 
Kansas City Star. It could be heard well and created 
quite a sensation in Columbia. This year the Missouri 
Press Association, the Missouri Collegiate Press Asso- 
ciation, Association of Past Presidents of Missouri Press 
Association, Missouri Women's Press Association, and 
the Missouri Associated Afternoon Dailies held meetings 
in connection with Journalism Week. Tw"o hundred and 
twenty-three guests registered. Most of them were Mis- 
sourians, although the national scope of the work was 
shown by representative journalists from New York, Cali- 
fornia, Texas and Alaska. 
The general program follows: 

Monday, May 18 

4:00 P. M. Meeting of Past Presidents of Missouri Press As- 
sociation in Dean's office in Switzler Hall. 

8:00 P. M. "How the Press Views the Feminist Movement" 
Mrs. Elizabeth Meriwether Gilmer (Dorothy Dix), special writer 
for the New York Evening Journal. 

"Journalism and the State" Earle W. Hodges, Secretary of 
State of Arkansas. 

Tuesday, May 19 

9:00 A. M. "Missouri Women in Literature and Art" Mrs. 
Amy R. Haight, Brandsville. 
10:00 A. M. University Assembly. "The Editorial Page," 


H. W. Brundige, Tribune and Express, Los Angeles. 

11:00 A. M. "Country Newspaper Work as a Field for Wo- 
men" Informal discussion led by Mrs. W. E. Ewing, Missouri 
Ledger, Odessa. 

2:^00 P. M. "Journalism in the Ozarks" Mrs. Anna M. Doling, 

"Small-City News Possibilities" Informal discussion led by 
Lee Shippey, Jeffersonian, Higginsville; R. W. Jones, Tribune, 
Columbia; Irving Gilmer, Tribune, Liberty. 

"Not News" J. W. Morrison, Literary Department, Kansas 
City Star. 

"How a Newspaper Succeeds" J. P. Baumgartner, Santa Ana, 
(Cal.) Register. 

"What Magazine Readers Want" Joe Mitchell Chappie, The 
National Magazine, Boston. 

"Editorial Policy" Informal discussion led by W. J. Sewall, 
Press, Carthage; Omar D. Gray, Leader, Sturgeon; J. D. Payne, 
Advertiser, Aurora. 

4:00 P. M. Reception for Women Journalists. 

5:00 P. M. Dinner for Women Journalists. 

7:00 P. M. Band Concert on Campus. 

8:00 P. M. Address over Long Distance Telephone by Col. 
W. R. Nelson of the Kansas City Star. 

"A Woman Journalist in the Far North" Mrs. Mary E. Hart, 
President, Pacific Coast Women's Press Association. 

(Executive Session of Missouri Women's Press Association at 
2:45 o'clock, Room 102, Switzler Hall.) 

Wednesday, May 20 

9:00 A. M. "Human Interest" Informal discussion led by 
William H. Hamby, Chlllicothe; C. P. Dorsey, Bee, Braymer; Don 
C. McVay, Republican-Tribune, Trenton; T. V. Bodine, Mercury, 

10:00 A. M. Meeting of Missouri Associated Afternoon Dailies 
at Switzler Hall, Room 106. 

10:00 A. M. "Traveling with a Big-League Team" J. V. 
Linck, St. Louis Republic. 

11:00 A. M. "The Problem of Crime News" Informal dis- 
cussion led by D. L. Burnside, Republican, Poplar Bluff; Wil- 
liam Southern, Jr., Jackson Examiner, Independence; L. M. 
White, Ledger, Mexico. 

"Getting the News of Two Counties" C. N. Marvin, Sentinel- 
Post, Shenandoah, Iowa. 

"The Editor and His Community" Frank LeRoy Blanchard, 
The Editor and Publisher and Journalist, New York City. 

2:00 P. M. "The City News as a Woman Sees It" Miss 
Katherine Richardson, special writer, St. Louis Star. 

(Meeting of Missouri Collegiate Press Association at 2 o'clock 
in Room 105, Switzler Hall) 

"An Editor's Responsibilities" William Emmet Moore, Manag- 
ing Editor, Chicago Inter-Ocean. 

"Getting Out-of-Town Circulation" W. J. Hill, Publisher, 
Hannibal Courier-Post. 

"Experiences in Illustration" Monte Crews, New York City. 

"Journalistic Education" Col. B. B. Herbert, Editor, National 
Printer- Journalist, Chicago. 

"The Night Editor" Roy M. Edmonds, night editor, St. Louis 


5:00 P. M. Regimental Parade on the Campus. 

8:00 P. M. "The Power of the Cartoon" Herbert Johnson, The 
Saturday Evening Post. 

"The Biggest Business" Thomas Dreier, Editor, Associated 
Advertising, Cambridge, Mass. 

Thursday, May 21 

9:00 A. M. "Cost System in a Combination Newspaper and 
Job Office" H. S. Neal, Efficiency Engineer, Chicago. 

10:00 A. M. University Assembly. "The Newspaper and the 
Law" Charles Nagel, former Secretary of Commerce and Labor, 
St. Louis. 

11:00 A. M. "Costs and Bookkeeping Systems" Informal dis- 
cussion led by Cornelius Hoaeh, Secretary of State, Carthage 
Democrat; C. L. Hobart, Holden Progress; J. E. Watkins, Chil- 
licothe Constitution. 

"Schools of Journalism" Will H. Mayes, Director, School of 
Journalism, University of Texas. 

2:00 P. M. Missouri Press Association. Address: Fred Naeter, 

Business Meeting. 

4:30 P. M. Automobile Tour of Columbia. 

6:00 P. M. Buffet Supper, courtesy Columbia Commercial 
Club, at Virginia Tea Room. All visitors are invited as guests of 
the Club. Tickets may be had in the Dean's Office, Switzler Hall. 

Friday, May 22 

9:00 A. M. "Circulation Problems" Informal discussion led 
by W. M. Hailey, Record, Barry, Illinois; D. A. Peters, Times, 
Monett; H. J. Blanton, Appeal, Paris. 

"The News of a Big City" H. R. Palmer, assistant city editor, 
Kansas City Star. 

"At the End of the Telegraph Wire" John P. Cargill, tele- 
graph editor, St. Joseph News-Press. 

"Gathering News with the Camera, (Illustrated)" Ralph B. 
Baird, staff photographer, Kansas City Post. 

"Successful Newspaper Advertising" George E. Marcellus, 
The American Press. 

2:00 P. M. "How to Interest the Farmers" T. W. LeQuatte, 
advertising manager, Successful Farming, Des Moines, Iowa; 
informal discussion of the subject by Jewell Mayes, Secretary 
of State Board of Agriculture of Missouri; John F. Case, Editor, 
Missouri Ruralist, St. Louis; H. F. Stapel, Mail, Rockport. 

"Newspaper Sensationalism and Its Effect on Advertising" 
G, Prather Knapp, St. Louis Ad Men's League. 

"The Newspaper's Influence in Civic Affairs" Sydney J. Roy, 

7:00 P. M. Band Concert on the Campus. 

8:00 P. M. "The Making of a Newspaper" H. N. Rickey, 
editorial director, Scripps-McRae League of Newspapers, Cleve- 
land, Ohio. 
"In Conclusion" Lee Shippey, Jeffersonian, Higginsville. 

Made-in-Missouri Program 1915 

The program of the sixth annual Journalism Week, 
May 3 to 7, was to a large degree "made in Missouri," a 


greater portion of the speakers than usual being present 
or former Missourians. Other states, however, furnished 
several notable spetakers. New features of the gathering 
were a motion picture show on Thursday evening deplet- 
ing scenes in the office of the New York Herald and a film- 
prepared for the Associated Advertising Clubs of the 
World; and a Made-in-Missouri banquet, the closing 
event, at which everything served was a Missouri prod- 
uct. This was the first of the great banquets which 
have now become 'famous all over the country for their 
unusual decorations, favors and food. Tickets to this 
first banquet, which was held in Eothwell Gymnasium, 
were issued free to out-of-town visitors. Dean "Williams 
presided and Champ Clark, speaker of the National House 
of Representatives., and William E. Painter, acting gov- 
ernor of Missouri, were the chief speakers. From all 
parts of Missouri samples and souvenirs representing the 
industries of the state were sent to be distributed at the 
banquet. There was not only food of great variety and 
delicacy, there were bon-bons, silk flags, flowers, writing 
tablets, rulers, paper weights, tobacco and, pipes, sheet 
music, maps, dipper gourds, and all sorts of samples of 
canned goods. The menu included : 

Creamed Sweetbreads Fried Chicken Old Log Cabin Ham 

Pickles Radishes Mustard 

Potato Chips Asparagus Candied Sweet Potatoes 

Beaten Biscuit Hot Rolls Cornpone Pecan Bread 

Butter Jelly 

"Delicious" salad Uneeda Biscuit 

Strawberry Shortcake Vanilla Ice Cream 

Clover Leaf Wafers Vancho Sandwiches 

Salted Pecans Cheese Mints 

Coffee Cigars 

Soterian Water Certified Milk 

Cider Gingersnaps 

Grape Juice 

The week's program follows: 

Monday, May 3 

8:00 P. M. University Auditorium "The Newspaper, Its 
Revenue and Its Policies" George B. Dealey, Vice-President and 
general manager of the Dallas News, Dallas Journal, and Galves- 
ton News. 


Tuesday, May 4 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "The New Journalism" C. A. Vane, 
Editor, Arkansas Democrat, Little Rock. 

"The Reporter in the City" W. E. Williams, special writer, 
Kansas City. 

"Fifty Years of Church Journalism" The Rev. Father Daniel 
S. Phelan, Editor, Western Watchman, St. Louis. 

"Dramatic Criticism" Karl Walter, dramatic critic, Kansas 
City Star. 

Picture-Talk, A. B. Chapin, cartoonist, St. Louis Republic. 

1:30 P. M., Switzler Hall Meeting to organize a Missouri 
Writers' Guild, W. H. Hamby, Chillicothe, Mo., presiding. 

"The Rewards of the Writer" J. Breckenridge Ellis, novelist, 
Plattsburg, Mo. 

"Women as Writers" Miss Elizabeth Waddell, magazine 
writer, Ash Grove, Mo. 

"Newspaper Poetry" Robertus Love, poet-humorist, St. Louis 

"The New Background of American Literature" Mrs. W. H. 
Hamby, Chillicothe, Mo. 

"The Right to Write" Mrs. Emily Newell Blair, Carthage, 
Mo., editor the Missouri Woman. 

5:00 P. M., Harris 1 Gray Room Subscription dinner for the 
Missouri Writers' Guild. 

6:45 P. M., University Quadrangle Concert by the University 
Cadet Band. 

7:30 P. M., University Auditorium "Delusions Affecting the 
Press and Public" John A. Sleicher, Editor, Leslie's Weekly. 

"The Journalism that Serves" Chase S. Osborn, Sault Ste. 
Marie, Mich., former governor of Michigan. 

Smoker for Visitors at Dana Press Club. 

Wednesday, May 5 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "Cost of Advertising in Country 
Daily and Weekly Newspapers" E. K. Whiting, manager the 
Owatonna (Minn.) Journal-Chronicle. 

"Efficiency in Newspaper Production" C. L. Hobart, Editor, 
Holden Progress. 

"The Place and Purpose of the Religious Newspaper" Dr. C. 
C. Woods, Editor, Christian Advocate, St. Louis. 

"What the City Paper Expects of Its Editorial Writers" Fred 
R. Barkhurst, Managing Editor, St. Joseph Gazette. 

"The News by Telegraph" J. W. Pegler, manager St. Louis 
Bureau, United Press Associations. 

1:30 P. M., Switzler Hall "Service to the Advertiser" A. I. 
Boreman, manager of the service department of the Merchants 
Trade Journal, Des Moines, Iowa. 

"The Making of a Trade Paper" John Clyde Oswald, Editor, 
American Printer, New York. 

Meeting of the Missouri Women's Press Association, Mrs. 
Alice Mary Kimball Godfrey, Kansas City, president, presiding. 

"The New Journalism in its Relation to Women" Miss Jane 
Frances Winn (Frank Fair), Editor, Women's Department, St. 
Louis Globe-Democrat. 

"City Journalism as a Field for Women" Miss Edna McGrath 
(Betty Boyd), special writer, St. Louis Republic, 


"The Near City Daily as a Field for Women" Miss Cleora 
Williams, Editor, West Plains (Mo.), Quill. 

"Country Journalism as a Field for Women" Miss Junia E. 
Heath, Editor, Walnut Grove Tribune. 

"Magazine Work in Missouri" Mrs. Anna G. Marten, associate 
editor of Ozark Magazine, Springfield, Mo. 

4:30 P. M., University Quadrangle Regimental parade of 
University Cadets. 

5:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Association of Past 
Presidents of the Missouri Press Association. 

Conference of Trade Press Associations, with Flint Garrison, 
president of the St. Louis Southwestern Trade Press Association 
and editor of the Drygoodsman, St. Louis, presiding, 

7:30 P. M., University Auditorium "The Value of Economic 
Pressure as a Means Toward Protecting Peace" Herbert S. 
Houston, New York, Vice-President of Doubleday, Page & Co., 
and chairman of the educational committee of the Associated Ad- 
vertising Clubs of the World. 

"The Country Newspaper" Tom Stout, member of Congress 
from Montana and editor of the Lewistown (Mont.) Democrat. 

"The Work of the Cartoonist" Fred G. Cooper, cartoonist of 
Collier's Weekly, New York. 

Entertainment, Missouri Women's Press Association. 

Thursday, May 6 

8:00 A, M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Publishers of the 
Missouri Associated Afternoon Newspapers, L. M. White, junior 
editor of Mexico Ledger, presiding. 

"Accounting Methods in Newspaper and Printing- Offices" E. 
K. Whiting, manager, Owatonna (Minn.) Journal-Chronicle. 

"Advertising in the Near City Daily" J. F. Hull, Editor, Marv- 
ville Tribune. 

"Problems of the Near City Daily" C. M. Harrison, Editor, 
Sedalia Capitol; E. M. Thomson, Editor, St. Charles (Mo.) Ban- 

"The New Advertising" Carl Hunt, Editor, Associated Ad~ 
vertising, Indianapolis. 

"The Duty of the Journalist to the Advertiser" John C. Reid, 
Vice-President, National Oats Co., St. Louis. 

1:30 P. M., Switzler Hall Meeting to Organize the Associated 
Advertising Clubs of Missouri. 

"Co-Operative Advertising as Handled by the Small-Town 
Club" A, C. McGinty, president of the Neosho Advertising Club. 

"Salesmanship and Advertising" A. R. Furnish, of the Ad- 
vertising Club of St. Louis. 

"The New Era in Advertising" Herbert S. Houston, New 
York, Vice-President of Doubleday, Page & Co. 

Informal Discussion, led by Walter S. Donaldson, National 
Printing and Engraving Co., St. Louis, president of the Ad- 
vertising Club of St. Louis; Coleman R. Gray, advertising manager 
of the Scruggs-Vandervoort-Barney Dry Goods Co., St. Louis; 
D. E. Levy, advertising manager of the Grand Leader, St, Louis; 
A. C. Boughton, St. Louis manager of the Manufacturers' Record; 
and Roy B. Simpson, of the Fisher-Steinbruegge Advertising Co., 
St. Louis. 

4:15 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball, University of Missouri vs. 
Central College of Fayette, Mo. 


6:45 P. M., University Quadrangle Concert by the University 
Cadet Band. 

7:30 P. M., University Auditorium Address: "Benjamin 
Franklin/' illustrated with lantern slides John Clyde Oswald, 
Editor, American Printer, New York. 

Moving Pictures: (1) "The Making of a Metropolitan Journal," 
scenes in the offices of the New York Herald; "Mr. No- Ad's Adless 
Day" prepared for the Associated Advertising Clubs of the 

Lawn Fete, by students of the School of Journalism, on the 
campus north of Switzler Hall, for all visitors. 

Friday, May 7 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "What the Cost System Has Done 
for One Printer and His Town" E. K. Whiting, manager the 
Owatonna (Minn.) Journal-Chronicle. 

"Making the Newspaper Pay in Money" B. Bay Franklin, 
Editor, Russellville Rustler. 

"Advertising in the County Newspaper" Nate McCutchan, 
Editor, Windsor Review. 

"Editorials and Editorial Features" J. B. Jeffries, managing 
editor the Hannibal Courier-Post. 

11:00 A. M., University Assembly, University Auditorium 
"Journalism as an Opportunity" Champ Clark, speaker of the 
National House of Representatives. 

1:30 P. M., Law Building "The Newspaper and the Law" 
Judge Henry Lamm, Sedalia, Mo., former chief justice of the 
Missouri Supreme Court. 

2:30 P. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Missouri Press As- 
sociation, with H. S. Sturgis, Editor, Neosho Times, president, 

"The Editorial in the Rural Newspaper" Bernard Finn, Editor, 
Sarcoxie Record. 

"The News in the Near City Daily" Rob Roy Godsey, Editor, 
Webb City Register. 

"The News in the County Paper" W. F. Mayhall, Editor, 
Bowling Green Times; J. K. Stonebraker, Editor, Carrollton 

4:30 P. M., University Quadrangle Regimental parade of the 
University Cadets. 

5:00 P. M. Automobile Tour of Columbia. 
6:30 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Made-in-Missouri banquet 
for Journalism Week visitors, given by the Columbia Commercial 
Club and the School of Journalism, with a program including; 
Champ Clark, speaker of the National House of Representatives, 
on "The State of Missouri." 

Ten Journalism Bodies Meet 1916 

"Ten associations hold meetings during Journalism 
Week," announced the program for May 1-5, 1916, "the 
Missouri Writers' Guild, the Missouri "Women's Press 
Association, the Association of Missouri Foreign Lan- 
guage Newspapers, the Missouri League of Advertis- 


ing Clubs, the Missouri Association of Advertising 
Dailies, the Association of Past Presidents of the Missouri 
Press Association, the Association of Commercial Organ- 
ization Secretaries, the Missouri Retail Clothiers' Asso- 
ciation, the Missouri Press Association and Sigma Delta 
Chi, a natonal journalistic honor society." 

The new features this year were the merchants ' pro- 
gram on. Wednesday, the Farmers' Fair on Friday after- 
noon, and the Made-in-America banquet on Friday eve- 
ning. Heretofore the Journalism "Week program had 
begun on Monday evening;. This year the Missouri 
Writers ' Guild began holding its annual meeting on Mon- 
day of Journalism Week and opened its sessions at noon. 
This year also saw the beginning of the Guild's annual 
subscription dinner on Monday evening. 

Dr. W. P. Cutler of Chicago, secretary of the Manu- 
facturers' Association of Products from Corn; James 
Schermerhorn, editor of the Detroit (Mich.) Times' and 
William Jennings Bryan, former Secretary of State, 
editor of the Commoner, Lincoln, Neb., were the speakers 
at the Made-in-America banquet at Eotliwell Gymnasium. 
"America's greatest products are Americans and corn," 
according to the banquet program. ' * Tonight these prod- 
ucts are getting together, for most of the menu of this 
banquet is of corn or made from com. Even the paper 
on which these words are printed once trembled in the 
breeze that cooled a cornfield and was laid low with other 
stalks after the ears were picked. It comes 100 per 
cent corn fiber to the banqueters here through the cour- 
tesy of the Bureau of Plant Industry of the Department 
of Agriculture at Washington. Experiments are being 
conducted to determine its commercial value." 

The menu included: 

Radishes Pickles 

Corn and pimento in casserole 

Fried Chicken Baked Ham 

Corn Pudding Sweet potatoes in corn syrup 

Cornbread Hot Bolls Butter 

Tomato salad, "with corn oil dressing 

Corn syrup pie Ice Cream 

Corn syrup candy 



The general Journalism Week program follows: 

Monday, May 1 

2:00 P. M. Switzler Hall Meeting of the Missouri Writers' 
Guild, with William H. Hamby, of Chillicothe, president, presid- 

Report of secretary-treasurer, Floyd C. Shoemaker, of Colum- 

"Experiences in Writing Motion Pictures" Miss Birdie Lu- 
cille Rivers, of Charleston. 

"Why, When and How to Write a Novel," John Breckenridge 
Ellis, of Plattsburg. 

"Writing a Story from a Child's Viewpoint" Miss Catha Wells 
of Chillicothe. 

"The Problems and Struggles of a Beginner" Mrs. Mary 
Woodson Shippey of Higginsville. 

"Writing as You Talk"--Arthur F. Killick (Fatty Lewis) of 
Kansas City. 

"The Passing of the Short-Story" R. L. Ramsay, associate 
professor of English, University of Missouri. 

Business Session. 

6:00 P. M., Virginia Tea Room Subscription Dinner of the 
Missouri Writers' Guild. 

8:00 P. M. University Auditorium Address: Isidor Loeb, 
dean of the University Faculty, on "Some Recent Tendencies in 

Tuesday, May 2 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "The Nature of the Cartoon" Wil- 
liam Hanny, cartoonist of the St. Joseph News-Press. Discus- 
sion by A. B. Chapin, cartoonist of the St. Louis Republic. 

"The Sport Page" C. E. McBride, Sporting Editor, Kansas 
City Star. 

"The Making of a Metropolitan Journal" E. B. Lilley, general 
manager of the St. Louis Republic. 

"The Foreign Language Newspaper" Jack Danciger, Editor, 
El Cosmopolita, Kansas City. 

"The Newspaper and Spelling JReform" A. Gideon, newspaper 
representative, Simplified Spelling Board, New York City. 

1:30 P. M., Switzler Hall "City Journalism as a. Field for Wo- 
men" Mrs. Emily Grant Hutchings, special writer, St. Louis 

"Women in Journalism" Mrs. A. V. Cashion, associate editor 
of the Perry ville Republican; Mrs. W. A. Black, associate editor 
of the Mansfield Mirror. 

"Country Journalism as a Field for Women" Miss Anna E, 
Nolen, Editor, Monroe City News. 

Meeting to organize Association of Foreign Language News- 
papers in Missouri, with Jack Danciger, editor of El Cosmo- 
polita, Kansas City, presiding. 

Meeting of Missouri Women's Press Association, with Mrs. 
Alice Mary Kimball Godfrey, Kansas City, the president, pre- 

4:00 P. M. Rollins Field Baseball, University of Missouri vs. 
University of Hawaii. 

4 to 6 P. M., 713 Missouri Avenue Tea given by women stu- 


dents in Journalism for visiting newspaper women. 

7:30 P. M. University Auditorium "The Newspaper and the 
Law" Frederick W. Lehmann, St. Louis. 

"The Country and the City Newspaper" Arthur Brisbane, 
Editor, New York Evening Journal. 

Wednesday, May 3 

8:00 A. M. Switzler Hall Business Session of Association of 
Missouri Afternoon Dailies, with L. M. White, junior editor of 
the Mexico (Mo.) Ledger, the president, presiding. 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall A. W. Douglas, Vice-President of 
the Simmons Hardware Co., St. Louis, on "The Nature and Func- 
tion of Advertising." 

"Country Newspapers and National Advertising" Courtland 
Smith, president and general manager of the American Press As- 
sociation, New York City. 

"Railroad Publicity" Lucien Harris, editor of the Friteco 
Magazine, St. Louis. 

"Community Advertising" Charles F. Hatfield, secretary and 
general manager of the St. Louis Convention and Publicity 

"The Press and Publicity for Public Service" Ivy L. Lee, Trus- 
tee of the Rockefeller Foundation, New York City. 

1:30 P. M., Switzler Hall "Advertising of Advertising" W. 
C. D'Arcy, President, D'Arcy Advertising Co., St. Louis. 

"Retail Store Advertising from the Standpoint of the Country 
Merchant" Roy B. Simpson, of the Fisher-Steinbruegge Adver- 
tising Co., St. Louis. 

"Making Retail Business Pay" A. I. Boreman, manager of the 
advertising and service departments of the Merchants Trade 
Journal, Des Moines, la. 

"Advertising an Unadvertiseable Product" J. R. Moorehead, 
secretary of the Southwestern Lumbermen's Association, Kansas 

"Direct Advertising for Merchants" George F. McKenney, 
general manager of the Rahe's Automobile Training School, Kan- 
sas City. 

"Honest Advertising" L. E. Holland, superintendent of the 
Teachenor-Bartberger Engraving Co., Kansas City. 

"Display Advertising" John A. Prescott, southwestern man- 
ager of the Alexander Hamilton Institute, Kansas City. 

"Community Advertising" A. W. McKeand, president of the 
McKeand Service Company, Indianapolis. 

4:30 P. M., West Campus Dress Parade by the University 

5:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Business session of the league of 
Missouri Advertising Clubs, with A. C. McGinty, of Neosho, 
the president, presiding. 

Meeting of Association of Past Presidents of Missouri Press 

7:30 P. M., University Auditorium "Advertising as a Force 
in the Business World" S. C. Dobbs, Vice-President, Coca Cola 
Co., Atlanta, Ga., former president of the Associated Advertising 
Clubs of the World. 

"Journalism in the Present Day" Henry C. Campbell, editor of 
the Milwaukee Journal. 


Thursday, May 4 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Missouri Press As- 
sociation, with J. K. Pool, Editor, Centralia Courier, the president, 

"Presses and Press Troubles" P. J. Seley, pressman for the 

E. W. Stephens Publishing Co., Columbia, Mo. 

"The Making of a Rural Newspaper" E. E. Taylor, Editor, 
Traer (la.) Star-Clipper. 

"Editorial Writing" J. F. Hull, Editor, Maryville Tribune. 
1:30 P. M., Switzler Hall "The Art of Interviewing" Carlos 

F. Hurd, of the editorial staff of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 
"Special Features for Journalism" Dietrick Lamade, president 

and general manager of "Grit," Williamsport, Pa. 

"The Handling of News on Big Papers and Small" Roger 
Steffan, editor of the Durham (N. C.) Sun. 

"The Shop Window" Lee A. White, associate professor of 
Journalism, University of Washington. 

"Does a Typesetting Machine Pay the Country Publisher?" 
Robert S. Walton, editor of the Armstrong (Mo.) Herald. 

7:30 P. M., University Auditorium "The Press as a Public 
Service Institution" Harvey Ingham, Editor, Des Moines Reg- 
ister and Tribune. 

"Some Experiences in Journalism" E. W. Howe, Editor, 
Howe's Monthly, Potato Hill Farm, Atchison, Kans. 

Friday, May 5 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Missouri Press As- 

"The Equipment for the Country Printing Office" Harry Den- 
man, Editor, Farmington (Mo.) News. 

"Editorial or News in the County Newspaper?" E. N. Meador, 
Cassville Republican; Rich R. Correll, Clark Chronicle; P. H. 
Barris, Verona Advocate. 

"Handling the Business" E. H. Winter, Editor, Warrenton 

"News for the Farmer" Joseph Nickell, Editor, Browning 

11:00 A. M., University Auditorium "The Press and the Na- 
tion" William J. Bryan, Editor, Commoner, Lincoln, Neb. 

1:30 P. M., Switzler Hall "How We Make a County News- 
paper" R. B. Caldwell, Editor, Monticello Journal. 

"Discontinuing a Daily Newspaper" D. H. Brown, Editor, 
Poplar Bluff Citizen-Democrat; B. C. Drummond, Editor, Lexing- 
ton News. 

Business session of the Missouri Collegiate Press Association, 
with H. M. Sydney, of Central College, the president, presiding. 

3:30 P. M., University Farm Visitors attend Farmers' Fair, 
given by the students in the College of Agriculture. 

6:00 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Made-In- America Banquet, 
for registered Journalism Week visitors, given by the School 
of Journalism, with a program including: 

William J. Bryan, former Secretary of State, on "The Spirit of 

James Schermerhorn, Editor, Detroit Times, on "The Soul of a 


Made-in-Japan Banquet 1917 

Journalism "Week in 1917, May 14 to 18, began on 
Monday morning:, setting the precedent for the full-day 
annual programs of the Missouri Writers. 7 Guild on this 
first day of Journalism Week. The Guild's program in- 
cluded reports of officers, addresses by successful editors 
and authors, and the annual subscription dinner. In 1914 
and 1915 the Columbia Chamber of Commerce dinner 
had given way to the big banquet sponsored by the School 
of Journalism as the concluding program of the week. 
This year the Chamber of Commerce again invited Jour- 
nalism Week visitors to a meal Thursday luncheon 
a custom which is still followed. The closing banquet 
was "Made-in-Japan" with lavish Oriental decorations 
and favors and most of the food brought from the Orient 
and contributed by the America-Japan Society. 

"Made-in-Japan banquet a Nipponese fairyland, " read 
the headlines in the banquet extra of the Missourian dis- 
tributed to the guests that night. "$10,000 worth of food, 
products and decorations go to make occasion distinctly 
Oriental the first and most unusual of its kind ever 
given in the United States. Japan has two speakers. 
America-Japan Society makes festivity possible by its 
generosity representatives of three allied governments 
to talk on international friendship and mutual under- 

The banquet menu (kondate) follows: 

Shake (Salmon) 
Daikon (Radishes) Tsukemo (Pickles) 

Tara to Matsutake 

(Codfish with Mushrooms) 

Udon (Macaroni) Mame (Beans) 

Gohan (Rice) 

Gyrmiku (Roast Beef) 

Pan (bread) Hatou Kyo (Salted Almonds) Butter 

Kani Salid (Crab Salad) 

Ice Cream Kashi (Cake) 

Cha (Tea) Kohii (Coffee) 

Hamaki Tobako (Cigars) 


Dean "Williams presided as toastmaster and the ban- 
quet program included: 

Invocation, M. A. Hart, pastor of First Christian. 
Church, Columbia. 

" Missouri Journalists' Greeting to Japan" H. J. 
Blanton, president of the Missouri Press Association. 

"Japan and the United States " S'aburo Kurusu, 
Consul at Chicago for the Imperial Japanese Govern- 

"Transportation 'for "World Commerce" Gerrit 
Fort of Chicago, passenger traffic manager of the Union 
Pacific Railway System. 

"The Japanese in America" Katsuji Kato, Chica- 
go, Editor, Japanese Student. 

"As Viewed from Europe ' ' Karl Walter of London. 
"The University" A. Boss Hill, President of the 
University of Missouri. 

"The State of Missouri" Frederick B. Gardner, 
Governor of Missouri. 

"The United States and Japan" Harvey Ingham, 
Editor, Des Moines Register and Tribune, Vice-Presi- 
dent, Press Congress of the World. 

i ' More than four hundred newspaper men and women 
of Missouri and the United States have come to Columbia 
for the eighth annual Journalism Week," read an article 
in the banquet issue of the Missourian. "The week has 
been a successful one in every respect, and in spite of war 
conditions and the demands of the situation in which the 
United States now finds itself, all plans have followed 
their intended course up to tonight's climax, and 1 Made- 
in-Japan banquet. The program has been broad in its 
scope covering every activity of the journalist from the 
romantic side of the writing of the novel and the short 
story to the more prosaic yet equally important side of 
* making the newspaper pay.' The week has not been 
confined to Missouri or even to the United States but has 
been international in its viewpoint with its culmination 
a desire to further better international relationships with 
the newest and one of the most progressive world powers, 


Japan. The note of internationalism lias not overshad- 
owed that of the United States or Missouri but lias been 
happily intermingled to make the week a well-rounded 
whole. Missouri editors have laid bare their experiences 
for the benefit of other Missouri editors and students, as 
have the men 'higher up' in the profession in the United 

Four hundred and fifty persons were seated at the 
banquet tables, according to the Missourian story, when 
the toastmaster rapped with his mallet. The gavel was 
one fashioned by Japanese wood-carvers after the legen- 
dary mallet of the Japanese God of Fortune, and the 
legend is that anyone making a wish with the strike of 
the mallet will see its realization. The mallet was pre- 
sented to Dean Walter Williams for the occasion by Vis- 
count Kaneko, president of the America's Friends So- 
ciety, and brought to this country by Walter S. Rogers 
of Chicago. The banquet attendance was the largest at 
any such Journalism Week festivity and more than a 
hundred applications for tickets were denied because of 
lack of spa,ce. 

The bringing of the products from Japan, to Columbia 
for the banquet is an interesting story in itself. The idea 
for the Made-in-Japan banquet was conceived in Febru- 
ary. Immediately Oscar E. Kdley, of the Japan Adver- 
tiser, Tokyo, a graduate of the School of Journalism^ was 
entrusted with the task of interesting the people of Japan 
in making the idea a possibility. Eiley conferred with 
Viscount Kanekoi, president of the America's Friends So- 
ciety and a graduate of the Harvard Law School. The 
Viscount lost no time in interesting the Chamber of 
Commerce of Tokyo, Kobe, Kyoto, Yokohama,, MagasaM, 
Magoya, Osaka and other Japanese towns. He was aided 
by B. W. Fleisher, publisher of the Japan Advertiser. 
The Japanese government gave its warmest endorsement 
and the work of collecting the shipment began. The Toyo 
Kisen Kaisha steamship line, through its president, S. 
Ansano, transported the cargo immediately to the United 
States, free of charge. From San Francisco the cargo 


came by fastest freight to Columbia. Fountain Bothwell, 
graduate of the University of Missouri, and U. S, Collec- 
tor of Revenue at St. Louis, ga,ve permission for the train 
to come directly to Columbia and sent a special custom 
inspector here to appraise the goods. When the special 
freight car pulled in to the TVabash station it was taken 
to a storeroom in the Horticultural Building where 
it was unpacked and inspected. Committees of students 
packed the baskets of souvenirs which were distributed 
to banquet guests, and the food stuffs were turned over 
to Stanley Sisson of the University Commons and Miss 
Louise Stanley, chairman of the department of home eco- 
nomics, to be prepared for Friday night. 

The general program for the 1917 Journalism Week 

Monday, May 14 

9:00 A. M. Meeting of the Missouri Writers' Guild Centennial 

10:00 A, M. Meeting of the Missouri Writers' Guild with Lee 
Shippey of Higginsville, the president, presiding. 

Report of Secretary-Treasurer Floyd C. Shoemaker of Colum- 

Business Session. 

"Confessions of a Bushwhacker" Dan Kelliher of Moberly. 

"Making it Grand Larceny" E. P. Harte of St. Joseph. 

2:00 P. M. "The Inspiration of Folklore" Miss Mary Alicia 
Owen of St. Joseph. 

"Taking Dictation from Spirit Land," Mrs. Lola V. Hays of 
St. Louis. 

"Attempting to Write Novels" Louis Dodge of St. Louis. 

"Why Ape New York ? " Orrick Johns of St. Louis. 

Business Session. 

8:00 P. M. Missouri Union. Subscription Dinner ("Canter- 
bury Soper") of the Missouri Writers* Guild. 

Tuesday, May 15 

9:00 A. M. Bernard Gruenstein, church editor of the St Louis 
Republic"The Writing of Church News." 

"The Writing of Editorials" Henry J. Bobbins, editorial writer 
of the St. Louis Globe-Democrat. 

"Political Reporting" Curtis A. Betts, legislative corre- 
spondent and political writer of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"The News by Wire" U, L. McCall of Kansas City, cor- 
respondent of the Associated Press. 

"The Value of Home News" E. M. Watson, Editor, Columbia 

2:00 P. M. "The Woman Reporter"- Miss Katherine Richard- 
son, reporter, St. Louis Star. 


"Rural Journalism as a Field for "Women" Mrs. Golda V. 
Howe, Editor, Hunnewell Graphic. 

"The Editorial Page" J. E. Craig, editorial writer, St. Louis 

Meeting- of Missouri Women's Press Association. 

4 to 6 P. M. Tea for visiting women journalists given by 
women of the School of Journalism. 

4:30 P. M. Meeting to organize a Missouri High School Press 
Association, G. F, Fine, editor Springfield High Time, presiding. 

7:30 P. M. University Auditorium. Music. 

"The Profession of Journalism" Oswald Garrison Villard, 
president of the New York Evening Post Company. 

"Handling the World News" Roy W. Howard, New York, 
president United Press Associations. 

Wednesday, May 16 

9:00 A. M. "The Economic Value of Advertising" James M, 
Irvine of Chicago, advertising department of the Curtis Publish- 
ing Co. 

"Some Services of the Newspaper" B. F. Carney, Editor, 
Crane Chronicle. 

"Journalism as a Field for Women" Mrs. Lily Herald Frost, 
Editor, Vandalia Leader. 

"The Service that a Newspaper may Render the Community" - 
R. Earle Hodges, Editor, Mokane Missourian. 

"The Newspapers' Interest in Legislation" J. L. McQuie, 
Editor, Montgomery City Standard, member of the House of 
Representatives from Montgomery County. 

2:00 P. M. "The Service that a Newspaper may Render the 
Community" George B. Shaffer, Editor, Lancaster Republican. 

"The Newspaper as a Constructive Force" Charles D. Morris, 
publisher of the St. Joseph Gazette. 

"The Country Editor's Business Chance" N. A. Huse, New 
York, Vice-President, American Press Association. 

Meeting of the Missouri Association of Afternoon Dailies, with 
E. E. Swain of Kirksville presiding. 

4:00 P. M. Dress parade by the University Cadets. 

4:30 P. M. Meeting of the Intercollegiate Press Association 
with F. H. Hedges of the Drury Mirror presiding. 

5:00 P. M. Meeting of Association of Past Presidents of Mis- 
souri Press Association. 

8:00 P. M. "The Newspaper and the Law" Edwin A. Kraut- 
hoff of Washington, D. C. 

"The Censorship and the Press" W. D. Boyce of Chicago, 
owner of the Boyce List of Newspapers. 

Thursday, May 17 

9:00 A. M. Meeting of the Missouri Press Association, with 
H. J. Blanton, Editor, Paris Appeal, the president, presiding. 

"Making a Small Town Newspaper Pay" B. Ray Franklin, 
Editor, Russellville Rustler. 

"My Intertype Experiences" M. L. Francis, Editor, Slater 

"Co-Operative Advertising Developments" Hugh McVey of 
Topeka, Kan., advertising counselor of the Capper Publishing Co. 

"Writing Advertising Copy" Byron W. Orr, secretary Manu- 
facturers Association of St. Louis. 


"The Advertising Lay-Out" J. L. Tait, Ruebel-Brown Ad- 
vertising Agency, St. Louis. 

Luncheon, given by the Columbia Commercial Club. 

2:00 P. M. "Financial Advertising" G. Prather Knapp, pub- 
licity department Mississippi Valley Trust Co., St. Louis. 

"The Service of Advertising" Henry Schott, advertising direc- 
tor Montgomery Ward <fe Co., Chicago. 

"The Connection of the Business and Editorial Ends of a Coun- 
try Newspaper" Wright A. Patterson, Editor, Western News- 
paper Union. 

"The Work of the Iowa Press Association" G. L. Caswell of 
Denison, la., field secretary of the Iowa Press Association. 

Meeting of the Associated Advertising Clubs of Missouri. 

7:00 P. M. Concert by the University Cadet Bond. 

8:00 P. M. -"What Makes a Newspaper Valuable" Charles M. 
Palmer of New York. 

"The Journalism of France in War and in Peace" Marcel 
Knecht, of Nancy, Lorraine, France. 

"The Service of the Editor" Richard Lloyd Jones of Madison, 
Wis., Editor, Wisconsin State Journal. 

Friday, May 18 

9:00 A. M. Meeting of the Missouri Press Association. 

"Advertising" William Hirth of Columbia, publisher of the 
Missouri Farmer. 

"Advertising a Community" Charles F. Hatfield, secretary 
and general manager, St. Louis Convention and Publicity Bureau. 

"The Viewpoint of the Advertising Agency*' G. L. Caswell, 
field secretary of the Iowa Press Association. 

"British and French Journalism in War Time" Karl Walter 
of England. 

"The Newspaper in Relation to the Community" Harvey Ing- 
ham, Editor, Des Moines Register and Tribune. 

2:00 P. M. "The Business of the Newspaper as an Aid to the 
Service of the Newspaper" Henry M. Pindell, editor and owner 
of the Peoria Journal-Transcript. 

"A Business Program for the Community Newspaper" G. L. 
Caswell, Denison, la., field secretary of the Iowa Press Associa- 

4:00 P. M. Baseball game, University of Kansas vs. University 
of Missouri. 

6:00 P. M. Rothwell Gymnasium "Made-in-Japan" Banquet 
for registered Journalism Week visitors, given by the School of 
Journalism with a program including: 

Dr. A. Boss Hill, President of the University of Missouri; 
Gerrit Fort of Chicago, passenger traffic manager of the Union 
Pacific Railway System; Saburo Kurusu of Chicago, counsel 
general for Japan; Katsuji Kato of Chicago, editor of the 
Japanese Student; Karl Walter of England; Marcel Knecht of 
France; Harvey Ingham, editor the Des Moines Register and 

Wartime Problems Discussed 1918 

The Journalism Week Program of 1918 (May 6 to 10) 
dealt especially with the problems of journalism grow- 


ing out of the World War. Monday was Missouri Writers' 
Guild Day, Tuesday included general discussions of spec- 
ial journalism subjects, special attention was given to 
advertising problems on Wednesday, and Thursday and 
Friday programs were directed by the Missouri Press 
Association. The Missouri Intercollegiate Press Asso- 
ciation, which had its origin during a previous Journal- 
ism week, met on Tuesday afternoon. Alumni of the 
School of Journalism held a luncheon Thursday noon 
celebrating the tenth anniversary of the establishment 
of the School, and that evening the addresses paid es- 
pecial attention to the tenth anniversary. The Commer- 
cial Club luncheon was held Friday noon and Friday 
night the Made-in-Wartime banquet closed the week's 
program. The banquet program cover pictured a service 
flag with 118 stars, representing the number of School of 
Journalism alumni and former students in service. Roth- 
well Gymnasium was decorated with "the flags of all 
nations at war for democracy," and the program carried 
descriptions of the flags and paragraphs about flags of 
historic interest. The banquet was served by uniformed 
Boy Scouts of Coilumbia, Dean Williams presided and 
the program included : 

Invocationthe Rev. Dr. W. W. Elwang, 'pastor, 
First Presbyterian Church. 

"From LaFayette to Pershings" Antonin Bar- 
thelemy, Chicago, Consul of the Republic of Prance. 

Presentation of loving cup to a Missouri paper for 
notable public service J. P. Tucker, Parkville, presi- 
dent Missouri Press Association. 

"The State in War-time" Harvey C. Clark, Jeffer- 
son City, Adjutant-General of Missouri. 

" Labor in Wartime and Afterward" Charles A. 
Sumner, Kansas City, Secretary of the International 
Stereotypers' and Electrotypes' Union. 

"Making a new World'' John T. Harding, Kansas 


"Journalism in "Wartime and Afterward' 'Harvey 
Ingliarn, Des Homes, Editor, Register and Leader, 
Vice-President, Press Congress of the World. 
The banquet menu, simple in accordance with wartime 
patriotism, included: 

Radishes Pickles 

Roast Beef 

Mashed Potatoes Spinach 

Liberty Bread Corn Bread 

Lettuce and Tomato Salad, 

with cooked dressing. 

Strawberry ice cream Coffee 

Tenth Anniversary Cake Cheese 

The general program for the week follows: 

Monday, May 6 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Missouri Writers' Guild, J. Brecken- 
ridge Ellis of Plattsburg, president, presiding. 

The President's Address. 

Report of Secretary-Treasurer-Floyd C. Shoemaker, Columbia. 

"Poetry and Pretense" Orrick Johns, St. Louis. 

"What We Do in the Ozarks" -Lee Shippey, Kansas City. 

"Stealing Space" Clifford Greve, Kansas City. 

"The Ozark Pageant" Mrs. Amy R. Haight, Brandsville. 

"A Bird's Eye View of Missouri Poetry" I. N. Evrard, Mar- 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Informal talk to Missouri Writers' 
Guild Louis Dodge, St. Louis. 

"Literature in Country Solitudes" A. F. Killick (Fatty Lewis), 
Kansas City. 

"Literary Adventures in the Antipodes" Charles G. Ross, 

"American Writers and the Armenian Distress" Bagdassar 
K. Baghdigian, Baxter Springs, Kans. 

Address: William Marion JReedy, St. Louis. 

Business session and crowning of the best short story, the 
best poem, and the best essay of constructive worth published 
during the past year by Missouri Writers. 

6:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Annual Subscription Dinner 
of the Missouri Writers' Guild. 

Tuesday, May 7 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "The Place and Purpose of the Car- 
toon" A. B. Chapin, St. Louis Republic. 

"Country Newspapers as Seen from the City" Lee Shippey, 
Kansas City Star. 

"Women's Work in Advertising" -Mrs. Olivia Barton Strohm, 
Critchfield & Co., Advertising Agency, Chicago. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall "Rural Journalism as a Field for 
Women" Mrs. S. E. Lee, Savannah Reporter; Mrs. F. L. Stuffle- 
baum, Bolivar Herald; and Mrs. Martha Jewett Wright, Shel- 
bian Democrat. 


4:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Missouri Intercollegiate Press As- 
sociation, G. W. Lacy, Drury Mirror, Springfield, presiding. 

4 to 6 P. M., Missouri Union Reception by Theta Sigma Phi, 
journalism sorority, for all attending Journalism Week. 

7:15 P. M., University Auditorium Concert by University 

"Missouri's New Place on the World Map" Paul W. Brown, 
of The West at Work, St. Louis. 

"Journalism Over There" Victor Morgan, Cleveland Press. 

Wednesday, May 8 

Advertising Discussion, led by Walter Ridgway, Fayette Ad- 
vertiser : 

Advertising in the Small-Town Newspaper: 
How far may copy be profitably changed? 
Mail-order advertising. 
Regulation of rates and circulation. 
Writing ads for merchants. 
Campaigns, contracts or single ads. 
Good and bad advertising. 
Political advertising. 

Co-Operation between Merchants and Newspaper: The Dealer 
Service Plan. 

Should the Newspaper limit itself to advertising display? 
How far may a newspaper profitably undertake other service? 
Do national advertisers ask other service, and if so, are they 

willing to pay for it? 

How may the newspaper organize local merchants for co- 
operation ? 

"National Advertising in Rural Newspapers" George W. Eads, 
D'Arcy Advertising Co., St. Louis. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall "Advertising During and After the 
War" M. P. Linn, St. Louis Bepublic. 

"A Newspaper's Service to the Community" M. J. Lowenstein, 
St. Louis Star. 

"The Gold Medal Plan" N. A. Huse, American Press Associa- 
tion, New York. 

"Constructive Criticism" Tom V. Bodine, Paris Mercury. 
3 to 5 P, M., Engineering Building Open house by students of 
Engineering for Journalism Week visitors. 

4:00 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball, Missouri vs. Kansas. 
5:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of Association of Past 
Presidents of the Missouri Press Association. 

7:30 P. M., University Auditorium "The Independent Com- 
munity Newspaper" Frederick A. Stowe, Peoria (111.) Herald- 

"An American War Correspondent in Germany" Oswald F. 
Schuette, Chicago News. 

Thursday, May 9 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Missouri Press Association, J. P. 
Tucker, Parkville Gazette, presiding. 

Report of Committee on Constitution. 

"The Community Newspaper" Discussion on Getting and 
Keeping Circulation, led by Will A. Jones, Kennett Democrat; 
P. A. Bennett, Buffalo Reflex; DeWitt C. Masters, Perry Enter- 
prise; C. H. Denman, Sikeston Herald. 


What is the circulation limit in any field? 

How best reach it: contests, premiums, canvassers, clubs? 

Is circulation helped by having different day of publication 

from competitor? 

Should circulation difficulties be discussed in newspapers? 
Cash in advance? 

What does it cost per subscriber to produce the newspaper? 
Should the subscription price be increased? 
Simplest method of subscription bookkeeping? 
What features in the newspaper get and hold subscribers? 
12 M., Daniel Boone TavernJournalism Alumni Tenth An- 
niversary Luncheon. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Contributed Reading Matter Dis- 
cussion, led by J. F. Hull, Maryville Tribune; J. E. Watkins, Chil- 
licothe Constitution; Jewell Mayes, Secretary, State Board of 

What is the duty of the newspaper toward the free matter 
supplied by the Government, and public, semi-public or 
private patriotic bodies? 
At what point does the newspaper become a public utility and 

not a private enterprise? 

When should the newspaper require payment for such pub- 
licity ? 

4:00 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball, Missouri vs. Kansas. 
7:15 P. M., University Auditorium Music by University Band. 
Addresses in Recognition of the Tenth Anniversary of the 
School of Journalism. 

"Journalism and the State" Charles D. Morris, St. Joseph 

"Journalism Safeguarding Force of a Redeemed Democracy" 
James Schermerhom, Detroit Times. 

"An International Free Press" Harvey Ingham, Des Homes 
Register and Tribune. 

Friday, May 10 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Missouri Press Association. 
"Solving the Problem of Help" Joe G. Upton, Eldorado 
Springs News. 

"Contributed Reading Matter" J. F. Hull, Maryville Tribune. 
"Advertising After the War" Henry Schott, Montgomery, 
Ward & Co., Chicago. 
Business Session. 

12 M., Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon by Columbia Com- 
mercial Club, complimentary to out-of-town guests, 

3:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Missouri Press Association. Report 
of the Central Bureau E. R. Childers, manager. 
Cheaper news print. 
Co-operative buying of jobstock? 
Of other material? 
Labor exchange? 
National advertising? 
Ready-made local ads? 
Standardizing advertising rates? 

Discussion led by H. J. Blanton, Paris Appeal; William 
Southern, Jr., Independence Examiner; Fred Naeter, Southeast 
Missourian, Cape Girardeau. 


4:00 P. M., Quadrangle, West Campus Dress Parade, Uni- 
versity Cadets, Major Wallace M. Craigie, U. S. A., Commandant. 
4:00 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball, Missouri vs. Kansas. 
6:00 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Made-in- Wartime banquet. 

Break Ground for Neff Hall 1919 

The tenth annual Journalism Week, May 5 to 19, 1919, 
was outstanding because Thursday morning ground was 
broken for the new School of Journalism building which 
was to be erected north of the Quadrangle. This year 
the big banquet was held Wednesday evening at Rothwell 
Gymnasium, so that Friday could be given to exercises 
commemorating the founding, ooae hundred years pre- 
vious, of the Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's Lick 
Advertiser, the first -newspaper in America west of St. 
Louis. The Missouri Press Association and other visi- 
tors; left Columbia by train Friday morning and held ex- 
ercises at the Santa Fe Trail Marker, New Franklin, and 
later dedicated a new marker at the site of the old news- 
paper plant in Old Franklin. 

In recognition of the valuable service performed for 
Missouri through many years by the press of the State, 
merchants of St. Louis, members of the St. Louis Chamber 
of Commerce, generously contributed all of the food and 
souvenirs for the Made-in-St. Louis Banquet Wednesday 
evening. A basket of souvenirs and samples was given 
each banquet guest. The menu was: 

Pickles Spiced Herring 

Roast Beef with Brown Gravy 

New Potatoes Peas 

Whole Wheat Rolls Crackers 

Preserves Salted Peanuts 

Head Lettuce Salad 

Ice Cream Cakes 

Coffee " Bevo Pretzels 

Cigars and Cigarettes 

Dean Williams was toaatmaater and the program in- 

Invocation the Rev. S. W. Hayne, pastor of Broad- 
way Methodist Church.. 

"The University of Missouri" A. Boss Hill, presi- 
dent, University of Missouri. 


"St. Louis, Mo." R. E. Lee, sales manager bureau 
of the St. Louis Chamber of Commerce, and editor of 
Auto Review. 

"Labor in the World's New Day" Charles A. Sum- 
ner, secretary-treasurer of International Stereotypers ' 
and Electro typers' Union, Kansas City. 

"Co-Operation Unto Service" James J. Davis, 
Pittsburg, Pa. 

"The Profession of Journalism" Frank Dilnot, 
American correspondent, London Daily Chronicle, New 

"Journalism as an Obligation" Robert W. Wool- 
ley, member Interstate Commerce Commission, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 
The week's program follows: 

Monday, May 5 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Missouri Writers' 
Guild, President Arthur F. Killick, Kansas City, presiding. 

The President's Address. 

Report of the secretary-treasurer, Floyd C. Shoemaker, Colum- 

"Writing for the Movies" Mrs. Evelyn Campbell, Santa 
Monica, Calif. 

"Poetry of Today" Jay B. Iden, Kansas City. 

"Two Poems" Mrs. Mabel Hillyer Eastman, Chillicothe. 

"The Short Story of Today" Mrs. Mary Woodson Shippey, 
Kansas City. 

"Two Poems" Warren E. Comstock, Kansas City. 

"Guild Outings" Mrs. Elizabeth E. Milbank, Chillicothe. 

"The Making of a Novelist" Louis Dodge, St. Louis. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall "The Three-Stick Masterpiece, or 
The Test of Doing Things Well" Barton W. Currie, editor, Coun- 
try Gentleman, Philadelphia. 

"My Friend, Patience Worth" Mrs. John H. Curran, St. Louis. 

Discussion of Subjects on program, led by J. Breckenridge 
Ellis, Plattsburg. 

Business meeting. 

6:00 P. M. Picnic supper. Details announced at the Monday 
afternoon session. 

Tuesday, May 6 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "Typography and Circulation" 
Benjamin S. Herbert, of the National Printer-Journalist, Chicago. 

"How to Circulate Your Newspaper Among Farmers" Frank 
W. Rucker, Jackson Examiner, Independence. 

"Special Feature Writing for the Daily Newspaper" Fred 
D. Moffett, Kansas City Star. 

"The News as the Army Would Have It" J. E. Darst, of the 


American Paint and Oil Dealer, St. Louis. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall "Journalistic Ethics" Robert "W. 
Jones, professor of journalism in the University of South Dakota. 

"Journalism and Its Opportunities in South America" Dr. 
Sebastio Sampaio, of St. Louis, consul of the Republic of Brazil. 

"Woman's Standard of Journalism" Mrs. D'Arline Holcomb, 
Bowling Green Post. 

"As the Reporter Sees the News" Clair Kenamore, St. Louis 

8:00 P. M., University Auditorium "The Effect of the War 
Upon Books and Reading" Mrs. May Lamberton-Becker, New 
York Evening Post. 

"Washington Correspondence" Gus J. Karger, Washington 
correspondent of the Cincinnati Times-Star. 

Wednesday, May 7 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Missouri Press As- 
sociation, President J. P. Tucker, Parkville Gazette, presiding. 

"Life's Sketches" Arthur Aull, Lamar Democrat. 

"Boosting Missouri" A. T. Hollenbeck, West Plains Journal. 

"The Newspaper Dress" illustrated address by J. L. Frazier, 
of the Inland Printer, Chicago. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall "Fundamentals of Design as Ap- 
plied to Advertising Display and Job Work" illustrated address 
by J. L. Frazier, of the Inland Printer, Chicago. 

"Opportunities in Business-Paper Journalism" Charles Allen- 
Clark, of the American Paint and Oil Dealer, St. Louis. 

"Reporting from Europe" E. Lansing Ray, St. Louis Globe- 

"Propaganda and the War" John Callan O'Laughlin, of Lord 
& Thomas, Chicago. 

7:00 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Made-in-St. Louis Banquet. 

"Journalism as an Obligation" Robert W. Woolley, of Wash- 
ington, member of the Interstate Commerce Commission. 

Thursday, May 8 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of the Missouri Press As- 

"The Correlation of the District and State Press Associations" 
Bernard Finn, Sarcoxie Record. 

"The Work of the National Editorial Association" George E. 
Hosmer, Denver, Colo. 

"Making the Most of Rural Journalism" S. P. Preston, of the 
Gillespie (111.) News. 

11:00 A. M., North End of West Campus Breaking of ground 
for new building for School of Journalism, presiding officer, Dr. 
A. Ross Hill, president of the University of Missouri. 

Invocation, Dr. W. W. Elwang, pastor First Presbyterian 



Remarks by President Hill; C. B. Rollins, acting president of 
the Board of Curators of the University of Missouri; Walter 
Williams, dean of the School of Journalism; J. P. Tucker, 
president of the Missouri Press Association; S. P. Preston, 
president of the Illinois Press Association; Vaughn Bryant, of 
Kansas City, representing the alumni of the School of Journal- 
ism; J. W. McClain, of Willow Springs, president of The Mis- 


sourian Association, Incorporated; John H. Casey, of Knoxville, 
la., representing the students in the School of Journalism; Miss 
Marvine Campbell, of Doniphan, representing the women students 
of the School of Journalism* 

Spading of earth. 

"Old Missouri." 

Benediction, Doctor Elwang. 

^ 12 M., Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon by Columbia Commer- 
cial Club, complimentary to out-of-town Journalism Week visitors. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall "Running a Country Newspaper 
for Profit and Service" J. N. Stonebraker, Carrollton Republican- 

Discussion led by H. S. Sturgis, Neosho Times, and H. F, 
Childers, Troy Free Press. 

Report of the Business Bureau of the Missouri Press Associa- 
tion, E. R. Childers, manager. 

Election of officers of the Missouri Press Association. 

4:00 P. M,, Kappa Kappa Gamma House, 600 Rollins St. Tea 
given by Theta Sigma Phi, journalism sorority, for Journal- 
ism Week visitors and journalism students. 

5:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Meeting of Association of Past 
Presidents of the Missouri Press Association. 

8:00 P. M., University Auditorium "Journalism and the Labor 
Question" T. W. McCullough, Omaha Bee. 

"The Journalist's Share as the Old World Changeth" Frank 
Dilnot, of London, American correspondent of the London Daily 

Friday, May 9 

Exercises commemorating the founding, 100 years ago, of the 
Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's Lick Advertiser, the first news- 
paper in America west of St. Louis. Arrangements made by 
Centennial Committee of Missouri Press Association: E. W. 
Stephens, chairman; C. J. Walden, Floyd C. Shoemaker, Walter 
Ridgway, A. L. Preston. 

9:00 A. M. Special train leaves Columbia over Missouri, Kan- 
sas & Texas Railroad. Round-trip fare $1.90; one way 95 cents. 
Tickets should be purchased at the station. 

10:30 A. M., at Santa Fe Trail Marker, New Franklin E. W. 
Stephens, chairman of Centennial Committee, presiding. 

Music by New Franklin Band. 

Reading by Miss Mamie S. Walden, of Boonville. 

Songs by New Franklin High School chorus. 

"Democracy's Challenge to Journalism" Dean Walter Wil- 
liams of the School of Journalism of the University of Missouri. 

Music by New Franklin Band. 

Noon, New Franklin Basket dinner given by citizens of 
Howard County. 

2:30 P. M, Old Franklin Dedication of marker indicating site 
of Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's Lick Advertiser. 

Address by J. P. Tucker, president of the Missouri Press As- 

4:00 P. M. Special train starts for Columbia. 


Made-in-the Philippines Banquet 1920 

The 1920 Journalism Week, May 3 to 7, -was featured 
by the Made-in-the-Philippines Banquet Friday evening 
in Rothwell Gymnasium. The banquet room was elabo- 
rately decorated with Philippine products. Students who 
served the dinner were dressed in gay Filipino costumes. 
The gavel used by Dean Williams as to-astmaster repre- 
sented the ancient native implements used in the Philip- 
pine Islands for husking and polishing rice. The sou- 
venirs and programs as well as food and decorations 
were compliments of the Philippine officials wliot inter- 
ested the people of the islands in the "banquet. The com- 
mittee in the Philippines included: Hon. Charles E. 
Yeater, vice-governor and secretary of public instruction ; 
Hon. Manuel L, Quezon, president Philippine senate; Col. 
John B. Bellinger, Q. M. C., department quarter-master, 
Philippine Department; Hon. Rafael Corpus, under-sec- 
retary of agriculture and natural resources; Luther B<. 
Bewley, director of education; Cipriano E. TJnson, pur- 
chasing agent; Dr. Elmer D. Merrill, director, bureau of 
science; Hon. Pedroi Aunario, member House of Bepre- 
sentatives; Mauro Prieot, manager La Insular Cigar and 
Cigarette Factory; F. Theo Rogers, business manager 
Philippines Free Press; Eidel A. Reyes, director of com- 
merce and industry; Jose GL Sanvictores, assistant direc- 
tor of agriculture. The general committee in the United 
States included; Hon. Jaime C. de Veyra, representing 
the Philippine Islands; Walter Williams; Prof. Robert 
S. Mann; Herbert W. Smith; Gabriel A. Daza, special 
representative of Mr. De Veyra; and Vincente R. Concep- 
cion, representative of Banquet Commissioner Sanvic- 

The banquet menu included: 

Fruit cocktail 

Radishes Olives 

Cocoanut-bud pickles 


Tuna fish croquettes Stuffed Turkey 

Wafers Cranberry Sauce 



Mimis rice Peas Mashed potatoes 

Hot buttered rolls Cheese Crackers 

Stuffed tomato salad 

Ice cream Cake 

Coffee Cigars Cigarettes 

Candies Nuts 

The banquet speakers were: Rev. W. W. El\rang, pas- 
tor, First Presbyterian Clrarcli; A. Boss Hill, president, 
University of Missouri; Frederick D. Gardner, governor 
of Missouri ; Harvey Ingham, editor, Des Moines Register 
and Tribune; Arsenio N. Luz, former editor, El Ideal, 
Manila; Jack Ryan, St. Louis; Jaime C. de Veyra, Philip- 
pine resident commissioner in the United States, Wash- 
ington, D. C., Joshua W. Alexander, secretary of com- 
merce of the United States. Music was furnished by a 
Filipino orchestra sent from the islands for this purpose. 

The program for the week follows: 

Monday, May 3 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Opening meeting of the Missouri 
Writers' Guild, President J. Breckenridge Ellis of Plattsburg, 

The President's Greeting. 

Report of the Secretary-Treasurer, Floyd C. Shoemaker, Colum- 

"Words" Ira D. Mullinax, Kansas City. 

Poets' Hour: Original poems by Mabel Hillyer Eastman, Chil- 
licothe; Louis Dodge, St. Louis; Warrent E. Comstock, Kansas 
City; Tom P. Morgan, Rogers, Ark.; Father Henry B. Tierney, 
Trenton. Led by Frank Markward, of St. Joseph, with a sheaf of 
dialect verses. 

"Delivering the Goods" Mrs. Louise Platt Hauck, St. Joseph. 

"Writers and Americanization'* 1 Bagdassar K. Baghdigian, 
St. Louis. 

"Literary Clubs" Mrs. Cora Ellis Steele, Kansas City. 

"Writing for Young People" Hugh S. Grinstead, Columbia. 

"What People are Reading" Miss Ada Claire Darby, St. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Open Meeting of Missouri Writers' 

"The Short Story" A. Donald Douglas, Columbia. 

"Where Writers Get Ideas" Miss Shirley L. Seif ert, St. Louis. 

"Hawgs is Hawgs" Bert Love, Kansas City. 

"The Continued Story" Mrs. Elizabeth Palmer Milbank, Chil- 

"Humors of Book Publishing" Clair Kenamore, St. Louis. 

4:00 P. M., Knights of Columbus Students' Home four original 
one-act plays, presented by the Script Crafters, a society of Uni- 
versity students for the promotion of literary work: 


1. "Quit Laughing" a satire, by Paul P. Sifton. 

2. "The Mother of Pierrot" a poetic tragedy, by 

Louise Lacey. 

3. "The Man Who Lived Tomorrow" a Missouri 

play, by Edward Robb. 

4. "The Twenty Ninth" a college farce, by Corwin 

D. Edwards. 

6:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Annual Subscription Dinner 
of the Missouri Writers' Guild. 

Tuesday, May 4 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "The Cartoon Its Purpose and Pro- 
duction" D. R. Fitzpatrick, cartoonist, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, 

"Other than News" Marvin H. Creager, literary editor, Kan- 
sas City Star. 

"Making the Editorial Page" Chris L. Rutt, managing editor, 
St. Joseph News-Press. 

"What the Editor is Looking For" Barton W. Currie, editor, 
The Country Gentleman, Philadelphia. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall "Some Lessons From Experience" 
W. H. Powell, managing editor, Ottumwa (la.) Courier. 

"Editorial Writing" Henry L. Wells, editorial writer, St. 
Louis Globe-Democrat. 

"Assembling and Distributing the World's News" Marlen E. 
Pew, editor and general manager, International News Service. 

"The Writing of Sport" Marion F. Parker, sport editor, St. 
Louis Globe-Democrat. 

8:00 P. M., University Auditorium "The Newspaper Column 
and Some Other Persons" J. J. Taylor, Dallas (Tex.) News. 

"Here and There in the Philippines" Mrs. J. C. de Veyra, 
Manila, P. I. 

Music by Philippine Orchestra. 

Wednesday, May 5 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall "The Feminine Appeal in Adver- 
tising" Rowena Reed, Kansas City. 

"Advertising a Pure Bred Live-Stock Sale" Moss Gill, Perry. 

"Advertising as a Field for Women" Mrs. Irene Sickel Sims, 
president, Women's Advertising Club, Chicago. 

"Advertising Not a Black Art" Henry Schott, advertising 
manager, Montgomery Ward & Co., Chicago. 

"Better Business Methods" (illustrated) W. F. Brennan, Na- 
tional Cash Register Co., Dayton, Ohio. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Advertising luncheon of Alpha 
Delta Sigma, advertising fraternity, and Gamma Alpha Chi, ad- 
vertising sorority. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall- "The Printing of the Newspaper" 
L L. Stone, Duplex Printing Press Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 

"Reporting a President and Some Others" Philip Kinsley, 
Chicago Tribune. 

"The World's News" Karl A. Bickel, vice-president and gen- 
eral business manager, United Press Associations, New York 

"The Future in Advertising" W. D. Nesbit, vice-president 
Wm. H. Rankin Co., Chicago. 

8:00 P. M., University Auditorium "The Press and the People 
of the Philippines" -Jose P. Melencio, acting director Philippine 
Press Bureau, Washington, D. C. 


"Advertising a Nation" W. D. Nesbit, vice-president Win. H. 
Rankin Co., Chicago. 

Music by Philippine Orchestra. 

Thursday, May 6 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Open meeting, Missouri Press As- 

"Missouri Weekly Survey'* John H. Casey, graduate student, 
School of Journalism. 

"Making the Newspaper Fill Its Field" Doc Brydon, Bloom- 
field Vindicator. 

"Small-Town Daily Advertising Rates" Mitchell White, 
Mexico Ledger. 

"Getting Business" 0. W. Chilton, Caruthersville Twice-a- 
Week Democrat. 

"Journalism and Labor" Charles W. Fear, Missouri Trades 
Unionist, Joplin. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon by Columbia Chamber 
of Commerce, complimentary to out-of-town Journalism Week 

12:30 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon by Columbia 
League of Women Voters for women visitors of Journalism Week. 
2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Open meeting of Missouri Press As- 

"Woman's Field in City Journalism" Miss Vina Lindsay, Kan- 
sas City Post. 

"Woman's Field in Country Journalism" Mrs. W. E. Ewing, 
Odessa Ledger. 

"Women in Journalism and Politics" Mrs. E. M. Mantiply, 
Clarksville Banner-Sentinel. 

"The Best News in the County Newspaper" J. G. Morgan, 
Unionville Republican. 

"Cost Finding in a Country Office" Frederick W. Smith, Porte 
Publishing Co., Salt Lake City. 

"How Newspapers May Co-Operate" John Sundine, president 
Inland Daily Press Association, Moline (111.) Dispatch. 

"Public Health Activities in the Philippines" Dr. R. Abriol, 
Philippine Health Bureau, Manila. 

4 to 6 P. M., Alpha Delta Pi House, 1205 Wilson Avenue-Tea 
given by Theta Sigma Phi, journalism sorority, for all women 

8:00 P. M., University Auditorium "How the Newspaper May 
Help" James M. Thomson, editor, New Orleans Item. 

"The University Man in Technical Journalism" Samuel 0* 
Dunn, president American Association of Business Papers, editor, 
The Railway Gazette. 

Music by Philippine Orchestra. 

Following this meeting, the Women's Journalism Club will give 
a reception for all Journalism Week visitors, their hosts, and 
members of the School of Journalism on the mezzanine floor of 
the Daniel Boone Tavern. 

Friday, May 7 

9:00 A. M., Switzler Hall Open Meeting, Missouri Press As- 

"How Personality Helps Journalism" Arthur Aull, Lamar 

"The Newspaper as a Public Servant" -Charles C. Oliver, Cape 
Girardeau Jackson Printing Co. 


"News from Other Towns" Clint H. Denman, Sikeston Herald, 

"Education for Journalism" Harvey Ingham, editor Des 
Moines Register and Tribune. 

Inspection of Jay H. Neff Hall. 

2:00 P. M., Switzler Hall Open Meeting, Missouri Press As- 

"Report of Purchasing Bureau" E. R. Childers, manager. 

"The Community Newspaper" Dwight H. Brown, Citizen 
Printing Co., Poplar Bluff. 

"Institutional Journalism" H. V. Kaltenborn, assistant manag- 
ing editor, Brooklyn Eagle. 

Reports of committees. Business session. 

4:00 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball game, University of Mis- 
souri vs. University of Oklahoma. 

6:30 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Made-in-the-Philippines 
Banquet. Among the speakers will be: 

J, W. Alexander, secretary of commerce; Arsenio Luz, former 
editor, El Ideal, Manila; J. C. de Veyra, resident Commissioner 
Philippine Islands; Harvey Ingham, Editor, Des Moines Register 
and Tribune; Jack Ryan, St. Louis; Mrs. J. C. de Veyra, Manila; 
F. D. Gardner, Governor of Missouri; A. Ross Hill, President, 
University of Missouri. 

First Program in Neff Hall 1921 

The program for the twelfth annual Journalism Week, 
May 23 to 27, 1921, included as a foreword a sonnet on 
Jay H. Neff Hall by Aaron "Watson, Bewley Cottage, La- 
cock, Wilts, England: 

Pope Julius sent for Michael Angelo. 

"Make me a tomb, such as men never saw, 
That howsoe'er I fare before God's law, 
My name will live eternally below." 

So Julius said. But if to Rome you go 

You find no tomb of Julius, Some fell awe 
Assailed him, and such omens as men draw 

From evil things shadowed his soul with woe. 

No vain ambition built this hall of ours. 
A finer impulse and a nobler thought 
Inspired a worthy heart and generous hand. 

Here youth will learn to consecrate its powers 
To the world's service-~souls with vigor fraught 

Set sail with high emprize, and purpose grand. 

For the first time Journalism Week sessions were held 
in the new School of Journalism building, Jay H. Neff 
Hall, and visitors were invited to' inspect the printing 
plant, offices and class rooms. The annual convention 
of the American Association of Agricultural College Edi- 


tors this year was held in Columbia during Journalism 
Week. Some meetings were held separately, others were 
merged with the general Journalism Week sessions. Sev- 
eral members of the association were on the general pro- 
gram. The banquet this year was called Nationally Ad- 
vertised. Food, decorations and souvenirs were con- 
tributed by nationally-advertised manufacturers. 

Monday, May 23 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting of Missouri 
Writers' Guild, President Hugh F. Grinstead of Columbia pre- 

Report of Secretary- Treasurer, Mrs. Ruby Westlake Freuden- 
berger, Columbia. 

"Titles" Louis Dodge, St. Louis. 

"The Man Behind the Check" Arthur A. Jeffrey, Columbia. 

"Live Stories" Miss Shirley L. Seifert, St. Louis. 

"Bumps" Dale M. Brown, St. Joseph. 

"The History of a Manuscript" J. Breckenridge Ellis, Platts- 

"Children's Rhymes" Frank C. Reighter, Chicago. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting of Missouri 
Writers 7 Guild. 

"The Lure" Mrs. Elizabeth Palmer Milbank, Chillicothe. 

"The Editorial Helping Hand" Mrs. Louise Platt Hauck, St. 

"The Making of a Magazine" Miss Renee B. Stern, Editor, 
Woman's Weekly, Chicago. 

"Some Rambling Remarks" Mrs. Mabelle McCalment, Kansas 

"What the Editors of Technical and Semi-Technical Magazines 
Want" Terrell Croft, St. Louis. 

Business Session. 

6:30 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Annual Subscription Dinner 
of the Missouri Writers' Guild. 

Tuesday, May 24 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Editorial Page" Fred C. 
Trigg, editorial writer, Kansas City Star. 

"The What and Why and How of the Editorial" Irving Brant, 
chief editorial writer, St. Louis Star. 

"Illustrations and More Illustrations" Monte Crews, illustra- 
tor, Fayette. 

"The Editor and the Public" Barton W. Currie, Editor, Ladies' 
Home Journal, Philadelphia. 

"A Woman's Experiences in Metropolitan Journalism" Miss 
Sara L. Loekwood, special writer, Philadelphia Public Ledger. 

"The Making of the Column" Clark McAdams, special writer, 
St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Woman's Field in Rural Journal- 
ism" Miss Marguerite L. Reid, associate editor, The Advertiser, 


"Progress in Journalism" H. M. Pindell, publisher, The 
Journal, Peoria, 111. 

"Finding One's Self in the Country Newspaper" C. T. Rand y 
editor, the Neoshoba Democrat, Philadelphia, Miss. 

"Assembling and Distributing the World's News" Karl A. 
Bickel, vice-president and general manager, United Press As- 
sociations, New York City. 

"Some Experiences in Reporting Around the World" Frank 
H. King, The Associated Press, London. 

"The Making of the Column" J. N. Stonebraker, The Express, 
Kirksville; C. L. Ficklin, The Herald, Maysville; E. J. Melton, 
The Republican, Boonville; J. P. MeElroy, Blanchard, la.; "Sport's 
Cousin" in Atchison County (Mp.) Mail. 

8:00 P. M., University Auditorium "Tendencies in Present 
Day Journalism" F. P. Glass, former president American Pub- 
lishers Association, Birmingham, Ala. 

"The Romance of the Interview" Harry Hansen, literary edi- 
tor, Chicago Daily News. 

Following this program, the Dana Press Club will give its an- 
nual smoker for all Journalism Week visitors at the clubhouse, 
718 Maryland Place. 

Wednesday, May 25 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Publicity Agent and the 
News-Editor" Miss V. A. L. Jones, publicity, St. Louis. 

"Advertising Present and Future" Marco Morrow, assistant 
publisher, Capper Publications, Topeka, Kans. 

"Co-Operation in Advertising Service" J. K. Groom, pub- 
lisher, Aurora (III.) Beacon, and director of national advertis- 
ing for the Northern Illinois Group of Newspapers. 

"Advertising a County Weekly" George M. LeCrone, Jr., 
former advertising manager, El Paso County Democrat, Colora- 
do Springs, Colo. 

"Missouri's Share in National Advertising" Willard E. Car- 
penter, president Carpenter & Co., Chicago. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon by Theta Sigma Phi, 
journalistic sorority, for alumnae and invited guests. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neflf Hall "The Making of a Near-City 
Daily" John Sundine, secretary, Moline Dispatch Publishing Co., 
Moline, 111. 

"Getting the Advertising Copy" Lewis B. Ely, advertising, St. 

"Current Styles in Farm Paper Copy" Walter Stemmons, agri- 
cultural editor, Connecticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Conn. 

"Preparation for, and Possibilities of. Rural Journalism" N. 
A. Crawford, professor of agricultural journalism, Kansas State 
Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kan. 

"A Newspaper Survey and How to Make It" Andrew Hop- 
kins, editor, Department of Agricultural Journalism, College of 
Agriculture, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 

3:30 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Meeting of the Association 
of Past Presidents of the Missouri Press Association. Automo- 
biles will be provided to carry the members to Fulton, Mo., where 
they will be guests at dinner of Ovid Bell, editor, Fulton Gazette. 

6:00 P. M., Harris' Confectionery Advertising dinner, given 
to invited guests by Alpha Delta Sigma, advertising fraternity, 
and Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising sorority. 


8:00 P. M., University Auditorium Illustrated lecture, "Get- 
ting the Most out of Retailing" W. F. Brennan, National Cash 
Register Co., Dayton, Ohio. 

Illustrated lecture, "The Production and Use of News Print" 
prepared by Col. W. E. Haskell, vice-president, International 
Paper Co., New York. 

Following this program, an informal reception will be given 
for all Journalism Week visitors by Sigma Delta Chi, journalistic 
fraternity, and Theta Sigma Phi, journalistic sorority, at the 
Sigma Chi fraternity house, 500 College Avenue. 

Thursday, May 26 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting, Missouri Press 
Association, the president, Mitchell White, editor the Ledger, 
Mexico, Mo., presiding. 

"The Reporter in Office'* Charles U. Becker, secretary of State 
of Missouri, Jefferson City. 

"What the Farmers Want in Their Newspapers" C. W. Pugs- 
ley, editor, Nebraska Farmer, Lincoln, Neb., and president Ameri- 
can Association of Agricultural Editors. 

"Pan-Pacific Journalism" Alexander Hume Ford, secretary, 
Pan-Pacific Union, Honolulu, Hawaii. 

"The Country Weekly Then and Now" W. P. Kirkwood, edi- 
tor, Department of Agriculture, University of Minnesota, St. 
Paul, Minn. 

"What is Farm News and How To Get It" F. W. Beckman, 
professor of agricultural journalism, Iowa State College, Ames, 

"What do You Mean by Service,?" M. V. Atwood, assistant 
professor of agricultural journalism, New York State College of 
Agriculture, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Concert by Columbia Band. 
1:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Commercial Club Luncheon 
for all registered out-of-town Journalism Week visitors. 

Afternoon Sightseeing tour of Columbia and the University, 
starting from Daniel Boone Tavern at the close of the Commercial 
Club luncheon. 

Tea at the northwest corner of the East Campus, Hitt street 
and University avenue, will follow the sightseeing tour; given 
by the home ecomonics department of the University and the 
wives of the faculty of the College of Agriculture. 

4:30 P. M., Illustration Laboratory, Jay H. Neff Hall Dem- 
onstration of chalk-plate process, and of stereotyping for small- 
town newspapers, Hoke Engraving Plate Co., St. Louis. 

8:00 P. M., University Auditorium "The Share of the Press 
in the World Order** Frank LeRoy Blanchard, associate editor, 
Editor and Publisher, New York City. 

"Washington as a World News Center" Richard V. Oulahan, 
Washington correspondent, New York Times. 

Following the evening program, Kappa Tau Alpha, honorary 
journalistic fraternity, will give a luncheon for invited guests at 
Harris' Cafe. 

Friday, May 27 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of the Missouri 
Press Association. 
"How the Rural Press May Help Toward Better Living" Mrs. 


Kathryn Yater Smith, editor, The Republican, Caruthersville. 

"The Standards for Missouri Newspapers"--discussion led by 
William Southern, Jr., editor, The Examiner, Independence. 

"The News in National Advertising" Kichard D. Hebb, public 
relations department, Swift & Co., Chicago. 

"Political Advertising Good and Bad" George W. Ea'ds, 
publicity representative, St. Louis. 

"Journalism and World Peace" >B. W. Fleisher, proprietor 
and editor, the Japan Advertiser and the Trans-Pacific, Tokyo, 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 

"The Weekly or the Semi-Weekly" Miss Anna E. Nolen, edi- 
tor, the News, Monroe City; Charles L. Blanton, editor, the 
Standard, Sikeston. 

3:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Business session of the Missouri 
Press Association. 

Report of committee on Field Secretary. 

6:30 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Banquet of the Nationally 

Radio Banquet Program 1922 

All Journalism Week Sessions, May 22 to 27, 1922 ? 
were held in the a-uditorium of Jay H. Neff Hall. 
Through the courtesy of Marleii E. Pew, editor and man- 
ager of the International News Service, the full leased 
wire report of that organization was furnished to the 
School of Journalism this week for use in the Columbia 
Evening Missourian, the laboratory product of the School, 

The Radio Banquet was held Friday evening in the 
ballroom of Daniel Boone Tavern. The program, with 
Dean Williams presiding, was given largely by radio 
from the Kansas City Star, the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, 
the Detroit News and the R. 0. T. C. station in Columbia, 

The menu included : 

Fruit cocktail 

Tomato puree 

Radishes Olives 

Smothered spring chicken 

Candied yams Tiny peas 

Tomatoes stuffed with combination olives 

Fresh strawberry ice cream 
Cake Demi-tasse 

Monday, May 22 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting of Missouri 
Writers' Guild, President Hugh F. Grinstead, of Columbia, presid- 


Report of the Secretary-Treasurer, Mrs. Ruby Westlake 
Freudenberger, of Columbia. 

"Modern Verse" Mrs. Belle Travers McCahan, of Kirksville. 

"Rejected Editors" Calvin Johnston, of Kansas City. 

"Writing for the Young Child" Mrs. Myrtle Jamison Trachsel, 
of St. Joseph. 

"Know It Then Write It" Courtney Ryley Cooper, of Denver, 

"Turning Liabilities Into Assets" Mrs. Velma West Sykes, of 
Kansas City. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Hints on Description" A. H. R. 
Fairchild, professor of English, University of Missouri. 

"Journalism and Literature" Herbert Quick, novelist, of Cool- 
font, Berkeley Springs, W. Va. 

"Guilders at Play" Mrs. Corinne Harris Markey, of St. Louis. 

"More Missouri Readers for Missouri Writers" Mrs. Victoria 
Adelaide Harvey, of Liberty. 

Business session. 

7:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Annual Subscription Banquet 
of the Missouri Writers' Guild. 

Tuesday, May 23 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "A Promotion Department for 
the Smaller Newspaper" David R. Williams, manager, Service 
and Promotion Department, St. Louis Globe-Democrat. 

"The Value of an Advertising- Club in Your Town" Lou E. 
Holland, vice-president, Seventh District, Associated Advertis- 
ing Clubs of the World, Kansas City. 

"Getting Personality Into Advertising Copy" George L. Cart- 
lich, advertising manager, Woolf Bros., Kansas City. 

"The Work of Women in Advertising" Miss Edna Davis, ad- 
vertising department, Stix, Baer & Fuller, St. Louis. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Alpha Delta Sigma, advertising 
fraternity, and Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising sorority, will give 
a luncheon for invited guests. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Some Observations" Herbert 
Quick, novelist, of Coolfont, Berkeley Springs, W. Va. 

"About Gathering News" Benjamin H. Reese, city editor, St. 
Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"Some Phases of Journalism in Mississippi" C. T. Rand, 
editor and publisher, the Neshoba Democrat, Philadelphia, Miss. 

"A Washington Reporter's Notebook" Charles G. Ross, Wash- 
ington correspondent, St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Assembling and Distributing 
World News" Karl A. Bickel, vice-president, United Press As- 
sociations, New York City. 

"Adventures on a Flat-Top Desk" Harry Hansen, literary 
editor, the Chicago Daily News. 

Following this program the Dana Press Club will give its 
annual smoker for all Journalism Week visitors at the clubhouse, 
906 University Ave. 

Wednesday, May 24 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting of the Missouri 
Press Association, the president, J. F. Hull, editor and publisher 
the Tribune, Maryville, presiding. 

"Feature Writing" Mrs. May Hilburn, feature writer, News 
Herald, Joplin. 


"Liking your Neighbor Newspaper" Ray Van Meter, the Re- 
publican, Trenton. 

"A Newspaper Without a Sideline" E. E. Swain, the Express 

"The Publisher and His Community" George W. Marble, the 
Tribune- Monitor, Fort Scott, Kans. 

"What the Subscriber Says a Survey" A. L. Baumgart, Suc- 
cessful Farming, Des Moines. 

2:00 P. M,, Jay H. Neff Hall "Building a Daily Newspaper" 

W. J. Sewall, the Press, Carthage. 

"From Missouri to Hawaii and Return" William Southern, Jr., 
the Jackson Examiner, Independence. 

"Breaking Down News Barriers" James Wright Brown, 
president and editor, Editor and Publisher Co., New York City. 

"The Editorial Page" Fred C. Trigg, editorial writer, the 
Kansas City Star. 

"Selling Advertising to Non-Advertisers" Fred Naeter, the 
Southeast Missourian, Cape Girardeau. 

5:00 P. M., Starting from Jay H. Neff Hall Inspection of the 
East Campus of the University, under the guidance of H. F. 
Major, assistant professor of landscape gardening, and super- 
intendent of grounds. 

6:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Meeting of the Association 
of Past-Presidents, Missouri Press Association. 

6:00 P. M., College Inn Dinner by Kappa Tau Alpha, honorary 
journalistic fraternity, for invited guests. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Some Practical Suggestions for 
Beginners in Journalism" George B. Dealey, president and gen- 
eral manager, the News, Dallas, Texas. 

"World News Communication" Marlen E. Pew, editor and 
manager, International News Service, New York City. 

Following this program, all Journalism Week visitors are in- 
vited to attend a reception by Theta Sigma Phi, journalistic 
sorority, and Sigma Delta Chi, journalistic fraternity, at the 
Sigma Chi fraternity house, 500 College Ave. 

Thursday, May 25 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 

"The Human Touch in Journalism" C. L. Fieklin, the Herald, 

"Covering the News Field" Frank E. Greenlee, the Tribune, 

Discussion, led by Miss Mary Wightman, the Clipper, Bethany. 

"Cultivating the Job Side of the Business" Dwight Brown, 
Daily American, Poplar Bluff. 

Discussion, led by Mrs. Cora B. Stufflebaum, the Herald, Bolivar. 

"The Woman in Country Journalism" Miss Doris Hollen- 
beck, the Journal, West Plain. 

"The Value of Organization" G. L. Caswell, field secretary, 
Iowa Press Association. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Commercial Club luncheon for all 
registered out-of-town Journalism Week visitors. 

3:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Some* Points on the Law of the 
Press" Rome G. Brown, of the Minneapolis bar. 

"Journalism in South America" Dr. Sebastio Sampaio, Rio de 


"The Press and the Brazilian Centennial" Frank A. Harrison, 
United States commissioner to Brazilian Exposition. 

5:00 P. M. All registered out-of-town Journalism Week visi- 
tors will be individual dinner guests of Columbia citizens. Visitors 
should assemble in Jay H. Neff Hall, where introductions will take 

7:30 P. M., Knights of Columbus Student Home, College and 
Bass Avenues Inspection of semiannual Flower Show of the 
Columbia Garden Club. 

8:15 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Country Journalism as a Pro- 
fession of Public Service" W. W. Ball, editor, the State, Colum- 
bia, S. C. 

"The New Journalism" S. J. Duncan-Clark, editor, the Chicago 
Evening Post. 

Friday, May 26 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 

"The Business Outlook for Country Newspapers" Clint H. 
Denman, the Herald, Sikeston. 
Discussion, led by C. P. Dorsey, the Sun, Cameron. 

"Values of District Press Associations" by representatives 
of Northeast Missouri, Northwest Missouri, Southeast Missouri 
and Ozark Press Associations. 

"A Little Walk with Pan" Louis Dodge, author, St. Louis. 

"Journalism as a Field for Women" Mrs. Lois K. Mayes, 
president, the Journal, Pensacola, Fla. 

"A Newspaper Survey" J. S. Hubbard, executive secretary, 
Missouri Press Association. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Business session, Missouri Press 

Report of Reorganization Committee: Dean Walter Williams, 
chairman; C. L. Ficklin, Maysville Herald; E. E. Swain, Kirks- 
ville Express; W. J. Sewall, Carthage Press; L. L. Carter, Cali- 
fornia Herald. 

4 to 6 P. M., President's House (Francis Quadrangle) Journal- 
ism Week visitors will be guests at a tea given by President and 
Mrs. J. C. Jones. 

6:30 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Radio Banquet. 

Saturday, May 27 

Round-table group conferences, Jay H. Neff Hall. 

Journalism Alumni Organize 1923 

The Made-in-Manchuria Banquet on Friday evening of 
the fourteenth annual Journalism "Week (May 21-26, 
1923) proved another splendid attraction, with unusual 
souvenirs and decorations as well as menu. The South 
Manchuria Railway Company co-operated with the School 
in obtaining contributions. The program, printed on 
elaborate Oriental paper in both English and Chinese, 


included music by the Kemper Military School orchestra 
and talks by distinguished visitors. 

The School of Journalism graduating class of 1913 held 
its tenth anniversary reunion this year and a luncheon 
was given at Daniel Boone Tavern for all alumni of the* 
School. Forty-five attended this luncheon and formed a 
permanent journalism alumni organization which has 
since that date held annual meetings in Columbia during 
Journalism "Week and taken an active part in the pro- 

The outstanding feature of the week's program was a 
plea for tolerance and understanding; a plea for public 
service to make a better and more progressive world; a 
plea for recognition of the press as an instrument for 
humanity and public righteousness. About three hun- 
dred visitors registered, an increase of forty over 1922. 
There were delegates from Louisiana, New York, Cali- 
fornia, Pennsylvania and "Wisconsin. 

The full program follows: 

Monday, May 21 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open Meeting of Missouri 
Writers' Guild. 

"Fiction and the Classroom" Miss Dorothy Scarborough, 
Columbia University. 

"The New Dialect Story" Robert L. Ramsay, professor of 
English, University of Missouri. 

"The Future of the Guild"- James W. Earp, Kansas City. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Old Standards and New Stories" 
Miss Temple Bailey, St. Louis, author of "The Dim Lantern.*' 

"Novel Writing Its Cause and Cure" Jay William Hudson, 
professor of philosophy, University of Missouri; author of "Abbe 

"A Publisher's Viewpoint of Writing" E. Haldeman- Julius, 
Girard, Kan., author and publisher. 

"Favorite Missouri Poems" Mrs. H. C. McCahan, Kirksville. 

Business session. 

7:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Annual Subscription Banquet 
of the Missouri Writers' Guild. 

Tuesday, May 22 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Making of the Cartoon" 
D. R. Fitzpatrick, St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"Journalism and Literature" E. Haldeman-Julius, author, 
president, Haldeman-Julius Co., Publishers, Girard, Kan. 

"Reporting a Legislature" Asa Hutson, St. Louis Globe-Demo- 


2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "An American Reporter in China" 
Frank H. Hedges, Peking correspondent, the Japan Advertiser 
and the Philadelphia Public Ledger. 

"Some Opportunities in Journalism for Women" -Miss Beatrix 
Winn, secretary, Northwest Missouri Press Association, Mary- 

"Advertising as a Career for Women" Miss Elizabeth Bick- 
f ord, of N. W. Ayer & Son, Chicago. 

"The Young Woman in Journalism "Mrs. T. A. Boyd, the 
Minneapolis News, Minneapolis. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H, Neff Hall "Special Features in the News- 
paper" Frederick J. Haskin, the Haskin Service, Washington, 
D. C. 

"A Trip to Manchuria" Motion picture illustrative of activities 
of the South Manchuria Railway. 

Following this program the University of Missouri Journalism 
Students Association, Inc., will present "The Tale of the Tiger," 
a motion picture film depicting interesting events of the school 
year at the University of Missouri. 

Wednesday, May 23 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of the Missouri 
Press Association. 

"The Editorial Content" Edward Felgate, manager, the Jeffer- 
sonian, Higginsville. 

"The Newspaper and the Man in the Office" Charles IL 
Becker, Secretary of State, Jefferson City. 

"Some Local Features" T. G. Thompson, publisher, the Shelby 
County Herald, Shelbyville. 

"Building an Editors' Clubhouse" E. S. Bronson, the American, 
El Jieno, Okla., vice-president for Oklahoma, National Editorial 

"The Plain Speech of the People" Harry Hansen, literary 
editor, the Chicago Daily News. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Foreign News Services" J. H. 
Furay, foreign editor, United Press Association, New York City. 

"What the Farmer Wants in the Newspaper" Chester H. 
Gray, former president of the Missouri Farm Bureau Federation, 

"What the Preacher Wants in the Newspaper" Dr. Claudius 
B. Spencer, editor, Central Christian Advocate, Kansas City. 

"What the Lawyer Wants in the Newspaper" Jesse W. Bar- 
rett, Attorney-General of Missouri, Jefferson City. 

5:00 P. M. Annual meeting of the Association of Past-Presi- 
dents, Missouri Press Association, at the home of E. W. Stephens, 
East Windsor street. Dinner with Mr. Stephens. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Washington Assignment" 
J. Fred Essary, Washington correspondent, the Baltimore Sun. 

"Journalism, Old and New" Willis J. Abbot, editor, the 
Christian Science Monitor, Boston, Mass, 

Following this program, all Journalism Week visitors are in- 
vited to attend a reception by Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising 
sorority, and Alpha Delta Sigma, advertising fraternity, at the 
Kappa Sigma House, Stewart Road. 


Thursday, May 24 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 

"Some Observations on Journalism in the Orient" Oscar E. 
Riley, New York City. 

"The Missouri Blue Book" Charles W. Fear, office of the Secre- 
tary of State, Jefferson City. 

"The Personal Touch in Advertising" R. E. Shannon, business 
manager, the Evening Journal, Washington, la. 

"Shall the Newspaper Do Commercial Printing ? "William 
Southern, Jr., editor, Examiner, Independence. 

12 M., Daniel Boone Tavern Commercial Club luncheon for all 
registered out-of-town Journalism Week visitors. 

3:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Make-Up of the News- 
paper" Edgar C. Nelson, editor, the Advertiser, Boonville. 

"Farmers' Advertising" D. C. Simons, editor, Worth County 
Tribune, Grant City, 

"Tendencies in American Journalism" William B. Colver, 
general editorial manager, Scripps-Howard Newspapers, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Making of a Newspaper" 
Louis Wiley, business manager, New York Times. 

"Devitalized Journalism" Richard Lloyd Jones, editor-in-chief 
and publisher, Perry-Lloyd Jones Newspapers, Tulsa, Okla. 

Friday, May 25 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 

"High School News" A. L, Preston, president, Democrat-News 
Printing Co., Marshall. 

"The Small-Town Daily" Alfonso Johnson, manager, the 
Columbia Evening Missourian. 

"The New Journalism" Frank P. Glass, editorial director, St. 
Louis Star. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Business session of Missouri 
Press Association. 

Round table discussion and question-box conducted by J. S. 
Hubbard, executive secretary, Missouri Press Association. 

4:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Making of the Intertype" 
motion picture exhibition. 

6:30 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Made-in-Manchuria Banquet, 
given by the School of Journalism in association with the South 
Manchuria Railway. 

Evening Programs Broadcast 1924 

During the fifteenth annual Journalism Week, May 
12-27, 1924, the evening programs were broadcast from 
radio station "WOS at Jefferson City. By this time the 
system or method of planning and managing Journalism 
Weeks was pretty well perfected. Students in the School 
looked forward to a week of co-operating with the fac- 
ulty to welcome the many guests and make them com- 


fortable and happy. So well did they succeed that fre- 
quently men and women who had planned to come to Co- 
lumbia merely to make an address and then depart, re- 
mained the entire week to enjoy the hospitality of Co- 
lumbia and Missouri University and to participate in 
the give and take of practical and inspirational ideas. 
Many as they left verbally hoped they would be invited 
the next year to remain the entire week. The School of 
Journalism student organizations vied with one another 
in entertainment. The Chamber of Commerce and var- 
ious divisions of the University contributed their share 
of entertainment. Breakfasts, luncheons, teas and din- 
ners and evening receptions made every day opportunity 
for Columbia and Missouri journalists to meet one an- 
other and the visitors from other states and countries at 
informal and delightful gatherings. If baseball games, 
horse show, flower show, Farmers' Fair, or any other such 
public event were scheduled in Columbia during Jour- 
nalism Week the journalism guests were given free 
tickets and special arrangements were made so there 
would be no serious conflict between such events and 
the journalism pro-gram. 

The School of Journalism Alumni Association which 
in 1923 began actively to take part in Journalism Week 
programs^ this year began its annual Journalism Week 
dinners. The State Historical Society of Missouri this 
year had a special display in its library for the benefit of 
visiting journalists. It included the Mark Twain library, 
said to be the most complete in the country, and the Mis- 
souri newspaper department of twelve thousand volumes. 
Various kinds of newspaper tissue, and photostatic re- 
production were displayed. 

Interesting charts showing the distribution of School 
of Journalism graduates where they were engaged in 
journalistic work were exhibited in Jay H. Neff Hall. 
The twenty-eight bulletins that had been published up 
to this time by the School of Journalism were on dis- 
play and were distributed upon request to visitors. 


The Special Edition Banquet Friday evening at the 
Daniel Boone Tavern included a program of musical and 
dramatic interpretation numbers in addition to brief 
talks by prominent journalists. Inside the beautifully 
printed program at each place was a copy of a cable 
sent to Dean Walter Williams by Paul Dupuy, owner 
and publisher of La Petite Parisienne and Excelsior, 
controller of twenty-two publications in all. Senator 
Dupuy was a guest of the School of Journalism in No^ 
vember of 1923, The telegram read: "I consider journal- 
ism as the highest mission a man can fulfill. If the 
readers sometimes seem to turn to that which is lower or 
vulgar it is because we have not known how to interest 
them in that which is noble, inspiring, and constructive. 
Sincerity and good will are more effective and produce 
greater results in the Press than in any other branches of 
human activity. Prosperous advertising can only be de- 
veloped on these bases. I deeply admire your School of 
Journalism, the mO'St interesting of all I visited, and wish 
it every success which it truly merits. Cordially, Paul 

The banquet program contained a complete list of 1924 
Journalism Week visitors in addition to cleverly written 
description of the events of the banquet entertainment. 
Among the entertainers were: The male quartet from the 
University Glee Club; Zachary W. Taylor in dramatic 
interpretation; Miss Ellen Jane Froman, soloist; Chris- 
tian College sextet; Stephens College quartet. The menu 
was written in story-style as " Suggestions for the Eve- 
ning Meal." 

The general program for the week follows: 

Monday, May 12 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting of Missouri 
Writers' Guild, President J. Breckenridge Ellis, of Plattsburg, 

The President's Greeting. 

Report of the Secretary-Treasurer, P. Casper Harrey, Liberty. 

Messages from Past Presidents Hugh F. Grinstead, Columbia, 
and Louis Dodge, St. Louis. 

"Writing for Young People" Miss Catha Wells, Los Angeles. 

"The Guild Outing" James W. Earp, Herrington, Kan. 


"Literary Possibilities in Missouri History" Floyd C. Shoe- 
maker, Columbia. 

2:00 P. M. f Jay H. Neff Hall "Why Writers Should be Philo- 
sophers," Dr. Jay William Hudson, professor of philosophy, Uni- 
versity of Missouri; author of "Nowhere Else in the World." 

"Cramped Style" Mrs. Mary Blake Woodson, Kansas City. 

"Missouri Literary Material for Missourians" personal ex- 
pressions from Sara Teasdale, Augustus Thomas, Fannie Hurst, 
Zoe Akin, Rupert Hughes, and others, compiled by Miss Catherine 
Crammer, late of New York City. 

"A Missouri Free Lance Down South" Herbert J. Maughiman, 
New Orleans. 

"What Writers Should Know" T. C. O'Donnell, editor, Writer's 
Digest, Cincinnati. 

7:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Annual Subscription Banquet 
of the Missouri Writers Guild. 

Tuesday, May 13 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Making of the Cartoon" 
Roy H. James, St. Louis Star. 

"The Newspaper Library and Morgue" Charles B. Maugham, 
librarian, St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"By-Products of Journalism" Edgar White, editor, Daily 
Chronicle-Herald, Macon. 

"The Joyful Service of Reporting" A B. MacDonald, the 
Ladies Home Journal. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Writing of the Feature 
Story" T. C. O'Donnell, editor of the Writer's Digest, Cincinnati. 

"Opportunities for Women in Advertising" Mrs, Faith G. 
Sharratt, advertising manager, John Taylor Dry Goods Co., Kan- 
sas City. 

"The Woman's Page" Mrs. Florence Riddick Boys, the Pilot, 
Plymouth, Ind. 

"Journalism as a Career for Women" Mrs. Marie Weekes, 
Editor, Norfolk Press, Norfolk, Neb. 

Discussion led by Miss Sara L. Lockwood, assistant professor 
of journalism, University of Missouri. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "British and American Journal- 
ism" Percy Sutherland Bullen, American representative the Daily 
Telegraph, London, England. 

"Journalism and World Affairs" Charles R. Crane of New 
York City, former minister to China. 

Wednesday, May 14 

8:30 A. M. Annual meeting of the Association of Past Presi- 
dents of the Missouri Press Association, at "Rockhurst," the home 
of Marshall Gordon, Ashland road; breakfast with Mr. Gordon. 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 
Association, President Asa W. Butler, editor and publisher, the 
Capital, Albany, presiding. 

"Some Journalistic Ethics" W. J. Sewall, editor, the Press, 

"Opportunities in Business and Technical Journalism" Allen 
W. Clark, president, American Paint Journal Co., St. Louis. 

"Newspaper Promotion by Advertising" Douglas V. Martin, 
Jr., manager of publicity, St. Louis Globe-Democrat. 


2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "What the Lawyer Wishes From 
the Newspaper" Guy A. Thompson, president, Missouri Bar 
Association, St. Louis. 

"What Women Wish From the Newspaper" Mrs. Rachel Stix 
Michael, St. Louis; Mrs. W. K. James, St. Joseph. 

"What the Farmer Wishes From the Newspaper" Thad Show, 

4 to 6 P. M., Rollins Field Horse Show, conducted by students 
in the College of Agriculture of the University of Missouri. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "News and Other Features of the 
Newspaper" M. Koenigsberg, general manager, International 
News Service, New York. 

"Ideals and Methods of English Newspapers" Sidney F. Wicks, 
the Manchester Guardian, Manchester, England. 

"From Trees to Tribunes" motion picture illustrative of the 
production of the Chicago Tribune. 

The evening program will be followed by a reception given 
by Sigma Delta Chi, journalistic fraternity, at the Phi Kappa 
Psi house, 820 Providence road. 

Thursday, May 15 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 

"Special Features in the Country Newspaper" E. J. Melton, 
publisher, the Republican, Caruthersville. 

"The Telephone as an Aid to Journalism" Percy Redmund, 
general manager, Southwestern Bell Telephone Co., St. Louis. 

"Advertising from the Retail Merchant's Standpoint" Paul 
Harris, McLaughlin Bros. Furniture Co., Boonville. 

"Organization and Functioning of an Advertising Agency" 
Stanley Resor, president, J. Walter Thompson Company, New 
York City. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Commercial Club luncheon for all 
registered out-of-town Journalism Week visitors. 

Noon, Harris' Cafe Reunion luncheon of journalism class of 

2:30 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Co-Operation Among Country 
Newspapers for National Advertising" Herman Roe, the News, 
Northfield, Minn.; president, Country Newspapers, Inc. 

"The Value of Organization" Wallace Odell, the News, Tarry- 
town, N. Y.; president, National Editorial Association. 

"Early American Journalism"- John Clyde Oswald, editor, the 
American Printer, New York City. 

"Some Tendencies in Journalism" Frank 0. Edgecomb, the 
Signal, Geneva, Neb. 

4:30 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Conference of Missouri daily 
newspaper group, led by W. C. Van Cleve, the Monitor-Index, 

5:00 P. M., McAllister's Cafeteria Reception for all alumni 
and former students of the School of Journalism. Dinner at 6 P. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Visitors of Other Days" motion 
picture taken at the School of Journalism. 

"The Journalism of the Orient" Kinuji Kobayashi, former 
editor of Chuwo, Tokyo; now American representative, South 
Manchuria Railway, New York City. 


"Gathering News in American and Elsewhere" Karl A. Bickel, 
president, United Press Associations, New York City, 

The evening program will be followed by a smoker for Journal- 
ism Week visitors at the Pi Kappa Alpha house, 210 South 
Ninth Street; given by Alpha Delta Sigma, advertising 

Friday, May 16 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of Missouri Press 

"Needed Newspaper Legislation" W. E. Freeland, editor, the 
Taney County Republican, Forsyth. 

"Newspaper Make-Up" W. Clyde Fuller, the Eustic, Lebanon. 

"Political Independence in the Country Newspaper" 0. J. 
Ferguson, the Democrat-News, Fredericktown. 

"Some Personal Experiences in Country Journalism" Charles 
M, Meredith, the Free Press, Quakertown, Pa.; Clayton T. Rand, 
the Neshoba Democrat, Philadelphia, Miss.; Mrs. H. E. Hogue, 
the Herald, Eaton, Colo. 

11:00 A. M., Room 205, Jay H. Neff Hall Conference of Mis- 
souri United Press newspapers. 

11:30 A. M., South door of Jay H. Neff Hail Presentation of 
memorial to the School of Journalism by the class of '23. 

Presentation address on behalf of the class, by Eugene T. Stout, 
St. Joseph, Mo., president. 

Acceptance on behalf of the school, by Don D. Patterson, as- 
sistant professor of advertising. Dean Walter Williams, presid- 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Business session of Missouri 
Press Association. 

Round-table discussion and question-box, conducted by Joseph 
S. Hubbard, secretary, Missouri Press Association. 

3:30 to 5:30 P. M., Columbia Country Club Tea for all 
Journalism Week visitors, given by Theta Sigma Phi, journalism 
sorority, and Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising sorority. 

6:30 P. M. Daniel Boone Tavern Special Edition Banquet. 

Book Banquet at Country Club 1925 

The 1925 Journalism Week program (May 4 to 8) car- 
ried four new views of Jay H. Neff Hall as a cover de- 
sign, and included inside a picture of gifts made to< the 
School of Journalism by different .graduating classes. 

Among the displays in Jay H. Neff Hall especially 
planned for this week were: A collection of advertising 
copy written by students in. the School of Journalism; 
a display of winners in contests conducted at the School 
of Journalism May 1 and 2 for high school and junior 
college publications. Complimentary copies of the Co- 
lumbia Missourian were available to all Journalism Week 
visitors each evening. Again the evening programs of 


the week were broadcast by "WOS at Jefferson City. Dr. 
and Mrs. W. C. Curtis 'of Columbia, members of the Mis- 
souri Writer's Guild, had for several years held informal 
reception on Sunday evening previous to Journalism 
Week for member of the Guild and their friends who 
came early to the city. In 1925 this reception, now ac- 
cepted as an annual event, was put on the printed Jour- 
nalism Week program. 

The 1925 banquet, held this time at the Columbia 
Country Club, was called The Book Banquet, featuring 
literary writing. Five or six volumes of recent books 
contributed by various publishing houses all over the 
country, were given as banquet favors. The program 
included the saying of grace, the dinner, after-dinner 
speeches by distinguished guests, and the presentation of 
souvenirs. The menu included: 

Fruit cocktail 
Olives Salted almonds 

Sweet gherkins 
Spring chicken Cream gravy 

Old Country Ham 

New Potatoes Tiny peas 

Stuffed tomato salad 

Thousand island dressing- 
Fresh strawberry shortcake with whipped cream 

Coffee * Candies 

Cigars and cigarettes. 

The week's program follows: 

Monday, May 4 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff ^ Hall Opening meeting of Missouri 
Writers' Guild, Acting President James W. Earp of Kansas City 

Address by the president of the guild. 

"Missouri Poets, Known and Unknown" Mrs. Blanche Sage 
Hazeltine, writer of children's stories and verse, Kansas City. 

"Writing the Western Story" Hugh F. Grinstead, short story 
writer, Columbia. 

"What Women Headers Want" Mrs. Ida Mighlario, editor, The 
Household, Topeka, Kan. 

"The Value of an Outing with Writers" Mrs. Amy Barren 
Leonard, short story writer, Kansas City. 

"Novels and Novelists" Dr. Jay W. Hudson, professor of 
philosophy, University of Missouri. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Poetry as I See It" -Joseph S. 
DeRamus, associate editor, Rock Island Magazine, Chicago. 


"The Free Lance Writer and His Opportunities" Edward 
Bernard Garnett, editor, Kansas City Star Magazine. 

"Children's Magazines, and What They Like" Miss Marjorie 
Barrows, assistant editor, Child Life, Chicago. 

"Poetry Markets" Mrs. Mae Williams Ward, of the Kansas 
City Authors' Club. 

4 to 6 P. M. Exhibition and tea given by Columbia artists, 
Room 231, West Agricultural Building, corner Hitt street and 
University avenue. 

7:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Annual Subscription Banquet 
of the Missouri Writers' Guild. 

Tuesday, May 5 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Cartoon and the News- 
paper" Roy H. James, cartoonist, St. Louis Star. 

"Photography for the Newspaper" Wade Mountfortt, Jtf., 
Kansas City Journal-Post. 

"Reporting at the State Capital" R. E. Holliway, Jefferson 
City correspondent, Kansas City Journal-Post. 

"Sunday Stories" Edward Bernard Garnett, editor, Kansas 
City Star Magazine. 

"Doing Special Features" Arthur Frederick Killick, Kansas 

"Some Opportunities Presented to Women in a Newspaper 
Office" Mrs. Lois K. Mayes, former editor and publisher, Pensa- 
cola (Fla.) Journal. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Advertising a City" Gus Viron 
Kenton, director, St. Louis News Service. 

"International News Communications" Walter Stowell Rogers, 
of New York City, American member of the World Conference 
on International Communications. 

"Women and the Magazine" Miss Martha Stipe, editor Hol- 
land's Magazine, Dallas, Texas. 

"Editing a Children's Magazine" Miss Marjorie Barrows, as- 
sistant editor, Child's Life, Chicago. 

"How to Get a Job in Journalism" Mrs. Susan Shaffer Dibel- 
ka, manager Woman's National Journalistic Register, Inc., 

4:00 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball, Washington vs. Missouri. 

6:00 P. M., Harris' Cafe Kappa Tau Alpha fifteenth anni- 
versary dinner for members, 

7:30 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Music by a string ensemble un- 
der the leadership of I. L. Tello, instructor in violin in the School 
of Fine Arts of the University of Missouri. 

"Journalism as Public Service" Marcellus Elliott Foster, 
president and general manager, the Houston (Tex.) Chronicle. 

"The World Day by Day" Oscar Odd Mclntyre, columnist, 
New York City. 

The evening program will be followed by a reception given by 
Theta Sigma Phi, journalistic sorority, and Sigma Delta Chi, 
journalistic fraternity, at the Delta Upsilon house, 900 University 

Wednesday, May 6 

8:00 A. M., The Inglenook Theta Sigma Phi breakfast for 


9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of the Missouri 
Press Association, President Eugene B. Roach, editor and pub- 
lisher, Carthage Democrat, presiding-. 

"Some Observations on Newspaper Advertising" George M. 
Burbach, advertising manager, St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"A New Profession Public Relations" Frank LeRoy Blanch- 
ard, of Henry L. Doherty & Co., New York City. 

"Editorial Research" Burt P. Garnett, Editorial Research Re- 
ports, Washington, D. C. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon by Sigma Delta Chi 
in honor of visiting alumni members. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Making Fifty Per Cent Return 
on Country Newspaper Investment" Clayton Thomas Rand, 
editor, the Neoshoba Democrat, Philadelphia, Miss. 

"Modern Tendencies in Journalism," Elbert H. Baker, presi- 
dent, Cleveland Plain Dealer. 

"The Near City Daily" Charles H. Whitaker, editor, Clinton 

"Building a Classified Page in a Country Weekly" W. Earle 
Dye, editor, the Richmond Missourian. 

4:30 P. M., Francis Quadrangle Dress parade, University R. 
O. T. C. 

5:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Annual Meeting of the Associa- 
tion of Past Presidents of the Missouri Press Association, fol- 
lowed by a dinner given by Col. J. West Goodwin, of Sedalia, at 
the Daniel Boone Tavern. 

6:45 P. M., Francis Quadrangle Concert by University Cadet 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Getting the Truth" Lewis 
Craig Humphrey, editor, Louisville, Ky., Herald and Post. 

"The News of the World" Chester R. Hope, editor Universal 
Service, New York City. 

The evening program will be followed by a reception given by 
Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising sorority, and Alpha Delta Sigma, 
advertising fraternity, at Pi Kappa Alpha house, 210 South 
Ninth St. 

Thursday, May 7 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Equipment of the Rural 
Office" A. H. Steinbeck, editor, Union Republican-Tribune. 

"The Value of Press Organizations" George Watson Marble, 
editor, Fort Scott, Kan., Tribune-Monitor, and president of the 
National Editorial Association. 

"The Making of a Country Newspaper" Elmo Scott Watson, 
editor The Publishers' Auxiliary, Chicago. 

"The Making of a Newspaper" C. P. Dorsey, publisher of the 
Cameron Sun, 

"The Press and the General Assembly" Edward Henry Winter, 
the Warrenton Banner. 

"The Freedom of the Press" Harry Barstow Hawes, repre- 
sentative in Congress from the eleventh district of Missouri*. 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Columbia Commercial Club 
luncheon for all registered out-of-town Journalism Week visitors. 

Noon, Harris' Cafe 1915 Journalism Class Reunion luncheon. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Advertising- from the Stand- 
point of the Country Merchant" John H, DeWild, manager, 
merchants' service department, Ely & Walker Dry Goods Co., St. 


"Getting National Advertising for the Country Newspaper" 
James O'Shaughnessy, executive secretary, American Association 
of Advertising Agencies, New York City. 

"Does a Fighting Editorial Policy Pay?" Walter M. Harrison, 
managing editor, the Daily Oklahoman, Oklahoma City. 

"Editorship by Women" Mrs. Pauline Taubert, editor 
of the Warrensburg Weekly Standard-Herald. 

2:00 P. M., Hotel Columbian Business Session, Missouri Demo- 
cratic Press Association. 

5:00 P. M., McAllister's Cafeteria Reception for alumni and 
former students, followed by dinner and annual business meeting 
at 6 P. M. 

7:30 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Music by the University of Mis- 
souri Glee Club, under the leadership of Prof. Herbert Wall, of 
the School of Pine Arts. 

"Reporting for the United States in Foreign Lands" J. H. 
Furay, vice-president in charge of foreign services, United Press 
Associations, New York City. 

"The Profession of Journalism" James Thomas Williams, Jr., 
editor, Boston American. 

The evening program will be followed by a garden party given 
by Columbia alumni of the School of Journalism, at the Delta 
Upsilon house, 900 University Avenue. 

Friday, May 8 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "County Organization Work" 
William E. Arthur, publisher, the Crystal City Press. 

"News in a Country Newspaper" B. J. Bless, Jr., manager, 
the Weston Chronicle. 

"Watching for Fake Advertising" R. C. Ferguson, editor, the 
Buffalo (Mo.) Reflex. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Business session of the Missouri 
Press Association. 

Round-table discussion Joseph Stiles Hubbard, executive secre- 
tary the Missouri Press Association, presiding. 

4:00 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball, Ames vs. Missouri. 

5:00 P. M., University Library Building Assembly of Ban- 
quet Guests. Inspection of University Library and State His- 
torical Society Library. Transportation to the Book Banquet. 

6:30 P. M., Columbia Country Club The Journalism Week 
Book Banquet. 

One Day Given to Alumni 1926 

As a part of tlie seventeenth annual Journalism Week, 
May 9-15, 1926, several of the Columbia church pulpits 
were occupied Sunday morning, May 9, by distinguished 
journalists who appeared later in the week on the gen- 
eral Journalism Week program. 

Alumni of the School of Journalism as individuals and 
as an organization had each year been playing a more 
important part in the Journalism Week program. This 
year Thursday was designated Journalism Alumni Day 
and most of the day's pro-gram was given by men and 


women graduates-. Beginning with journalism fraternity 
and sorority breakfasts honoring alumni through the 
addresses of the day, the planting of a vine by the 1926 
graduating class, the presentation by alumni of a portrait 
of Dean Williams as a gift to the School of Journalism, 
the annual journalism alumni banquet and the concluding 
evening reception honoring especially the alumni, the 
whole day gave students and former students a definite 
part in Journalism Week and in the progress of the 
School and the University. All these sessions and af- 
fairs with the exception of the dinner were open to the 
public. For the first time the dinner time was extended 
and arrangements made so Dean Williams and other jour- 
nalism faculty members could remain at the dinner until 
the program there was completed and all adjourned to 
attend the reception. Heretofore the alumni dinner had 
adjourned at 8 :3Q p. m. so all could attend a program in 
Jay EL Neff Hall. Beginning with this year several pro- 
grams were arranged for Thursday evening so no non- 
alumni visitors could find edification and entertainment 
in Jay H. Neff Hall or elsewhere while the alumni a.nd 
faculty of the School of Journalism held their reunion 
meeting and dinner. 

The Missouri Press Association this year carried over 
its business session Saturday morning. Executive ses- 
sion of Theta Sigma Phi national governing council was 
held in Columbia the latter part of the week and ad- 
dresses made by membeirsi of the council on different 
phases of journalistic work for women were open to the 

The King Features Syndicate Banquet on Friday eve- 
ning at Eothwell Gymnasium attracted about five hun- 
dred journalists and townspeople. Deco-rations, souven- 
irs and program were contributed and arranged in con- 
junction with the King Features Syndicate. Souvenirs 
included paper weights representing some quaint cartoon 
figures, bound volumes of colored cartoons, note books 
and other paraphernalia of special interest to journalists. 
The program included vaudeville skits acted by journal- 
ism students representing famous cartoon characters of 


King Features. There was also music furnished by mem- 
bers of the iSchool of Fine Arts. Talks were made by 
Gene Fowler, New York, of the King Features Syn- 
dicate, Inc., and other prominent visitors. The menu in- 
cluded : 

Fruit cocktail 
Radishes Sweet gherkins 

Spring- Chicken Country Ham 

New potatoes New beets 

Spring- salad 
Fresh strawberry ice cream 

Coffee. Cigars Cigarettes 

The week's program follows: 

Monday, May 10 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting of Missouri 
Writers 1 Guild, Mrs. Mary Blake Woodson, Kansas City, president. 

Address by the president of the guild. 

"Tips for Feature Story Writers" Mrs. Frances Jacobi 
O'Meara, feature writer, Martinsburg. 

"The Ideal Story from the Illustrator's Point of View" Monte 
Crews, magazine illustrator, New York, Chicago, and Kansas 

"What is Happening to the American Short Story?" Mrs. 
Emily Newell Blair, article and fiction writer, Joplin. 

"Is the Agent a Help or a Hindrance to a Writer?" Dana Gat- 
lin, fiction and feature writer, New York City; formerly literary 
editor of New York Sun. 

"What Happens to the Book Manuscript When It Reaches the 

Publisher?" John H. Whitson, novelist, Mexico; 'formerly 
reader for Little, Brown & Co., Boston. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Mystery Story" John- 
stone McCulley, mystery and detective story writer and expert, 
Colorado Springs and New York City (Read by Mrs. Velma 
West Sykes, Kansas City.) 

"If You Must 'Free-Lance/ " Cedric Worth, feature -writer, 
Kansas City Journal-Post; formerly free lance of New York City. 

"Building and Marketing the American Novel" Margaret Hill 
McCarter, novelist and author, Topeka, Kan. 

6:30 P. M., Harris' Cafe, 210 South Ninth Street Missouri 
Writers' Guild Bohemian Dinner. 

Tuesday, May 11 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. NefF Hall "The Origin, Development and 
Influence of Cartoons" Clifford K. Berryman, cartoonist, Wash- 
ington Evening Star, president of the Gridiron Club. 

"Of Interest to Children" Mrs. Wayne Sprague, children's 
editor, Des Moines Register & Tribune-News. 

"Advertising as a Field for Women" Mrs. A. W. Proetz, of the 
Gardner Advertising Co., St. Louis. 


"A Reporter Looks at Europe" H. J". Haskell, editorial -writer, 
Kansas City Star. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "What is the Greatest Need of 
the Advertising World Today?" Frank LeRoy Blanehard, Henry 
L. Doherty & Co., New York City. 

"The Editorial Page" Gene Fowler, editor, Circulation, New 
York City. 

"A Comprehensive Program of Publicity for the jModorn 
Church, Dr. J. E. Bell, associate minister, First Baptist Church, 
Kansas City. 

"The Making of a Column" Richard Henry Little, special 
writer, Chicago Tribune. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Newspaper as an Economic 
Product" James Melvin Lee, director, department of journalism, 
New York University. 

"Journalism and Public Service for Women" Mrs. Bess M. 
Wilson, editor, Redwood Gazette, Redwood Falls, Minn., and mem- 
ber of the board of regents of the University of Minnesota. 

Following this program a reception will be given by Theta 
Sigma Phi, journalistic sorority, and Sigma Delta Chi, journal- 
istic fraternity, at the Phi Delta Theta fraternity house, 606 
College Ave.; all Journalism Week visitors are invited. 

Wednesday, May 12 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall (Auditorium) Open session of 
the Missouri Press Association, President E. H. Winter, editor 
and publisher, Warrenton Banner, presiding. 

"The Editorial Page in the Rural Press" S. A. Clark, editor, 
Republican-Record, Carrollton; Will H. Zorn, editor and publisher, 
Howard County Gazette, West Plains; C. W. Green, editor and 
publisher, Daily Argus, Brookfield. 

"The Present Position of the German Press" Dr. Emil Dovifat, 
deputy director of German Institute of Journalism and chairman 
of the Berlin section of the German Press Association. 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Room 103 Executive session 
of National Conference of Alpha Delta Sigma, advertising fra- 
ternity. For members only. The conference will continue on 
Thursday and Friday. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Some Suggestions to Reporters" 
Ralph Ellis, general managing editor, Kansas City Journal- 

"The News That Is Worth While" Edgar T. Cutter, super- 
intendent, central division, the Associated Press, Chicago. 

"The Press Gallery in Washington" Charles G. Ross, chief 
Washington correspondent, St. Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"Classified Advertising" C. W. Nax, manager, classified ad- 
vertising, St. Louis Globe-Democrat, and president of the As- 
sociation of Newspaper Classified Advertising Managers. 

4:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Room 100 Annual meeting of 
Association of Past Presidents of the Missouri Press Association, 
followed by a dinner given by Ovid Bell, editor and owner, Fulton 
Evening Gazette, at the Fulton Country Club. 

4:00 to 5:30 P. M., Delta Upsilon house, 902 University Ave. 
Tea given by Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising sorority, and Theta 
Sigma Phi, journalistic sorority. All Journalism Week visitors 
are invited. 

6:00 P. M., Harris' Cafe Dinner by Kappa Tau Alpha, hono- 
rary journalistic society, for members and invited guests. Alumni 


should make reservations with R. S. Mann or T. C. Morelock, 
109 Jay H. Neff Hall, not later than noon. 

7:30 to 8:00 P. M., Francis Quadrangle (in front of Jay H. 
Neff Hall) Concert by University Cadet Band, under the direc- 
tion of George Venable. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Practicing the Profession of 
Journalism" E. C. Hopwood, editor Cleveland Plain Dealer, and 
president of the American Society of Newspaper Editors. 

Motion picture showing steps in the publication of La Prensa, 
great daily newspaper of Buenos Aires, Argentina. 

Following this program, a reception will be given by Gamma 
Alpha Chi, advertising sorority, and Alpha Delta Sigma, ad- 
vertising fraternity, at the Kappa Sigma fraternity house, Sixth 
and Elm streets. All Journalism Week visitors are invited. 

Thursday, May 13 

8:00 A. M., The Inglenook (705 Missouri Ave.) Theta Sigma 
Phi breakfast for alumnae members. 

8:00 A. M., Harris' Cafe Gamma Alpha Chi breakfast for 
alumnae members. 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Newspaper and Public 
Opinion" Herbert Bayard Swope, executive editor, New York 

"Writing of Agriculture for the Daily and Weekly Press" 
Frank Ridgway, agricultural editor, Chicago Tribune. 

"Observations on Reporting" Rex Magee, editor and pub- 
lisher, Mississippi Veteran, for the state department of the 
American Legion, Jackson, Miss. 

"Opportunities of the Rural Weekly Newspaper" Harry E. 
Taylor, associate editor, Star-Clipper, Traer, la. 

"The Great Cementer" Richard Lloyd Jones, editor, Tribune, 
Tulsa, Okla. 

11:30 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Planting of a vine by the 
graduating class of the School of Journalism. George N. Elliott, 
president of the University of Missouri Journalism Students As- 
sociation, Inc., presiding. 

Address by J. Ewing Settle, president of the senior class of the 
-' School of Journalism. 

12:15 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon given by Colum- 
bia Commercial Club for Journalism Week guests. All registered 
out-of-town visitors should call at the registration counter Thurs- 
day morning for complimentary tickets. 

Reunion of Journalism graduates of the class of '16. A 
special table will be provided for them at the Commercial Club 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Some New Ideas in the Making 
of a Country Newspaper 7 ' John C. Stapel, editor, Atchison Coun- 
ty Mail, Rockport. 

"Advertising as a Field for Women" Mrs. John K. (Rosalie 
Tumalty) Dent, advertising department, Stewart Dry Goods Co., 
Louisville, Ky. 

"The Work of the Sunday Editor" Miss Laura Lou Brook- 
man, Sunday editor, Des Moines Register and Tribune-News. 

3:30 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Presentation of a portrait of Dean 
Walter Williams, painted by Charles F. Gait of St. Louis, a gift 
to the School of Journalism from its alumni; Rex B. Magee, 
Jackson, Miss., president of the School of Journalism Alumni As- 


Acceptance: JE. Lansing Ray, president of the Globe-Democrat, 
St. Louis; chairman of the Executive Board of the University; 
Stratton D. Brooks, president of the University. 

6:00 P. M., College Inn 916 Broadway Subscription dinner 
of Missouri Associated Dailies. Chief speaker, Don Bridge, 
manager of merchandising and natural advertising, Indianapolis 
News, and secretary of the Association of Newspaper Advertis- 
ing Executives. Reservations should be made by Thursday morn- 
ing with J. S. Hubbard, executive secretary, Missouri Press As- 

6:00 P, M., Columbian Hotel Ninth and Walnut streets Sub- 
scription dinner for representatives of Missouri weekly news- 
papers. Chief speaker, W. C. Jarnagin, editor and publisher 
Pilot-Tribune, Storm Lake, la. Reservations should be made by 
Thursday morning with J. S. Hubbard, executive secretary, Mis- 
souri Press Association. 

6:30 P. M., Harris' Cafe Annual reunion and dinner of the 
School of Journalism Alumni Association. Reservations, at $1 
a plate, should be made with Miss Sara L. Lockwood, secretary, 
Room 204, Jay H. Neff Hall, before noon Thursday. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Motion picture, "The Romance of 
Paper Making" furnished by the Mississippi Valley Paper Com- 

Motion picture, "Journalism Week, 1925" including also films 
taken at the dedication of a stone from St. Paul's Cathedral. 

9:30 P. M., Pi Kappa Alpha house, Ninth and Elm streets 
Reception given by the Columbia alumni and former students 
of the School of Journalism. All Journalism Week visitors are 

Friday, May 14 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "A City Newspaper Man in the 
Weekly Field" W. C. Jarnagin, editor and publisher, Pilot- 
Tribune, Storm Lake, la. 

"System in Weekly Publications" Mrs. Jessie Childers Wil- 
liams, editor-in-charge, Free Press, Troy. 

"Raising Advertising Rates" E. Norris Pizer, Jr., associate 
editor, Tipton Times, and vice-president of the Central Missouri 
Press Association. 

"Some Practical Ways in Which Press Organizations May 
Aid Newspapers" Doc Brydon, editor, Bloomfield Vindicator, 
and president of the Southeast Missouri Press Association; F. L. 
Stufflebam, editor, Bolivar Herald, and president of the Ozark 
Press Association; Edgar White, editor, Macon Republican, and 
president of the Northeast Missouri Press Association; Fred B. 
Kenower, editor, Breckenridge Bulletin, and vice-president of the 
Northwest Missouri Press Association. 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall, Room 205 Executive session 
of Theta Sigma Phi National Council. Open to active and alumna 
members of Theta Sigma Phi. 

12:15 P. M., Harris' Cafe Luncheon for Theta Sigma Phi 
National Council and other invited guests, given by Gamma chap- 
ter of Theta Sigma Phi. 

12:15 P. M., The Inglenook Luncheon by Sigma Delta Chi fra- 
ternity for members and invited guests. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall, Auditorium "Journalism, Litera- 
ture and so Forth*' Homer Croy, novelist, Forest Hills, Long 
Island, N. Y. 


"Gathering World News" -Karl A. Bickel, president, United 
Press Associations, New York City. 

Presentation of Missouri Ruralist shield, John F. Case, editor, 
Missouri Ruralist, St. Louis. 

"The Press in International Affairs" Joao Castaldi, proprietor 
and director, A Capital, Sao Paulo, Brazil. 

"The Profession of Journalism in South America" Dr. Maximo 
Soto Hall, La Prensa, Buenos Aires, Argentina. 

2:30 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Room 205 Executive session of 
Theta Sigma Phi National Council. Open to active and alumna 
members of Theta Sigma Phi. 

4:30 P. M., Francis Quadrangle Dress parade, University Re- 
serve Officers Training Corps, direction of Col. M. C. Kerth. 

6:30 P. C., Rothwell Gymnasium The King Features Syndicate 

Tickets will be distributed, at $2.50 each, from 8 a. m. until 2 
p. m. Friday at the registration counter by Miss Cannie R. Quinn, 
secretary of Banquet Committee. All tickets call for reserved 

Saturday, May 15 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Auditorium Business session, 
Missouri Press Association, President E. H. Winter, Warrenton 
Banner, presiding. 

Round-table discussion led by J. S. Hubbard, executive secre- 
tary, Missouri Press Association. 

Suggested Topics: 

Responsibility in printing primary ballots and a price com- 
mensurate with the service. 
Do special editions create new advertisers? 
How to analyze a printing business. 
Why a standard rate card? 
Value of attractive headlines. 
Ways to promote community service. 
What should constitute a legal newspaper for publication 

of legal notices. 

Other questions may be submitted by any member. A question 
box will be placed for this purpose in the corridor of Jay H. 
Neff HalL 

"Survey of Missouri Rural Newspapers" John Hv Casey, 
assistant professor of journalism, School of Journalism, Uni- 
versity of Missouri. 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall, Room 205 Open session under 
auspices of Theta Sigma Phi National Council. Roundtable dis- 
cussion led by members of the National Council. Miss Sara L. 
Lockwood, assistant professor of journalism, School of Journal- 
ism, University of Missouri, and national president of Theta 
Sigma Phi, presiding. 

"Newspaper Features" Mrs. Muriel Steward, of the Minnea- 
polis Journal, national vice-president of Theta Sigma Phi. 

"Publicizing Health" Miss Mildred Whitcomb, assistant editor 
of Hygeia, Chicago; national secretary of Theta Sigma Phi. 

"The Technique of Applying for a Job" Mrs. Susan Dibelka, 
head of Woman's National Journalistic Register, Chicago; Regis- 
ter adviser on the Theta Sigma Phi National Council. 

"The Woman Reporter in Washington" Miss Ruby A. Black, 
associate editor of Equal Rights and writer on political and 


labor topics; editor of the Matrix, official national magazine 
of Theta Sigma Phi; Washington, D. C. . 

"Small City Daily Work for the College Woman" Miss Muriel 
Kelly, newspaper and magazine writer; national treasurer of 
Theta Sigma Phi; Appleton, Wis. 

"Travel Features and Advertising" Miss Katherine Simonds, 
publicity and advertising expert with the Northern Pacific Rail- 
way; national organizer of Theta Sigma Phi; Galesburg, 111. 

1:30 P. M. Automobile ride for Theta Sigma Phi National 
Council and invited guests. 

News Transmission Demonstrated 1927 

The cover for the 1927 Journalism Week program 
(May 9 to 13) was a photograph of the Japanese stone 
lantern presented to the School of Journalism Nov. 9, 
1926 ? by His Excellency, Tsuneo Matsudaira, the Japan- 
ese ambassador to the United States, as a gift of the 
America-Japan Society of Tokyo. An idea of the thought 
and time given to the planning of Journalism "Week and 
of its scope of influence and helpfulness may be obtained 
from the following inf conation given in the 1927 printed 

"A cordial welcome is extended to you by the School 
of Journalism. If you have been here for other Journal- 
ism Weeks, it is hoped you will find the program this 
year even more helpful and inspiring than those of the 
past. If this is the first time you have visited the School, 
please do not hesitate to ask for information about the 
School or Journalism Week events. You may find it of 
interest to inspect Jay H, Neff Hall and observe both its 
equipment and the displays which have been prepared 
for the occasion. 

"The first thing that we ask is that you please register 
at the counter on the first floor of Jay H. Neff Hall. If 
you desire rooms, someone at this counter will aid you 
in finding them. 

"Inquire there also for any mail sent to you in care 
of the School of Journalism. 

"A complimentary copy of the Columbia Missourian 
will be ready for you at the registration counter each day 
as soon as it comes from the press. This paper is a 
product of the laboratory of the School of Journalism 


and is published by the students. Please call on Thursday 
for a copy of the Columbia Herald-Statesman, another 
paper on which students do all the work, with the excep- 
tion of taking care of the advertising. 

" Courtesy cards, signed by Mayor W. J. Hetzler, will 
be given to all Journalism Week visitors. Call for yours 
at the registration counter. 

"All Journalism "Week sessions are held in the auditor- 
ium on the second floor of Jay H. Neff Hall unless an- 
nounced for another place. 

"You may attend any event of the week except in 
cases where the program specifies a limited attendance. 
You are invited to attend the social events as well as the 
speaking and discussion sessions, 

"Smoking is not permitted in Jay H. Neff Hall. 

"You can help make Journalism Week more enjoyable 
if you 

"Avoid visiting just outside the auditorium while the 
sessions are in progress. Talking there is clearly heard 
in the auditorium and is very disturbing to the speaker 
and his audience. 

"Stay in the auditorium until a speaker has finished, 
and occupy a seat as near the center as possible. You 
can hear better there, and will make it possible for those 
coming in late to find seats more readily." 

The School of Journalism 

"The School of Journalism completes its nineteenth 
year of instruction this spring. The graduates of this, 
the oldest school of journalism in the world, are now 
active in journalistic fields in many parts of the world. 

"There are one hundred and five candidates for degrees 
from the School of Journalism this spring and summer. 
The enrollment in courses in the School of Journalism 
is three hundred and ninety-one, two hundred and forty- 
two men and one hundred and forty-nine women. 

"A distinctive feature of the school is the combining of 
actual newspaper experience with classroom work. 


"The School's aim is to give a broad education as 
well as technical training. Two years of college work 
therefore are required before the student enters the School 
of Journalism. Two years more are required for the de- 
gree of Bachelor of Journalism, and one year in addition 
to that for the master's degree. 

"Special provision has been made for persons more 
than twenty-one years old who are not candidates for 
the degree of B. J. They may be admitted as special 
students and permitted to take courses without doing the 
preliminary college work. 

"The Columbia Misso-urian is the principal product of 
the School's laboratory courses. Students, under the 
direction of the faculty members, write the news stories 
for this daily newspaper, edit them and write the head- 
lines, write the editorials and other special departments, 
write and sell the advertising in fact do all the work of 
a daily newspaper except the mechanical part. The 
student works under the same conditions as he will find 
when he leaves school. 

"The Missooirian is published by the University Mis- 
so-urian Association, a non-profit corporation composed 
of graduates and other former students of the School. 
The University is therefore relieved of financial responsi- 
bility for the operation of the School of Journalism lab- 

"The MissO'Uiian is a general newspaper serving Co- 
lumbia and Boone County, as well as the students of the 
University and the two girls colleges it is not a college 
paper in the sense of one with interests limited to- the 
campus. The Missourian is published daily, regard- 
less of suspension of other University instruction during 
vacation periods. 

"Other publications on which students do all or part 
of the work are the Missourian Magazine, which is a 
weekly supplement to> the Missoiurian, and the Columbia 
Herald-Statesman, the editorial and news departments 
of which are conducted by students. 


"Full details of the School of Journalism and its work 
may be found in the announcement for 1927-28, copies of 
which may be obtained in the Journalism Library, Room 
104, Jay H. Neff Hall." 

Things to See In and Near Neff Hall 

"A map showing the location of graduates of the 
School of Journalism hangs in the west end of the cor- 
ridor on the first floor. In the Council Boom are charts 
and graphs showing the total enrollment of the School 
since it was founded, the number of degrees granted, and 
exhibits of the laboratory work produced by the students 
of the School this year. 

"A rare facsimile of a notebook used by Beethoven is 
on display in the Journalism Library through the cour- 
tesy of Prof. W. H. Pommer, professor emeritus of 
music of the University. 

"A leaf from the Grutenberg Bible also may be seen in 
the Journalism Library. 

"Work of students in advertising is on display in 
Room 207. 

" Various displays of country newspapers are to be 1 
found in the corridor of the second floor and in Room 202. 

"Bulletins recently issued by the School of Journalism 
may be found in the Journalism Library. Copies of these 
bulletins may be obtained without charge. 

"Displays of the NBA Service, the United Press Ajsso- 
ciations, the Intertype Corporation, and the Mergenthaler 
Linotype Company may be inspected in Neff Hall. 

"West of the south entrance to Jay H. Neff Hall will 
be found a stone from St. Paul's Cathedral, London, 
which was presented to the School by Sir Esme Howard, 
British Ambassador to the United States, who acted on 
behalf of the British Empire Press Union. 

"Just opposite to the east is a sun dial, a gift of one 
of the graduating classes of the School of Journalism. 

"At the northeast corner of Jay H. Neff stands the 
Japanese stone lantern, the story of which appears else- 
where in this program." 


The United Press Associations Banquet, held Friday 
evening at the Knights of Columbus Hall, demonstrated 
the marvels of modern news transmission. Under direc- 
tion of the United Press guests were shown the speed of 
modern world-wide communication. Starting at the ban- 
quet hall a message was sent around the world and after 
circling the globe, returned to the banquet hall in eight 
minutes. Another message was sent from Columbia to 
South America, traveling down the west coast of that 
continent, across to the east coast and northward back 
to Columbia in seven minutes. There was also com- 
munication with ships at sea in cooperation with, the 
Radio Corporation of America. Exhibitions of these 
marvels and of news transmission on high speed printer 
telegraph machines as well as a motion picture "Around 
the World With the United Press/' (picturing in many 
instances graduates of the Missouri School of Journal- 
ism as representative of United Press in various foreign 
countries) were talked-of topics not only in Columbia 
but through the newspapers in all sections of the country. 
With Dean Williams as toastmaster, banquet talks were 
made by C. L. Hobart, president of the Missouri Press 
Association; James I. Miller, vice-president of the 
United Press in charge of South American service; 
Richard V. Oulahan, Washington correspondent for the 
New York Times; Karl A. Bickel, president of the United 
Press Associations. 

The menu included: 

Shrimp cocktail 
Olives Radishes 

Salted almonds 
Fried spring chicken, country style 

Fresh green beans 
New potatoes with parsley butter 

Country Ham 
Spring salad with French dressing 

Ice cream and strawberries 
Cake Coffee 

Another sensational feature of the week was a long- 
distance telephone call from Neff Hall auditorium plat- 


form to London, England. The call lasted six minutes, 
and cost one hundred sixty-two dollars. The charge for 
the first three minutes was eight-one dollars and for 
each additional minute it was twenty-seven dollars. It 
was Ralph EL Turner, graduate of the School of Jour- 
nalism, and now news manager of the United Press, who 
made the four thousand, two hundred and seventy-seven- 
mile call through the. courtesy of the United Press As- 
sociations. Eleven head-phones were provided so that 
other persons sitting on the platform could listen in to 
this conversation across the Atlantic Ocean. It was the 
first trans-Atlantic telephone call to Columbia, and the 
conversation was clearly heard by those with head-phones 
and reported to the audience. 

Alpha Delta Sigma, national advertising fraternity, 
held its convention at the School of Journalism during 
Journalism Week. 

The general program follows: 

Sunday, May 8 

8:00 P. M., Reception given by Dr. and Mrs. W. C. Curtis, 210 
Hicks Avenue, for members of the Missouri Writers' Guild. 

Monday, May 9 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open meeting of the Missouri 
Writers' Guild, J. Breckenridge Ellis, Plattsburg, president. 

Address by the president of the Guild. 

"Are Contracts with Other Writers Beneficial?" Blanche Sage 
Hazeltine, short story writer, Kansas City. 

"Selling Fiction Overseas" Hugh F. Grinstead, short story 
writer, Columbia. 

"Poets and Poetry" Grace Strickler Dawson, poet, Kansas 

"Carrying One's Verses Around the World" T. Elmore Lucey, 
poet and entertainer, St. Louis. 

"The Writer's Ten Commandments" Louis Dodge, novelist 
and poet, St. Louis. 

11:00 A. M., Council Room, Neff Hall Business session of 
Alpha Delta Sigma convention. 

^ 2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Literature as an Art" Jay Wil- 
liam Hudson, novelist, Columbia. 

"Interviewing Sara Teasdale, Fannie Hurst, Augustus Thomas, 
and other Famous Missourians" Mrs. P. Casper Harvey, editor, 
Missouri Club Woman, Liberty. 

"Revising a Fiction Manuscript" Ralph W. Mooney, editor, 
Southwestern Telephone News, St. Louis. 

"Reading, and Aid to Writing" Mrs. Myrtle Jamison Trachsel, 
short story writer, St. Joseph. 


"Wheedling Checks out of Editors" Mrs. Mabelle McCalment, 
short story writer, Kansas City. 

6:30 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Missouri Writers' Guild din- 
ner. Reservations should be made with the secretary, not later 
than noon. 

Tuesday, May 10 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Occupation of the Car- 
toonist" D. E. Fitzpatrick, cartoonist, the St. Louis Post-Dis- 

"Changes in the Syndicate Field" John H. Millar, president 
Associated Editors, Inc., Chicago. 

"The Woman Reporter" Mrs. Genevieve Forbes Herrick, re- 
porter, Chicago Tribune. 

9:00 A. M., Council Room, Neff Hall Business session, of 
Alpha Delta Sigma convention. 

Noon, Harris* Cafe; Theta Sigma Phi luncheon honoring Fan- 
nie Hurst and Genevieve Forbes Herrick. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Restraint of the Press"- Cas- 
per S. Yost, editor of the editorial page, St. Louis Globe-Democrat. 

"The Art of Story Writing" Fannie Hurst (Mrs. Jacques 
Danielson), author, New York City. 

6:00 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Alpha Delta Sigma banquet. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "China and the Cables" Marc A. 
Rose, executive manager, International News Service, Inc., New 
York City. 

"Journalism Internationally on the Qui Vive" Edward Price 
Bell, London correspondent, Chicago Daily News. 

A reception will be given by Gamma Alpha Chi and Alpha 
Delta Sigma for all Journalism Week visitors, at Delta Upsilon 
House, 902 University Avenue, from 10 to 12 p. m. 

Wednesday, May 11 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of the Missouri 
Press Association, President C. L. Hobart, editor and publisher! 
Holden Progress. 

Address by the president. 

"Community Development" J. E. Watkins, editor, Chillicothe 

"Newspaper Make-Up" John E. Allen, editor, the Linotype 
News, New York City. 

"Newspaper Publishing" W. Laurence Dickey, publisher, Kan- 
sas City Journal-Post. 

"Opportunities in Community Journalism" John L. Meyer, 
managing editor, National Printer- Journalist, Milwaukee. 

"The Newspaper and Business" J. C. Penney, chairman of the 
board of directors of the Penney Stores, New York City. 

Noon, The Inglenook, 705 Missouri Avenue Sigma Delta Chi 
luncheon honoring Lawrence W, Murphy. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Appearance of the News- 
paper" N. D. Becker, president, Intertype Corporation, New 
York City. 

"Advertising Copy" Robert W. Jones, associate professor of 
Journalism, School of Journalism, University of Washington, 

"Some Tendencies in the Rural Press" Elmo Scott Watson, 
editor, the Publisher's Auxiliary, Chicago. 


"Higher Standards for Journalism" Lawrence W. Murphy, as- 
sistant professor of journalism, University of Illinois, Urbana. 

"The Editorial" P. T. Grimes, editor, Central Missourian, 

4:10 P. M., West Campus Regimental review of Infantry 
Regiment and Band. 

Rollins Field Regimental review of Field Artillery Regiment 
(dismounted) and Drum and Bugle Corps. 

6:00 P. M., Boonville Association of Past Presidents of Mis- 
souri Press Association will dine with Col. and Mrs. C. M. Har- 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The News as the Editorial 
Writer Sees It" Tom Wallace, chief of the editorial staff of the 
Times, Louisville, Ky. 

"The Reporting of Politics" Frank R. Kent, managing editor, 
Baltimore Sun, 

A reception given by Theta Sigma Phi and Sigma Delta Chi 
at the Kappa Alpha House, University and College avenues, 
for all Journalism Week guests, from 10 to 12 p. m. 

Thursday, May 12 

8:00 A. M., Harris' Cafe Theta Sigma Phi breakfast for 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Advertising Field" Don 
D. Patterson, advertising department, Curtis Publishing Co., 

"Country Correspondence" Gus M. Oehm, agricultural editor, 
College of Agriculture, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville. 

"Pictures as a Feature" Marvin H. Crawford, owner and 
editor, Democrat, California. ^ 

"Women's Work in Journalism" Mrs. Caralee Strock Stanard, 
St. Louis. 

"The Sunday Feature Story" Guy Forshey, feature writer, St, 
Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"The Newspaper's Opportunity" Jason Rogers, general man- 
ager, Kansas City Journal-Post. 

12:15 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Chamber of Commerce 
luncheon for all Journalism Week guests, 

1:15 P. M., West Campus Regimental review of Infantry 
Regiment and Band. 

Rollins Field Regimental review of Field Artillery Regiment 
(dismounted) and Drum and Bugle Corps. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Journalism and the Nation" 
Arthur Capper, publisher and proprietor, Topeka Daily Capital 
and Capper farm publications; United States Senator from Kan- 

"The New Journalism" Herbert W. Walker, editor, NEA 
Service, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio. 

"Big News Events of 1926 and How They Were Covered," 
Ralph H. Turner, news manager, United News, New York City. 

"The Prospects for Journalism in China" Vernon Nash, in- 
structor in journalism Yenching University, Peking, China. 

6:30 P. M., Green Tea Pot Journalism Alumni Banquet. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Motion pictures: 
Journalism Week, 1926. 

Presentation of Japanese Stone Lantern (November, 1926) 
The Making of a Great Newspaper (New York Times). 


Trees to Tribune (Chicago Tribune). 

9:30-12 P. M., Phi Delta Theta House, 606 College Ave. Re- 
ception given by journalism student body for journalism alumni 
and all Journalism Week guests. 

Friday, May 13 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Some Journalists I Have 
Known" Colonel John Haydock Carroll, lawyer, Washington, D. 

"Advertising and Circulation" 0. C. Harn, president, Audit 
Bureau of Circulations, Chicago. 

"The Washington Correspondent" K. V. Oulahan, Washington 
Bureau New York Times. 

Noon, Harris' Cafe- Gamma Alpha Chi luncheon for members 
and delegates to national conference. 

1:005:00 P. M., Room 205, Neff Hall First national con- 
vention of Gamma Alpha Chi. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "The Daily Newspaper From the 
Publisher's Point of View" John F. D. Aue, publisher, Hawk- 
Eye, Burlington, Iowa; president, Iowa Daily Press Association. 

Discussion by James Todd, publisher, Democrat-Forum and 
Tribune, Maryville; president, Missouri Associated Dailies; Frank 
P. Briggs, Chronicle-Herald, Macon, vice-president, Missouri As- 
sociated Dailies. 

Round-table discussions led by J. S. Hubbard, executive secre- 
tary, Missouri Press Association. 

"The Making of a Newspaper" J. L. Ritzenthaler, editor and 
publisher, Press-Spectator, Salisbury; Charles L. Woods, editor, 
the Herald, Rolla. 

"The Newspaper's Service to the Community" B. E. Woolsey, 
editor and proprietor, The Commonwealth, Ash Grove. 

"Advertising" Mrs. Ruth Prather Midyette, advertising, man- 
ager, News, Mount Washington. 

6:30 P. M,, K. of C. Hall The United Press Associations Ban- 

Hallway Magazine Editors Participate 1928 

The twentieth anniversary of the founding of the first 
school of journalism in the world, that at the University 
of Missouri, was commemorated during the 1928 Jour- 
nalism Week, May 6-12. In connection with the week, the 
American Railway Magazine Editors 7 Association held 
its annual convention in Columbia. Its. Thursday ses- 
sions were separate but its delegates attended the general 
Journalism Week programs on Friday and some of the 
railway magazine editors were on the general program- 
Delegates from student newspapers in the senior colleges 
of Missouri also met here under the auspices of Sigma 
Delta Chi. And, as usual, meetings were held during 
Journalism Week of the Missouri Writers'" Gruild, the 


Missouri Press Association, and the Association of Past 
Presidents of the Missouri Press Association. 

Exhibits during the week included: The Art Lovers' 
Guild arranged for Journalism Week visitors an exhibit 
of newspaper art work, open every afternoon during the 
week at the State Teachers Association Building, This 
exhibit consisted of original drawings for cartoons of the 
last two months by Darling, Kirby, Ireland, Fitzpatrick, 
and Chapin, together with illustrations of national ad- 
vertising and feature drawings furnished by well-known 
advertising agencies and feature syndicates. 

Work of students in advertising classes was on display 
in Boom 207. Student advertising salesmen were to be 
found at their every-day work in Room A. 

Displays showing part of the publications employing 
School of Journalism alumni were on the landing between 
the first and second floors. A map showing the location 
of graduates of the School of Journalism hung in the 
west end of the first-floor corridor. Pictures showing 
laboratory and class work of students in the School of 
Journalism were in the second-floor corridor. 

In Room 202 was a display including magazines and 
newspapers represented in the American Railway Maga- 
zine Editors' Association, which held its annual conven- 
tion during Journalism Week this year. Visitors were 
invited to inspect the photo-engraving equipment and 
exhibits in Room E, at the east end of the basement cor- 
ridor. In the Journalism Library was the Gutenberg 
Case, in which are a leaf from the Gutenberg Bible and 
various other articles of interest to journalists. 

A number of the School's alumni were on the week's 
program and Thursday was again devoted largely to 
alumni with the annual dinner that evening of the School 
of Journalism Alumni Association. Ralph H. Turner of 
Kansas City, president of the association, presided at 
the dinner and cut the " birthday cake." The dinner 
men^s were shaped like a birthday cake, observing the 
twentieth anniversary idea of the week. 


The twentieth anniversary general program was held 
on Friday with H. J. Blanton, member of the University 
Board of Curators and editor of the Monroe County 
Appeal, Paris, Mo., as presiding officer. Talks relative 
to the founding of the Missouri School of Journalism 
and to journalistic education generally were made by 
Dr. A. Ross Hill of Kansas City, who was president of 
the University when the School was founded ; Dean A. L. 
Stone, of the School of Journalism, University of Mon- 
tana, president of the American Association of Schools 
and Departments of Journalism; Charles P. Cooper, 
professor of Journalism at Columbia University, New 
York; and Dr. J. C. Jones, president emeritus of the 
University of Missouri. A memorial tree was planted by 
the School to mark its twentieth birthday, a group of 
distinguished educators and editors taking part in the 
ceremony. Another tree was planted just west of Neff 
Hall and presented with due ceremony as a tribute to 
the Missouri School of Journalism and its faculty from 
Kansas City alumna chapter of Theta Sigma Phi. Many 
of the speakers throughout the week paid high honor to 
the School, Dean Williams and other members of the 
faculty, and to the alumni. 

The Railway Banquet on Friday evening in Rothwell 
Gymnasium was unique in decoration and menu, standing 
out as one of the most delightful of the School's annual 
banquets. The decorations, food and favors were con- 
tributed by the American Railway Magazine Editors' 
Association. The entrance to the gymnasium was tempo- 
rarily rebuilt and Decorated to resemble a de luxe ob- 
servation car and the speakers' platform was a replica 
of a modern railroad dining car. A real train bell, 
beautifully tuned, was rung by Dean Walter Williams, 
toastmaster, to obtain the attention of the diners. The 
gavel used was made from printed pages of all the maga- 
zines represented in the American Railway Magazine 
Editors' Association, these pages moulded and formed 
into a mallet. 


Six hundred persons attended the dinner and others 
were turned away because of lack of room. The food, 
furnished by the railways, was produced in the terri- 
tories served by the railroads named in italics under the 
respective articles on the menu, and brought fresh and 
direct to Columbia just in time for the banquet. The 
menu follows: 

Fresh strawberries 

Frisco Lines 

Broiled lake trout Parsley butter 

Bock Island Lines M. K. & T. Ry. 

Parisian Potatoes 

Maine Central R. R. 

Fried spring chicken Southern style 

Wabash Railroad 

Klamath Potatoes New string beans fleurette 

Great Northern Ry. New York Central Lines 

Whole tomato peeled, chilled 

Illinois Central R. R. 
Head Lettuce, individual dressing 

Southern Pacific Lines 

Ice Cream Salted Peanuts 

Pennsylvania R, R. Norfolk & Western R. JR. 

Blueberry Conserve 
Louisville & Nashville R. R. 

Mints Coffee 

Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburgh R. R. Baltimore & Ohio R. R. 

Cigars and cigarettes 

Missouri Pacific Lines 

Music was furnished by the Red Arrow Quartet of the 
Pennsylvania Railroad. The Rev. John M. Alexander, 
pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of Columbia, 
pronounced the invocation. Dean Williams presented to 
the audience the railroad men who arranged the ban- 
quet, provided and built the decorations. Dr. A. Boss 
Bill was asked to cut the great birthday cake which 
stood at the presiding officer's table. Brief talks were 
made by "William E. Babb, president of the American 
Railway Magazine Editors' Association, editor of the 
Rock Island Magazine; Samuel O. Dunn of Railway Age, 
Chicago ; Ralph H. Turner of Kansas City, retiring presi- 
dent of the School of Journalism Alumni Association, 
chief of western division of United Press Association; 
Col. Hal S. Ray, head of the public relations department 
of the Rock Island ; Dr. George B. Dealey of the Dallas 


News and Journal ; James T. Williams, Jr., of Universal 
Service, Washington, D. C. 

The week's program follows: 

Sunday, May 6 

8:00 P. M. Reception given by Dr. and Mrs. W. C. Curtis, 
210 Westmont Ave., for members of the Missouri Writers* Guild. 

Monday, May 7 

9 :00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium Open meeting of the Mis- 
souri Writers' Guild, in charge of its president, Mrs, Maebelle 
B. McCalment. 

Address by the president. 

"Editing a Department" Velma West Sykes, writer and editor, 
Kansas City. 

"What Shall I Write?" J. Breekenridge Ellis, novelist and 
and short-story writer, Plattsburg. 

"Our Guild Outing" Ella I. Heininger, editor children's page, 
St. Joseph News-Press. 

"Men and Things in Literature of Today" Dr. John Joseph 
Gaines, writer and poet, Excelsior Springs. 

"Children's Literature Who Shall Write It?" Ella Victoria 
Dobbs, University of Missouri, Columbia. 

Business Meeting. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium 

"Knots and Bowknots" Vera Waltner. 

"Collaboration and Collusion" Erma Waltner, Butland, V. E. 
Waltner, Kansas City. 

"A State of Mind May be the Trouble" Ervin Mattick, presi- 
dent of the St. Louis Guild, novelist and short-story writer. 

"Poets and Near-Poets" Mae Williams Ward, editor of Harp, 
Belpre, Kan. 

"Westminster Abbey, and Other Poems" Warren Comstock, 
poet and reader, Kansas City. 

6:30 P. M., Daniel Boone Tavern Missouri Writers' Guild 
subscription dinner. Reservations should be made with the 
secretary by noon if possible. 

Tuesday, May 8 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff t Auditorium "The Use of the Car- 
toon" John Knott, cartoonist, Dallas News. 

"Journalism and Social Progress" C. D. Johnson, chairman, 
department of journalism, Baylor University, Waco, Texas. 

"The Middle West Expresses Itself" John T. Frederick, editor, 
Midland Magazine, Iowa City, la. 

"The Press and the Judiciary" Edward J. White, vice-presi- 
dent and general solicitor, Missouri Pacific Railroad, St. Louis. 

12:15 P. M., Harris' Cafe Luncheon given by Theta Sigma 
Phi, journalistic sorority, in honor of Mary Margaret McBride. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium "The American Press in 
International Affairs" A. Th. Polyzoides, editor, Atlantis, New 
York City. 

"Women and Newspapers" Mary Margaret McBride, writer, 
New York City. 


"Readers for Our Advertisements in 1950" Herbert W. Smith, 
advertising department, Dallas News. 

"Your Money's Worth and Advertising" Mrs, Erma Perham 
Proetz, Gardner Advertising Co., St. Louis. 

4:30 P. M., North Entrance to Jessee Hall Formation of an 
Escort of Honor by students of the Reserve Officers' Training 
Corps. A salute of nineteen guns will be fired (on Rollins Field) 
in honor of the Chilean ambassador to the United States, Senor 
Don Carlos G. Davila, after which the band will play the Chilean 
national air. The ambassador will then inspect the escort. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall "Journalism and the State" 
Theodore Christiansen, governor of Minnesota. 

"Journalism and International Relations" Senor Don Carlos 
G. Davila, ambassador extraordinary and envoy plenipotentiary 
from Chile to the United States of America. 

Following this program, the audience Is invited to attend a 
reception to be given by Theta Sigma Phi, journalistic sorority, 
and Sigma Delta Chi, journalistic fraternity, at the Phi Delta 
Theta fraternity house, 606 College Ave. 

Wednesday, May 9 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium Open session of the Mis- 
souri Press Association, in charge of the president, Harry Den- 
man, the News, Farmington. 

"Journalism a Science or an Art?" Eric G. Schroeder, pro- 
fessor of journalism, College of Industrial Arts, Denton, Tex. 

"The International Obligations of Journalism" James T. Wil- 
liams, Jr., editor of Universal Service, Washington, D. C. 

"Women in Journalism" Mrs. B. J. Bless, Jr., the Weston 

"The Relative Value of News and Features" James H. Skewes, 
editor and publisher, the Meridian (Miss.) Star. 

"Illustration in Newspapers" Bloor Schleppey, secretary the 
Chicago Local American Newspaper Publishers Association, 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium Open session of the Mis- 
souri Press Association. 

"This Believing Newspaper World" E. P. Adler, president the 
Lee Syndicate Newspapers, Davenport, la. 

"Opportunities for Women in Rural Journalism" Mrs. Mary 
Tarleton Hodges, associate editor the Mokane Missourian* 

"The Making of a Community Newspaper" Charles M. Mere- 
dith, editor and publisher the Quakertown Press; president of 
the National Editorial Association; Quakertown, Pa. 

"The News of the World" Karl A. Bickel, president United 
Press Associations, New York City. 

4:25 P. M., Francis Quadrangle Combined parade of the field 
artillery and the infantry regiments of the University R. O. T. C* 

4:30 P. M., Room 100, Jay H. Neff HallMeeting of Association 
of Past Presidents of Missouri Press Association. 

6:00 P. M., Harris* Cafe Dinner of Association of Past Presi- 
dents of Missouri Press Association. 

8:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium "Crusading in Journal- 
ism" Oswald Garrison Villard, editor the Nation, New York 

"The Press Under Fire" Stuart H. Perry, editor and publisher 
the Adrian Daily Telegram, Adrian, Mich. 


Following this program, the audience is invited to attend a 
reception given by Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising sorority, and 
Alpha Delta Sigma, advertising fraternity, at the Alpha Kappa 
Kappa fraternity, 210 South Ninth St. 

Thursday, May 10 

7:00 A. M., Harris' Cafe Breakfast for all members and 
alumnae of Theta Sigma Phi, journalistic sorority. 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium Open session of the 
Missouri Press Association. 

"Small Town Dailies" Curtis B. Hurley, editor the Camden 
Evening News, Camden, Ark. 

"The Journalist in Public delations Work" Alan Rogers, 
supervisor of public relations. New York Central Lines, Chicago. 

"Opportunities and Obligations in Technical Journalism" Hoi- 
combe Parker, the Norf old & Western Railway Magazine, Roan- 
oke, Va. 

"Twenty Years of Newspaper Progress from the Standpoint of 
a British Observer" Percy S. Bullen, American correspondent 
of the London Daily Telegraph, New York City. 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Hall, Boom 205 Advertising con- 

"National Advertising for Local Newspapers" Arthur W. 
Cooley, Inland Newspaper Representatives, Inc., Chicago. 

"The Value of Advertising" J. S- Hurlbut, Kellogg & Co. Ad- 
vertising Agency, Chicago. 

Noon, Harris' Cafe Luncheon given by Kappa Tau Alpha, 
honorary journalistic society, for members and specially invited 
guests. Alumni members should make reservations Wednesday 
or early Thursday morning with Robert S. Mann, 109 Jay H. 
Neff Hall. 

2:00 P. M., Jay H. Neff Hall Open session of the Missouri 
Press Association. 

"What Has Happened in Journalism in Twenty Years?" Silas 
Bent, writer, author of "Ballyhoo," New York City. 

"Making an Employes' Magazine" Alfred Pittman, editor the 
Union Pacific Magazine, Omaha. 

"Journalism in Brazil" H. B. Robertson, associate editor the 
Illinois Central Magazine, Chicago. 

"Missouri in China" Vernon Nash, chairman of the depart- 
ment of journalism, Yenching University, Peking. 

2:00 P. M., Room 205, Jay H. Neff Hall Advertising con- 

"Service a Newspaper Should Render an Advertiser" Roy W. 
Wenzlick, manager merchandising and research department, St. 
Louis Post-Dispatch. 

"Circulation From the Buyer's Point of View" P. L. Thomson, 
president the Audit Bureau of Circulation, New York City. 

6:15 P. M., Green Tea Pot, 113 South Ninth St. Subscription 
dinner for all visiting newspaper men and women. Reservations 
should be made not later than noon with. J. S. Hubbard, executive 
secretary of the Missouri Press Association. 

6:15 P. M., Harris* Cafe Annual reunion dinner of the Journal- 
ism Alumni Association, All former students in the School of 
Journalism, and the present senior class, are invited. Tickets 
($1 each) should be bought not later than noon at the registration 
counter or from Robert S. Mann, 109 Jay H. Neff Hall. 


8:00 P. M., Women's Gymnasium, Hitt St. near Conley Ave. 
Motion pictures, including views of the 1927 Journalism Week 
and scenes photographer on the 1928 editors' excursion to Mexico. 

This will be followed by an informal party given by the Uni- 
versity of Missouri Journalism Students Association, Inc., for 
all persons attending the Journalism Week programs. Music, 
stunts, games and dancing. 

Thursday, May 10 

9:00 A. M., Room 123, Jesse Hall (South end of Francis 
Quadrangle) Address of Welcome Professor Robert S. Mann, 
School of Journalism, University of Missouri. 

Response W. E. Babb, president, American Railway Magazine 
Editors' Association; editor the Rock Island Magazine, Chicago. 

"The Purpose of the Railway Employes' Publication" paper to 
be prepared and presented by a committee consisting of D. A. 
Pritchard, Central of Georgia; H. P. Riccadonna, Chicago Great 
Western; and W. C. Crutchfield, Nashville, Chattanooga and St. 
Louis. Discussion to be led by R. T. Howe, Boston & Maine. 

"Recent Developments in the Railway Employes' Publication 
Field" paper to be prepared and presented by a committee con- 
sisting of C. W. Y. Currie, New York Central; W. S. Wollner, 
Northwestern Pacific; and F. M. America, Erie. Discussion to 
be led by M. W. Jones, Baltimore & Ohio. 

2:00 P. M., Room 123, Jesse Hall--"The Public Relations Value 
of the Railway Employes' Publication" paper to be prepared 
and presented by a committee consisting of George Flatow, Long 
Island; F, E. Heibel, Nickel Plate; and F. Q. Tredway, Southern 
Pacific. Discussion to be led by R. F. HaU, Gulf, Mobile & 

"Comparative Advantages of the Newspaper and Magazine 
Styles of Publication" Paper for the newspaper side to be pre- 
pared and presented by a committee consisting of Walton Wentz, 
L. B. Sisson and K. D. Pulcipher, editors of the Pennsylvania 
regional newspapers. Papers for the magazine side to be pre- 
pared and presented by a committee consisting of T. E. Owen, 
Louisville & Nashville; Herbert Deeming, Santa Fe; and Rufus 
E. Deering, Kansas City, Mexico and Orient. 

Report of the Kellogg Group, Inc., advertising representative, 
by H. W. Kellogg, president. 

Reports of committees, including election of officers and choice 
of next meeting place. 

Friday, May 11 

'8:00 A. M., Harris' Cafe Gamma Alpha Chi breakfast for 

9:00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium Twentieth anniversary 
program. Presiding officer, H. J. Blanton, member of the Board 
of Curators, University of Missouri; editor the Monroe County 
Appeal, Paris, Mo. 

"Why a University School of Journalism ? "A. Ross Hill, 
former president of the University of Missouri, Kansas City. 

"Trail Blazing in Journalism" A. L. Stone, dean of the School 
of Journalism, University of Montana; president the American 
Association of Schools and Departments of Journalism; Missoula, 


"The Spirit of Journalism" Charles P. Cooper, professor of 
Journalism at the School of Journalism, Columbia University; 
former president of the American Association of Teachers of 
Journalism; New York City. 

"Some Tendencies of Modern Journalism" Harvey Ingham, 
editor-in-chief the the Des Moines Register-Tribune, Des Moines, 

10:00 A. M., Room 100, Switzler Hall "The Public and the 
Railroads" Samuel O. Dunn, editor the Railway Age, Chicago. 

11:30 A. M., South of Jay H. Neff Hall planting of a memorial 

Noon, Daniel Boone Tavern Luncheon given by Columbia 
Chamber of Commerce. All registered out-of-town Journalism 
Week visitors should call at the registration counter Friday morn- 
ing for complimentary tickets. 

Noon, Harris' Cafe Sigma Delta Chi luncheon for college news- 
paper delegates. 

2:00 P. M., South entrance of Jay H. Neff Hall Planting 1 of 
tree, a gift from the Kansas City alumnae chapter of Theta 
Sigma Phi, journalistic sorority. 

2:15 P. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium Twentieth anniversary 

"Journalism and the State" Sam A. Baker, governor of Mis- 

"The Press of the Orient" Teijiro Tamura, consul of Japan, 

"The School of Journalism and the Newspaper" Casper Yost, 
first president the American Society of Newspaper Editors; editor 
of the editorial page, St. Louis Globe-Democrat. 

3:30 P. M., Rollins Field Baseball game, University of Mis- 
souri vs. University of Kansas. Tickets will be distributed free 
to registered out-of-town Journalism Week visitors all day Fri- 
day at the registration counter. 

6:30 P. M., Rothwell Gymnasium Railway Banquet. Speakers 
will include: Walter M. Harrison, president the American Society 
of Newspaper Editors, and editor the Oklahoman, Oklahoma City; 
Ralph H. Turner, president the Journalism Alumni Association; 
Samuel O. Dunn, editor the Railway Age, Chicago. 

Tickets for banquet will be distributed, at $2 each, from 8 a. m. 
until 2 p. m., at the registration counter. 

Saturday, May 12 

9 :00 A. M., Jay H. Neff Auditorium Open session of the Mis- 
souri Press Association. 

"Why Should Editors Act Like Human Beings?" W. A. Black, 
editor the Lawson (Mo.) Review. 

"How Does Your Newspaper Look" John E. Allen, editor the 
Linotype News, New York City. 

"Discussion of Newspaper Making" Louis N. Bowman, editor 
the Tri-County News, King City. 

"Open Forum on Advertising" H. Z. Mitchell, editor the 
Pioneer, Bemidji, Minn. 

Round table conducted by J. S. Hubbard, executive secretary of 
the Missouri Press Association. 

9:00 A. M., Council Room, Jay H. Neff Hall Organization 
meeting of college newspaper delegates. 



G-oing beyond the instruction given on the campus in 
the furtherance of its ideal of being of the greatest pos- 
sible service to the profession of journalism in general, 
the School of Journalism has published a series of 
bulletins designed to assist journalists everywhere with 
everyday problems of the news desk and advertising 
office. Many of these bulletins deal directly with Mis- 
souri, since the aim has been to be of particular service 
to the state in which the school is located. 

Members of the School of Journalism faculty and other 
professional journalists are responsible for the writing 
of these bulletins, about fifty in all. Many of them are 
still in print and may be obtained by application to the 
Dean of the School of Journalism. 

"Missouri Laws Affecting Newspapers" 

The first of the series, "Missouri Laws Affecting News- 
papers," was written by Dean Walter "Williams. The 
booklet was issued in April 1912 and served as a useful 
guide to the country journalist who accepted legal adver- 
tising of any sort. Practically every form of public cita- 
tion required by Missouri laws is discussed in this bul- 
letin. Directions are given for the proper handling of 
each notice. In addition, the vast number of laws scatter- 
ed through the statute books of the State at that time 
dealing with legal advertising are gathered into the bul- 
letin. It is a newspaper handbook on legal publication. 
"Journalism Week, 1912" 

Descriptive stories of Journalism Week of 1912, and 
excerpts from the speeches made during the week, make 
up the next bulletin, issued in May, 1912. The cream 
of the "shop talk" carried on by the two hundred profes- 
sional journalists who visited the School of Journalism 
during Journalism Week is presented in this bulletin. H. 
J. Haskell, of the Kansas City Star, in his address "The 



Editorial Page", asks the newspaper men to consider 
their paper as a personality. " Flavor the editorial with 
thought, and put argument and news and fact into it," 
Haskell advises editorial writers. 

Dr. Talcott Williams, then director of the Pulitzer 
School of Journalism, discusses ' ' The Purposes of Jour- 
nalism. " "The first duty of the journalist/' he says, "is 
not to the individual, not to a class, not to party ; it is to 
his community, whether it is a small town or a great 

Louis T. Golding, publisher of the St. Joseph News- 
Press, talks on "The Responsibility of the Newspaper." 
''The editorial chair is a calling that requires the utmost 
effort to rise to a high plane of liberal thinking and 
tolerant utterance," he says. 

B. B. Herbert, editor of the National Printer-Journal- 
ist, Chicago, gives newspaper ideals as follows: (1) Giv- 
ing all news in good form; (2) To instruct and educate 
through editorials; (3) Usefulness and service; (4) 
Comradeship; (5) Promotion of public good. 

George S. Johns, of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, says 
"you can never kill a cause with misrepresentation and 
untrue statement, " in his address on "The Editorial 
Policy of the Metropolitan Newspaper. " 

Others whose talks during Journalism Week 1912 are 
quoted in the bulletin, are: Will H. Mayes, editor of the 
Brownwood (Tex.) Bulletin; Ovid Bell, editor of the 
Pulton (Mo.) Gazette; H. S. Sturgis, editor of the 
Neosho (Mo.) Times; Mrs. S. E. Lee, Savannah (Mb.) 
Reporter, whose subject is "Country Journalism as a 
Field for Women"; Miss Frances Nise, Moberly (Mo.) 
Democrat; Edmond McWilliams, editor of the Clinton 
County Democrat, Plattsburgh, M'o. ; Jewell Mayes, editor 
of the Richmond Missourian ; Lee Shippey, editor of the 
Higginsville (Mo.) Jeffersonian; E. P. Caruthers, editor 
of the Dunklin Democrat, Kennett, Mo.; R. T. Deacon, 
treasurer of the Ben Franklin Club of America; A. D. 
Moffett, of the Elwood (Ind.) Record; Robert H. Lyman, 
of the editorial staff of the New York World; W. M. 


Ledbetter, city editor of the St. Louis Globe-Democrat ; 
Thomas H. Roberts, of the St. Louis Times ; A. B. Chapin, 
of the Kansas City Star; Strickland W. Gillilan; DeWitt 
C, Wing, of the Breeder's Gazette, Chicago; Charles Dil- 
lon, professor of industrial journalism in the Kansas 
State Agricultural College ; George W. Coleman, presi- 
dent of the Associated Advertising Clubs of America; 
Glen Buck, Chicago; I. H. Sa,wyer, president of the St. 
Louis Ad Men's League; Willis M. Hawkins, president 
of the Kansas City Ad Club; E. L. Purcell, editor of the 
Fredericktown (Mo.) Democrat-News. 

" Journalism for Teachers" 

An analysis of the news of the average school and col- 
lege and suggestions for making the most of it in news- 
papers, was the topic of the next bulletin, " Journalism 
for Teachers." It was written by Prof. Frank L. Martin, 
of the School of Journalism, and issued in February 1912 
by the Department of Education. It is a small textbook 
with a style book of the best newspaper usage and 
methods appended. 

".Retail Advertising and the Newspaper" 

"This bulletin is for the newspaper and the retailer,' 
Joseph E. Chasnoff, professor of advertising, wrote in 
the preface of the fourth bulletin issued by the School 
of Journalism, "Retail Advertising and the Newspaper." 
"It aims to serve both the retailer and the newspaper 
by showing that their interests are in common." The 
bulletin dispells many of the advertising bugaboos, such 
as the "prestige theory, " the "charity theory," and 
the "dull-season mania," which are the trial of the 
country newspaper man and the city man as well. Many 
pages are devoted to a topic almost new at the time it 
was issued, (July 1912) the psychology of advertising. 
Advertising lay-out, planning, and the types adapted to 
special campaigns are topics analyzed for the assistance 
of the country papers particularly. 


"The News in the Country Paper" 

"The newspaper field seems filled today, but tomorrow 
if a new man comes with a message that appeals, stirs 
and grips both heart and brain of the people, lie will get 
his hearing, and if lie works tirelessly and with a single 
mind he, too, will earn the success of his heart's desire. 
And he will come from the country.'' 

Charles Q-. Ross, associate professor of journalism, 
chose the above words of Robert H. Lyman of the New 
York World for the frontispiece of his bulletin, "The 
News in the Country Paper' 7 , issued in 1913. Ross distin- 
guishes carefully between the news fields of the weekly 
and the daily, and endeavors to present the country editor 
an analysis of his field that will increase and improve his 
efficiency. "In his own field the publication of local 
news the country editor need fear no encroachment 
from the outside. To succeed the country paper must 
stand on its own legs, as something radically different 
from and not a weak imitation of the city daily. 

Topics covered by Ross in his analysis of the country 
field include, system in news gathering; the value of 
names in the paper; the editor and the news ; civic better- 
ment ; special feature ; news for women readers. 

One of the earlier forms of the Deskbook of the School 
of Journalism was appended to this bulletin to further 
assist the country editor in simplifying and standardiz- 
ing his style. 

"Journalism Week, 1913" 

The next annual Journalism Week found no less an 
array of outstanding journalists in Columbia than in 
1912. The country journalist, the city newspaper owner, 
the reporter of special or of general news, found in that 
year's program answers to many questions. Missouri 
journalists who heard the programs of the week carried 
back to their newspapers the ideas and ideals of jour- 
nalists who were truly representative of the profession. 

The speaker whose addresses are published include: 
E. P. Adler, president of the Lee Syndicate, Davenport, 


la.; Herbert L. Baker, typography expert, New York; 
John T. Barker, attorney-general of Missouri; Dante 
Barton, editorial writer for the Kansas City Star ; Mrs. 
Emily Newell Blair, special writer of Carthage, Mo.; 
Erwin Craighead, Mobile (Ala.) Register; Mrs. T. E. 
Dotter, associate editor of the Sullivan (Mo.) News; 
Walter Eason, editor of the Queen City (Mo.) News; 
Omar D. Gray, editor of the Sturgeon Leader; B. B. Her- 
bert, editor of the National Printer- Journalist, Chicago ; 
M. IX Hunton, special advertising representative, New 
York; S. E. Baser, humorist; Elliot W. Major, governor 
of Missouri; H. F. MbDiougal, city editor of the Mary- 
ville Tribune; Robert Minor, Jr., cartoonist of the St. 
Louis Post-Dispatch; Barratt O'Hara, lieutenant gov- 
ernor of Illinois; Wright A. Patterson, editor-in-chief 
of the Western Newspaper Union, Chicago; B. H. Reese, 
managing editor of the St. Louis Star ; Walter Ridgway, 
editor of the Fayette (Mo.) Advertiser; Mrs. Sarah Ty- 
son Rorer, special writer of Philadelphia; James Scher- 
merhorn, editor of the Detroit Times ; Julius Schneider, 
advertising counsel for the Chicago Tribune; C. A. 
Shainel, editor of the Orange Judd Farmer, Chicago; 
E. N. Smith, city editor of the Kansas City Post; Miss 
Clara Chapline, paragrapher of the Minneapolis Tribune ; 
J. C. Woodley, advertising manager of East St. Louis, 

Topics common in the daily discussion during the 
week, as recorded in the bulletin, are : The responsibility 
of the reporter, the new trend in editorial comment, 
women in journalism, news of interest to women, writing 
for farmers. The editors find help in discussions on good 
editing, good business, propaganda, advertising methods 
and means, especially as applied to foreign advertising. 

" Building a Circulation" 

J. B. Powell, author of the sixth of the series of 
bulletins, which was issued in February 1914 by the 
iSchool of Journalism, takes the viewpoint of a disin- 
terested journalist in his discussion of circulation build- 


ing. Powell's treatment of the newspaper from the side 
of the reader as well as the owner in his hook on "Build- 
ing a Circulation 9t is well suited to the efficient handling 
of the study. Powell attempts to give the country news- 
paper editor an understanding of the factors entering 
into his success. 

Sound business and clear newspaper objectives are dis- 
cussed. The thing to do, from the time a subscriber buys 
his first paper until he is abandoned as a regular sub- 
scriber, is outlined in detail. All devices used by a suc- 
cessfully managed circulation department are presented. 
Back of all method and form, however, is the sturdy re- 
iteration of sound newspaper policy which forms the 
basis of circulation. 

"The Editorial Page" 

The editorial page, keystone, of the newspaper, is the 
subject of the next bulletin issued for general circulation. 
It was written by Robert S. Mann, assistant professor 
of journalism of the University of Missouri, and issued 
in April 1914. In reality, the bulletin is a text book in 
editorial writing, compiled with the professional news- 
paper man in view as the student. Standard methods of 
lay-out on the editorial page, and material suitable for 
use on this page, are discussed. The editorial pages of 
the best American newspapers are used as examples. 

About half of the book deals with the writing of editor- 
ials. Style, subject matter, and the technical details of 
"How to Begin," "How to Write," and "When to End," 
are clearly presented in this section of the bulletin. 
Lastly, the code of ethics of the best newspapers is sum- 
marized, so the country journalist and editor of the 
small-town daily can have at his finger-tips the best in 
ideals found in the journalism of the time. 

"Journalism Week, 1914" 

The bulletin describing Journalism Week of 1914 shows 
the constant variety being given to the annual mass meet- 
ing of Missouri and world journalists. This bulletin 


reports the speeches of thirty nationally-known news- 
paper and magazine writers, in addition to giving newsy 
gossip from the lips of twenty other individuals from 
among the hundreds who attended the programs. 

The new note in newspaperdom chain newspapers 
comes in for a full share of attention following the ad- 
dress of H. K Rickey, of Cleveland, editorial director 
of the Scripps-McRae League of Newspapers. Editorials, 
newspapers and the law, human interest, and the new 
advertising, are described in the "bulletin. 

The complete list of speakers quoted is as follows: 
Ralph M*. Baird, Kansas City Post photographer ; J. P. 
Baumgartner, editor of the Santa Ana (Cal.) Register; 
A. L. Bixby, poet-humorist of the Nebraska State Jour- 
nal ; Frank L. Blanchard, editor of Editor and Publisher ; 
H. W. Brundige, editor of the Tribune and Express, Los 
Angeles; D. L. Burnside, editor of the Poplar Bluff 
(Mo.) Republican; J. P. Cargill, telegraph editor of the 
St. Joseph News Press; Joe M. Chappie, editor of the 
National Magazine, Boston ; Monte Crews, artist, of New 
York; Dorothy Dix, special writer for the New York 
Evening Journal ; Mrs. Anna M. Doling, writer, Spring- 
field, Mo.; Thomas Dreier, editor, Associated Advertis- 
ing; R. M. Edmonds, night editor of the St. Louis Re- 
public; Mrs. E. W. Ewing, editor of the Missouri Ledger, 
Odessa; Mrs. Amy B. Haight, writer, Chillicothe, Mo.; 
W. H. Hamby, writer, Chillicothe ; Mrs. Mary E. Hart, 
editor and lecturer of Alaska ; C. J. Henninger, editor of 
the St. Louis County Herald; B. B. Herbert, editor of 
the National Printer- Journalist ; E. W. Hodges, secretary 
of state, Arkansas; Herbert Johnson, cartoonist of the 
Saturday Evening Post ; R. W. Jones, city editor of the 
Columbia (Mo.) Tribune; Gr. Prather Knapp, advertising 
man of St. Louis; T. "W. LeQuatte, business manager of 
Successful Farming; G. E. Marcellus, American Press 
Association, Chicago; C. N. Marvin, editor of the Sheti- 
andoah (la.) Sentinel J Post ; Will H. Mayes, director of 
the school of journalism University of Texas; J. W. 


Morrison, literary editor, the Kansas City Star ; Charles 
Nagel, lawyer, St. Louis; W. E. Nelson, editor and pub- 
lisher of the Kansas City Star; H. R. Palmer, assistant 
city editor, Kansas City 'Star; Ada Patterson, special 
writer, the New York American ; W. J. Pilkington, editor, 
Merchants' Trade Journal; Grantland Rice, sporting 
editor of the New York Evening Mail; H. N. Rickey, 
editorial director of the Scripps-McRae Newspapers; 
Cornelius Roach, secretary of state, Missouri; Lee Ship- 
pey, editor of the Higginsville (Mo.) Jeffersonian ; Wil- 
liam Southern, Jr., editor of the Jackson Examiner; 
L. M. White, junior editor of the Mexico (Mo.) Ledger. 

"The World's Journalism" 

Back from a tour of the world lasting from June 1913 
to May 1914, Dean Walter Williams writes and presents 
to American journalists one of the first treatises on 
world journalism. This bulletin, the ninth of the jour- 
nalism Series issued in February 1915 by the School of 
Journalism, is filled with information gathered in news- 
paper offices in twenty-four nations and empires of the 
world. The author takes an optomistic view of news- 
papers of the world, as he finds them, but does not mini- 
mize the shortcomings of the profession or refuse to 
recognize the superiority of the foreign press, where such 
exists, over American newspapers. This bulletin is a 
panoramic view of the profession that had become, in a 
century, truly world-wide. 

" Newspaper Efficiency in the Small Town" 

u Newspaper Efficiency in the Small Town," issued in 
April 1915, is a continuation of the School of Journal- 
ism's efforts to assist the country editor of Missouri and 
adjoining section to make the most of his opportunities. 
The bulletin is a supplement, in many ways, to those 
previously issued on country journalism, but it goes 
further into the subject and brings things up-to-date so 
the small town newspaper editor can keep abreast of the 
swiftly-moving professional improvement. 


A practical system for newspaper improvement makes 
up the heart of this bulletin. Details of newspaper and 
advertising costs seldom completely understood by the 
country editor, are hammered out of practical fact in a 
manner making them easily available for the newspaper 
man who most needs them. It is designed to give the 
country editor a chance to make his newspaper show a 
fair profit by the use of modern methods of accounting* 
and business procedure. 

"Journalism Week, 1915" 

New friends and old, but new speeches from each of 
them, make the sixth annual Journalism Week seem an 
entirely new event, according to the account of the oc- 
casion in the bulletin "Journalism Week, 1915 " issued 
as No. 11 of the school's series in May 1915, and edited 
by Prof. C. GL Boss. 

Champ Clark, speaker of the House of Representatives, 
was perhaps the most distinguished non- journalist in at- 
tendance. The program was carried on by a long list of 
individuals who had gained recognition in a particular 
field of journalism. 

Topics discussed at the sixth Journalism Week include : 
News and editorials, the newspapers and the law; car- 
tooning; religious and trade journalism; Women in jour- 
nalism; and advertising from the standpoint of its con- 
stantly growing variations ; and the business side of the 
newspaper and magazine. 

One outstanding feature is the u Made-in-Missouri'' 
banquet which closes the week. Each guest is presented 
a basket filled with souvenirs of Missouri's manufactur- 
ing progress. Speeches on governmental and civic 
growth accompany the display of industrialism. 

The following speakers are listed: Champ Clark, 
speaker of the House of Representatives; William B. 
Painter, lieutenant governor of Missouri; David K, 
Francis, former governor of Missouri; Walter B. Stev- 
ens, St. Louis; Charles S. Keith, president of the Com- 
mercial Club of Kansas City; George B. Dealey, general 


manager of the Dallas News and Galveston News of 
Texas; John A. Sleicher, editor of Leslie's Weekly; 
Chase S. Oteborn, former governor of Michigan; John 
Clyde Oswald, editor of the American Printer, New 
York; J. W. Pegler, manager of the St. Louis Bureau 
of the United Press ; Fred R. Barkhurst, managing editor 
of the St. Joseph Gazette; C. A. Vane, editor of the 
Arkansas Democrat, Little Sock; Bernard Finn, editor 
of the Sarcoxie (Mo.) Record; W. F. Mayhall, editor of 
the Bowling Green (Mo.) Times; J. N. Stonebraker, 
editor of the Carrollton (Mo.) Republican-Record; R. M. 
Thomson, editor of the St. Charles, (Mo.) Banner-News; 
Karl Walter, dramatic critic of the Kansas City Star; 
Judge Henry Lamm, Sedalia, Mo.; Fred G. Cooper, Col- 
lier's Weekly; A. B. Chapin, the St. Louis Republic; the 
Reverend Father D. S. Phelan, editor of the Western 
Watchman, St. Louis; Dr. C. C. Woods, editor of the 
Christian Advocate, St. Louis ; John 'Clyde Oswald, editor 
of the American Printer, New York; Miss Edna McGrath, 
the St. Louis Republic; Miss Jane Frances Winn, the 
St. Louis Globe JD'emocrat; J. Breckenridge Ellis, Platts- 
burg; Miss Elizabeth Waddell, Ash Grove; Robertas 
Love, the St. Louis Republic; W. H. Hamby, Chillicothe; 
Mrs. Emily Newell Blair, Carthage ; E. K. Whiting, man- 
ager of the Owatonna (Minn.) Journal-Chronicle; Carl 
Hunt, editor of Associated Advertising, Indianapolis; 
Herbert S. Houston, vice-president of Doubleday, Page 
and company; A. C. McGinty, of Neosho, president of 
the Associated Advertising Clubs of Missouri; Walter 
S. Donaldson, president of the Advertising Club of St. 
Louis; D. E. Levy, advertising manager of the Grand 
Leader, St. Louis; A. C. Boughton, St. Louis manager 
of the Manufacturers Record; A. R. Furnish, of the 
Advertising Club of St. Louis ; John C. Reid, vice-presi- 
dent of the National Oats Company, St. Louis ; J. F. Hull, 
editor of the Maryville (Mo.) Tribune; B. Ray Franklin, 
editor of the Russellville (Mo.) Rustler; Nate MeCut- 
chan, editor of the Windsor (Mo.) Review. 


"Deskbook of the School of Journalism" 

The Deskbook of the School of Journalism went into 
the fifth edition, issued as No. 12 of the Journalism 
Series, in an enlarged and greatly amplified form. Pri- 
marily, it was intended as a guide for student-reporters 
in the School of Journalism, but it had such undeniable 
elements of sound practicability and represented the con- 
census of opinion as to newspaper usage to such an ex- 
tent that it has come to be used in many newspaper offices 
as the guide for reporters. The deskbook is, and was, a 
practical manual of composition and practice for news- 
paper reporters. The fifth edition is edited by Charles 
G. Boss, associate professor of journalism of the Univer- 
sity. This edition of the deskbook contains the "Jour- 
nalist's Creed," a code of ethics written by Dean Walter 
Williams for journalists. Copies of this creed are now 
found in newspaper offices throughout the country. 

"The Journalist's Library." 

"In addition to knowing something of all men's busi- 
ness, the journalist must know a great deal about his 
own." The thirteenth of the series of Journalism Bul- 
letins, designed to sort the mass of literature purporting 
to tell the journalist a great deal about his business and 
give the practical newspaperman a chance to read with- 
out wasting his time, was issued January 1916. It is 
intended to give a list of standard reference books which 
enable the newspaperman to add to and to check his 
knowledge of his own and other people's business. 

The bulletin is compiled by Charles E. Kane, an assist- 
ant in the School of Journalism. It is a bibliography of 
the best books on journalism and journalistic writing at 
that time, and of reference books on sociology, economics, 
government, religion, literature, fine arts, biography, and 
dictionaries and encyclopedias. It went into newspaper 
offices with the definite mission of promoting accuracy 
and of increasing the fact-equipment of Missouri jour- 


' ' Making the Printed Picture ' ' 

With the constantly growing use of engravings in the 
small newspaper and the installation, in a number of 
plants, of photo-engraving machinery, came a general 
demand for knowledge of the engraving process and the 
standard methods of preparing copy for engravers. Her- 
bert W. Smith, instructor in illustrative art in the Uni- 
versity, answered this demand with a bulletin, No. 14 of 
the Journalism Series (issued April 1916), which he 
calls "Making, the Printed Picture/' Smith's treatise 
explains the engraving process in detail and describes 
the various uses of engraved plates. 

Line copy, halftone copy, and the size of screen adapt- 
able to each type of printing and paper, are thoroughly 
discussed. With the explanations are charts showing the 
exact screens most desirable for each class of printing. 
An equally useful chart accompanies the discussion of 
the mediums suitable for the making of copy for engrav- 

A particularly practical chapter is on "Printing the 
Plate." This division gives the printer, who is having 
trouble printing from engravings, advice and help that, 
if followed, can only result in better printing. 

"The Law and the Newspaper " 

Five years after the publication of the bulletin by Dean 
Walter Williams on Missouri laws affecting newspapers, 
Frederick W. Lehmann of the St. Louis bar delivered an 
address at the School of Journalism on "The Law and 
the Newspaper." The School of Journalism printed Dr. 
Lehmann 7 s address and issued it as No. 15 of the Jour- 
nalism Series in December 1917. Dr. Lehmann, a lawyer 
of experience and a former president of the American 
Bar Association, was well fitted to explain the law of 
Missouri as it affected newspapers. His discussion of 
the subject supplements Dean Williams' earlier work 
and makes the laws pertaining to libel clear to all who 
read his address. 



"The Journalism of Japan" 

Prof. Frank L. Martin's "The Journalism of Japan" 
the sixteenth number of the Journalism Series, (issued 
April 1918), is an illustrated feature article on the inter- 
esting struggles of the Japanese to build newspapers. A 
review of the history of Japanese journalism and a pros- 
pectus of what might reasonably be expected from the 
Japanese is included. 

Prof. Martin sees the Japanese journalist through 
sympathetic, yet unprejudiced eyes, and his story of the 
Japanese press, its style, its methods, and its accom- 
plishments, is done with the clarity of the trained jour- 
nalist. He brings Missouri editors and others interested 
in journalism a vivid picture of the high points and low- 
points in the progress of Japanese journalism. 

"Problems of Advertising" 

Professional advertising men, accustomed to the buy- 
ing and selling of space in country newspapers, present 
their case to Missouri journalists in the seventeenth of 
the Journalism Series, " Problems of Advertising." This 
bulletin was issued in September 1918, and is edited by 
Robert S. Mann. 

Mr. Eads, a member of the staff of the D'Arcy Adver- 
tising Company of St. Louis, in addressing the visitors 
of Journalism Week in 1918, explains the factors enter- 
ing into the placing of contracts for foreign advertising 
with country newspapers. 

The addresses of Mr. Huse and Mr. Linn are also de- 
livered during the Journalism Week of 1918. Mr. Huse 
tells of the Gold Medal Agreement between Missouri 
newspapers by which foreign advertising was to be placed 
in the papers of the state. He praises the co-operation 
of the Missouri papers and predicts beneficial results 
from the uniformity of advertising rates which resulted 
from the organization of the county papers. 

Mr. Linn cites the changing scale of advertising, as a 
result of the World War, and predicts that advertising 


will play a big part both in local and national business 
following the war. 

"The Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's Lick 

E. W. Stephens, pioneer newspaper man of Columbia, 
wrote a history of the first newspaper west of St. Louis, 
the Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's Lick Advertiser, 
for the centennial celebration of the founding of the 
newspaper. The short history is released by the School 
of Journalism as No. 18 of the Journalism Series, May, 

<< Deskbook of the 'School of Journalism " 

The sixth edition of the "Deskbook of the School of 
Journalism" appears in June 1919, edited by Prof. Bob- 
ert S. Mann. The fifth and sixth editions are similar in 
form and content, but the sixth edition is modernized 
and made to conform to changes in style which are 
noticeable- in the press generally. It takes the place of 
the fifth edition as the guide of students in the School of 
Journalism and on the copy desks of the newspapers 
which had adopted the deskbook as the standard guide 
for news writing and editing. 

"The Small-Town Newspaper as a Business" 

Three addresses delivered at the tenth annual Jour- 
nalism Week at the University make up the next bulletin, 
"The Small-Town Newspaper as a Business,' 5 issued in 
September 1919 and edited by Robert S. Mann. The ad- 
dresses are by Frank W. Bucker, advertising manager 
of the Jackson Examiner of Independence, Mo., Benja- 
min S. Herbert, editor of the National Printer-Journal- 
ist, Chicago; and J. N. Stonebraker, president of the 
Missouri Press Association at that time and a former 
editor of the Republican-Record of Carrollton, Mo. 

Rucker tells how to make a newspaper the farmer 
wants and how to sell it. He advises "a clean, well- 


printed, newsy sheet, together with rural news that is 

Herbert's talk on "Typography of Circulation" says 
the same basic principles stimulating the appetite of an 
individual for food hold in stimulating his appetite for 
a newspaper. "Typographically," he says, "the whole 
newspaper should be laid out with the general purpose 
of serving the reader with his daily or weekly meal of 
intelligence so as to permit him to select what he desires 
in the least space of time. News features should be in 
one place, the local news in another, and all should have 
the same relative position from one edition of the paper 
to another." 

For profit, and for service, the two aims of good news- 
papers as described by Stonebraker in his address "Run- 
ning a County Newspaper for Profit and Service," are 
interdependent. One cannot exist without the other, he 
says. He advises getting away from hand-to-mouth 
financing and the placing of the newspaper on a sound 
financial basis by making a good newspaper. After mak- 
ing the paper a good one and making it pay a profit, 
service is a matter of course if it continues to be pros- 
perous, Stonebraker says. 

" Deskbook of the School of Journalism" 

The seventh edition of the deskbook of the School of 
Journalism summarizes the style changes of the rapidly- 
shifting newspaper usage since the edition of 1919. It is 
revised by Prof. Robert S. Mann and issued in 1920. 

"The Newspaperman's Library" 

"The Newspaperman's Library" includes suggested 
readings in history, biography, essay, changing condi- 
tions of the press, making a newspaper, and technical 
studies of the following divisions of newspaper produc- 
tion: editorial, reporting, copy reading, the country 
newspaper, journalism for women, college journalism, 
books on advertising, soliciting of advertising, circula- 
tion management. Reference books for use in newspaper 


offices are suggested. The bulletin lists for the profes- 
sional newspaperman books of instruction and of tech- 
nical description. It brings the best books out of the 
mass of reading and tells the newspaperman where he 
can procure them. The bulletin is revised by Claire E. 

"Picture Plates for the Press " 

"Picture Plates for the Press" is an amplification and 
modernization by Herbert W. Smith 's of his earlier bul- 
letin, ' * Making the Printed Picture. ' ' It gives a detailed 
and interesting" account of the new methods of making 
engravings, the types of engraving suitable for news- 
paper purposes, and the newer methods of making en- 
gravings, the types of engraving suitable for newspaper 
purposes, and the methods of preparing; copy which will 
obtain the best results in the photo-engraving laboratory. 
It is a technical manual for engravers on one hand, and 
a simple, directive guide for the country newspaper man 
needing engraving work done, on the other. Many small 
printing shops over the country were installing photo- 
eng^aving equipment at that time and Smith J s instructive 
bulletin is intended to help these individuals also in ob- 
taining the best results from the equipment and to pre- 
vent waste in the haphazard preparation of pla.tes and 

"Some Points on the Law of the Press " 

Previous bulletins of the Journalism Series give com- 
plete discussions of the Law of the Press pertaining to 
libel and to the publication of legal advertising. The 
address of Borne Gr. Brown of the Minneapolis bar during 
Journalism Week 1922 furnishes an opportunity to cover 
the phases of the law of the press omitted in previous 
bulletins. "Some Points on the Law of the Press, " writ- 
ten by Brown, is issued in May 1922. This covers censor- 
ship and restraint as legally applied to newspapers, the 
restrictions imposed upon the trail by newspapers of 
an individual criminally accused before he is brought into 


court, defines tlie legal and ethical side of the problems 
of the press, and gives a general idea of the network of 
laws under which the newspapers are published and pro- 

"Special Phases of Journalism " 

Nine distinct topics of current interest are covered in 
bulletin No. 25 of the Journalism Series. The bulletin 
is a collection of nine addresses delivered at the School 
of Journalism during 1922. These addresses carry tech- 
nical instruction as to the writing of special types of news 
and evaluations of specialized fields in journalism. 

Marvin H. Creager, managing editor of the Milwaukee 
Journal, in an address " Other than News' 7 points out the 
value of material other than news which may be success- 
fully incorporated in newspapers. His advice is to in- 
clude a judicious amount of features in a newspaper in 
order to produce the best possible publication. 

Philip Kinsley, reporter for the Chicago Tribune, tells 
of his experiences while connected with President Wil- 
son's retinue during the tour of the west just previous 
to the President's breakdown. Kinsley's speech contains 
much of the romance and the glamour of reporting and 
not a little advice and description as to the methods used 
in this branch of the profession. 

"Woman's Field in City Journalism" by Vina Lind- 
say, reporter for the Kansas City Post, is blunt denial 
of the old prejudice aerainst women in journalism and an 
avowal that woman can be successful in any phase of 
journalism in which she is interested. Her contention is 
supported by many examples of women who have suc- 
ceeded and a relation of the methods they have used. 

" Woman *s Field in Country Journalism" written by 
Mrs. W. E. Ewing, owner and publisher of the Odessa 
Ledger, is something of an autobiography. Mrs. Ewing 
tells of her successes in the country newspaper field and 
expresses her belief that the country field is open to any 
woman who likes the work. She stresses sympathy and 
idealism in service as a means to success in this field. 


Marion F. Parker, sports editor of the St. Louis Globe- 
Democrat, describes the methods the metropolitan sports 
editor uses in obtaining athletic news. Getting the news 
is Parker's big problem and he tells the ways in which 
he reduces the period between the " break' 7 of a story 
and its inclusion in an edition of the paper* 

The increasing opportunities in the field of technical 
journalism are revealed by Samuel 0- Dunn, editor of 
Bailway Age, in an address, "The College Man in Tech- 
nical Journalism." Dunn tells his audience of the new 
field of technical journalism, describing it as one of the 
most profitable, and as affording those with a double 
interest an opportunity to find pleasant work. The tech- 
nical journal has influence greater than any general pub- 
lication, he says, and the field needs trained journalists 
who are devoted to ideals of service. 

"Getting Personality Into Advertising Copy" is the 
subject of George L. Carter, advertising manager of 
Woolf Brothers, Kansas City. Carter stresses the at- 
tractive element in advertising, the news element, and 
the interest element. An advertisement's personality is 
based on the same fundamentals as that of a human 

Service and promotion come within the lines of duty 
of the modern newspaper, David R. Williams, manager 
of the service and promotion department of the St. Louis 
Globe-Democrat says in an address which he calls a Mod- 
ern Newspaper Service and Promotion "Work." No news- 
paper can be of maximum value to its community unless 
its service is mixed with promotion of the best interests 
of the community, he says. Service to the public includes 
the giving of accurate information on local markets, 
trades, education of dealers to better business methods, 
supplying data, maps, route lists for the advertiser and 

George B. Dealy, president and general manager of 
the Dallas Morning News, draws upon forty-eight years 
of experience with the News to give "Some Suggestions 
for Beginners in Journalism." His experience with Iran- 


dreds of reporters, some who succeeded and some who 
did not, resulted in the following advice : Being as a re- 
porter observe and remember; work; profit by your 
mistakes; don't try to be a genius unless you have first 
established yourself as a worker ; find the particular jour- 
nalistic channel you like best and get in it and stay there. 

"The Journalism of China" 

Frank L. Martin's study of the journalism of Japan 
is supplemented by Don D. Patterson, assistant professor 
of journalism, in his study of the " Journalism of China", 
issued in bulletin form by the School of Journalism in 
December 1922. Patterson analyzes the extent to which 
the Chinese press has developed ; he studies the influence 
of the press, and the methods used in the editorial, ad- 
vertising, and printing departments. His bulletin gives 
a comprehensive picture of the new force in China and 
furnishes a basis for a prediction of the future of the 
profession in that country. 

"Missouri Alumni in Journalism, 1923" 

The School of Journalism issued shortly after its 
fifteenth birthday a directory of its alumni. The four 
hundred and thirty-five graduates up to that time, and 
many former students, are listed in the directory, to- 
gether with a short personal and professional history and 
their addresses. The bulletin was compiled by Prof. Sara 
L. Lockwood. 

"News and the Newspaper" 

Journalism Week 1923 was the occasion for the cele- 
bration of the fifteenth anniversary of the School of 
Journalism. Events of the week centered around the 
list of lecturers, and the activities of the Missouri 
Writers Guild and the Missouri Press Association, both 
organizations being in convention during the week. 

The "Made-in-Manchuria" banquet which closed the 
week was one of the outstanding events. The banquet 


was made possible through displays furnished through 
the South Manchuria Railroad. 

The following addresses during the week are listed : 
"What News to Print The Publishers' View," by Wil- 
lis J. Abbot, editor the Christian Science Monitor; 
"Devitalized Journalism ", by Frank P. Glass, editorial 
director of the St. Louis Star; "What News to Print, 
The Readers' View," by Jesse W. Barrett, attorney- 
general of Missouri; "What the Preacher Wants in the 
Newspaper," by Dr. Claudius B. Spencer, editor, Central 
Christian Advocate, Kansas City; "What the Farmer 
Wants in the Newspaper," by Chester EL Gray, former 
president of the Missouri Farm Bureau Federation, 
Nevada; "The Newspaper and the Man in Office," by 
Charles U. Becker, secretary of state of Missouri. 

Some neglected News Fields: "High School News," 
by A. L. Preston, president, Democrat-News Printing 
Co., Marshall; "Some Local Features," by T. G. Thomp- 
son, publisher, the Shelby County Herald, Shelbyville. 

News in Other Lands: "Foreign News Service," by 
J. HI Furay, foreign editor of the United Press, New 
York City; "An American Reporter in China," by 
Frank H. Hedges, Peking correspondent, the Japan 
Advertiser, and the Philadelphia Public Ledger; "Some 
Observations on Journalism in the Orient, ' ' by Ctecar E. 
Rdley, New York. 

News in Our Capitals: "Reporting a Legislature," by 
Asa Hutson, the St. Louis Globe-Democrat; "The Wash- 
ington Assignment," by J. Fred Essary, Washington 
Correspondent, the Baltimore Sun; "The Making of the 
Cartoon," by D. E. Fitzpatrick, the St. Louis Post- 

The Newspaper in the Small City: "The Editorial 
Content," by Edgar 'C. Nelson, publisher of the Boon- 
ville Advertiser; "Shall the Newspaper Do Commercial 
Printing?" by William Southern, Jr., editor, Independ- 
ence Examiner. 

Advertising in the Small City : * ' The Personal Touch 
in Advertising," by R E. 'Shannon, business manager, 


the Evening Journal, Washington, la.; "Farmers' Ad- 
vertising, 7 ' by D. C. Simons, editor the Tribune, Grant 
City; "The Obligation of the Small-Town Publisher to 
His Advertisers/' by Alfonso Johnson, manager, the 
Columbia Missourian. 

Women in Journalism: "Some Opportunities in Jour- 
nalism for Women," by Miss Beatrix Winn, secretary, 
Northwest Missouri Press Association, Maryville; "Ad- 
vertising as a Careet for Women/' by Miss Elizabeth 
Bickford, N. W. Ayer and Son, Chicago. 

The Writers of Fiction: "A Forward Glance at Fic- 
tion," by Miss Dorothy Scarborough, Columbia Univer- 
sity; "Why Do Authors Write?" by Miss Temple Bailey; 
"Novel Writing Its Cause and Cure," by Jay William 
Hudson, professor of Philosophy, University of Mis- 
souri; "Beaching the Beading Public," by E. Haldeman- 
Julius, president, Haldeman-Julius Company, Girard, 
Kan.; "Building an Editorial Club House," by E. S. 
Bronson, the American, El Beno, Okla. 

The Journalism of the Future : i i Tendencies in Ameri- 
can Journalism," by William B. Colver, general editorial 
manager, the Scripps-Howard Newspapers, Washington, 
D. C.; "The Making of a Newspaper," by Louis Wiley, 
business manager the New York Times; "The Press and 
our Oriental Belations," by Poultney Bigelow, honorary 
professor in Ecole Coloniale, Paris. 

"The Writer and the Publisher" 

Three bulletins containing speeches delivered during 
Journalism Week 1924 are issued by the School of Jour- 
nalism. This one is devoted to editorial methods and 
influences, advertising and business management, and 
fiction writers. The following speeches are covered in 
this bulletin: 

The Writer and Publisher: "The Newspaper Cor- 
respondent," by Edgar White, editor the Daily Chroni- 
cle-Herald, Macon; "Special Features in the Country 
Newspaper," by E. J. Melton, publisher the Republican, 
Caruthersville ; "The Making of the Cartoon," by Boy 


H. Hames, cartoonist for the St. Louis Star; " Newspaper 
Make-Up", by W. Clyde Fuller, the Rustic, Lebanon; 
"The Newspaper Library and Morgue," by Charles B. 
Maugham, librarian, St. Louis Post-Dispatch; "Needed 
Newspaper Legislation," by W. E. Freeland, editor the 
Taney County Republican, Forsyth; "What the Lawyer 
Wishes from the Newspaper," by Guy A. Thompson, 
president the Missouri Bar Association; "Opportunities 
in Business and Technical Journalism," by Allen W. 
Clark, president American Paint Journal, St. Louis; 
"The Press of Illinois, ?> by J. M. Sheets, publisher the 
Oblong Oracle, Oblong, HI. 

The Newspaper's Business: "Newspaper Promotion 
by Advertising," by Douglas V. Martin, Jr., manager 
of publicity, St. Louis Globe-Democrat; "Advertising 
from the Retailer r s Standpoint," by Paul Harris, Mc- 
Laughlin Brothers Furniture Company, Boonville; "Co- 
operation Among the 'Country Newspaper for National 
Advertising/' by Herman Roe, Northfield, Minn., presi- 
dent Country Newspapers Association, Inc.; "The New 
Information," by Stanley ftesor, president J. Walter 
Thompson Company, New York City; "How to Get the 
Business and Collect the Money," by Charles M. Mered- 
ity, the Free Press, Quakertown, Pa.; "The Telephone 
as an Aid to Journalism", by Perch Redmund, general 
manager Southwestern Bell Telephone Co., St. Louis. 

About Fiction : "Writing for Young People," by Miss 
Catha Wells, Oakland, Gal.; "Why Writers Should Be 
Philosophers," by Jay William Hudson; "What Writers 
Should Know," by T. C. O'Donnell, editor, Writer's Di- 
gest; "Cramped Style," by Mrs. Mary Blake Woodson, 
the Kansas City Star,- "Literary Possibilities in Mis- 
souri History," by Floyd C. Shoemaker, secretary, State 
Historical Society of Missouri; "Missouri Literary Ma- 
terial for Missourians, " compiled by Miss Catherine 

"Women and the Newspaper " 

"Women and the Newspaper" is a companion bulletin 
to "The Writer and Publisher," and contains addresses 


by women editors at the fifteenth annual Journalism 
Week of the School of Journalism. Sara L. Lockwood, 
assistant professor of journalism, writes the introduc- 
tion in which she summarizes the progress of women in 
journalism as brought out by Journalism Week talks and 
as demonstrated by the growing number of women on 

This bulletin, issued September 1924, includes: "Jour- 
nalism as a Career for Women, 77 by Mrs. Marie Weekes, 
editor the Norfolk Press, Norfolk, Neb. "It is not only 
women's idealism we need in newspapers, 7 ' Mrs. Weekes 
says, "but her ability to undertake that which is utterly 
revolutionary, apparently impractical. "The Woman's 
Page/' by Mrs. Florence Eiddick Boys, woman's editor 
the Pilot, Plymouth, Ind., and editor of Woman's Page 

In "What Women Wish From the Newspapers," Mrs. 
W. K. James, St. Joseph, Mo., says : " A less conspicuous 
and attractive presentation of crime and scandal; a 
higher tone to the comic page ; a fair statement of both 
sides of disputed questions, religious, political, scientific, 
or any others of importance; clear, definite information 
on political subjects; clear, simple, thoughtful editorials 
on all subjects of public interest ; untiring efforts to make 
country people understand the importance and the pos- 
sibility of good rural schools." 

Mrs. Elias R. Michael of St. Louis also discusses 
"What Women Wish from the Newspaper". "Women 
refuse to look upon newspapers as mere commercial en- 
terprises and advertising mediums," she says. "They 
place upon the newspaper a large responsibility as per- 
haps the most important agency of public welfare and 
for private information." 

In explaining "Opportunities for Women in Adver- 
tising," Mrs. Faith Gr. Sharratt, advertising manager 
John Taylor Dry Goods Co., Kansas City, says : ' ' There 
is no position in the world today more suited to women 
than advertising, or the publicity work connected with 
advertising. Women are able to put their fingers on the 


selling point, and are especially equipped to understand 
many phases of selling and distribution/ 5 

"Illustration in Advertising" 

Advertising and advertising illustration came into 
prominence after the World War and the competition in 
advertising made it necessary for pictures to be used. 
In order that newspapermen might know what kind of 
illustrations were suited to certain types of advertising, 
what appeals were found in photographs, and how and 
when to use illustrations, the next bulletin of the School 
of Journalism was issued September 1924. It is called 
"Elustration in Advertising," and is written by Horatio 
B. Moore, instructor in photo-engraving. The bulletin 
is profusely illustrated with types of advertising; and 
pictures suitable for stressing the appeal desired. It is 
another of the semi-text book bulletins designed to assist 
the newspaperman wherever he may be. 

"Journalistic Ethics and World Affairs 77 

The ethics of American, English, and Japanese jour- 
nalists as described by speakers during the fifteenth an- 
nual Journalism Week at the University, May 12-17, 1924, 
make up this bulletin, called "Journalistic Ethics and 
World Affairs." It includes addresses by W. J. Sewall, 
editor of the Carthage Press, on "Some Journalistic 
Ethics ; " " Gathering News in America and Elsewhere ; 7 ' 
by Karl A. Bickel, president of the United Press, New 
York; "British and American Journalism, " by Percy 
Sutherland Bullen, American representative of the Dally 
Telegraph, London; "News and Other Features of the 
Newspaper, " by M. Koenigsberg, general manager, In- 
ternational News Service, New York; "Ideals and Me- 
thods of English Newspapers," by Sidney F. Wicks, the 
Manchester Guardian, Manchester, England; and "Jour- 
nalism in Japan/' by Kinuji Kobayashi, former editor 
of Chuco, Tokyo. 


"The Deskbook of the School of Journalism" 

The eighth edition of the deskbook revised by Prof. 
Robert S. Mann, and issued December 1924, brings into 
printed form all the changes in style since the seventh 
edition, and adds more complete discussions of some 
doubtful points of technique. The dual purpose of the 
deskbook is to "deal with good English as opposed to 
bad English, and to deal with the School of Journalism's 
* style' or preference among two or more forms which 
are all sanctioned as good English. " 

"Missouri Alumni in Journalism "' 

"Missouri Alumni in Journalism", a directory of the 
graduates and former students of the -School of Jour- 
nalism, compiled and edited by Prof. Sara L. Lockwood 
in 1925, included about 800 names. Brief biographies of 
the 570 graduates and nearly 300 former students are 
given, as well as "isews of the School," "Curriculum 
Extended," "Scholarships and Prizes," "Journalism 
Organizations," enrollment tables, and pictures of facul- 
ty members and fac-similes of pages from the Columbia 
MEssourian, the Missourian Magazine and the Herald- 

"Advertising and Publicity" 

This bulletin, issued September 1925, carries some of 
the addresses delivered during the fifteenth annual Jour- 
nalism Week, May 4-8, 1925. 

"Newspaper Organization and Some Observations on 
Newspaper Advertising," by George M. Burbach, ad- 
vertising manager St. Louis Post-Dispatch: "The News- 
paper of today, whether large or small, must be an or- 
ganization of aggressive, determined, clear-thinking men 
and women. Each department must be directed by and 
made up of the best talent available in their particular 
line, for the final result reflects the organization which 
mates it." 

"Getting National Advertising for the Country News- 
paper," by James O'Shaugnessy, executive secretary 


American Association of Advertising Agencies: "To be 
a truly national advertiser one must use the country 
papers, and the reason the country press of Missouri 
does not get more national advertising is because it has 
not reduced the economic resistence. ' ' The conditions in 
Missouri, he claims, are much better than in many other 
states, and "The national advertiser can think of Mis- 
souri country circulations as desirable since they are 
economically available. ' 9 

"Building a Classified Page in a Country Weekly, " by 
W. Earle Dye, editor of the Eichmond Missourian: The 
first want ad printed by that issued by Herod, 4 * Wanted, 
the King of the Jews," Dye says. The want ad was 
present in a variety of forms before books or newspapers 
were printed. ct Well-timed, and well- written promo- 
tional advertising, aimed at a mark, is sure to bring in 
returns if it is kept up long enough. A newspaper 
which is building up a classified want ad section should 
advertise for both readers and advertisers. 77 

"Watching for Fake Advertising," by R. C, Ferguson, 
editor Buffalo, Mo., Reflex: "It is the duty of every 
Newspaper to avoid all questionable advertising for at 
least four reasons: Financial loss to readers; shatters 
confidence of readers in the paper; paper running it is 
liable to suspension from the mails ; fake advertising vio- 
lates the golden rule of newspaper success." Watch 
spurious foreign advertising, he advises, and if your local 
baker tends to circus-type advertising explain to him 
what advertising is and how it may be best used. 

"Advertising from the Viewpoint of the Country Mer- 
chant/' by John H. DeWild, manager of the Merchants' 
Service Department of Ely and Walker Dry Goods Com- 
pany, St. Louis : Country merchants need help in writing 
advertising copy that will really mean something. To 
aid the merchant he should be assisted in planning his 
advertising and formulating a campaign that will mesh 
with Ms merchandising plans. The business given mail 
order houses is not the fault of the consumer but is 
caused by a lack of planned advertising: "The fault is 


entirely with the local merchants who failed to describe 
their wares attractively or convincingly. The greater the 
variety of advertising the more extended and varied the 

"Advertising a City," by G. V. Kent on, editor St. 
Louis News Service: Be conservative, avoid the spec- 
tacular, be consistent. Kenton tells of the advertising 
plan used by St. Louis. National magazines, newspapers, 
and direct mail were used in the 1924 campaign. A news 
service was established and a campaign conducted to 
secure additional industries for the city. "We must deal 
with the truth in municipal advertising. Honest, sincere 
effort to tell the world of your city's advantages does 
pay. Every penny spent wisely brings back a nickel with 

"The New Profession, Public Belations," by Frank 
LeRoy Blanchard, director of Public Eelations, Henry 
L. Doherty and Co., New York: "Public relation may be 
defined as the relations existing between the company, 
on the one hand, and the people whom it serves, on the 
other," Blanchard said. "The better these relations are, 
the greater the chance of achieving a financial success. 
The director of a public relations department must be a 
diplomat, an advertising expert, a good public speaker. 
The chief functions of a public relations department are : 
The preparation and placing of the company's advertis- 
ing; editing and publishing its house organs; furnishing 
news and special articles to daily newspapers, trade pub- 
lication, and magazines ; and the practice of diplomacy. 

"Journalism Week, 1925 " 

Bulletin No. 36, issued September 1925, gives the 
editorial side of the sixteenth annual Journalism Week 
addresses at the University. Advertising has been cover- 
ed in a previous Bulletin, "Advertising and Publicity/' 

The program is now divided into topical sections as 
follows: Editorial direction, the editorial page, interna- 
tional problems, book and magazine departments, the 


small-town newspaper, newspapers and the state capital 
news, women in journalism. 

Addresses included are Editorial Direction, "Journal- 
ism as Public Service," by Marcellus Elliott Foster, 
president the Houston Chronicle; "The Profession of 
Journalism, " by James Thomas Williams, Jr., editor, 
Boston American; " Getting the Truth, " by Lewis Craig 
Humphrey, editor Louisville, Ky., Herald and Post: 
"Modern Tendencies in Journalism," by Elbert H. 
Baker, president of the Cleveland Plain Dealer; "The 
Freedom of the Press," by Harry B. Haws, representa- 
tive in Congress. 

The Editorial Page: "Does a Fighting Editorial Pol- 
icy OPay?" by "Walter M. Harrison, managing editor, 
Daily Oklahoman and Oklahoma City Times; "Editorial 
Research," by Burt P. Garnett, editorial research re- 
ports, Washington, D. C.; "The Cartoon and the News- 
paper," by Roy Harrison James, cartoonist, St. Louis 

International Problems: "International News Com- 
munications," by Walter Stowell Rogers; "Reporting 
for the United States in Foreign Lands", by J. H. Furay, 
vice-president in charge of foreign service, United Press 
Association, New York City ; * ' The News of the World, ' ' 
by Chester R. Hope, editor, Universal Service, New York. 

Book and Magazine Departments: "Literary Review- 
ing," by Llewellyn Jones, literary editor, Chicago Even- 
ing Post; "The Author and the Public," by Joseph S. 
DeRamus, associate editor, Rock Island Magazine ; * * The 
Author and the Public, ' ' by Jay William Hudson, author 
of "Abbe Pierre;" "The Free-Lance Writer and His 
Opportunities," by Edward B. Garnett, Sunday and 
magazine editor, Kansas City Star; "Stories and Verse 
Children Like Best," by Miss Marjorie Barrows, assist- 
ant editor, Child Life, Chicago; "What Women Readers 
Want," by Mrs. Ida Migliario, editor, Household Maga- 
zine, Topeka, Kan.; "Doing Special Features," by Ar- 
thur Frederick Killick, Kansas City Star; "Writing the 
Western Story," by Hugh F. Grinstead, short story 



writer, Columbia, Mo.; "The value of an Outing With 
Writers," by Mrs. Amy Barroii Leonard, short story 
writer, Kansas City. 

The Small-Town Newspaper : "Making Fifty Per Cent 
Return on Country Newspaper Investment," by Clayton 
T. Band, editor, Neshoba Democrat, Philadelphia, Miss. ; 
"The Equipment of the Rural Office," by A. H. Stein- 
beck, editor Union Republican-Tribune ; "County Organ- 
ization Work," by William E. Arthur, publisher, Crystal 
City Press; "The Making of a Country Newspaper," by 
Elmo Scott Watson, editor Publishers 7 Auxiliary, Chi- 
cago; "The Near-City Daily," by Charles Whitaker, 
editor Clinton Democrat; "The Making of a News- 
paper," by C. P. Dorsey, editor the Sun, Cameron, Mo. 

The Newspaper and the S-tate Capital Press: "The 
Press and the General Assembly," by Edward Henry 
Winter, publisher, Warrenton Banner and a state repre- 
sentative from Warren County; "Reporting at the State 
Capital," by R. E. Holliway, Jefferson City Correspond- 
ent, Kansas City Journal-Post. 

Women in Journalism: "Some Opportunities Present- 
ed to Women in a Newspaper Office," by Mrs. Lois K. 
Mayes, former editor Pensacola, Fla., Journal; "How 
to Get a Job in Journalism," by Susan Shaffer Dibelka, 
manager, Woman's National Journalistic Register, Inc., 

"Recent Books for Journalists" 

This bulletin, compiled by Bessie B. Marks, is pub- 
lished to supplement Miss Claire Ginsburg's biblio- 
graphy, and to cover the new publications issued in the 
five-year period between the two bulletins. The biblio- 
g^aphy includes books on the newspaper from the stand- 
point of business management, art in photography and 
advertising, editorials, ethics, law; trade and technical 
publications; collections of representative news stories; 
fiction, and type, proofreading, punctuation; and the 
country newspaper field. 


"The Circulation of the Small City Daily " 

Orland Kay Armstrong's research iii journalism while 
a candidate for the Master of Arts degree resulted in 
a study of the circulation of the small city daily. Arm- 
strong had been circulation manager for a daily paper 
of that type. The bulletin is a narrative of method, of 
organization, and of purpose. It includes the methods 
used in building, the circulation system, the field, the 
personnel, the records; it includes recommendations for 
building circulation through the use of the paper itself; 
and recommendations for expansion outside and inside 
the city. The bulletin presents a worthy system, and a 
practical one, for conducting the circulation manager's 
office of the small-city daily. 

"Beginnings of the Modern Newspaper " 

"Tracing out the development of those factors that 
make up modern newspaper production : the make-up and 
arrangement of the paper as to content and departments, 
the presentation of news, advertising, headlines, diction, 
editorials, and the technique of news and feature writ- 
ing," is the task undertaken by Orland K. Armstrong in 
the preparation of this bulletin, issued February 1926. 
"It is to note the developments that have been influenced 
by the five decades just past and the factors governing 
them, and to forecast, to whatever extent possible, future 
tendencies in newspaper production, that this study is 
made." The St. Louis Republican, the St. Louis Repub- 
lic, the St. Louis Gazette, the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, 
the St. Louis Globe-Democrat, the St. Louis Star, and 
the St. Louis Times from 1875 to 1925, are the newspaper 
studied in the preparation of the bulletin. 

" Dedication of a Stone From St. Paul's 'Cathedral" 

This bulletin is descriptive of the ceremonies and in- 
cludes the addresses made at the unveiling on the cam- 
pus of the University of Missouri, November 10, 1925, 
of a stone which for 200 years had been a part of St. 


Paul's Cathedral, London. St. Paul's looks "down upon 
the birthplace of English literature, the English news- 
paper press, and the English publishing business." The 
stone was presented to the University of Missouri School 
of Journalism by the British Empire Press Union 
through its president, Viscount Burnham. The stone was 
officially tendered by the British ambassador, Sir Esme 
Howard. It serves as a base for a meridian plate. 

Dignitaries who attended the exercises and made talks 
which are recorded in the bulletin are : Bishop Frederick 
Foote Johnson, bishop of the Missouri Protestant Episco- 
pal Church; Sir Esme Howard, British ambassador; 
President Stratton D. Brooks; E. Lansing Ray, chair- 
man of the executive board of the University Board of 
Curators; George B. Dealey, president of the Dallas 
Xews; and others. 

A formal banquet at Daniel Boone Tavern following 
the ceremonies is reported in the bulletin, and an append- 
ed chapter gives the historical significance of the stone, as 
interpreted by Aaron Watson, the British journalist at 
whose suggestion the gift was made ; and Walter B. Bell, 
British historian. Some of the messages of congratula- 
tion received from notables all over the world by the 
School of Journalism, are included in the bulletin. They 
come from: Viscount Burnham; Stanley Baldwin, prime 
minister of Great Britain; Frank B. Kellogg, secretary 
of state of the United States; J. Ramsey MacDonald, 
former prime minister of Great Britain; Dean Inge of 
St. Paul's; Lady Nancy Astor, member of Parliament; 
Percy Sutherland Bullen, American correspondent of 
the London Daily Telegraph. 

"Development of the Cartoon" 

" Development of the Cartoon ", issued June 1926, is 
a condensation of an address of that title delivered by 
Clifford K. Berryman, cartoonist for more than thirty 
years for the Washington Evening Star, at the seven- 
teenth annual Journalism Week. Mr. Berryman traces 
the cartoon from its birth in Italy, its period of nursing 


in Holland, to its maturity in England and the United 
States. Many famous cartoonists are described and their 
work evaluated. Berryman pays special attention to 
Thomas Nast, cartoonist for Harper's Weekly, whose 
cartoon-campaign against Boss Tweed contributed large- 
ly to Tweed's downfall. 

"Journalism Week, 1926" 

"Journalism Week, 1926", containing some of the ad- 
dresses delivered at the School of Journalism during its 
annual gathering of journalists, was issued October 1926 
as Bulletin No. 42. 

In the first address printed therein Homer Croy, novel- 
ist, explains the five things he thinks every human "being- 
is interested in: Sex, in the bigger, finer interpretation 
of that word ; Money or property ; religion, or the Great 
Outside which interests the atheist as well as the Sunday 
school superintendent; the body, food, clothes and shel- 
ter ; and the underdog the struggle of the many against 

Edgar T. Cutter, superintendent, Central Division, the 
Associated Press, tells of the news that is worth while. 
Things that bring pleasure, and entertaining, interesting 
sidelights on life, the activities of organizations, busi- 
ness, art, the making of books, religion, science, educa- 
tion, foreign news in fact, anything that is decent, ac- 
curate, and entertaining, Mr. Cutter includes in his list 
of news. 

"The Washington Press Gallery' 7 is discussed by 
Charles G-. Ross, former member of the School of Jour- 
nalism faculty and now chief Washington correspondent 
for the St. Louis Post-Dispatch. He tells what goes on in 
the Press Gallery at Washington, of the people who 
make up the Fourth Estate, how national and interna- 
tional news is obtained and carried to the newspapers. 

James E. Bell, associate pastor of the First Baptist 
Church, Kansas City, tells of modern church advertising. 
The church, he says, is untrained for the business of 
advertising itself. But the modern church is developing 


its own technique for advertising purposes. It uses a 
weekly bulletin, makes use of letters, and some churches 
publish newspapers. 

James Melvin Lee, director of the department of jour- 
nalism at New York University, discusses the newspaper 
as an economic product. He tells of the cost of news, of 
print paper, the relation of news and advertising depart- 
ments, relation of circulation to advertising and news. 
"Fireside critics of the newspaper/' says Mr. Lee, "are 
usually so absorbed in ethical considerations that they 
overlook the importance of supply and demand. Whether 
the newspaper addresses itself to society en masse and 
uses the greatest common divisor, or to society en classe 
and employs the least common multiple, it cannot produce 
with a profit unless it sells what readers demand.' 7 

"Practicing the Profession of Journalism " is the sub- 
ject of E. C. Hopwood, editor of the Cleveland Plain 
Dealer and president of the American Society of News- 
paper Editors. Here are excerpts: "There is nothing 
more sacred in the reporter's code than keeping faith 
. . . A newspaper is the daily story of the lives of 
people . . . Most bad writing is the result of inade- 
quate training and muddy thinking. Newspaper style, 
like any other style, is best when it attracks least atten- 
tion to itself. " 

H, J. Haskell, editorial writer of the Kansas City Star 
tells how "A Reporter Looks at Europe" and his ex- 
periences in handling various European news events and 

Dr. Maximo Soto Hall, of La Prensa, Buenos Aires, 
Argentina, tells of the profession of journalism in South 

German newspapers and newspaper men are discussed 
by Dr. Emil Dovifat, deputy director of the German In- 
stitute of Journalism and chairman of the Berlin section 
of the German Press Association. 

In a section designated "From the Woman *s View- 
point" there are addresses by: Miss Laura Lou Brook- 
man on the work of the Sunday editor; Mrs. Wayne B. 


Sprague on reading matter of interest to children; Mrs. 
Muriel Fairbanks Steward on feature stories from edu- 
cational institutions ; Miss Katherine Simonds on travel 
features and advertising; Miss Mildred Whitcomb on 
publicizing health ; Mss Euby A. Black on the Washing- 
ton correspondent of the small-city daily; Miss Muriel 
Kelly on a college woman's work on a small daily; Mrs. 
Bess M. Wilson on opportunities in rural journalism; 
Mrs. Jessie Childers Williams on system in weekly pub- 
lications ; Mrs. A. W. Proetz on advertising as a field for 
women; Mrs. Rosalie Tumalty Dent on department store 
advertising; and Mrs. Susan Dibelka on the technique of 
applying for a journalistic job. 

"Presentation of a Japanese Stone Lantern" 

Bulletin No. 43, issued November 1926, is descriptive 
of the exercises at which a Japanese stone lantern was 
presented to the School of Journalism by the America- 
Japan Society through Prince lyesato Tokugawa, its 
president. Tsuneo Matsudaira, Japanese ambassador to 
the United States, tendered the gift. 

The exercises took place November 8, 1926. President 
Stratton D. Brooks accepted the gift on behalf of the 
University, and H. J. Blanton acted for the Board of 
Curators of the University. 

In his address here printed Ambassador Matsudaira 
praises the cordial relations between the United States 
and Japan and expresses the hope that such occasions as 
the presentation of the lantern, standing as a gesture of 
friendship between the two countries, will make the peace 
between the nations more enduring. 

A banquet followed the presentation exercises in the 
evening at the Knights of Columbus Students' Home. 
President Stratton D. Brooks, Tsuneo Matsudaira, Dr. 
J. C. Jones, president emeritus of the University, C. L. 
Hobart, president of the Missouri Press Association, 
Teijiro Tamura, Japanese consul at Chicago, Louis T. 
Grolding, publisher of the St. Joseph News-Press, and 


Prof. Jay William Hudson, were the speakers at the 

Messages of congratulation were received by the 
School of Journalism from Baron Shidehara, foreign 
minister of Japan; Viscount Tadashiro Inouye, minister 
of railways and president of the Pan-Pacific Club; E. W. 
Frazar, vice-president of the America- Japan Society; 
Hirosi Saito, consul-general of Japan; Frank B. Kellogg, 
secretary of state ; B. W. Fleisher, publisher of the Japan 
Advertiser, Tokyo. 

The bulletin also contains editorials praising the world- 
friendship gesture represented in the exercises, which 
appeared in the St. Louis Globe-Democrat and the Kan- 
sas City Times. 

"The Newspaper and Crime" 

This bulletin, No. 44, issued January 1927, is a study 
of the affect of newspapers on crime. It is made with the 
intention of determining the validity of oft-repeated 
criticism that the newspapers are causing large numbers 
of crimes through suggestion and excess crime publicity. 

Miss Virginia Cole wrote the thesis as a part of her 
work for the Master of Arts degree. Her conclusions 
are: That newspapers should not give excessive display 
to crime news ; that conditions could not be found to sup- 
port the attacks being made on the newspapers; that 
newspapers were justified in giving front-page space to 
crime news; That "it is the duty of the newspaper to 
follow each story of crime, with its punishment, just as 
it is the duty of the executives of the law to mete out 
deserved punishment, and, of the public to demand that 
these executives carry out this duty; that newspapers 
should bear the greater share of the burden of building 
up a moral defense in the minds of the people against 
crime, and should conduct a ceaseless campaign of pub- 
licity against crime in any form/* 


"International News Communications'' 

Another of the professional theses written by graduate 
students is 4 < International News Communications/ 9 by 
Eugene V. Sharp, now an assistant professor in the 
School of Journalism. The bulletin was issued in January 

It embraces much of the popular color of foreign news 
reporting, but centers mainly on the cable and wireless 
and their relation to the news carried by American news- 

A short history of cables and wireless and discussions 
of the relative value of each is included. British and 
American cable policies are contrasted and the effect of 
each on the problems of the foreign correspondent is 
explained. Cable rates, the means by which they are 
fixed, and the variety of classifications which are open 
to the news correspondent are tabulated. 

An entire chapter is devoted to the Pacific nations and 
their news problems. Wireless is playing a big, part in 
the development of the newspapers in the Pacific islands 
and in Asia, and due cognizance is taken of the situation. 

The bulletin includes a bibliography of material on the 
subject of international news which is valuable in mak- 
ing an intensive study of phases of the problem not 
covered in the bulletin. 

u The Small Community Newspaper'* 

This bulletin, issued March 1927, contains a discussion 
of the 12-em column, and advises all country editors who 
can to adopt it. Maximum press and folder capacity, and 
more space without any marked increase in production 
costs, are cited as the chief reasons favoring the change, 
outside of the improved opportunities for attractive 
make-up. John H. Casey, assistant professor of jour- 
nalism and director of the courses in rural journalism, 
is the author. 

Country correspondence is also dealt with. The bul- 
letin gives the opinions of many journalists expressed 


during Journalism "Week to back up the assertion that 
county correspondence is one of the most valuable units 
in the small-community newspaper. The bulletin includes 
a standard scale of advertising rates for small-town 
newspapers based on their circulation. The value of 
want-ads and the ways to get them are outlined. Colored 
comics are favored for the country weekly since they 
appeal to the majority of the readers and cost compara- 
tively little. Other topics covered are : Making the news- 
paper a community center; Christmas funds, for needy 
children; projects for the beautification of the town; 
gathering local news; post election advertising; methods 
of going after national advertising. 

"Written by Students in Journalism" 

4 'Written by Students in Journalism " is an anthology 
of editorials, feature stories, fiction and special articles, 
news stories, and reviews written by students in the 
Missouri School of Journalism as a part of their class 
work during the year 1926-27. Prof. Sara L. Lockwood, 
editor of the volume, which was issued in November 1927, 
served as chairman of the journalism faculty committee 
which selected the stories as representing some of the 
best work done during this school year. The book is 
designed as an incentive and inspiration to students and 
to give the public a better idea of the work being done 
in the School of Journalism. The stories herein are re- 
printed from the Columbia Missourian, the Missourian 
Magazine, and the Herald-Statesman, publications issued 
by the School a& part of its laboratory equipment, and 
from various nationally-known newspapers and maga- 

" Missouri Alumni in Journalism, 1928 " 

The fifth edition of the bulletin, " Missouri Alumni in 
Journalism ", was published in April, 1928. It was com- 
piled by Miss Helen Jo Scott, instructor in journalism. 
It is the most comprehensive of any of the alumni di- 
rectories published, containing biographies of each of 


the nine hundred and sixteen graduates and several hun- 
dred additional former students; tables of enrollment 
and number of graduates year by year ; a complete list 
of graduates according to years as well as a geograph- 
ical list of graduates based on the latest residence re- 
ported; a list of journalism faculty members, and the 
Journalist's Creed, 

This and other bulletins issued by the School of Jour- 
nalism may be obtained upon application to the Univer- 
sity publisher. 


The Missouri Writers 7 Guild is a i child" of the School 
of Journalism, fostered and encouraged by the School 
Miice its organization in 1915. Journalism Weeks had 
attracted to Columbia many noted as well as lesser known 
and beginning writers of Missouri. At the instigation of 
I>ean Walter Williams and with the cordial support of 
the School of Journalism faculty and alumni, a group 
of these writers effected an organization on May 4, 1915, 
during Journalism Week. 

Pride in the literary history of a state that produced 
Mark Twain and Eugene Field and scores of other well- 
known writers, an ambition to perpetuate the tradition 
in the present and future, and a desire for inspirational 
and social intercourse were the motives back of the or- 
ganization. Dean Williams presided at this first gather- 
ing of Missouri authors. After telling something of Mis- 
souri's claim to greatness in the literary field, he intro- 
duced as speakers other Missouri writers including J. 
Breckenridge Ellis, novelist of Plattsburg; Miss Eliza- 
beth Waddell, a poet of Ash Grove; Eobertus Love, poet- 
humorist of St. Louis ; William H. Hamby, fiction writer 
of Chillicothe; and Mrs. Emily Newell Blair, magazine 
writer of Carthage. 

The first officers elected were: President, William H. 
Hamby; first vice-president, J. Breckenridge Ellis; sec- 
ond vice-president, Mrs. Emily Newell Blair ; and secre- 
tary-treasurer, Floyd C. Shoemaker of Columbia. It was 
decided that qualifications for membership would be: 
Anyone who has had published by a reputable publisher 



a book or books on a regular royalty basis ; anyone who 
lias sold at least three articles to magazines of general 
circulation; anyone who has written a play which has 
been produced. Associate membership, it was agreed, 
could be granted to anyone ambitious to become a writer, 
upon the recommendation of a member or members. 
Forty persons became charter members of the Guild, 
which has grown to include more than one hundred active 
members. Some of its honorary members are: Fannie 
Hurst, Winston Churchill, Augustus Thomas, Sara Teas- 
dale, Edna Kenton, Maude Eadf ord Warren, Rose 'Neil, 
G-eorge Creel, Leigh Mitchell Hodges. 

Among those who have served as president of the or- 
ganization since its beginning are: William H. Hamby, 
Lee Shippey, Louis Dodge, Calvin Johnston, Hugh F. 
Grinstead, J. Breckenridge Ellis, Mary Blake Woodson, 
Arthur Killick ("Fatty Lewis"), Mrs. Maebelle B. Me- 
Calment, and Mrs. Myrtle Trachsel. 

To educate Missourians to a knowledge of their own 
literary resources and the writings of their own fellow- 
citizens is one of the purposes of the Q-uild. A great deal 
of this work has been done through literary clubs and 
societies in different parts of the State. Mr. and Mrs. P. 
Casper Harvey of Liberty have been particularly inter- 
ested and active in this. Mr. Harvey, while secretary- 
treasurer of the Guild, compiled and published a direc- 
tory of Missouri writers- which had wide circulation. 

From time to time the Guild has published a small 
newspaper called the Guild News giving literary news 
and views relating especially to Missouri. In addition 
the Guild supplies to various city newspaper of Mis- 
souri regular news about what Missouri writers are 
writing, publishing and doing. 

The Missouri Writers ' Guild has two meetings a year. 
The business sessions and inspirational and practical 
addresses occupy the first day of the annual Journalism 
Week in Columbia. That same evening the Guild's annual 
subscription dinner is given with appropriate program. 
The second meeting of the year is an outing, usually held 


in the Missouri Ozarks and continuing for a week. There 
is hiking, fishing, boating, and other outdoor sports and 
there are evenings of informal conversations and stunts. 
This week is valued for its opportunities for exchange 
of ideas and methods in writing and selling manuscripts ; 
for the cementing of friendship among Missouri authors ; 
and for the possibilities of story-material in the places 
and persons visited during the outing. 

The programs for the Guild's annual meetings in Co- 
lumbia are carried in the chapter on Journalism Weeks 
in this volume. 



One of the most effective agencies established by the 
School of Journalism for enlarging its service as an 
educational institution is the Missouri Interscholastic 
Press Association. This organization came into being in 
1923 when Dean Walter "Williams, not wishing to re- 
strict journalistic instruction to young people who came 
to the School regularly enrolled students of the Univer- 
sity, decided to make journalistic guidance and help avail- 
able to preparatory school students actively interested in 
the newspaper profession. 

On February 2, 1923, a preliminary organization com- 
mittee appointed by Dean Williams met in Jay N. Neff 
Hall and made plans for forming a press association. 
Those on this committee were : Chairman, E. W. Tucker, 
faculty adviser, the Kemper News, Kemper Military 
School, Boonville, Mo.; secretary, Robert S. Mann, 
assistant professor of the School of Journalism; Louis 
Baumgardner, editor-in-chief, Black and Bed Review, 
Hannibal (Mb.) High School; John N. Booth, faculty 
adviser, Westport Crier, Westport High School, Kansas 
City, Mo. ; and Miss Bernice Smith, city editor, Spring- 
field School Times, Springfield, Mo. A constitution pre- 
sented by Chairman Tucker at this meeting was approved 
and definite plans were adopted for organizing the asso- 
ciation. On May 5, 1923, the organization was completed 
at a well attended meeting of preparatory school editors 
who had responded to a call issued by the organization 
committee. The constitution was adopted and the officers 
provided by it were elected. Inspirational talks and dis- 



eussions of the problems of editing school papers con- 
stituted the remainder of the program of this first con- 

The purpose of the Missouri Interscholastic Press As- 
sociation is well stated in the constitution: ". . . to 
further the interests of preparatory school journalism 
in Missouri ; to promote co-operation among the prepara- 
tory school editors, managers and faculty advisers in the 
exchange of ideas for improving their publications; to 
fake advantage of the advice and helpful co-operation 
offered by the School of Journalism of the University 
of Missouri; and to stand for the highest standards of 
journalistic effort and achievement among preparatory 
school students. 7 ' 

Two types of membership are provided in the con- 
stitution, (a) active-controlling and (b) honorary, the 
former being publications and the latter being members 
of the faculty of the School of Journalism, faculty ad- 
visers elected to membership by the various publications, 
and members of the staffs of publications that have been 
active-controlling members of the association. The pub- 
lications holding membership print the association's 
emblem as a regular part of the paper's flag. 

In addition to student officers, the constitution pro- 
vides for an executive committee which shall be the "rul- 
ing unit of the association, directing and advising the 
activities of the organization through the executive secre- 
tary." This 'committee is composed of the student presi- 
dent, a personal representative of the School of Jour- 
nalism, and a faculty adviser of some active-controlling 
membership publication who shall be chosen by the other 
two members of the committee. The school of Journal- 
ism's representative is ex officio executive secretary of 
the committee. 

The office of executive secretary was held by Robert 
S. Mann, associate professor of journalism, until 1926, 
when, during, his absence, John H. Casey, assistant pro- 
fessor of journalism, took charge of the work. The next 
year T. C. Morelock was appointed to this position. 


The response on the part of preparatory school editors 
and other staff members was good from the beginning, 
and the success of the association is largely due to their 
co-operation. The service of the School of Journalism 
in connection with the association has been that of giving 
criticism of newspapers sent in by school editors, pub- 
lishing bulletins containing helpful material, holding 
newspapers and news story contests for which, gold 
medals and certificates are provided, and conducting the 
annual conventions of the association. 

The names of nearly three hundred preparatory school 
publications, or nearly all of such publications in the 
State, are now on the association's lists. 




In commemorating wedding anniversaries the twen- 
tieth year is known as the China anniversary and calls 
for gifts of china-ware. It is coincident that Missouri's 
School of Journalism should signalize the completion of 
its first twenty years by entering into relationship with 
a School of Journalism in China. The first school of 
journalism in the world is sponsoring what will doubtless 
become the first Class-A school of journalism in Asia, 

Vernon Nash, director of the school of journalism at 
Yenching University, Peking, China, was graduated from 
the Missouri School of Journalism in 1914. He had pre- 
viously received his A. B. from Central College, Fayette, 
Mo. In 1916 he was Ehodes scholar from Missouri. He 
served as reporter on the Knob Noster (Mo.) Gem, the 
New Bedford (Mass.) Standard, and the Maryville (Mo.) 
Democrat-Forum. He was with the British Army Y. M. 
C. A. in England, India, and East Africa during 1917 and 
1918 and became publicity secretary for the Kansas City 
Y, M. G. A. in 1919. He went to China in 1924 as in- 
structor in journalism, organizing the teaching of this 
profession at Yenching University and was later pro- 
moted to professorship. After serving there three years 
he was so imbued with the coming importance of jour- 
nalism in the Orient and especially in China that he 
wished to devote his life to work in that country. He 
returned to America to take graduate work in journalism 
at Missouri University and also to interest journalists 
of the United 'States in the Chinese university. 

In March of 1928 the faculty of the School of Jour- 
nalism decided that the Missouri School would associate 
itself with Yenching University in the development of 



journalistic education in the Peking school. The decision 
was made with the expectation that a group of American 
newspaper publishers would underwrite the minimum- 
expense budget of the department for its first five years. 
Newspaper men are manifesting unusual interest in the 
affiliation of the two schools and in the development of 
the work in Yenching University. The help given by the 
Missouri School of Journalism will consist largely in 
academic and administrative guidance, and in the main- 
tenance of reciprocal scholarships and exchange profes- 
sorships. Dean Walter Williams will serve as chairman 
of the American advisory committee which will include 
James Wright Brown, editor of Editor and Publisher; 
Dr. Greorge B. Dealey, president of the Dallas News; 
Walter A. Strong, publisher of the Chicago D'aily News ; 
Robert P. Scripps, of the E. W. Scripps Company; and 
William T. Dfewart, publisher of the New York Sun. 

In an article in the Missourian of May 11, 1928, Dean 
Williams told of the opportunity for service to journal- 
ism, "and through journalism, to mankind " offered by 
the establishment of a school of journalism at Yenching 
University, Peking. 

"Under present chaotic conditions in China, public 
opinion constitutes the one nation-wide political force 
this all-powerful public opinion is being moulded today 
chiefly by their newspapers. Sufficient pioneering and 
experimentation have been done to assure us that a 
school of journalism in China will render to the expand- 
ing press of China the same kind of service that is now 
being given to pewspaper work in our own country by 
its best schools of journalism. 

"It is noteworthy that the American schools of jour- 
nalism which are doing the most satisfactory work are 
all integral parts of great universities. This would sug- 
gest that the first school of journalism in China, should, 
if possible, be developed in connection with an outstand- 
ing university there. Such an institution is Yenching 
University in Peking, a standard college chartered under 


the laws of the state of New York and meeting all the 
educational requirements of that state in the granting of 
its academic and professional degrees We are confident 
that others also, when they shall have heard the story 
and analyzed it, will consider the project of establishing 
a school of journalism there one of the really great chal- 
lenges for constructive far-reaching service in our time." 

W. A. Strong of the Chicago Daily News wrote: "I 
have a personal knowledge of this work which moves me 
to write to you to state my personal interest in it. It 
seems to me that if China is to be redeemed it must have 
the foundation of a good press. The increase in literacy 
and rapidly changing sociological conditions make it ex- 
tremely important that the United States have a part in 
this venture. 

"Members of my family have spent many years in 
China and I have always been impressed with the fact 
that the Chinese are peculiarly susceptible to the develop- 
ment in China of the best type of American journalism. 
In my opinion there is no greater opportunity for effect- 
ive educational work requiring so little money and having 
such large possibility of return. No one can tell how 
important to the United States the future development 
of China will be." 

The Students' Religious Council of the University of 
Missouri is undertaking a part of the support of this 
Chinese school and is interesting University students, 
alumni and faculty in general in the work. 

Vernon Nash and Dr. J. Leighton Stuart, president of 
Tenching University, believe that the importance of 
Chinese journalism is assured by the phenomenal increase 
of literacy among urban populations. What the char- 
acter of this new and rapidly expanding journalism will 
be depends largely upon the kind of young Chinese who 
will be attracted to enter the profession and the kind of 
preparation they have had for this work. Chinese edu- 
cational authorities believe that the maintenance of a 
school of journalism, comparable to the best in this 


country, will stimulate the entrance of large numbers of 
students into the field. The physical expansion of jour- 
nalism in China is producing a g^eat demand for per- 
sonal. Patriotism and nationalism are the dominating 
movements among Chinese students and many of them 
are attracted to journalism because they see in this pro- 
fession opportunity for great public service. 



With tlie development of professional training and the 
increase of enrollment at the School of Journalism came 
also the founding or installation of various journalism 
organizations among students and alumni. Some are 
early chapters of national bodies that had their origin 
elsewhere. Others have had their birth here and later 
grown into national organizations of real merit. Two or 
three have originated and died at the University of 
Missouri or changed from journalism to non-professional 

Those existing in the School in 1928 are : Kappa Tau 
Alpha., founded at Missouri in 1910; Theta Sigma Phi, 
Q-amma chapter, chartered in 1911; Sigma Delta CM, 
chartered in 1913; Alpha Delta Sigma, founded at Mis- 
souri in 1914; Gamma Alpha 'Chi, founded at Missouri 
in 1920; the Journalism Students' Association incor- 
porated in 1922; and the Missouri School of Journalism 
Alumni Association founded in 1923. 

The Dana Press Club, the first organization among 
journalism students at the University of Missouri, start- 
ed in 1909 bringing together men students to create 
greater friendliness, professional inspiration and mutual 
helpfulness. The members maintained a fraternity house 
and gradually began including in membership men from 
other divisions of the University until in later years the 
Dana Press Club ceased to be a professional journalism 
organization and finally was chartered as a chapter of 
the national social fraternity, Delta Upsilon. 

A group of journalism women students for several 
years maintained a house and called themselves the Mal- 



lett Press Club, but the club could not compete with 
already-organized bodies and soon declared itself in- 

The Women's Journalism Club, intended to bring 
together young women enrolled in journalism and those 
"pre-journalists" who planned to enroll later for social 
and educational meetings, existed only a few years. 

Histories of the existing organizations are here given 
in brief: 

Kappa Tau Alpha 

Kappa Tau Alpha was founded during the second year 
of the School of Journalism, as a means of giving recog- 
nition to the students doing the best work. So far as is 
known here, it is the only journalistic society on a purely 
honorary basis. 

The first constitution was dated March 31, 1910, but 
there had been meetings before that time. The early 
records of the fraternity are, like those of many student 
organizations, fragmentary. However, the following is 
thonght to be a complete list of the charter members : 
Vaughn Bryant, J. E. Chasnoff (deceased), E. K. daild- 
ers, Robin P. Gould, Gus V. Kenton, Raymond F. Leg- 
gett (deceased), J. B. Powell, Oscar E. Riley and DR 

The first minutes, dated 'May 27, 1910, reported that 
Edward R. A. Felgate, Gordon Fisher (deceased), and 
Francis Stewart were initiated. 

Throughout the life of the society admission has been 
based on grades. The minutes of one early meeting said : 
"Editor (the title of the presiding officer) reported that 
Prof. Martin would look up grades." At the next meet- 
ing new members were elected on the basis of these 
grades. Something of the same procedure is followed 
today, elections being based on rankings furnished by 
the registrar. Although the society may refuse to elect 
a student whose grades make him eligible, each member 
voting against him must publicly state his reasons, and 
in practice no one has been barred in this manner. 


The society at first planned an active career. On Jan- 
uary 12, 1911, it was voted "to have meetings every other 
Thursday night at seven o'clock in the office of the Dean 
of the School of Journalism.'' This, however, did not 
last long, and the society became purely an instrument 
for recognizing scholarship. At present it confines itself 
to two or three meetings a semester, the most important 
of which is a dinner when new members are publicly 
welcomed. An entertainment of some sort is usually held 
during Journalism "Week. 

ATI early connection with Journalism Week is found 
in the minutes for March 6, 1911 : t H. E. Ridings, Chas- 
noff, and Leggett were appointed to confer with the Dean 
about Editors 7 Week." A year later, on April 25, 1912, 
we read: "Decided to give dinner on Thursday of Jour- 
nalism Week in honor of Talcott Williams, director of 
the new Pulitzer School of Journalism . . . Out-ol'- 
state men to be invited. Committee of Neff, Ridings and 
Kinyon appointed to prepare for the dinner." 

The society became inactive during the World War. 
At the inspiration of Bean Walter Williams, a few 
alumni and honorary members met on April 25, 1921, 
with the highest ranking students then in school and 
effected a reorganization. 

One important change was made in the new constitu- 
tion adopted a few weeks later. This made women stud- 
ents eligible on the same basis as men. In the early days 
of the school women students had been few, and the men 
had made it plain that they did not need any feminine 

The specific requirements for membership have varied 
as the School has developed and conditions have changed. 
At present students must meet the following qualifica- 
tions to be eligible : (a) They must be regular or special 
students primarily enrolled in journalism at the time of 
election; (b) they must have completed fifteen hours of 
professional courses in journalism; (e) their grades in all 
courses other than journalism courses must average M 
or better; (d) they must rank highest in scholarship in 


professional courses among; the students of the School 
of Journalism of the University of Missouri. 

Of these eligible students, the chapter, each semester, 
elects enough of those ranking highest to make the active 
undergraduate membership equal to not fewer than five 
per cent and not more than eight per cent of the total 
enrollment of regular and special students in the School 
of Journalism of the University of Missouri. 

Theta Sigma Phi 

Gamma chapter of Theta Sigma Phi is one of thirty- 
two active chapters of an organization which has as its 
three-fold purpose: Uniting in good fellowship college 
women in journalism; the conferring of honor upon 
women who distinguish themselves in journalism; and 
the raising of the standards in the profession of jour- 
nalism, including the improvement of conditions fox* 
women journalists, and inspiring the individual to greater 

The sorority was founded at the University of Wash- 
ington, Seattle, in 1909 two years before Gamma chap- 
ter was established at the University of Missouri. The 
national founders having provided for an "honorary, 
professional fraternity, 77 high scholarship has always 
been a membership requirement. Two of the national 
organization's most important projects are: The pub- 
lishing of a magazine for women in journalism, and the 
maintaining of the Women '$ National Journalistic Begis- 
ter, an employment bureau for women in journalism. 
The Matrix, the fraternity magazine, is edited by Ruby 
A. Black in Washington, D. C., and published every other 
month. It contains not merely news of the active and 
alumna chapters and their members but inspirational 
and practical guidance articles written by women suc- 
cessful and prominent in the profession of journalism as 
well as market tips and reviews of books of interest to 
journalists. The journalistic register has headquarters 
in Chicago and branch employment offices in Kansas 
City, New York City and Seattle. 


The fraternity holds its national conventions bien- 
nially. The Grand Council in 1928 includes: President, 
Sara Lockwood Williams, Columbia, Mo. ; vice-president, 
Katherine Simonds Wensberg, Omaha; secretary, Edith 
Abbott, Spokane, Wash.; treasurer, Jessie Olsen Pul- 
cipher, Chicago ; national organizer, Cecil Pease Webber, 
Chicago ; editor of the Matrix, Ruby A Black, Washing- 
ton, D. C.; and Register adviser, Marian Dyer Myers, 

In addition to active and alumna members (there are 
ten alumna chapters of the fraternity) there are honor- 
ary and associate members. Among the honorary mem- 
bers are: Zona Gale, Fannie Hurst, Margaret Culkin 
Banning, Sara Teasdale, Sophie Kerr, Ida M. Tarbell, 
Temple Bailey, Ida Clyde Clark, Emily Newell Blair, 
Edna Ferber, Honore Willsie, Harriet Monroe, Ella 
Wheeler Wilcox (deceased). 

Gamma Chapter was established at Missouri Univer- 
sity in 1911 with Amy Armstrong (LaCoste) as its first 
president and Mabel Couch as secretary. Among other 
charter members were: Mary Alice Hudson, Rosalie 
Melette, Helen Hammond. In the early part of 1913 some 
of the original members and a group of new ones reor- 
ganized the chapter and Sara Lockwood (Williams) was 
elected president. Among others in this group were: 
Vina Lindsay, Hazel Thornberg, Merze Marvin (See- 
burg), Myrtle McDougal (MacKay), and Clarissa Spen- 
cer (Keene). Among those who have been made asso- 
ciate members of Gam-ma during its seventeen years 
are: Caroline B. King, Fay King Watts, Mrs. John T. 
Warren, Marian Drane Lindsay, Cannie R. Quinn, Mrs. 
Kenneth I. Brown, Mrs. W. C. Curtis, Mary Paxton 

Gamma, like other chapters of Theta Sigma Phi, gives 
each year a Matrix Table banquet at which a notedly 
successful journalist, usually a woman, is the speaker. 
To the dinner are invited town and University people 
interested in literary achievement. The Missouri chap- 
ter members contribute regularly to the Matrix. The 


group takes part in general campus activities and par- 
ticularly in journalism activities such as Journalism 
Week, the Journalism Play, and functions given for visit- 
ing journalists. It offers an annual prize of ten dollars 
to the woman in the Missouri School of Journalism who 
writes the best feature article on some phase of women's 
work in journalism. In 1927 it established a bookshelf 
in the Journalism Library through which a selected col- 
lection of journalistic work is made available to students. 
The chapter strives to build up scholarship in journal- 
ism courses, to maintain interest and co-operation be- 
tween alumnae and active members, and to work with 
the journalism faculty for the betterment of the school 
and professional education. 

Sigma Delta Chi 

Sigma Delta Chi was founded at D-ePauw University 
in 1909. The fraternity's growth has followed the spread 
of the teaching of journalism. Its development in a sense 
parallels the success and mistakes in the development 
of this instruction. 

In the beginning the fraternity was ' l honorary. ' ' Pro- 
fessionalism was then not sufficiently developed in the 
schools to support an organization on any other basis. 
In 1916, the desirability of professional requirements for 
membership was recognized when the Missouri conven- 
tion changed the title "honorary journalistic fraternity" 
to "professional journalistic fraternity." The frater- 
nity retains some of the properties of an honorary body, 
to the extent that an adequate scholastic standing is a 
qualification for membership, but scholarship is taken 
into consideration only when it is believed to be an indi- 
cation of ability in the profession. 

The purposes of Sigma Delta Chi are those expressed 
by its founders. They are defined in the "preamble and 
object" of the Constitution: 

"To associate college journalists of talent, truth and 
energy into a more intimately organized unit of good 


' ' To assist the members in acquiring the noblest prin- 
ciples of journalism and to co-operate with them in this 

"To advance the standards of the press by fostering 
a higher ethical code, thus increasing its value as an 
uplifting agency." 

These statements of purpose have the .characteristic 
breadth of scope desirable and necessary to all constitu- 
tional expressions that endure through changing years. 
They are sufficiently non-restrictive to permit a wide 
variety of activity looking toward the fulfillment of the 
objects expressed. They have united in membership and 
friendship journalists capable of higji ideals, and they 
have succeeded in developing idealistic principles both 
on the campus and in the profession of journalism. 

Entering its nineteenth year the national fraternity 
now (May, 1928) has forty-two chapters. It has more 
than five thousand members and is adding to its ranks 
four hundred college journalists each year. A strong 
national body aids and controls the workings of each 
individual chapter. It is through the chapters themselves, 
though, that the organization has found its greatest 
strength. The national body calls on the chapters to 
maintain a high order of activity throughout the year, 
and the chapters have found it wise to follow the advice 
of the central office. A survey of the growth and ac- 
tivities of the Missouri chapter, which has always been 
ranked as one of the best in the organization, presents 
a typical example of the working of the chapters. 

The Missouri chapter was installed on February 22, 
1913. It was the thirteenth chapter of Sigma Delta Chi. 
There were several obstacles in the way of forming the 
local chapter, in the form of other already-existent jour- 
nalistic organizations. One was Kappa Tau Alpha, an 
honor society which elected men high in scholarship; and 
the other was the Dana Press Club, a social organization 
made up mainly of journalism students. Neither society 
was willing to give up its identity for a Sigma Delta Chi 


charter, and this for a while forestalled the forming of 
a Sigma Delta Chi chapter at Missouri. 

James G. May, in the fall of 1912, took up< the banner 
of Sigma Delta Chi and after explaining the different 
nature of the new fraternity, formed a petitioning group. 
He selected men from, both groups, and urged on them 
the establishment of a chapter of the nation's leading 
journalistic fraternity at the nation's first journalistic 
school. "Ward A. Neff, Hugh J. Mackay, J. C. MacArthur, 
and W. E. Hall, with James May, formed the list of 
charter members of the new chapter. A charter was 
granted soon after the petition was sent in, and early 
in 1913 the Missouri chapter was .established. 

It has, since its installation, played a prominent part 
in the national fraternity. Ward A. Neff, an alumnus of 
1913, served as national president and Dr. Walter Wil- 
liams, dean of the Missouri School, was an honorary 
president. In 1916 this chapter was host to the national 

An important step in the development of Sigma Delta 
Obi was when the Missouri chapter undertook to pub- 
lish The Quill, the fraternity's official organ, in 1917, 
Lee White, editor of the magazine, had asked, at the fifth 
annual convention held at Champaign, 111., December 5 
and 6, 1917, to be released from his duties. The job of 
editing The Quill was then turned over to the Missouri 
chapter. Prof. Frank L. Martin of the 'School of Jour- 
nalism was appointed editor and under his guidance the 
magazine was issued for the next five years from Jay H. 
Neff Hall. 

Professor Martin, with the aid of the Missouri chapter, 
put The Quill on a working basis and made several 
changes in the make-up of the magazine. Chapter news, 
instead of appearing as a department at the back of the 
magazine, was written in news-story form and used 
wherever make-up demanded. Its policy was already 
pretty well established by White and most of its major 
articles kept up the excellent standard he had set. 


The work of putting out The Quill made heavy demands 
on. Professor Martin's time and before the 1922 conven- 
tion he announced his intention of resigning. He pro- 
posed the employment of a full-time editor-manager as 
the only effective method of producing an. efficient and 
worthwhile Quill. This suggestion, while it met with 
theoretical approval, was one that could not be put into 
practice because of lack of funds. 

The needs for some such arrangement, however, led 
Ward Neff, treasurer, to announce a year later The Quill 
Endowment Plan, intended to do just what Professor 
Martin suggested. 

"When Ward A. Neff, who had previously served the 
fraternity as vice-president and treasurer, was elected 
president at the 1922 convention, Sigma Delta Chi put 
at its head one of its strongest leaders. Neff was vice- 
president of the Corn-Belt Farm Dailies and editor of 
the Daily Drover's Journal in Chicago. He was a man 
of ideas and initiative, and his business situation made 
it possible for him to devote many hours to Sigma Delta 
Chi's service. 

Throughout the year the executive ability of the 
fraternity's national president, Ward A. Neff, was quiet- 
ly making itself felt. It was a year of achievement. 
Chapter difficulties that once were the main business of 
the national fraternity were somewhat less trying. The 
officers had time to devote to important matters rather 
than to trivialities; and Ward Neff worked out during 
the year what promised to be the biggest and most 
thoroughly constructive scheme in the history of the 
fraternity the Life Subscription of Quill Endowment 
Plan, which he was to present to the 1923 convention. 

The plan proposed to create and build an endowment 
fund which should, in time, furnish enough revenue to 
support The Quill, pay an editor and prepare the way 
to giving Sigma Delta CM "the best journalists > maga- 
zine in the world. n 


Missouri chapter can rightly be proud of the achieve- 
ment of its most outstanding alumnus for today the Quill 
Endowment Fund stands at twenty-five thousand dollars, 
and the magazine, which is issued six times a year, has 
one thousand four hundred twenty-five life subscribers. 

The chapter in 1926 published the Scroll. This maga- 
zine had a very short life for it was discontinued in 
1927. The staff of the Scroll was: Editor, Joe Alex 
Morris; associate editor, B. P. Bolton; business man- 
ager, Lester J. Sack; advertising manager, Aubrey 

The definite program conscientiously followed by the 
Missouri chapter of Sigma Delta Chi is an important 
factor in making the organization as effective as it is. 
A regular meeting is held each week, with a combined 
luncheon and business meeting one Tuesday noon and a 
strictly business session on alternate Tuesday after- 
noons. These meetings bring out a representative num- 
ber of members and pledges. Discussion includes matters 
of routine activity, plans for special programs, the part 
to be played by the chapter and its members in promot- 
ing School of Journalism projects, and topics of interest 
to those contemplating entering the profession of jour- 

Social activities also are included in the program of 
Sigma Delta Chi. Events on the calendar include smokers 
for the men students in the School of Journalism and for 
visiting journalists; dinners and dances. The outstand- 
ing activity of the second semester is the gridiron ban- 
quet to which student leaders, prominent faculty men 
and leading business men of Columbia are invited. In 
addition to this, Sigma Delta Chi plays an active part 
in Journalism Week, a reunion for alumni, a reception 
for visitors, and the initiation of prominent journalists 
being included. 

Alpha Delta Sigma 

When Switzler Hall was the home of the School of 
Journalism, a group of aspiring students especially in- 


terested in advertising met and founded the Alpha Delta 
Sigma fraternity. The idea of the organization was 
"ADS," the initial letters of the name, and was intended 
to let the world know exactly what sort of fraternity had 
been founded to promote the interests of the Missouri 
advertising 1 students. 

J. B. Powell, at that time instructor in advertising, 
now publisher of the China Weekly Eeview and Editor 
of the China Press, Shanghai, and vice-president for the 
Orient of the International Advertising Association, was 
the promoter of Alpha Delta Sigma and its first presi- 

With Powell in his initial efforts were the following 
men: John W. Jewell (killed at Camp Funston, January 
11, 1918, and whose name the chapter now carries, re- 
placing the original name of Thomas Balmer Chapter) ; 
Oliver N. Gingrich, who later served for several terms 
as national president; Thomas E. Parker, editorial 
writer of Joplin, Mo. ; Alfonso Johnson, business editor 
of the Dallas, Tex., News; Howard Hailey, president of 
the Hailey-Lewis, Inc., Advertising Company of El Paso, 
Tex.; Joseph B. Hosmer, professor of advertising and 
commerce, Georgia School of Technology, Atlanta ; Rob- 
ert K. Tindall, managing editor of the Evening Sentinel, 
Shenandoah, Iowa; Chauncey Wynne; Al Gr. Hinman, 
instructor of advertising, Northwestern University; and 
D. D. Rosenfelder, field manager, United National Cloth- 
iers, Chicago. 

Before the first year was over other men were initiated 
and helped to strengthen the growing organization. They 
were: Hugh J. McKay, J. Harrison Brown, now sales 
and advertising manager of the A. P. Green Fire Brick 
Company, Mexico, Mo.; Hex B. Magee, now managing 
editor the Jackson, Miss., Daily News; and James E. 

Three honorary members were taken in the first year : 
Dean Walter Williams, Prof. Frank L. Martin and Prof. 
Charles G. Eoss, all of the School of Journalism faculty, 


In the second and third years of the fraternity's exist- 
ence much discussion arose over the status of Alpha 
Delta Sigma in relation to that of Sigma Delta CM, the 
journalism fraternity installed in the School in 1913. 
However, the group decided to follow the policy outlined 
by one of the founders, who explained to the national 
secretary of Sigma Delta Chi the plan he believed should 
be adopted. 

"The founder of Alpha D<elta Sigma told me," wrote 
the secretary, " that his object was to provide a fraternity 
for men who would make advertising their life work. He 
considers Sigma Delta Chi the journalism fraternity, and 
says his organization in no way conflicts, but is really in 
harmony with Sigma Delta Chi." 

The same policy has been carried through to the pres- 
ent time. There is no conflict in the pledging of inen to 
the two organizations because those entering Sigma 
Delta Chi must announce their decision to enter journal- 
ism, and those entering Alpha Delta Sigma must an- 
nounce their decision to go into advertising. 

The year following the christening of the Missouri 
chapter a group of advertising men at the University of 
Kentucky heard of the new fraternity and became inter- 
ested, with the result that a second chapter of ADS came 
into being. During the World War Alpha Delta Sigma 
was inactive. 

Joseph B. Hosmer, a charter member, came back to 
the University of Missouri to get a degree after the Wax 
and begun the task of reorganizing the chapter. The 
Missouri group never did completely dissolve, but there 
was little interest while the War was in progress. 

Another reason that may be designated as fundamental 
in the lack of expansion prior to 1920' was the failure of 
advertising as a profession to attract enough attention 
to itself to be taught in universities and colleges. Now 
that it had proved itself at Missouri other schools were 
rapidly beginning to offer courses of instruction. 

In 1920 a chapter was established at Georgetown, Ky. 
The chapter at Missouri University now took upon itself 


the responsibility of providing a national organization 
for the three groups and accordingly elected from its 
chapter a group of national officers. The venture proved 
unsuccessful and the next year another national plan 
was begun. This time Oliver N. Gingrich, charter mem- 
ber of the Missouri chapter, was elected president; Al- 
fonso Johnson vice-president, and Herbert Graham of 
the Kentucky chapter secretary. Since 1921 Gingrich has 
held the national presidency three times. 

A chapter was installed at Dartmouth in 1922, and in 
1923 the fifth was begun at the University of Michigan. 
In 1924 five chapters were added; in 1925 five; and 1926 
two ; and in 1927 three were accepted, giving the national 
organization a total of twenty active chapters. Chiefly 
because insufficient advertising is taught at their schools, 
three chapters have been forced to become inactive, leav- 
ing active groups in the following schools: Missouri, 
Kentucky, Dartmouth, Illinois, Washington, Oklahoma, 
Georgia Tech, Oregon, Columbia, Boston, Kansas, Minne- 
sota, Syracuse, Oregon State, Alabama, California and 
Washington State. 

By 1926 the fraternity was badly in need of a more 
closely knit centralized government and better co-opera- 
tion between the chapters. Arthur B. Horst, president 
of the John W. Jewell chapter, enrolled as a special 
student in the School of Journalism, saw the need for 
union and began a movement to get the national conven- 
tion at Columbia during Journalism Week. Months of 
correspondence with chapters convinced him of their 
spiritual support but lack of funds to supply physical aid. 
The convention was held with delegates from Missouri, 
Kansas, Washington University and Oklahoma present. 
Most of the others telegraphed proxies. 

That first convention was a milestone for Alpha Delta 
Sigma. A new constitution was written and adopted, the 
ritual revised, new offices created and new officers elected. 

E. K. Johnston, professor of advertising at Missouri, 
was elected national president. During the following, 
year lie aroused heretofore sluggish chapters from their 


lethargy, got action on petitioning groups, supervised 
provisions for efficient national management and gave to 
the fraternity a vim and zest that acted as a boomerang 
to bring to him re-election to the national presidency at 
the 1927 convention and the awarding of the jeweled pin 
of Alpha Delta 'Sigma, Other national officers chosen in 
1927 are as follows: Grand vice-presidents, Roger D. 
Washburn, instructor of advertising, Boston University, 
Mass. ; Robert W. Jones, instructor of advertising, Uni- 
versity of "Washington, Seattle ; D. C. Anderson, display 
advertiser, Dallas News; grand treasurer, Walter B. 
Cole, advertising department Studebaker Corporation, 
South Bend, Ind.; alumni recorder, Alfonso Johnson, 
business manager the Dallas News ; employment director, 
Oliver N. Gingrich, Sioux City, Iowa; extension director, 
Roy S. Marshall, of the G. W. Stevens Company, Outdoor 
Advertising, Seattle, Washington; attorney, George E. 
Sloan, attorney at Hammond, Ind. 

This closes the part of the national organization. It 
has been emphasized only because the Missouri chapter 
has played such an active part in its promotion. 

Two hundred Alpha Delta Sigma men have gone out 
from the Missouri School of Journalism. The local ad- 
vertising chapter has had interests in advertising events 
of almost every nature. In 1923 the chapter was awarded 
a silver living cup by the National Bank of Commerce 
of St. Louis for taking the largest delegation to the 
Move-More-Merchandise Convention at St. Louis. Twen- 
ty-eight university students and Columbia merchants 
comprised the group who attended under the auspices of 
Alpha Delta Sigma. 

The organization is affiliated with the International 
Advertising Association which has worked earnestly to 
promote the college fraternity idea. 

In the spring of 1923 a banquet was held at the Daniel 
Boone Tavern with Gamma Alpha Chi, advertising soror- 
ity, at which the principal speaker was Martin L. Pierce, 
sales and promotion manager of the Hoover Suction 
Sweeper Company. Pierce was scheduled through the 


International Advertising Association and in 1924 other 
speakers came to Columbia under the same auspices. 

In 1924 a group of ADS men were sent to Kansas City 
to present a program on advertising before the Ad Club 

Each year the fraternity entertains guests during Jour- 
nalism Week, helps in the promotion of the Journalism 
Play in the fall and the Journalism Fashion Show in 
the spring. It holds dinners once a month, with Columbia 
business men as speakers. A twenty-five dollar prize 
has been offered to the Alpha Delta Sigma man making 
the best showing in advertising each year. 

Gramma Alpha Chi 

"To better the work and to promote higher ideals in 
advertising and to honor those women in journalism who 
have shown special ability in advertising." This is the 
purpose of and the foundation upon which the first Greek 
letter organization for women specializing in the profes- 
sion of advertising was established. 

This organization was founded at the University of 
Missouri School of Journalism, February 9, 1920, and 
given the name of Gamma Alpha Chi, professional honor- 
ary advertising fraternity for women. The following 
officers were elected: President, Euth Prather; vice- 
president, Beatrice Watts; secretary, Ella May Wyatt; 
treasurer, Alfreda Halligan. Committees appointed were : 
Pins, Ella May Wyatt, Rowena Reed, Alfreda Halligan ; 
constitution, Mary McKee, Elizabeth Atteberry, Mildred 
Roetzel; ritual, Beatrice Watts, Christine Hood, Lucille 
Gross and Ella May Wyatt. These women and eight 
others, Frances Chapman, Lulu Crum, May Miller, Selnaa 
Stein, Ruth Taylor, Christine Gabriel, Allene Richard- 
son and Rowena Reed, were the charter members of the 
fraternity. Mrs. Herbert Smith was made patroness of 
the fraternity. 

The work of this first group consisted primarily in the 
forming of the constitution and its by-laws, establishing 


rules and precedents to be observed by the groups which 
were to follow, and in gaining general recognition upon 
the campus. Activities for the most part were confined 
to co-operation with Alpha Delta Sigma, professional 
advertising fraternity for men, on campus affairs, secur- 
ing people active in the field of advertising as special 
speakers at monthly meetings, and in sending repre- 
sentatives to advertising conventions. Later, however, 
as other chapters were established, this work has been 
extended on the different campuses to include such ac- 
tivities as sponsoring fashion shows, editing campus 
publications, carrying on special advertising projects 
and affiliation with the International Advertising Asso- 

In the eight years since its founding the fraternity has 
granted charters to five petitioning groups. Beta Chap- 
ter was installed at the University of Texas, Austin, in 
February, 1921. Gamma Chapter, University of Wash- 
ington, Seattle, 1923; Delta Chapter, University of 
Illinois, Urbana, 1925; Epsilon Chapter, University of 
Nebraska, Lincoln, 1926; Zeta Chapter, University of Ore- 
gon, Eugene, 1928. 

In May 1926, during Journalism Week, Gamma Alpha 
Chi held its first convention and became a national organ- 
ization. Miss Grace Jack Agnew, president of Alpha 
chapter, presided until the national president was elected. 
Miss Kate Goldstein, president of Epsilon, acted as repre- 
sentative of that chapter and the Beta, Gamma and Delta 
chapters were represented by members of Alpha. 

The convention took up the work of forming a national 
constitution and electing national officers. The following 
national officers were elected: President, Mrs. Ruth 
Prather Midyette, Alpha alumna ; vice-president, Pauline 
Krenz, Beta alumna ; secretary, Ella May Wyatt, Alpha 
alumna; treasurer, Norma Carpenter, Epsilon alumna. 
Members of the convention voted to accept GAC-O- 
GEAMS, Alpha chapter publication edited by Frieda 
Mae Post, as the national publication. The national 


convention is to be held every two years at such place as 
the national committee shall decide. 

The first alumna group of Gamma Alpha Chi was or- 
ganized in Kansas City, Mo., February 28, 1928, with 
the following persons as officers : President, Ruth Prather 
Midyette ; secretary-treasurer, Elizabeth Attebarry Hoi- 
lister; publicity chairman, Rowena Pierce. 

Each succeeding year has found this sorority enlarg- 
ing its field of activities to take in more specialized train- 
ing in advertising. 

School of Journalism Alumni Association 

The Missouri School of Journalism Alumni Associa- 
tion was organized May 23, 1923, at an alumni luncheon 
held at the Daniel Boone Tavern in Columbia during 
Journalism Week. Forty-five attended the luncheon, de- 
cided upon the plan of organization and elected officers. 

The purpose of the organization is to further the in- 
terests of the University of Missouri and particularly 
the School of Journalism; to affiliate with the General 
University Alumni Association and have a voice in gen- 
eral alumni affairs ; and to further acquaintance and good 
fellowship among the growing number of journalism 
alumni and former students. There are no dues. All 
alumni and former students are automatically members. 
There is annually one social and business meeting, during 
Journalism Week, when officers are elected. There may 
be called meetings at any time. 

The association does not lie dormant from one Jour- 
nalism Week to another. It fosters the organization of 
branch alumni groups in cities where a number of Mis- 
souri journalists live, such as St. Louis, Kansas City, 
Oklahoma City, New York City, Chicago, in Tokyo, 
Japan, and in Shanghai, China, It also fosters class 
reunions in Columbia during; Journalism Week. In 1925- 
26 the association raised the money and had a portrait 
of Dean Walter Williams painted by Charles F. Gait of 
St. Louis. This portrait with due ceremony was pre- 
sented to the School of Journalism as a gift from the 


alumni and senior class of 1926 during the 1926 Journal- 
ism Week program. 

In 1924 the custom of having an annual dinner and 
business meeting in the evening was started. Two hours 
on the busy Journalism Week program were allowed for 
this event, but alumni so enjoyed the time and so profited 
by such reunion that in 1926 the Journalism Week pro- 
gram was planned so Thursday was designated as Jour- 
nalism Alumni Day, with Missouri alumni predominating 
among the day's speakers, and the alumni were allotted 
the entire evening for their dinner program. Thursday 
is now annually accepted as Journalism Alumni Day on 
the Journalism Week program, which is open to the 
public as are all other general proceedings of this tradi- 
tional week. At the evening dinner, however, only a 
limited number of non-alumni are invited. Other fea- 
tures are provided by the Journalism Week program 
committee to interest guests other than alumni. 

Officers of the association have been: 

1923-24: President, J. Harrison Brown, '14, sales and 
advertising manager, A. P. G-reen Fire Brick Co., Mexico, 
Mo.; vice-president, Catherine Ware, 7 23, Columbia; 
secretary-treasurer, Sara L. Lockwood, '13, assistant 
professor of journalism, University of Missouri; vice- 
president s-at-large: Glenn Babb, '16, Tokyo, Japan; J. B. 
Powell, '10, Shanghai, China; Frank King, '17, London, 
England; Gus Oehm, '17, Berlin, Germany; Eliseo Quir- 
ino, 7 21, Manila, P. I.; Russell Bandy, '15, New York 
Oity; Robert Jones, former student, Seattle; Ward Neff, 
'13, Chicago; and B. 0. Brown, 12, Vernon, Tex. 

1924-25 : President, Russell Bandy, '15<, assistant East- 
ern manager for Merchants Trade Journal, New York 
City; vice-president, Rex Magee, former student, editor 
Mississippi Veteran, Jackson, Miss. ; secretary-treasurer, 
Sara L. Lockwood, '13, Columbia, Mo.; vice-presidents- 
at-large, Prank Hedges, Tokyo, Japan; Katherine 
Wheeler, Kansas City; Ward Neff, Chicago ; B. O. Brown, 


Palo Alto, Calif.; Frank King, London, England; Aliseo 
Quirino, Manila, P. L; J. B. Powell, Shanghai, China; 
and Gus Oehm, Berlin, Germany. J. Harrison Brown 
was named representative in the General Alumni Asso- 

1925-26 : President, Eex Magee, former student, Jack- 
son, Miss.; vice-president, Bertha Smith, '16, Kansas 
City; secretary-treasurer, Sara L. Lockwood, '13, Co- 
lumbia ; vice-presidents-at-large : Ward A. Neff, Chicago ; 
Oscar Eiley, New York; Frank Hedges, Tokyo, Japan; 
Frank King, London, England ; J. B. Powell, Shanghai, 
China ; Amy Armstrong LaCoste, Salt Lake ; Mary Pax- 
ton Keeley, Eock Port; O. K. Armstrong, Gainsville, Fla; 
Harrison Brown was renamed journalism representative 
in the General University Alumni Association. 

1926-27: President, John C. Stapel, '15, Eock Port, 
publisher of Atchison County Mail ; vice-president, Harry 
E. Taylor, J 17, Star-Clipper, Traer, la.; secretary- 
treasurer, Sara L. Lockwood, Columbia ; vice-presidents- 
at-large: Glenn Babb, Peking, China; Rosalie Tumalty 
Dent, Louisville, Ky.; Frank Hedges, Tokyo, Japan; 
Frank King, London, England; Vina Lindsay, Kansas 
City; Ward A. Neff, Chicago; J. B. Powell, Shanghai, 
China; Arch Eodgers, South America; Alma Burba, 
McAlester, Okla. 

1927-28: President, Ralph H. Turner, '16, Chief United 
Press Southwestern Division, Kansas City; vice-presi- 
dent, Mary Margaret McBride,* '18, New York; secretary- 
treasurer, Eobert S. Mann, '13, Columbia; regional vice- 
presidents : Glenn Babb, Peking, China ; Frank Hedges, 
Shanghai, China; Frank King, London; Vina Lindsay, 
Kansas City; Ward Neff, Chicago; J. B. Powell, Shang- 
hai, China ; Arch Eodgers, Buenos Aires, South America ; 
Frances Dunlap, Fulton; Amy Armstrong LaCoste, Salt 
Lake City; Journalism representative in General Univer- 
sity Alumni Association, Fred Harrison, Gallatin, Mo. 

1928-29: President, Frank W. Eucker, 13, Independence 
(Mo.) Examiner; first vice-president, Eric Schroeder, 


Texas State College for Women, Denton, Tex.; secre- 
tary-treasurer, Mrs. Walter Williams, Columbia; repre- 
sentative on the general Missouri University Alumni 
Association board, Robert S. Mann, Columbia; regional 
vice-presidents, Ruth Mary Packard, Standard Advertis- 
ing Company, New York City ; James G. May, May Pub- 
lishing Company, New Concord, Ohio; Rulif Martin, 
New Richland (Minn.) Star; Harry Guy, Dallas News; 
Lyle G. Wilson, United Press Associations, Washington, 

D. C.; Duke N. Parry, New York City; Frieda Mae Post, 
Arkansas City, Ark. ; Donald Ferguson, Milwaukee Jour- 

University of Missouri Journalism Students ' 

The journalism students as a departmental body have 
been organized since the first year of the School of Jour- 
nalism. On September 30, 1908 the first meeting of the 
first class of the first School of Journalism was held in 
Room 44, Academic Hall. Dr. A. Ross Hill, president 
of the University, and Dean Walter Williams addressed 
the meeting. Walter Stemmons of Carthage, Mo. was 
elected president of the journalism students ; J. B. Powell, 
Quincy, 111., vice-president ; Mary Paxton, Independence, 
Mo., secretary; Royal Fillmore, Kansas City, treasurer; 
Lyndon B. Phifer, Rich Hill, Mo., sergeant at arms; 

E. B. Trullinger, Maryville, Mj'o., chairman of a com- 
mittee to devise a journalism yell; F. C. Wilkinson, Co- 
lumbia, chairman of the committee to devise a journalism 
department stunt. There were six women enrolled in 
the School this first semester and they were hailed as 
"coming society editors. " 

At the organization meeting in September of 1910 new 
students from outside of Missouri were asked to speak. 
Eighteen states, other than Missouri, and two foreign 
countries were represented. Francis Stewart was elected 
president of the department; Mohler Shirkey, vice-presi- 
dent; B. P. Garnett, secretary; C. E. Stauffer, treasurer; 


Vaughn Bryant, senior, and C. A. Harvey, junior mem- 
bers of the student senate. 

From the first the student organization fostered de- 
partment stunts and inspired co-operation among stud- 
ents and faculty. 

As the School expanded the activities of the student 
body increased to the extent that some direct and or- 
ganized means of control became essential. Upon the 
advice of Dean Williams the students filed a petition to 
incorporate for fifty years as the University of Mis- 
souri Journalism Students' Association. This was done 
in the Boone County Circuit Court April 13, 1922, through 
the University attorney, O. M. Barnett. The petition of 
incorporation was signed by Irl W. Brown, president, 
and Marguerite Barnett, secretary-treasurer. The ar- 
ticles of agreement of the organization, which were filed 
at the same time, were signed by Irl W. Brown, Mar- 
guerite Barnett, Willard J. Pollard, C. A. Eodgers, 
Gladys McKinley, Frank B. Belden, Edward D. Garth, 
Bernice Tliomure, Charles C. Vance, and (Miss) Frank 
Kobertson. The petition of incorporation was accepted 
under the Missouri State Laws and signed by Secretary 
of State, Charles U. Becker, on May 13, 1922. 

In the words of the original constitution the organiza- 
tion was founded "for educational and scientific pur- 
poses, to promote literature, history, science, information 
and skill among the learned professions and particularly 
in the profession of journalism ; to encourage intellectual 
culture and in general to improve ourselves and serve 
the public in any of the objects enumerated above, and 
to do all things whatsoever as may be incident to such 
objects. ? ' 

At a business meeting* of the organization February 
20, 192'3', the association adopted a new constitution. At 
that time Robert Lusk was president ; 'Margaret Garner, 
vice-president; Virginia, Keith, secretary-treasurer. The 
following year Foster Hailey was made president. 
Joseph Simpich was elected president for 1924-25, The 
following year George N. Elliott was president and in 


1926-27 Donald Reynolds headed the association. In the 
fall of 1927 John R. Chisholm of Coffeyville, Kan., was 
elected president; Roy J. Leffingwell of Dallas, vice- 
president; and Opal Lamm, Sedalia, secretary-treasurer. 
Chisholm appointed the following committee chairman 
to serve as cabinet members during the year: Scholastic 
chairman, Leslie Rice ; activities, Lawrence Brill ; adver- 
tising, Fred May; historical, J. Paul Sheetz; women's 
activities, Martha Feenie; journalism play, William V. 
Hutt. The association holds its election the third week 
of the fall term. 

In February 1928 the constitution was redrafted and 
amended by the cabinet and faculty advisor and adopted 
by the student body February 20', 1928. 

In the spring of 1927 Wilburn Moore was elected to 
represent the journalism students as senator from this 
School and John "W. Moffet was elected to represent the 
organization as student councilman. Moffet left school 
in January 1928 and Fred May took his place on council. 

During the fall of 1926, while Reynolds was president 
of the association, Dean Williams suggested that an 
honor system would be in keeping with the ethics of the 
School. Eig;hty per cent of the journalism students 
signed petitions asking for such a system and in March 
1927 an honor system was adopted. 

The Journalism Play has been a tradition of the School 
of Journalism since its beginning. At the first University 
stunt day after the founding of the School of Journalism, 
the journalism students wrote and produced a news- 
paper play. For years the play was not only written, 
managed and staged but also acted entirely by students 
in journalism. In later years it has continued to be 
written by journalism students but students from other 
divisions have been invited to take part in the production. 
It is still known as the Journalism Play and proceeds go 
to the journalism association. For the last few years the 
profits of the Journalism Play have been turned over to 
the Secretary of the University for use as a permanent 


fund, the interest from which is to be offered as an annual 
scholarship to journalism students who are attending 
the University of Missouri. 

Another scholarship open to students of the School of 
Journalism has been made possible by donations of 
graduates of the School, interest on these donations being 
applied to a scholarship fund. The principal is now 
one thousand five hundred dollars. 

The origin of the Scoop Dance, an annual journalism 
association event, can be traced back to the days of the 
dances given at the Dana House, a local journalism 
fraternity organized soon after the founding of the 
School of Journalism. 

In 1927 the custom started of giving an annual banquet 
in honor of some famous journalist. That year the dinner 
honored the memory of Horace Greeley. Several mem- 
bers of the State Legislative body came to Columbia to 
take part in the program. Donald Reynolds, president 
of the journalism student body, was toastmaster and 
talks were made by George Knott, representing the 
students; Lieut. Gov. Phil A. Bennett, president of the 
Senate; E. H. Winter, speaker of the House; iSenator 
Dwight Brown; W. E. Freeland, representative from 
Forsyth; Col. Charles S. "Woods of Rolla; President S. 
D. Brooks and Dean Walter Williams. On March 14, 
1928, the second of these banquets commemorated the 
achievements of Joseph Pulitzer. John R. Chisholm, 
president of the journalism students, presided and talks 
were given by Bart Howard, editorial writer of the St. 
Louis Post-Dispatch; Dean Williams; Joyce Swan, repre- 
senting senior journalists; and William V. Hutt, repre- 
senting the junior class. These dinners not only gave the 
students a clearer knowledge of the lives and works of 
great journalists but brought the student body and 
faculty together for journalistic discussions and social 

The constitution of the Journalism Students' Associa- 
tion also contains a provision calling for the organization 


of the pre journalists, defined as those students who have 
been enrolled in the office of the University Registrar 
as pre-journalists and who have thereby signified their 
intention of entering the School of Journalism. 



The School of Journalism has been fortunate in the 
number of presentations that have been made to the in- 
stitution. The most valuable donation one which has 
been a great factor in the rapid advance of the School 
in recent years was a. building to house the School, 
fittingly enough given by a Missouri graduate, Ward A. 
Neff, B. J. '13, in memory of his father, Jay H. Neff of 
Kansas City. 

Feeling that their special portion of this building, the 
Council Room, should be furnished by themselves, the 
students in the School of Journalism during the first 
year of occupancy of Neff Hall gave a large round ma- 
hogany table, twelve mahogany chairs, a window seat 
with lockers for each of the student organizations, and 
a Chinese rug with the University of Missouri seal in 
the center. 

The graduating class in journalism began the custom 
of each year presenting a gift to the School. The 1920 
class gave a mahogany desk for Dean Walter Williams ' 
office in the new building. The 1921 class presented a 
stone sun dial; a grandfather clock was the 1922 class 
gift; in 1923 the class gave two stone benches to be placed 
at either side of the south entrance to Neff Hall; the 1925 
class presented a meridian plate which has become fam- 
ous for its unusual setting; the 1926 class joined with 
alumni of the School in having painted a portrait of 
Dean Williams by Charles F. Gralt which was presented 
to the School and hangs in Neff Hall; the 1927 class 
gave a mahogany bookcase for the Council Boom. In 
addition to these annual gifts the students as classes or 


The upper picture whoww K. A, Soderntrom, business manager of the 
Missourian, in his office; Center, MIHH Julia Sampson, librarian, at her 
desk; Below, profeHHiorml faculty and staif in 1928 including: First 
row Miss Helen Jo Scott, Prof, E. W. Sharp, Prof. T. 0. M'orelock, 
Dean Walter Williams, W, H. Lathrop, Prof. E, K. Johnston, MIRK 
Frances Grinstead, Prof. II. H. Mann. Second row Prof. F. L. Martin, 
Lawrence May, Mary K. Abney, llassel Scivers, Mrs. Euth Pileher, 
Ledjcerwood Sloan* Prof. T. U YatoH. Third row B, B Swift, Fay 
Jacobs, Hunan Brooks, Joyce Swan, Helen Louise Woodsmall, Theresa 
Day, MISH Julia Sampson, Edward Gerald, Vernon Nu^h, 


organizations have planted vines and shrubs about Jay 
H. Neff Hall, aiding thus in beautifying the campus. 

One of the notable gifts to the 'School is "the St. Paul 
Stone.' 7 When the 1925 graduating class presented a 
meridian plate, they consulted Dean. Williams concerning 
a pedestal or setting for this copper disc, which shows 
the direction and number of miles from Columbia to the 
thirty-seven principal cities in the world. On the plate 
is the quotation, "I have set thee a watchman", -winch 
has served as text for many sermons as well as lectures 
on journalism. Various British journalists who had 
visited the School had expressed a desire to present some 
gift coming from Great Britain to the Missouri School 
of Journalism. They communicated with "Dean Williams 
on the subject and he suggested a stone from some an- 
cient British structure which might serve as pedestal for 
the meridian plate. Consequently there came a stone 
from St. Paul's Cathedral in London as a gift to the 
School from the British Empire Press Union through 
its president, Viscount Burnham. It was presented by 
the British ambassador to the United States, Sir fisme 
Howard, and accepted on behalf of the University by 
President iSitratton Dl Brooks. George B. Dealey, presi- 
dent and general manager of the Dallas News, Dalian, 
Tex., accepted it on behalf of the journalists of America. 
This piece of stone was quarried in the Vale of Portland 
about 1724. If formed a portion of one of the statues of 
the south pediment of St. Paul's Cathedral and the 
drapery is still visible on the front, also the chiseled bed 
joint of the mason who cut the stone. The figure repre- 
sented St. Andrew and was sculptured by Frances Bird, 
a contemporary of Grinling Gibbons, another famous 
carver. The head and shoulders of the figure are now 
preserved in. the Geological Museum in London. 
A bronze tablet attached to one side of the stone says : 
* ' This stone, quarried in 1724, is from St. Paul *s Cathe- 
dral, London, which looks down upon the birthplace of 
English literature, the English newspaper press, and the 
English publishing business. It was presented to the 


School of Journalism by the British Empire Press Union 
through its president, Viscount Burnham, and was 
mounted here upon a base of Missouri stone by Missouri 
journalists. The meridian plate is a gift from the class 
of 1925 of the School of Journalism. Dedicated Novem- 
ber 10, 1925, by Sir Esme Howard, British ambassador 
to the United States." 

The stone that serves as a base for the St. Paul's stone 
is a gift from the Ozark Quarries Company, Carthage, 
Mo. It was given at the suggestion of Eugene B. Roach, 
retiring president of the Missouri Press Association. 

Another gift signifying the friendship of nations and 
the growth of international journalism was that of a 
stone lantern given to the School of Journalism by the 
America-Japan Society of Tokyo in November 1926. 
Through the efforts of Prince lyesta Tokugawa, presi- 
dent of the society, the lantern was obtained from an old 
estate near Sempukuji, where Townsend Harris, the first 
American envoy to Japan, established his legation sixty- 
seven years earlier. The lantern is nearly seven feet tall 
and is composed of five pieces of granite quarried in the 
province of Mikawa, the native home of the Tokugawa 
family. S. Uenoda, a Japanese member of the staff of 
the Japan Advertiser, writing of the history of the stone 
lantern said: "No object in the realm of Japanese art 
is perhaps so enduring and at the same time so pictur- 
esque and artistic as the stone lantern in the Japanese 
garden. Few objects in art in the court of their develop- 
ment have been so vitally associated with the main 
stream of the ancient culture of this empire as that of 
the stone lantern. It (this particular lantern) was pre- 
sented to the School of Journalism as a permanent 
memorial to the increasing good will and peace between 
the United States and Japan. The stone lantern as a 
token of good will and peace is most appropriate because 
of the fact that it is one of the most enduring and repre- 
sentative objects of art Japan has even produced, and 
it is intended to illuminate darkness and shed light on 


The stone sun dial and the St. Paul's stone had been 
placed on either side of the main south entrance to Jay 
H. Neff Hall. The Japanese lantern was placed at the 
top of the slope at the northeast corner of the building, 
with the trees and natural scenery of the north campus 
as a background. The lantern was formally presented 
to the University by His Excellency, Tsuneo Matsudaira, 
Japanese ambassador to the United States, on Novem- 
ber 9, 1926. It was accepted on behalf of the University 
by President Stratton D. Brooks, and on behalf of the 
curators by H. J. Blanton, a member of the Board of 
Curators and editor of the Monroe County Appeal, Paris, 
Mo. A bronze plate or marker was placed near the 
lantern giving a statement of the history of the lantern 
and its presentation. 

The Journalism Library and the Council Room are 
filled with smaller gifts from many lands. Jay H. Neff 
Hall houses a valuable museum of ancient and modern 
of especial interest to journalists, objects from every 
part of the globe. The most valuable and smaller things 
are kept in museum cases. There are old newspapers and 
books illustrating the earliest printing; newsboy costumes 
from Japan; scrolls and other pieces of early publishittg 
from China, the Philippines and other Far Eastern lands. 
One of the oldest pieces of writing is that taken from an 
Egyptian tomb in the period before Christ. It is written 
on papyrus and the letters are still legible. Another old 
piece is a Buddhist sacred writing, by hand, on the leaf 
of a Talipot palm. It came from Kandy, Ceylon, and 
belongs in the period of cultural development in the sixth 
century A. D. The Babylonian inscribed clay tablets are 
small, although they are extremely hard and clearly in- 
scribed. The largest tablet is a " messenger tablet n con- 
taining a list of supplies given to a messenger before he 
started on a journey bread, dates, oil, and wine. Mes- 
senger tablets are always small and they are valuable, 
for the writing on them is finer than on the other tablets. 
Other tablets tell of the animals taken to the temple 


sacrifice, butchers ? bills, which are delivered on the four- 
teenth, and temple offerings. 

Coming to the time just after the Eenaissance at the 
close of the Middle Ages, there is an original page from 
the Guttenberg Bible, which was the first book printed 
with movable type. The letters are clear and black, and 
all of the capital letters are painted in red. 

The oldest book owned by any of the University of 
Missouri's libraries may be found in one of these meseuzn 
cases. It is called "Epistole Enee Silvii" and was 
printed in 1496, just four years after the discovery of 
America. It was written by Aeneas Sylvius, member of 
a noble Italian family. On the inside of the cover is 
written "This is the last edition printed by Anthony 
Koberger at Nuremberg. " It is a treatise on education. 

A copy of the Book of Ruth, written on vellum, dates 
back to the sixteenth century. It is a scroll about six 
inches high, rolling up on a handle. Other old books in 
the cases include "Bizarrie Politche" by Lorenzo di 
Banco, a Chinese illustrated book printed on silk, and 
a law book printed in London in 1653, presented to Dean 
Walter Williams by W. C. Breckenridge because its 
author was a man named " Walter Williams." 

Among the old newspapers preserved here are copies 
of the Virginia Gazette dated in 1776; the Columbia 
Centinel from Boston in 1806; the Missouri Gazette of 
1808; issues of the London (England) Gazette from 1688 
to 1691; a paper from Germany published in 1806. 

A quill pen used to sign treaties in the United States 
Senate was presented by W. D. Meng of the Kansas City 
Journa^Post, former sergeant-at-arms in the Senate. 

The smallest newspaper in the museum is about one 
and a half inches by two inches, It is a facsimile of the 
Times made for the Queen's Doll House in London. Its 
pages are seven columns wide and contain news and ad- 
vertising. A magnifying glass is needed to read the 

Many historic gavels are in the collection of rare ob- 
jects. One is made of wood taken from the Mark Twain 


Lome in Hannibal and presented by George A. Mahan 
of that city. Another, presented by H. J. Blanton, was 
used at the Press Congress of the World in Switzerland 
in 1926. There are gavels formerly used by foreign press 
associations and others made especially for the Journal- 
ism Week Banquets, representing particular journalistic 
organizations or subjects. 

J. West Goodwin, late editor of the Sedalia Bazoo, pre- 
sented a scrapbook of front page headings from Ameri- 
can newspapers during the last sixty years. 

A Kamage printing press of the type used by Benja- 
min Franklin and other noted printers, stands in the 
Council Room. It was lent to the School of Journalism 
for exhibition and educational purposes by A. H. Everett 
of Kansas City. 

The Journalism Library of nearly 3000 books and 300 
periodicals includes among its volumes many gifts of 
alumni and friends. Gol. J. West Goodwin of Sedalia, 
Harry Hansen of the New York World, Jason Kogers 
of the Kansas City Journal-Post, Oscar E. Biley, a 
graduate of the (School, and others have given many 

The rooms of Jay II. Neff Hall are decorated with 
photographs and pictures presented by representative 
journalists from all parts of the world. Prof. IT. F. 
Major of Columbia gave to the School a copy of the 
famous picture "Isle of Death". Charles Arnold, first 
graduate of the School, gave a picture of Benjamin 
Franklin. A number of original wash drawings for maga- 
zine illustrations made by Monte Crews of Fayette, Mo., 
an alumnus of the University of Missouri, were given 
by the artist. There are photographs of many of the 
leading; journalists of the world. In one room there IB 
the only complete collection of photographs of past 
presidents of the Missouri Press Association from its 
establishment in 1867 to date. 

The Journalist's Oreed, written by Bean Walter Wil- 
liams, has been translated into about forty different 


languages and is used by editors in as many -countries. 
Some of these translations have been framed and given 
to the School of Journalism to be hung in the Council 

The portrait of Dean Williams which hangs in the 
second floor corridor of Neff Hall was painted by Charles 
F, Gait of St. Louis at the request of the School of Jour- 
nalism Alumni Association and was presented to the 
School by that organization and the 1926 graduating 
class. The portrait was formally unveiled on Alumni 
Day of the 1926 Journalism Week. 

" 'The four thousand alumni and former students of 
the School of Journalism have not lost one whit of the 
inspiration and ideals inculcated under the influence of 
Dean Walter Williams, ' said Rex Magee, president of 
the Journalism Alumni Association, before the largest 
audience yet assembled during Journalism Week, in 
presenting the portrait of Dean Williams. " Thus ran 
a story in the Missourian of May 14, 1926. Mary Paxton 
Keeley, first woman graduate of the School, and John C. 
Stapel, 1915 graduate, escorted Dean Williams to the 
auditorium. The picture was unveiled by Mr. Williams' 
granddaughter, Hulda Gordon Rhodes of Kansas City. 
E. Lansing Bay, president of the University Board of 
Curators, accepted the portrait on behalf of the curators, 
saying: "The portrait of Dean Williams is a material 
embodiment of his ideals, and will be a constant reminder 
of his spirit and personality. The position of journal- 
istic education in the world today is due to the personal- 
ity of Dean Williams and his influence is felt wherever 
newspapers are printed." 

Dr. Stratton D. Brooks, president of the University, 
spoke on behalf of the University. Dean Williams re- 
sponded to an invitation to speak after the presentation 
of the portrait. He pledged the School of Journalism to 
the spirit of the mottoes on its memorials: "I have set 
thee a watchman' '; "Let there be light"; and "Let the 
will of the people ever be the supreme law of the land. ' ' 


Many " birthday gifts'' came to the School on its 
twentieth anniversary in 1928. Y. P. Wang, assistant 
business manager of Shun Pao at Shanghai, China, a 
graduate of 1924, presented a set of Chinese wooden 
scrolls which have been hung in Neff Hall. The title 
board (in Chinese called "pien") is such as one often 
sees displayed in the halls of important Chinese buildings 
and homes. At either end of the title board there is 
another board or scroll. The Chinese characters on the 
title board proclaim: "The School of Journalism is the 
center of journalistic learning for a thousand years. It 
is building a rule or standard for the expression of pub- 
lic opinion in all countries." 

The two side scrolls bear the inscriptions: u To my 
teacher, Dr. Walter Williams, president of the Press 
Congress of the World, dean of the School of Journalism 
of the University of Missouri, man of high learning and 
pure virtue, long regarded as a leader among journalists, 
author of the Journalist's Creed. He came to China in 
1921, where I, Ying-Ping, listened to his teachings with 
lasting admiration and in the following year left for 
America to study journalism under him. I returned to 
China to serve on the Shun Pao of Shanghai. This is 
presented to Dean Williams and the School of Journal- 
ism on the occasion of its twentieth anniversary ; written 
in the Chinese ancient script by Wang Ying-Ping. " 

Eight items from the Journalist's Creed are quoted 
and the donor pledges himself to "public service at the 
exhaustion of all his energy and thought. ' ' The signature 
of Wang Ying-Ping and his seal are on one scroll. 

The Kansas City alumna chapter of Theta Sigma Phi, 
made up largely of alumnae of Missouri University, pre- 
sented and planted a tree near the west entrance to Jay 
H. Neff Hall. 

In addition to all these gifts, and ranking high in im- 
portance, are the scholarships and awards offered to 
worthy students in the School of Journalism by alumni 
and other friends of the School. 


In 1928 sixteen scholarships and awards were offered 
exclusively for students in the School of Journalism, 
while many other University awards were open to jour- 
nalism students in common with students of other divi- 
sions of the University. The awards specifically for jour- 
nalists are described in the official announcement as fol- 

4 'The Eugene Field Scholarship, for which the inter- 
est on one thousand five hundred dollars is available, is 
awarded each year to the student of at least a year's 
residence who has shown himself most proficient in the 
work of the School in general. The fund for this scholar- 
ship was obtained largely through the efforts of J. West 
Goodwin of Sedalia. 

"The Jay L. Torrey Scholarship is awarded each year 
to the young woman student in journalism who is con- 
sidered most deserving 1 and best equipped in professional 
ideals and in general newspaper-making ability to do the 
work of a journalist. The award consists of the income 
on two thousand dollars given by the late Col. J. L. Tor- 
rey of Fruitville, Howell County, Missouri. 

"The Journalism Alumni Scholarship, consisting of 
the interest on one thousand five hundred dollars, is 
awarded annually to a student in the School of Journal- 
ism chosen by the faculty on a basis of meritorious class 
work. The funds for this scholarship were given by 
alumni of the School of Journalism when they refused 
to accept interest due them on money they had subscribed 
to help found the Missourian Publishing Association, 
Inc., which publishes the School's laboratory newspaper. 

"Five scholarships of fifty dollars each, known as the 
John W. Jewell Scholarships, are awarded each year. 
They are paid from the income on five thousand dollars 
given in memory of John W. Jewell, a former student 
of the .School of Journalism, by his widow, Mrs. John W. 
Jewell, and his father, H. S. Jewell. The scholarships 
are awarded at the close of the winter term to those 
students who, having completed at least one term in any 
of the departments to which these scholarships 'are 


assigned, shall be deemed worthiest scholarship, char- 
acter, need of financial assistance, and general fitness for 
newspaper work being taken into consideration. The de- 
partments to which the scholarships are assigned are : (1) 
History and Principles of Journalism; (2) editorial pol- 
icy and writing; (3) The News, Reporting and Copy 
Reading; (4) advertising; and (5) graduate work. 

"A prize of one hundred dollars is offered by Homer 
Croy, author, of New York, for the best-written article 
of any kind (except poetry) produced by a student in 
the School of Journalism and published during the school 

"A special Distinction Award of one hundred dollars 
is offered by an anonymous donor to the woman student 
in the iSchool of Journalism who best exemplifies the 
spirit, attainments, and aspirations that make for an all- 
round, self-controlled journalist. 

' The Journalism Play Award is to be given each June 
from the interest on a fund established from the proceeds 
of the annual Journalism Play. Both men and women 
are eligible. The award is to be made on the basis of 
industry, character, mental alertness, and capacity for 
leadership and harmonious working with others, as evi- 
denced in activities of all sorts other than class work. 
Other thing;s being equal, activities of a literary nature 
shall be given special weight. The winner 's grades must 
average M or better in both professional and non-profes- 
sional courses taken separately. 

"The 'Tex' Bayless Award in Advertising is a prize 
of one hundred dollars given annually to the man student 
of advertising most outstanding in all of its branches. 
This is donated by A. C. ('Tex') Bayless of Houston, 
Tex., a former student in the School of Journalism. 

"The 'Missouri chapter of Alpha Delta Sigma, adver- 
tising fraternity, gives an annual prize of twenty-five 
dollars to an outstanding man student of advertising. 

"The Missouri chapter of Gamma Alpha Chi, adver- 
tising sorority, gives an annual prize of ten dollars to 
an outstanding woman student of advertising. 


"The Missouri chapter of Theta Sigma Phi, journal- 
istic sorority, gives an annual prize of ten dollars for 
the best feature article written by a woman student in 
the School of Journalism and dealing with woman's 
work in journalism, 

"An honorary award is made each year to the student 
who does the most outstanding work in agricultural jour- 
nalism. The names of such students are engraved on a 
shield presented to the School of Journalism by the 
Missouri Buralist, published in St. Louis." 


Physical equipment for study and practical work in 
journalism has been added to or improved from year to 
year at the School of Journalism so that opportunities 
for carrying on both theoretical and practical work in 
the profession have been facilitated. 

The first official announcement of the School in 1908 
stated: "The University Library contains eighty-five 
thousand bound volumes and twenty thousand pamph- 
lets. In addition to the collections of the University 
Library students have access to the library of the State 
Historical Society of Missouri, which contains forty 
thousand volumes. " 

Students in the School of Journalism still have access 
to the State Historical Society Library and the general 
University Library, both of which have been housed in 
more spacious quarters and have greatly increased their 
number of volumes. In addition, several divisions of 
the University have specialized libraries devoted to 
books, periodicals, et cetera, especially pertaining- to 
the division, and all of these are open to journalism 
students as well as to students in any other division. 
Such specialized libraries are maintained in agriculture, 
engineering, medicine, arts and science, and other divi- 
sions. But most important of all to the journalism stud- 
ent is the Journalism Library. 

As soon as the School was organized various news- 
papers and trade periodicals were subscribed for, giving 
students opportunity to keep in touch with news of the 
world daily and to study style and policies of various 
publications. These publications were the nucleus of the 



Journalism Library. When the School was moved in 
1909 into Switzler Hall more newspapers were taken and 
newspaper racks placed in the News Boom. Later one 
small room in Switzler Hall was designated as "the 
library " and in it the number of reference books gradu- 
ally grew to several hundred, while many more news- 
papers and periodicals were added. Student assistants 
had charge of the library in these first years. At this 
time, too, a " morgue " was started, where clippings and 
notes for future reference as well as cuts which had been 
used in the Missourian and might be of value later were 
filed and cataloged. 

When in 1920 the School moved into Jay H. Neff Hall, 
one wing of the new home was set apart for the Journal- 
ism Library and Miss Julia Sampson was appointed 
journalism librarian. Miss Sampson, a graduate of 
Stephens 'College, took library training at the University 
of Missouri and later was appointed assistant in charge 
of the Arts and Science Reading Boom where she served 
for three years previous to coming to the Journalism 
library. The library has reading tables and chairs to 
accommodate sixty-five readers. The eight hundred and 
fifty volumes of 1920' have been increased to nearly three 
thousand and the periodical list has grown from one hun- 
dred to nearly three hundred. About two hundred and 
eighty newspapers are on file here, including all the 
daily and weekly newspapers published in Missouri, 
representative newspapers from every state in the Union 
and from many foreign lands. Nearly all of the books 
have direct application to journalism. Many deal with 
the history and ethics of journalism. There is also an 
extensive list of works on advertising. Standard refer- 
ence books, encyclopedias, atlases, maps, et cetera, are 
also available. There are bound volumes of the Mis- 
sourian since its origin in 1908 and also bound volumes 
of trade magazines relating to journalism. The period- 
ical list includes technical magazines devoted to news- 
paper work, printing and advertising, and the leading 


magazines devoted to current events, as well as typical 
house organs and class publications. 

Foreign newspapers and magazines are received from : 
England, Canada, Scotland, France, Germany, India, 
Australia, New Zealand, China, Japan, Ireland, South 
Africa, Mexico, Brazil, 'Chile, Ecuador, Argentina, the 
Philippines and other countries. 

All of these publications are used for reference reading 
and study in connection with the various courses taught. 

Typewriters and desks such as used in newspaper 
offices have been a part of the School's equipment from 
the beginning, the number growing as enrollment in- 
creased. In so far as possible the furnishings of the 
School of Journalism's home have always been similar to 
those in newspaper offices. 

It was not until 1920 that a complete printing plant 
was made a part of the laboratory equipment. In 1908 
the Missourian was printed as "job work 7 ' by the E. W. 
Stephens Publishing Company. The following year jour- 
nalism students formed the University Missourian Asso- 
ciation and obtained a linotype machine, a complete sot 
of type, and a Campbell two-revolution press, and printed 
the Missourian in its own down-town plant. In 1911, how- 
ever, the paper was again printed by contract and con- 
tinued thus until all the work of the School was brought 
together in Jay H. Neff Hall. When the new building 
was dedicated the first printing plant to be owned by the 
School of Journalism contained a Duplex flat bed press, 
two linotype machines, a power-driven saw trimmer, a 
router to touch up cuts, a Potter proof press capable of 
printing a page of proof ? two stones, and a stereotyping 
apparatus equipped with, a melting pot of a ton and a 
half capacity and a casting box delivering a full page. 
The new press was designed to transform the old six- 
column four-page Missourian into a paper of eight 
columns and from six to eight pages. Bodoni type was 
selected. Since 1920 two more stones have been added, 
and two more linotype machines installed. The four lino- 
types are geared above normal speed six and one-half 


lines a minute to seven lines a minute and the press 
has been adjusted to print ten-page editions. Whenever 
the occasion demands even larger additions, two runs are 
made. The speed of the press is about forty-five hundred 
papers per hour. One normal edition consumes three- 
fourths of a roll of paper and a roll is approximately 
one mile long. It has been the policy of the paper to 
purchase only Grade A stock for news print. Because of 
this a clearness and beauty of impression is achieved 
that might not otherwise be possible on a flat-bed press. 
In 1928 the entire type face of the paper was changed 
to Ionic and the editorial columns widened, adding to 
the readability and attractiveness of the Missourian. 

Additional chases and type were purchased when the 
Missourian Magazine became a regular supplement to 
the Missourian. 

In the early years simple line drawings and diagrams 
for use in the Missourian were laboriously cut by hand 
out of a wood block. If half tone cuts were used, they 
were made in some outside plant. In 1915 equipment was 
assembled in Switzler Hall and the first plates for half- 
tones in the Missourian were made, and the first stereo- 
typing was done. In 1920 a room was alloted in Neff Hall 
for the photo-engraving department but the equipment 
included only an old camera and a few chemicals. In 
1923 the plant was made standard in every way. A Levy 
process camera and a Miller saw trimmer were the two 
most important articles added. There are today as mod- 
ern and standard pieces of equipment as those found in 
other newspapers. Half tone and line cuts axe made with 
the camera and the trimmer saws wood and zinc, mortises 
and routs cuts. In addition there is a brush run by com- 
pressed air, used for touching up cuts, an automatic zinc 
etching; machine that is rocked by a motor, a storeroom 
for chemicals, a pair of filing cabinets with capacity for 
more than five hundred cuts, a dusting cabinet, and a 
dark room with a light trap which obviates the necessity 
of doors and curtains. Stone floors, stone sinks, and ex- 
haust fans insure a well-drained and well ventilated 


room. In addition to its usefulness in furnishing illustra- 
tions for the .Missourian and other laboratory publica- 
tions, the photo-engraving rooms serve as a laboratory 
for students who wish to learn this phase of work. A 
member of the journalism faculty, well-versed in the sub- 
ject, is in charge of photo-engraving courses and labora- 
tory. There are several cameras for the use of students 
who are being taught picture-taking and the news value 
of pictures. 

Another phase of the School of Journalism's physical 
equipment keeps pace with modern news transmission. 
Jay H. Neff Hall is equipped with a five-tube Stromberg- 
Carlson radio receiving set with loud speaker and am- 
plifying apparatus to enable speeches or programs by 
radio to be heard in the auditorium of the building. The 
set is used chiefly in obtaining or checking up news events 
which are broadcast. 

On January 1, 1928, the Missourian enlarged its tele- 
graph news service by contracting for the full, leased- 
wire report of the United Press Associations, and the 
installation of telegraph printing machines. These ma- 
chines, the latest invention in telegraph news reception, 
provide daily more than fifteen thousand words of state, 
national and world news for publication in the Missou- 
rian, and for laboratory material in the various classes 
in the School of Journalism. 




The twentieth anniversary of the founding of the first 
school of journalism, in the world was fittingly observed 
during Journalism Week of 1928 with addresses given 
on May 11 by journalistic leaders of Missouri and other 
states and countries, by the planting of memorial trees 
on the campus, with the cutting of birthday cakes at 
various banquets, and in the program of the Railway 
Banquet on Friday night which closed the general ses- 
sions of the week. Joining in the celebration and paying 
tribute to the School were its alumni and students, the 
Missouri Press Association, The Association of Past 
Presidents of the Missouri Press Association, the Mis- 
souri Writers' Guild, and representatives from many 
other journalistic organizations of this and other coun- 

The Association of Past Presidents of the Missouri 
Press Association, at its annual meeting during Jour- 
nalism Week in Columbia, May 9, 1928, voted unanimous- 
ly the following " appreciation": 

"It is with genuine pride that we, the Past Presidents 
of the Missouri Press Association, recall that the School 
of Journalism of the University of Missouri, which this 
year, 1928, celebrates its Twentieth Anniversary, was 
established upon the initiative of our State Association, 

"The Missouri School of Journalism, the oldest and 
largest in the world, we find, is today and ever has been, 
since its inception twenty years ago, a leader in the field 
of journalistic education, and in advancement through 
training and other wide influences, toward the highest 
ideals of the profession. With the Missouri school serv- 
ing as a model, the teaching of Journalism has spread 




until now educational preparation for the calling is on a 
plane with that for the other professions of life in our 
institutions of higher learning. 

"From the Missouri School of Journalism during the 
twenty year period have gone eight hundred and forty 
graduates, as well as several hundred other students, to 
join the ranks of those engaged in newspaper work and 
other forms of journalism. They are to be found as 
owners, editors, publishers, managers, and members of 
the editorial, business, and advertising staffs of publica- 
tions in every State in the Union, in our island posses- 
sions, and in many foreign countries, including; Great 
Britain, Germany, France, South and Central America, 
China, and Japan. Their influence toward the making of 
a Journalism of a higher type and one of greater public 
service, in accordance with the precepts of the school, 
we feel, has been immeasurable. 

"Dr. Walter Williams, a Past President of the Asso- 
ciation, who has been the Dean of the School since its 
establishment, is recognized as an international author- 
ity in the profession of Journalism and in educational 
training for Journalism. Through his exceptional ability, 
his continuous devotion to his chosen task, and his able 
direction of the School, we find the Missouri School has 
risen to its enviable high place ; and largely through his 
efforts journalistic education as a whole has taken its 
rightful place in the curricula of the universities and 
colleges of this and other countries. 

"On the occasion of this Twentieth Anniversary we 
desire now to extend our congratulations to Dean Walter 
Williams and the Faculty of the University of Missouri 
School of Journalism; to express our pride and appre- 
ciation in the School's development, growth and accom- 
plishments; and we wish for the School the continued 
success which it so well deserves and which we feel it 
will enjoy in the future. 7 ' 

The Missouri Press Association at its semi-annual 
meeting in Columbia, May 12, 1928, unanimously adopted 


the following resolution presented by Charles L. Woods, 
editor of the Bolla Herald : 

"Whereas this twentieth anniversary celebration of 
the School of Journalism has been a most propitious, 
glorious and epochal event in the history of journalism 
in Missouri, having brought together under one roof the 
leading writers and journalists of the land; and whereas 
this School of Journalism was fostered, bred, and born 
of the Missouri Press Association, bone of our bone and 
flesh of our flesh ; and whereas it has been brought to its 
full fruition under the guidance and direction of that 
master journalist Dean Walter Williams, until it has 
become not only the model of all other schools of journal- 
ism, but is also the pride and glory of our profession: 

"Be it resolved that the Missouri Press Association 
points with pride to the great work that has been and is 
being accomplished here, and with one voice do we accord 
to Dean Walter Williams the credit that is due him of 
having placed journalism upon a higher plane and 
through his efforts and his teaching this School of Jour 
nalism has spread its influence around the world. " 

Addresses Commemorate Anniversary 

Following are proceedings during Journalism Week 
and messages received concerning the twentieth anniver- 
sary of the founding of the School. 

Deem Walter Williams : It is fitting that the presiding 
officer of this morning's program, at which we celebrate 
the completion of twenty years of the School of Journal- 
ism of the University of Missouri, should be a member 
of the Board of Curators of the University of Missouri, 
under whose administration this institution has been 
fostered and developed. 

It is particularly appropriate that we should have 
upon the program of the morning those whose names 
appear in printed copies in your possession : The presi- 
dent of the University under whom the Sdiool was estab- 
lished and who for seventeen years was its leader, and 
in addition the president-emeritus, a member of the 


committee which asked that the School be established, 
who in later years as formerly was its interested and 
helpful friend. Also the representatives of two great 
schools of journalism in the United States, the Pulitzer 
school in New York City and the School of Journalism at 
the University of Montana. And it is particularly im- 
portant that the presiding officer is a newspaper man, past 
president of the Missouri Presss Association, H. J. 

Address ~by the presiding officer, H. J. Blanton, 
Member of the Board of Curators, University of Mis- 
souri; Editor The Monroe County Appeal, Paris, Mo. 

As Missourians we are proud of every division of our 
great State University. We are particularly proud of 
the division whose twentieth anniversary we are celebrat- 
ing today. This is not altogether because of the promi- 
nence which it has attained. It is largely because it is 
the vindication of an idea, an idea that was born in an 
atmosphere of professional skepticism but which in the 
short space of twenty years has spread into every nook 
and corner of the world. 

Our pride in this School of Journalism is stirred by 
the fact that it was the first school of its type and by the 
further fact that it ranks first among its kind in point 
of enrollment. But age is not always an evidence of 
merit nor are mere numbers a reliable index by which 
to judge an institution or a cause. There is only one 
standard by which to reach a right conclusion in the 
educational world. This standard is the character of 
service that is being; rendered by the men and women 
who have been trained for individual or professional 
careers. Speaking for the Board of Curators, we are 
willing for the School of Journalism of the University of 
Missouri to stand or fall by this standard. In every state 
in the Union, on every continent on the globe, in nearly 
every land under the sun, its graduates are exemplifying 
the ideals they were taught and rendering the type of 
service which tends to lift humanity to higher levels. All 


that is best in American achievement and aspirations 
they are carrying to less favored lands. Everywhere 
they are proclaiming the gospel of good will Every- 
where they are cultivating a spirit of understanding and 
co-operation. Everywhere they are exemplifying the 
best traditions of the press as an institution and building 
into the lives of their constituents a hunger for oppor- 
tunity, a respect for law, a reverence for religion, and 
an ambition for the best that can be had in the way of 

I remember very well when the idea of a School 
of Journalism was first advanced by W. 0. L. Jewett, of 
the Shelbina Democrat. I recall with some degree of 
amusement the annual resolution E. W. Stephens would 
lay before the Missouri Press Association in its behalf. 
I could not forget the fervor with which Walter "Williams 
always moved its adoption. Just to humor these popular 
members, all of us would vote for the resolution, then go 
out behind the barn for a hearty chorus of laughter at 
the idea of training for journalism anywhere except in 
the office of a country newspaper. Today those of us 
who had no opportunity to attend such a school as we 
have here in Columbia feel sure it was to our disad- 
vantage. It was more than that; it was a disadvantage 
and misfortune to our constituents. No better vindica- 
tion of an idea could be had than this one has received, 
that within twenty years after it was put to a practical 
test it has been adopted by universities, colleges, and 
high, schools all over the world. 

I feel like congratulating .Dean Williams on the success 
to which our School of Journalism has attained under 
his leadership. I also feel like congratulating Mm on 
the fact that he has grown along with the institution; 
that he has not been content to settle down in a congenial 
and comfortable berth, but that his ambitions for Ms 
profession have led Mm from field of service to field of 
service until today he is not only the foremost journalist 
of the world but an object of reverence wherever news- 
papers are printed and read. 


I feel like congratulating the state of Missouri on the 
fact that the eyes of the journalistic world are so con- 
stantly focused on this spot. I feel more like congratulat- 
ing it on the vision which has inspired its support of a 
great university and on its recognition of the fact that 
the various schools it maintains on this campus are 
centers from which radiate direct benefits to every com- 
munity within its borders. 

I am glad the people as a whole are coming to look 
upon the University as something; more than a place 
where students get education for their own selfish use 
that they are coming to see its real purpose is the prep- 
aration of young men and women for tasks that are neces- 
sary to the welfare of every neighborhood ; that when we 
train a young man in the School of Medicine we send 
back to his community something more than a money- 
getter; we send to it a bulwark against contagion and 
disease. When we train a young; man for the law we send 
back to his community something other than a, delver for 
fees; we send to it a defender of individual rights and 
an apostle of law and order. When we train a young 
man in engineering we produce something more than the 
builder of a bank account ; we produce an expert who can 
bridge rivers, level mountains, construct railroads, and 
erect temples of commerce. 

What is true of those we train in our schools of Law, 
Engineering, Medicine < and Agriculture, is true in an 
even larger sense of those we train in our School of Jour- 
nalism. They go forth with more concern for the public 
welfare than for the wealth they may be able to get out 
of the public. Their primary mission is to give the news. 
But to their lot also falls the task of moulding public 
opinion and directing human energies into helpful chan- 
nels. It is only when we pause to reflect that every war 
in the last hundred years has been a newspaper war, that 
governments that have been created and idestroyed 
through newspaper effort, and that no progress worthy 
of the name has been possible in even the most remote 
communities without newspaper co-operation, that we 


realize the importance of schools in which the future 
journalist is not only trained to write well hut also train- 
ed to write with a conscience and with a fnll sense of 
his responsibilities. And when we contrast the news- 
papers of today with the sort we used to have; the doc- 
tors of today with what they once were ; the lawyers, the 
farmers, the engineers, and the teachers with those we 
had before the University of Missouri and other institu- 
tions of its type began to function in a large way, we 
cannot escape the conviction that the money set aside for 
their support has been a very profitable investment 
rather than a public expenditure, an investment that has 
paid the biggest sort of dividends in human progress and 
human character. 

In conclusion, I wish to stress the importance of very 
special training for the editorial page. In our eagerness 
to get all the news, large circulations, and heavy adver- 
tising patronage, there is a growing disposition to look 
upon the editorial as a minor matter or to neglect it 
altogether. I attribute much of the widespread indiffer- 
ence to corruption in high places and abuses on which, 
predatory interests fatten, to the meager number of 
editors who consider themselves watchmen at the portals. 
This condition has come with newspaper prosperity. The 
fatter and sleeker we become, the less we are inclined 
to wear armor and wield swords. Q-od did not ordain 
fasting as a preliminary to prayer back in old dispensa- 
tion days just for the fun of seeing Israelites go hungry, 
but because he knew that a featherbed had more attrac- 
tions than the throne of grace when Israel was full of 
turkey meat and mince pie. And in the midst of his 
featherbed the Israelite found it easier to yield to the 
blandishments of the sandman than to expose, denounce, 
and destroy evils which beset the helpless and weak. The 
logic of present conditions is more emphasis on the 
editorial page and special emphasis in schools like this 
on the obligations and responsibilities of the press as 
the champion of popular rights. 


Why a University School of Journalism? 

By A. Ross Hill, Former President of the University 

of Missouri 

After twenty years of recognized success and the win- 
ning of marked appreciation in both journalistic circles 
and popular esteem, it may seem superfluous now to ask 
why any university should maintain a School of Journal- 
ism or why in particular the University of Missouri 
should have ventured on the experiment of establishing 
the first School of Journalism with an organized cur- 
riculum leading to a special professional degree. But to 
those of us who were in close touch with the movement 
from the beginning, the initial difficulties and prejudices 
and questionings are not entirely forgotten, and this 
anniversary which records the fulfillment of hopes and 
the reward of faith serves also to revive their memory. 

To be sure there had earlier been delivered lectures on 
journalism before student assemblies I had personally 
heard Charles A. Dana of the New York Sun discuss the 
training of the journalist before the students of Cornell 
University in the early ninety's and there had been 
offered here and there, including the University of Mis- 
souri, isolated courses for prospective journalists, usual- 
ly in departments of English. From 1905 to 1908 this 
University community had opportunity to hear assembly 
addresses from several prominent journalists beginning 
with a notable address by Captain Henry King, then 
editor of the St. Louis Globe-Democrat. The School of 
Education for the professional training of teachers had 
just been organized in 1903-4 the first of its kind in any 
state university and the lectures on journalism, which 
were largely attended, led to much informal discussion 
in faculty and student circles regarding the possibility 
and advisability of organizing a distinct professional 
school for the training of journalists. But whether the 
Board of Curators had in mind a chair of journalism or 
a school was not revealed and our discussions according- 
ly ranged over a wide field of educational reflection. 


In the fall of 1906 the Executive Board appointed a 
committee to consider the problem, and their report, sub- 
mitted to the Executive Board on December 13, 1906, 
marks a definite step in the consideration of journalistic 
training in the University of Missouri. The report read 
as follows: 

"To the Honorable Executive Board, 
"University of Missouri, 

"Columbia, Missouri. 

"Your Committee appointed to prepare a report on the sub- 
ject of a College of Journalism in the University begs leave to 
submit the following recommendations: 

"1. That a College or School of Journalism be established as 
a department of the University co-ordinate in rank with the 
the departments of Law, Medicine, and other professional schools. 

"2. That the School of Journalism be provided with adequate 
laboratory equipment for practical journalistic training. 

"3. That the course of study be at least four years in length 
and that the entrance requirements be at least equal to those 
of the Academic Department. 

"4. That the curriculum be so organized as to insure co- 
operation between this school and the Academic Department, in- 
cluding many courses now offered in Arts along such lines as 
English, foreign languages, history, and the social sciences, etc,; 
some general courses in journalism that might count toward the 
degree in Arts; together with some strictly professional courses 
intended only for those who wish to secure a professional degree 
or certificate from the School of Journalism. 

"J. C. Jones, 
"Walter Williams, 
"A. Ross Hill, 


This report was approved by the Executive Board and 
submitted to the Board of Curators on December 18, 
1906, with the recommendation that the School be estab- 
lished. On motion of Mr. Thurman it was ordered by 
the Board of Curators ''that the report be approved and 
the School be established as recommended ", 

"Now it may be told" that in private faculty discus- 
sions of this novel project the sentiment was frequently 
expressed that such a school might succeed if the presi- 
dent and curators could induce the chairman of the 
Executive Board, the Honorable Walter Williams, to ro- 
sigTa that position, give up his own editorial work, and 
accept the deanship of a Faculty of Journalism not yet 
constituted. Yet, what would become of the University 


of Missouri as a whole if it were to lose his unique and 
far reaching services as chairman of the Executive 

Parenthetically, permit me to remark that only those 
of us who served on the teaching and administrative 
staff of the University during those years or were other- 
wise in close touch with its affairs, can appreciate the 
sacrifices made by Mr. Williams or the extent, variety, 
and general wisdom of his services to the University as 
curator and especially as chairman of the Executive 
Board. Incidentally, too, he was getting an education in 
university administration that ordinarily falls only to 
the lot of a president, for he got instruction from the 
entire university faculty there was no election of either 
studies or instructors for him. 

But on acceptance of the presidency January 6, 1908, 
I found that nothing had yet been done toward carrying 
out the mandate of the Board of Curators of December 
18, 1906. Conference with some of the curators revealed 
that they too had considered Mr. Williams the man to 
lead the proposed school for which he had so tactfully 
laid the foundations and prepared the way, I even ven- 
tured to " sound him out" as to possibilities a matter 
of some delicacy, for it meant suggesting to one's chief 
that he become his lieutenant. So at the board meeting 
on April 2, 1908, Doctor B. H. Jesse as president and I 
as president-elect presented a joint recommendation that 
the proposed School of Journalism be established in the 
following September and that Honorable Walter Wil- 
liams be invited to accept the deanship on July 1, 1908, 
the date on which the new president should also take 

This recommendation was unanimously approved by 
the board on motion of the Honorable J. Y. C. Karnes. 
After some correspondence and considerable delay but 
before July 1, Mr. Williams finally agreed to assume the 
responsibilities of the position, and from that time on, 
this School of Journalism has been "but the lengthening 
shadow of one man". 


So my first answer to the question why we came to 
have a School of Journalism in the University of Mis- 
souri, the first in the world, is because we had a Walter 
Williams. And for the same reason we have the best and 
the best-known school of its kind. In the wise selection 
of colleagues, and in the inspiration of his leadership 
which brought out their finest qualities and their maxi- 
mum efficiency, lie the secret of this school's success; and 
his contacts with journalists in all parts of the world 
have given the School a world-wide recognition and 

There was a real difficulty in getting a faculty for the 
new School of Journalism, because journalistic instruc- 
tion was so new. We thought of Charles Ross, an alum- 
nus, who was associated with Dean Williams in journal- 
ism in Columbia. After securing him, we needed a second 
man, and Silas Bent consented to try the experiment. 
After half a year in this position, Mr. Bent found other 
work which was more congenial. Mr. Williams said he 
was having some difficulty in finding just the right kind 
of man to succeed Mr. Bent. After much study, I told 
him I knew Frank Martin of the Kansas City Star and 
thought he was the right kind of man. Shortly afterward, 
Mtr. Martin accepted the position which he has so ably 
filled during the existence of the school. Next to Dean 
Williams, Mr. Martin deserves highest honors for the 
success of this School of Journalism. 

All public institutions are called into being by social 
needs. One reason for university instruction in journal- 
ism and for an organized curriculum planned for the 
training of journalists, is to be found in the present-day 
influence of the press in moulding public opinion. In 
America today when practically everybody reads a daily 
newspaper, the press means even more than oratory and 
eloquence of speech meant to the Athenian assembly in 
the Age of Pericles. News is now diffused and public 
discussion of issues is conducted simultaneously over 
wide areas. This has made modern democracy possible, 
but it also imposes enormous responsibilities upon the 


profession of journalism. The innate tendency of the 
average mind to accept as true all news reports seen in 
print and even to accept the judgments passed thereon 
by one ? s daily newspaper, puts a weapon in the hands of 
the journalist that is as dangerous as it is powerful for 
good. If a university training develops as it should, a 
point of view from which a sane criticism of life and 
life's values is possible and also a capacity or devotion 
to great causes, then the safety of democracy demands 
a university training for journalists. 

In writing of democracy and education Lord Bryce 
says : ' * The living voice of the teacher who can treat of 
large principles and answer questions out of his stores of 
knowledge, can warn against the fallacies that lurk in 
words, can explain the value of critical methods, and, 
above all, can try to form the open and truth-loving 
mind, is of inestimable value. Men can best acquire wide 
and impartial views in the years of youth, before they 
become entangled in party affiliations or business con- 
nections. The place fittest to form such views is a place 
dedicated to the higher learning and the pursuit of 
truth" a university. 

Again he says: "If every newspaper did its best to 
ascertain and to tell the truth, and gave equal oppor- 
tunities for the expression of all views, leaving the public 
to judge between these views, newspapers would be, so 
far as politics (in the largest sense) are concerned, an 
almost unmixed good. Everything that can be done to 
enable the formation of a sound and sober public opinion 
would have been done, and though the people would some- 
times err they would have only themselves to blame"; 
but, he adds "to demand it, would be what theologians 
call a Counsel of Perfection". The fact is that news- 
papers of large circulation today must be looked on as 
business enterprises, sometimes primarily business enter- 
prises, in which case the proprietor tends to dwarf the 
editor, and the public, ignorant for the most part of the 
hidden motives behind its advocacy of causes, is likely 
to be misled. 


Effort may be made to misdirect public opinion by 
specious arguments which can be subjected to analysis 
by the most intelligent readers and their influence may 
thus be to a certain extent nullified ; but more commonly 
the method employed is that of selection and suppression 
of facts, a crafty and effective form of deception. This 
method seems to be used more generally and to be more 
insidious and dangerous in the field of foreign relations 
than in local or national affairs. In this connection a 
phrase from Dean Williams' " Journalist's Creed" illus- 
trates the tone of this School of Journalism: "I believe 
that journalism which succeeds best ... is pro- 
foundly patriotic while sincerely promoting interna- 
tional good will and cementing world comradeship". His 
students have carried this ideal to the four corners of 
the world. 

Another aspect of modern newspaper making that 
emphasizes the need of writers well grounded in civic 
ideals and with well developed sense of public responsi- 
bility, is connected with the change from more or less 
personal to quite impersonal editorial management. The 
earlier editor was often a forceful personality whose 
character was reflected not only on the editorial page but 
in the general attitude of the paper throughout, but to- 
day very few newspaper readers know who has written 
what they read or with what authority he speaks. Here 
Is power without responsibility, power which can be used 
with only the individual's conscience as guide. Surely 
a university community should furnish ideal environ- 
ment for the development of the appropriate sense of 

If journalism meant only the printer's trade or art, or 
only the management of a newspaper plant, or the col- 
lection and distribution of news, or all of these, there 
would still lack justification for its recognition among 
the professional schools of a University. But the true 
journalist is an interpreter and creator, he "does not 
give a photograph but a portrait of life". (Williams and 
Martin). Breadth and accuracy of information, discip- 


line of intellect and will, social insight and ideals, and 
social responsiveness are all needed by the journalist and 
these are the aims of university education. The "Jour- 
nalist's Creed 77 referred to above is the best argument 
for university training of journalists. 

To secure these results and to develop an esprit de 
corps, a professional spirit and pride, it is also important 
that the prospective journalist be so associated with 
fellow students and teachers as is possible only where 
the courses of instruction are grouped and the practical 
laboratory work provided in an organized curriculum 
leading to a distinctive degree or certificate. The differ- 
ence between the pursuit of a few courses in journalism 
and the discipline and inspiration of common prepara- 
tion for the profession with others in the same group 
of courses organized for a common aim is in this case, 
as in other professional schools, the difference between 
dilettantism and efficiency. 

Yet today the best justification of the School of Jour- 
nalism is found in the record of its alumni and former 
students who have given abundant evidence of sound and 
practical training, keen professional spirit, high ideals, 
intellectual and social tolerance, and international good 
will. And with these qualities goes, so far as my observa- 
tion is concerned, the saving grace of common sense, 

But all values ultimately come back to personal worth ; 
and the personality of the teacher, including of course 
his intellectual and professional competency, sets the 
mark upon the school. So while we all today rejoice in 
the wonderful record of this School of Journalism and 
extend our congratulations to the University of Missouri 
on the success of this great experiment in professional 
education, we also join with the alumni in giving the 
major credit to the dean, the present faculty and the 
former teachers, who have set a, pattern and a standard 
for other universities and for the future of this institu- 
tion itself. 


And we all praise famous men 
Ancients of the College, 
For they taught us Common Sense, 
Tried to teach us Common Sense, 
Truth and God's own Common Sense, 
Which is more than Knowledge. 

Trail-Blazing in Journalism 

By A. L. Stone, Dean of the School of Journalism of the 
University of Montana; president of the American Asso- 
ciation of Schools and Departments of Journalism. 

It is for me a happy coincidence which, brings to me 
the honor of the presidency of the American Association 
of .Schools and Departments of Journalism during the 
year which is marked by the twentieth anniversary of 
the establishment of the pioneer of these schools Mis- 

From this association and its members I am the bearer 
today of cordial greetings. It is my official responsibility 
to transmit to the people of Missouri congratulations 
which are sincere and to Dean Williams an expression 
of friendship and admiration which cannot find com- 
pleteness in any words which I am able to command. 

We congratulate Missouri because it grasped oppor- 
tunity twenty years ago when Walter Williams with dis- 
cerning pre-vision outlined the possibilities for good 
which lie in a school of journalism and because it indorsed 
his plan a plan which gave form to the first school of 
journalism, first chronologically and, I believe, first in 
merit, in all the world. 

We voice our friendship and admiration for the head 
of this school because we appreciate the excellence of his 
plan, because we realize the fidelity with which that plan 
has been carried into execution and, most of all, because 
through the sometimes trying years of the development 
of the idea of the school of journalism, he has given us 
freely of his experience and his fine understanding; his 
has been a dominating influence in shaping our associa- 
tion and in directing it toward high standards of scholar- 
ship and ethics. 


This is something more than a mere formality the 
performance of this official duty of mine. It is a sincere 
effort to voice a firm belief and a profound conviction. 
I wish its performance had been intrusted to more worthy 
hands than mine. But, now that I am here, may I add 
to this official utterance a personal word and then I am 
through? I would like to say and I hope it is not inap- 
propriate that an acquaintanceship begun in the early 
days of the school of journalism has ripened through 
years of contact into an affectionate friendship which I 
prize highly and has led me to hold in high esteem the 
personal and professional relationship which I have been 
privileged to enjoy with Dean Williams. It is one of the 
heights in a newspaper life of ups and downs and you 
know how many more downs there are in this life than 
there are ups. 

"Trail-Blazing in Journalism" is the theme which I 
have chosen for this anniversary discussion. Mainly, two 
conditions prompted the selection of what may appear to 
you to be an irrelevant subject. The rather long trail 
which I have traversed in order to be with you today is, 
it seems to me, emblematic of the trail of journalism; 
this route, too, binds Missouri and Montana closely in 
more ways than one, physically, economically, histor- 
ically, and, if you will, inspirationally. 

You know your Missouri and, rightfully, you love it. 
How many of you realize that, when Congress in 1821 
defined the boundaries of the state of Missouri, included 
in the great western stretch of that area, the greater part 
of what is now the state of Montana was embraced 1 ? The 
greatest river in the world has its rise in Montana's 
mountains and bears the name of your state ; the thrilling 
history of this wonderful waterway furnishes incidents 
dramatic, intensely significant, grippingly interesting 
to absorb our attention for a much longer time than 
is at our disposal today. It is one of the ties that bind 
these two commonwealths. 


Over the trail which began in Missouri and whose jour- 
ney 's end was Montana, there journeyed during the two 
decades of Montana's formative era missionary and 
merchant, scholar and statesman, trafficker and treasure- 
seeker, far-visioning idealist and freedom-loving prag- 
matist. Scanning the roster of the men and women who 
carved the commonwealth of Montana out of the wilder- 
ness, one finds in every line of activity the names of 

The message of Christ was brought to the aborigines 
of Montana by DeSmet, who set forth from St. Louis. 
The commercial possibilities of the new region were first 
realized by Chouteau. The hidden treasure of fertile 
plains was first sensed by Wibaux. The greatest silver 
mines the world has ever known were discovered and 
developed by McLure. M-ontana's first state governor, 
Joseph A. Toole, was born in Missouri. Early Montana 
housewives and school teachers were Missouri women. 
"Calamity Jane 7 ', picturesque figure of the days when 
civilization was pushing westward, was a native of your 
state. The ranking member of the staff of Montana's 
School of Journalism is a graduate of Missouri, as is his 
talented and charming wife. The dean of the faculty of 
our fraternity bears a name which is revered upon this 
campus Richard Henry Jesse. These are names select- 
ed almost at random from a long, long list; they serve 
to emphasize, however, the closeness of the relationship 
between Missouri and Montana; they bear witness to the 
splendid part which Missouri has had and yet has in the 
development of the state which I love and which is my 
adopted home. 

Each state of our Union has its epic. To most of those 
of us who have followed the history of Montana it seems 
that our finest epic has never been adequately told. 
Indian battles, vigilante courts, argonaut adventures 
have all been described it is, I believe, some one of these 
which occurs to you as I mention the epic incident in 
Montana's history. But it is none of these which appeals 



to me as the pre-eminently impressive scene in the history 
of our state. 

The incident which has remained in my mind as out- 
standing, ever since its story was told to me years ago 
by an ancient Indian and later by a missionary priest, is 
one which concerns us all here, be we of Missouri or of 
Montana or of Massachusetts. 

Between 1812 and 1820 a band of Iroquois Indians, 
dismayed by the encroachments of the white man, left 
the New York region and traveled westward, seeking a 
new wilderness home. They paused a while in Wisconsin 
and then moved on. In the missions of the north-Missis- 
sippi country they had received the message of the cross. 
Their chief, Ignace, wore westward a rosary. They came 
to the Selish country in northwestern Montana prob- 
ably about 1825 and there were received cordially; 
afterward they were adopted into the Selish nation. It 
was upon the occasion of their first meeting with the 
Selish that Ignace revealed to them the symbolism of 
the rosary. For years the Selish had, like the ancient 
Greeks, worshiped an " Unknown God." The crude 
revelation by Ignace convinced them that his god was the 
one they had gropingly sought and they plied him with 
questions. He was unable to answer all they asked, but 
he did tell them that in St. Louis were Black Robes who 
would satisfy their yearning. So in 1831, four Selish set 
forth in quest of the knowledge which they craved. That 
they reached St. Louis is shown by monastery records, 
but they failed to reach the end of the homeward journey. 
Four times was this mission repeated; in 1839 it was 
successful. Traveling through hostile and unknown ter- 
ritory these successive expeditions had met death and 
torture, but the Selish persisted and won. In 1840 Peter 
DeSmet, Jesuit missionary, left St. Louis with a single 
Indian as guide. He made the rendezvous which had 
been agreed upon; was greeted by three thousand In- 
dians; delivered the message which they had sought; 
established the first church and the first permanent white 
settlement in what is now Montana. 


And so it is that amongst the mural pointings in the 
Montana Capitol is one which bears the legend, "The 
Quest for Truth". And that legend is the excuse which 
I ha,ve to offer for having taken this much of your time 
in the presentation of what may appear to be a local 
story, far removed from your field of interest. 

Were I a painter, I would portray that early scene 
about a Selish campfire the eager desire for truth de- 
picted upon each of the faces which turned toward Chief 
Ignace as he unfolded to his hosts the rudiments of that 
truth for which their people for long generations had 
sought, gropingly but earnestly. It was a scene which 
led to the blazing of the trail from Missouri to Montana 
blazing it with the emblem of truth, that all who might 
follow could discern and pursue. 

And the blaze which defined the course of that long- 
ago trail which led from your state to mine is the mark 
which Walter Williams has placed as a guiding direction 
along the trail of journalism. He has blazed the trail so 
clearly, has kept the marks of direction so bright, that 
one may follow the route without hesitation and without 

Dean Williams has been granted that boon which comes 
to few pioneers. He has lived to see his idea and his 
ideal of a school of a journalism accepted as something 
very real not as the dream of a zealot but as possessed 
of pragmatic value to the profession as a whole. How 
clearly blazed is this mark of truth I do not need to re- 
mind you who travel a four -year section of this trail 
under his guidance. You know, for you have read the 

We have but to read the roster of those who have 
moved forward along this trail from the gates of your 
campus, to realize fully how wisely has the course been 
marked and how much of wisdom and practical knowl- 
edge were put into the reconnaissance of this trail. Call- 
ing the roll of Missouri journalism students, the response 
circles the globe; these men and women are found in 
successful performance of journalism's work in every 


clime and in every phase of this exacting form of human 

And a canvass of veterans in journalism, who were in 
the field before this pioneer school was projected, will 
disclose the fact that they have adopted the Williams idea 
as the fundamental principle of their profession. The 
questionnaire of the Editor and Publisher, sent to news- 
paper makers the country over, asking "What is the 
biggest thing American editors can do during 1928 to 
advance the cause of American journalism?' 7 brought 
a response which was almost unanimous that the n* 
is "Truth" as a means of establishing reader confidence. 
And here is the appeal contained in a commercial cir- 
cular which came to my desk just a few days ago : "After 
all, the indictment repeats the expressed need of Truth 
truthful presentation ... of the interesting and 
entertaining world we live in." 

Walter Williams impressed upon the world the fact 
that journalism is something more than mere facility in 
the use of words. Desirable as this facility may be, it is 
the smallest part of journalism. I cut from an advertise- 
ment years ago, a paragraph which I framed and which 
has since hung above my desk: "Who so tells the truth 
dully, he treats a noble friend most shabbily; for truly 
the truth deserves cloth of brabant and cloak of ermine. 
Yet is the dullest truth better than the cleverest insin- 

You who have had years of experience in newspaper 
offices know in your hearts that this is so. You who are 
preparing to enter upon the practice of this profession 
may accept this now as a fact ; this acceptance will save 
you many disappointments and will ward off many dis- 

Newspaper making in a circle advertising is essential 
for sufficient revenue ; advertising depends upon circula- 
tion; circulation cannot be obtained without reader con- 
fidence; there can be no reader confidence unless Truth 
is the fundamental principle in the making of the paper. 


Above the entrance to the New York Public Library 
these words are graven: "Above all things Truth bear- 
eth away the victory." There is a fraternity in schools 
of journalism, upon whose altar lies an open Bible 
opened at the fourth chapter of St. John, where are these 
words : ' ' And ye shall know the truth and the truth shall 
make you free." 

If all this is accepted, you say, why emphasize it now ? 
If the way has been shown so clearly, why talk about 
blazing trails! The question brings me back again to 
Montana. No story writer these days fails to designate 
Montana as ' ' the last frontier. ' ' No movie announcement 
would be complete which did not contain the same appel- 
lation. Yet there are just as many problems to be solved 
in Montana today as there were sixty years ago; there 
are just as many obstacles to be overcome. And journal- 
ism is the same no matter how long ago the trail was 
blazed, no matter how clearly it was marked, there is 
always further advance to be made. There is no "last 
frontier." The moment we settle back with the idea that 
the far-flung skirmish line can go no farther, that moment 
all progress will cease in journalism as in all other 
endeavors in which mankind is engaged. 

Consolidations, mergers, chains these most recent 
developments in journalism are viewed with alarm by 
those who are accustomed to conditions of an era which 
is passing. But they do not mark a "last frontier." 
Rather, they present a new frontier whose mysteries we 
must fathom and whose problems we must solve. Each 
decade and each year of each decade have presented new 
problems ; each one which lies before us will offer newer 
ones. We cannot linger; we must keep moving on. Be- 
yond each hilltop there lies something we know not 
what, but we do know that we must discover it and must 
meet its perplexities. Always we must continue in the 
role of pioneer we whose responsibility it is to reveal 
to others the truth of what we, as sentinels on the hori- 
zon, discover. Always we must be trail-blazers. May 
it prove that we are of that group of pioneers whose 


performance is exemplified in the work of the man in 
whose honor we are gathered here today ! 

Macaulay divides mankind into two classes "Men 
who cling with fondness to whatever is ancient'' and 
"Men, sanguine in hope, bold in speculation, ever press- 
ing forward." Is not this second class precisely what we 
hope that journalists will always be? And does not re- 
trospect reveal that this forward-pressing element has 
given to journalism its characteristic trait? 

But daring will not suffice for the sentinel of public 
opinion nor will courage alone be sufficient equipment 
for the scout who makes his way forward to see what lies 
in the promised land. The deductions which they make 
from their observations must be accurate; the report 
which they render must be truthful. Those scouts whom 
Moses sent into the Land of Canaan brought back, you 
recall, samples of the products of the new region to 
verify their reports. They did not have "reader con- 
fidence.' 5 

The successful newspaper maker must build his repu- 
tation upon the foundation of Truth. Once he has estab- 
lished this degree of confidence, he needs no picture, he 
requires no sample, to convince his readers. They know 
his story is correct because they know he tells the truth. 
And he has imparted to his paper his personal reputa- 
tion then his paper prospers. 

Trite, is this? Impractical and theoretical? If you 
shrug your shoulders, lift your brows and thus question, 
what is it that lies back of your questioning? Have you 
tried it? Have you persisted in it ? Do you doubt because 
you have tried it and it has not worked the first day in 
competition with sensationalism? I tell you it will win. 

It is not the theory of a schoolmaster this trail- 
blazing done by "Walter Williams. When the Missouri 
School of Journalism was established twenty years ago, 
its dean had framed this doctrine out of years of practical 
experience. He thought as a successful newspaper maker ; 
he planned as one who loves his profession ; he preached 
what he practiced. The trail which he blazed must not 


be permitted to dwindle into a dim path, eventually to 
be lost in the wilderness. It must be continued, on and 
on. Journalism must progress as the world advances 
it must be always a day's march ahead. The message 
which it sends back must be truthful and those who are 
following along the dusty trail must possess that well- 
won confidence which will make it possible for them to 
extract from the message inspiration and encouragement. 
" All's well" will come back from this outpost a mes- 
sage from the vanguard which will strengthen confidence 
and renew hope. 

It will be understood now, I hope, why I chose as the 
theme for this hour a caption which may have seemed 
irrelevant and immaterial, without definite application 
to this occasion. 

A birthday anniversary is a time for both retrospect 
and prospect. We have looked backward in brief survey 
of the twenty years. He is bold who ventures to express 
a firm belief in what he sees in the look ahead. But I 
have no fears for the future of American journalism. 
We may for the moment be dismayed by mergers and 
chains ; we may be disconcerted by the symptoms which 
give ground for the allegations regarding "standard- 
ized" news and opinions. But there will be men and 
women all the while perhaps in some obscure corner, 
but there nevertheless keeping alive the torch of true 

This torch was but a rushlight when it was first kin- 
dled sometimes the wind of opportunism or the draft 
of prejudice has caused it to flicker but since the first 
newspaper was published it has burned on Dean Wil- 
liams quickened the power of its incandescence into the 
glare of the searchlight and it will not be extinguished. 
Passing generations will hand it back to those who take 
their places and its lights will penetrate more and more 
the dark places. The events of 1928 have certainly 
justified this confident belief. 

Nor can we evade the responsibility of our opportuni- 
ties by a repetition of that specious, epoch-making 


question, "What is truth?" "We must seek it continually; 
its quest must be our inspiration and our endeavor. And 
in that search we shall be ourselves strengthened; we 
shall dignify our profession; we shall earn the confidence 
of those whom we serve. The pursuit of an ideal is not 
a vain thing; the very effort to attain it gives us strength ; 
temporary defeat serves but to inspire us to renewed 
endeavor ; like the mythical hero of old, each time we are 
forced to earth we spring up with fresh confidence and 
zeal. I have found much of encouragement in these words 
of Dallas Lore Sharp: 

We have never found it, this perfect thing, and perhaps 
we never shall. But the desire, the search, the faith, must not 
fail us, as at times they seem to do. At times the very tides of 
ocean seem to fail, when the currents seem to run. Yet when 
they are slack here, they are at flood on the other side of the 
world, turning already to pour back 

" lo, out of his plenty the sea 

Pours fast; full soon the time of the flood tide shall be." 

The faith cannot fail us for long. Full soon the ebb tide 
turns "and belief overmasters doubt, and I know that I know" 
that there is perfection; that the desire for it is the breath 
of life; that the search for it is the hope of immortality. But I 
know only in part. I see through a glass darkly, and I may be no 
nearer it now than when I started, yet the search has carried 
me far from the start. And if I never arrive, then, at least, I 
shall keep going on, which, in itself, may be the thing the Per- 
fect Thing that I am seeking. 

And so I salute Dean Williams and the Missouri School 
of Journalism on this birthday anniversary; I extend 
congratulations upon the look backward over twenty 
years. I voice confidence in the glance ahead. May Mis- 
souri 's influence be felt in the field of journalism as long 
as the click of the linotype is heard and the hum of the 
press gives voice to your high ideal Truth, Truth in 
thought, truth in expression, truth in living the life to 
whose living our choice of profession has assigned us. 


The Spirit of Journalism 

By Charles P. Cooper, Professor of Journalism at the 

School of Journalism' of Columbia University, New York; 

Former President of the American Association of Schools 

and Departments of Journalism 

When I started out from the eastern seaboard to visit 
this great shrine of American journalism I thought I 
would travel lightly, but on the way I accumulated a load 
of congratulations from friends of the faculty of this 
institution, from friends of the student body of this in- 
stitution, to bring" to you today. I have the honor, Dean 
Williams, of bearing personal congratulations of Presi- 
dent Nicholas Murray Butler to you and the student body 
of the Missouri School- of Journalism also, the personal 
congratulations of John W. Cunliffe, director of our 
School of Journalism and other members of the faculty. 
As I was starting, I met Arthur M. Howe, editor-in-chief 
of the Brooklyn Daily Eagle and chairman of the com- 
mittee on schools of journalism of the American Society 
of Newspaper Editors. He asked me to convey his con- 
gratulations to you and the student body. It is gratify- 
ing to me to bring these messages. 

It is with difficulty that I refrain from starting this 
talk by calling the roll Adams, Anderson, et cetera 
but I shall drop the academic role and appear as a news- 
paper man here this morning. To confine myself to the 
points I have in mind I shall read these few random re- 
marks : 

To one who has given many years of service to news- 
paper work it is gratifying to appear before this audience 
of journalists, educators, and young men and women who 
are to be the journalists of the future. 

To participate in this celebration of the twentieth anni- 
versary of the founding of the School of Journalism of 
the University of Missouri is an honor. 

As the spokesman of the -School of Journalism of 
Columbia University in the City of New York, I felicitate 
Dean Williams and the faculty of Missouri. You have 
accomplished much. 


The teaching of journalism was in the way of an ex- 
periment when you began. You encountered the opposi- 
tion of those who considered such instruction futile. 
You were down this ill-concealed hostility and turned it 
into friendliness. Like pioneers, you broke the ground 
for those who were to follow. 

To journalists of New York this state means much. 
We are not unmindful of the fact that Joseph Pulitzer, 
returning from the war between the states, here entered 
the work, the end of which was crowned with fame. It 
was in Missouri that he developed those principles which 
introduced modern journalism. It was here in the un- 
trammeled and unfettered West that he shattered ham- 
pering tradition. He planted the seeds of the new jour- 
nalism which a few years later were to blossom in the 
New York World. To the end he retained his interest in 
Missouri. It was a transplanted Missourian who rattled 
the dry bones of Manhattan. His influence did not die 
with him. 

It was approximately four years after the founding of 
the School of Journalism of the University of Missouri 
that through Joseph Pulitzer's great benefaction the 
School of Journalism of Columbia University was estab- 
lished. The difference in age is trifling hardly worthy 
of calculation. As the lifetime of institutions of learning 
is reckoned, both Missouri and Columbia are still in their 
infancy, just as the whole scheme of education for jour- 
nalism is in its swaddling clothing. 

These two schools, according to my way of thinking, 
hold the same ideals, and the primary purpose of each 
is the training of young men and women to act as re- 
cruits for newspaper staffs. 

No sane teacher expects these recruits to be anything 
but recruits, but as recruits we believe that, with the 
rough edges worn off, they will be of service to the news- 
papers. They will lessen the so-called " labor turnover," 
conserve man power, and stabilize what in the not distant 
past was a most unstable occupation. Eventually the 
"hiring and firing" employer will not boast openly of 
his "firing" propensities, for the young man who has 


trained, himself for what he hopes will be his life calling 
soon will desert that calling if bucko mates are Ms su- 
periors. To be of service to far-sighted newspaper em- 
ployers is our ambition. It is violating no confidence to 
say that in the City of New York the dawn is breaking. 
There are far-sighted newspaper editors there. 

If these schools are able to send out young men and 
young women who will fit into existing organizations 
they have accomplished something. It is plain that they 
are able to do this. Therefore they have justified the 
plan of their founders. 

Much has been said and written in criticism of schools 
of journalism. It has been asserted that they are imprac- 
tical, that graduates are inflexible, that they learn a set 
of rules and endeavor to apply these rules to all situa- 
tions, that graduates lack a broad background, that 
graduates do not sense the great problems of journalism. 

Many of these attacks are made by well-meaning 
editors, men for the most part of my generation who 
learned all they know in the school of trial and error. 
Many of them, I fear, let the romantic glamor of the 
city room of forty years ago tinge their views. They are 
unmindful of the fact that this is a new America in 
which we live, that all life has changed, that the methods 
which developed the reporters of Dana's day would not 
be successful today. Sometimes I think these critics de- 
mand too much of graduates of a school of journalism. 
I ask those Nestors of our beloved profession to turn 
back the leaves of memory and tell us how well they 
themselves executed their first assignments or, for that 
matter, how well and acceptably they executed their first 
forty assignments. Then I ask them to recall how well 
they read their first piece of copy when the opportunity 
came to sit on the desk. 

There is a close parallel between the work whicli the 
school of journalism does and the work of the schools of 
law and medicine. Our young law graduate has been well 
grounded in the principles of law. As a matter of course 
we expect that upon graduation he will find a place in a 


law office as a junior clerk and for a year or two will 
look up authorities for his seniors, serve papers, appear 
in court on rare occasions, and, speaking for Ms senior, 
request an adjournment, and do other like chores. 

Does anyone expect the graduate of the law school to 
emerge from the halls of learning and bloom on the front 
steps as a second Charles E. Hughes or Joseph H. 
Choatef Charles E. Hughes ,had practiced law in the 
City of New York for twenty years before he reached 
the notice of the general public. 

Our medical graduate, the best in the class, spends 
three or four years in a hospital before he enters private 
practice. Do we expect that recent medical graduate to 
develop into an Osier at twenty-five? 

Yet our journalism graduates are expected by some 
of our critics to enter a newspaper office and at the be- 
ginning show proficiency which, barring genius, can come 
only with the years. 

We have a street in New York known as the Bowery. 
Hoyt, the playwright, spread its fame over the country 
when, he wrote the song: 

The Bowery, The Bowery; 

They say such things, 

They do such things, 

On the Bowery. 

I sold you the box, 

Not the socks, said he. 

The Bowery, The Bowery, 

I never'll go there any more. 

One of the famous men of the Bowery was Timothy 
"Dry Dollar M Sullivan. When he was in straits, when 
he desired to soften the irate men who was pressing him 
too hard, he would say: "Oh, have a heart! Have a 
heart !" 

And so we might say to some of our over-exacting 
friends, those who have fixed their ideals a little too 
high, ' ' Have a heart ! These are young men, just as you 
were forty years ago. Have a heart. Give them a hand." 

These young men and young women are going into this 
beloved profession of ours with all the ardor of youth 
the same ardor which we had in the years gone by. Don't 
expect of them the impossible. They are honest. They 


are ambitious. Not all of them are geniuses. How many 
Arthur Brisbanes are there on newspaper staffs in the 
country 1 ? They will do their best, and angels from on 
high could do no more. 

I appear before yon today in two capacities one as a 
teacher of journalism, to which work I have devoted ten 
years; the other as a newspaper man, to which work I 
gave thirty-one years. Whether I am qualified as a wit- 
ness in either calling I leave to the court to decide. I 
believe that I am addressing a mixed assemblage jour- 
nalists, teachers, and students. To you I put the question 
What makes the journalist? 

Too many of us have the idea that some sort of me- 
chanical proficiency is our goal. Too many of us have the 
idea that when we speak of technical training in the 
schools, training in the technique of journalism, we mean 
training along certain set lines how to write the stencil 
style of introduction to a fire, accident, or murder ; that 
we mean the ability to count the units in a headline or 
balance a paragraph, or write an editorial in the way 
advocated by our textbooks and, many years before there 
were such things as textbooks in journalism, advocated 
by the old college rhetoric. 

You never can make a reporter by rule. 

You never can make an editor by rule. 

The technique of journalism is the technique of the 
spirit, of the soul of the newspaper man a spirit which 
is unfettered, a spirit which is undaunted, a spirit which 
is unquenchable, a spirit which surmounts discourage- 
ment, a spirit which lives in the news, interprets the news, 
gathers the news, and finds its reward not in dollars but 
in the lasting satisfaction which comes from a job well 
done. That is the technique of journalism. That is the 
thing, vague, indefinite, intangible, which we as teachers 
endeavor to bring out in our students. 

No teacher can make a journalist. The journalist must 
make himself. No teacher can make two blades of grass 
grow where one grew before. No teacher can make a 
Horace Greeley. A good teacher, however, can help the 
young man or woman, by imparting this technique of 


journalism, to develop his own qualities of heart and 
mind; can inspire him in the years when he welcomes 
counsel and advice ; can tell him of the pitfalls of jour- 
nalism; can guide him along the way which leads to 

Technique is no narrow, mechanical thing. It cannot 
be blue-printed. The best efficiency expert would be 
baffled if called upon to draw a graph of it. It defies 
analysis and definition. Knowledge of journalistic tech- 
nique is what distinguishes the capable journalist from 
the worker in any other line of 6 activity. When hie has 
perfected that knowledge through years of experience 
he may be described in academic language as a Master 
Journalist. There are few men who ever merited that 
yet unawarded degree. If I were a college president I 
should recommend for it, post-humously, Horace Greeley, 
Joseph Pulitzer, Charles A. Dana, Henry Watterson, 
Charles B. Miller, Edward P. Mitchell, and Joseph B. 
Medill. Each of them was a master of newspaper tech- 
nique. But would anyone say that they were bound by 
rules or regulations ? Certainly Charles A. Dana was not, 
for I can recall that we always knew when he wrote his 
own headline, for it never would fit. 

Another of the criticisms of the graduate of the school 
of journalism is that he lacks broad background. My 
own opinion is that any man of fifty can make the same 
criticism of any youth of twenty, whether the youth is 
a journalism student or a carpenter's helper. Can you 
older men expect the youth to have your background? 
Again I say with Tim Sullivan: "Have a heart. Give 
him time." Right here I wish to declare emphatically 
that I believe thoroughly in cultural studies in our schools 
of journalism, but along with our cultural studies, if we 
are to fulfill our mission, we must have training in the 
higher technique or we fail. I can see little use for any 
school of journalism which endeavors to train its boys 
from the cultural side only. We had good arts colleges 
before we had schools of journalism. Our mission is not 
to imitate Yale, Harvard, or Amherst. They have their 


field; we have ours, and once we make our brethren in 
the arts colleges understand that our technique is not 
the technique of setting type or the technique of a plum- 
ber, many of our difficulties will be overcome. 

It follows plainly enough from what I have said that 
study of newspaper technique as exemplified here at Mis- 
souri and at Columbia has no narrow aim. We desire no 
machinists or mechanics in the editorial room. We do 
want men trained in the methods of gathering news, men 
trained to grasp news when it appears, men trained as 
to news sources. We do want men trained in the tech- 
nique of writing headlines, which does not mean men 
trained only to count letters and spaces, but men able to 
see the significance of an article, extract its essence, and 
present that essence to the reader in a clear and infor- 
mative way.' This ability to understand the article, to 
interpret it this is the technique of copy editing. While 
we are endeavoring to teach this sort of copy editing it 
follows that the student learns the petty mechanical ele- 
ments which enter into the work. 

There is a mechanical side to every profession. If 
your medical student were not instructed in the technique 
of the saw and knife he would be somewhat hampered 
when serving as a surgeon on the battlefield. If in his 
cub days he were not taught how to tie a bandage or apply 
a splint he would be laughed at by the laity. If your 
young lawyer does not know how to draw an affidavit or 
write a deed, some persons would declare that he was 
a poor sort of lawyer. Tour young physician, in addition, 
has theory; he knows who Hippocrates was, and your 
lawyer has heard of Blackstone. Above all, however, 
both must know the technique of their professions which, 
like journalism, are matters of the spirit as well as of 
the flesh. 

Mere mechanical proficiency is not our goal in schools 
of journalism. With editors in many parts of the coun- 
try who sneer at the work of some graduates who enter 
their offices, I am in sympathy. The efforts of misguided 
mentors who themselves do not understand the mind of 


the true journalist must be in vain. Highfalutin methods 
of teaching are utterly futile. A course in a school of 
journalism with which I am familiar has been described 
as a "technical course". Most persons from that des- 
cription imagine that the work has something to do with 
machinery. True, we have some machinery, but I ask 
you, does the Associated Press printer or the United 
Press printer make our newspaper? Some persons be- 
lieve that the senior instructor of the course is like the 
foreman of the print shop or composing room. Estimable 
as our friend the foreman is, he would be the last to say 
that he is a journalist. No journalism is a matter of 
the spirit. The technique is a matter of the spirit. 

Someone recently asserted that journalism was not a 
profession. "We may agree about that, but this indivi- 
dual went 011 to say that journalism is more than a pro- 
fession that it is an art. In that opinion I agree. Me- 
chanical proficiency is the least important of the attri- 
butes of the journalist. When Paderewski enthralls with 
his rendition of a Beethoven sonata, do we compliment 
him for his manual dexterity, marvelous as it is? Does 
the fact that his fingers are mobile, that his hands fly 
over the keyboard of the piano in marvelous fashion, 
interest us ? If we know something of music, if we have 
any conception of the thought Beethoven was expressing, 
we give no heed to the mechanical manipulation of the 
keys. "We are enthralled by the artist's interpretation of 
the soul of Beethoven's music. And so it is in journal- 
ism. Results, not methods, are what count. Journalism 
is not a profession for mechanics. The technique of jour- 
nalism is not to be compared to the technique of the 
printing shop, for journalism has a soul, and your true 
journalist in his every-day work is expressing that soul. 
Consider the work which is done in a class in newspaper 
technique. Students are taking the news as it comes and 
by thought are reaching certain conclusions. They are 
discriminating; sifting the good from the bad; forming 
mental concepts of the news from the standpoint of its 
appeal and importance; discarding the wholly trivial; 


fixing standards for themselves; forming judgment of 
what is of good repute and what is bad. Is this a me- 
chanical operation? Is this not something more than 
placing commas and semicolons? When one decides that 
an article deserves a two-column headline, is that a 
mechanical operation? They are learning the technique 
of journalism a mental, not a manual operation. 

To be a good technical journalist, if we must employ 
that term "technical, one must see behind the news, 
must grasp its full significance, must understand human- 
ity; must see the correlation of news and life and then 
put it in the papers. Ealph Pulitzer once described jour- 
nalism as "life in ink". It is life in ink, and it is the true 
journalist interpreting the spirit of mankind, who makes 
it life in ink. 

To sum up then, I believe that we must be sincere and 
practical. Some years ago Robert Burns Peattie, at one 
time city editor of the Chicago Tribune, visited a class 
which I was endeavoring to conduct. In a bit of whim- 
sical verse he described the typical newspaper man. This 
is the man we are aiming to educate. Here is what 
Peattie wrote : 


If you want a receipt for that popular mystery 

Known to the world as a newspaper man, 
Take all the wonderful persons in history 

Jumble them up the best way you can: 
The talent of Dickens portraying humanity, 

Punch of a Dempsey in landing a blow, 
The wit of Mark Twain without his profanity, 

Gift of Belasco in staging a show, 
The boldness of Shaw in exposing all quackery, 

The push of a Pershing pursuing a foe, 
The knowledge of Johnson, the satire of Thackeray, 

Restraint of a Howells, the wierdness of Poe, 
The force of McCauley without his verbosity, 

The craft of a Caesar in conquering Gaul, 
The detail of Zola without his atrocity, 

Firmness of faith like another St. Paul; 
An Osier, a Mayo, a Flexner in medicine, 

Grace of Paylowa conducting a dance, 
In physics an Einstein, or even an Edison, 

The sardonic humor of Anatole France; 
Much of tenacity, none of mendacity, 

But honesty, courage, and great perspicacity. 


Take of each element all that's reducible, 

Mix them and stir them the best that you can. 

Watch the result when you empty the crucible; 
The residuum is a newspaper man. 

My theme has been that rules and regulations do not 
make the journalist. The young man enters the profes- 
sion under a mental urge. He may not know where he is 
going, but he is on his way. No father ever drove a son 
into newspaper work. Many a father has tried in vain 
to keep his son out. The son goes in with the spirit of 
the journalist. It is for us as teachers of journalism to 
nourish that spirit. The young men and women of this 
school and the young men and women of the other great 
schools of this country, trained in true technique, mindful 
of the glorious traditions of journalism, are to be the 
leaders of journalism in the next generation. 

The Beginnings of the School 

By J. C Jones, President-Emeritus of the University 

of Missouri 

My personal interest in the School of Journalism, in- 
creased by an interest in and admiration of Dean Wil- 
liams' achievement, has brought to here at this time. 
His kindness in asking me to talk was due to the, fact 
that in the beginning I was associated with the school. 

I should like to paraphrase the passage in the Bible 
to read, " Faith can remove mountains." 

The beginning of the school was small and practically 
unnoticed. In 1905, to my mind, is the time when this 
school began. In that year, Walter Williams and I, dur- 
ing the absence of President Jesse in Europe and when 
I was acting as president arranged a series of lectures 
and invited eminent journalists to speak. Of that series 
I recall two addresses, one because of the personality of 
the speaker, Captain Henry King of the St. Louis Globe- 
Democrat, and the other because of an amusing circum- 
stance that occurred. Most of the addresses were given 
in the morning during the daily assembly, but unfor- 
tunately the lecture by Dean Shailer Mathews of the 
University of Chicago had to be put at four P. M., which 


isn't a good time to get seniors and juniors to listen to 
an address on early journalism. Perhaps freshmen and 
sophomores might attend, but they too would be tired 
that late in the day. We devised this scheme of getting 
an audience: We entered into a compact to have the 
University cadets line up for drill and march into the 
hall to compose the audience. It was a magnificent suc- 
cess. I believe I inherited the habit of President Jesse 
of always starting lectures and meetings on time, and 
Mathews had gotten well under way when the army made 
its attack. They tramped in with much confusion. Dean 
Mathews stopped talking, and resuming the lecture in 
good humor he said: "As I was saying before my audi- 
ence arrived " and then he went on with the lecture. 

But I have got far away from my text, which is ' Faith 
can remove mountains. 7 ' Perhaps you think, those of you 
who belong to the School of Journalism and to the pro- 
fession of journalism, perhaps you think there were no 
mountains to be removed by the man who is responsible 
for the organization of this school, but let me cite some. 

First, there was the prejudice of the student body. 
They had no faith in this new idea of teaching journalism 
in the University. There were already more courses 
established than they could take or enjoy. 

Second, there was the suspicion of the faculty. Facul- 
ties are always suspicious of new schools. In the first 
place, the students were not so numerous as not to make 
the matter of enrollment one of vital concern, and the 
funds available were not so great as not to make them 
a concern. The press of the state was in doubt as to the 
advisability of the School. They finally passed a resolu- 
tion asking the Board of Curators to establish it, but 
with some reluctance. 

The dean has, one by one, removed these mountains, 
by his faith. By his faith, practically alone, he removed 
them so completely that none remain today. 

To appreciate the work that has been done we must 
keep this in mind: There was no model, there was no 
precedent to follow, there was no course in journalism 


along which he could mold his own. If he had been estab- 
lishing a college, starting a new law school, it would have 
been a simple matter to go to the catalogs and clip what 
he wanted, for by this time he must have been good at 
clipping; but there was no such refuge. He had to make 
his own courses, his own curriculum. He had to work it 
all out from the beginning. After removing by degrees 
the prejudices he found, after devising courses which 
have become the models for other schools of journalism, 
after twenty years we are met to celebrate this achieve- 

I came over one thousand seven hundred miles to be 
here this morning to participate in this celebration. 

I want to say in conclusion that it was the vision of 
Dean Williams that made this achievement possible. It 
was his faith that surmounted the mountains in the way. 
It is his faith that has permeated this school that has 
sent out students to all parts of the world as repre- 
sentatives young men and young women who are able 
to establish there the high ideals which they found here. 

The Press and the State 
By Sam A. Baker, Governor of Missouri 

But mightiest of mighty means, 
On which the arm of progress leans, 
Man's noblest mission to advance, 
His woes assuage, his weal enhance, 
His rights enforce, his wrongs redress 
Mightiest of mighty is the press. 

These are the words of Doctor Bowring, and he has 
well expressed my estimation of the great power that 
can be wielded by the press of the state and the nation. 
In fact, the press can shape public opinion on any ques- 
tion to which it may give its attention. It can make an 
individual or it can break him. If it wishes to be unfair, 
it has weapons that no individual, no institution or or- 
ganization can successfully combat. 

Very few public officials resent a constructive criticism 
from the press, but they have a right to object to unfair 
treatment. However, the newspaper whose influence is 


worth while will not be unfair in its dealings with the 
state and the public ; so this statement would imply that 
the other type of publications that is, the type that 
prefer to be unfair is not worth considering. For- 
tunately, there are very few such publications in exist- 
ence today. 

Newspapers in towns of from one to four thousand in- 
habitants give to that particular community from two 
to four thousand dollars annually in free advertising; 
yet some folk condemn the newspaper severely, either 
because they dislike the editor or publisher, or because 
they have never done anything to merit commendation 
from the people. Such people say that the newspaper 
man does not tell the truth. Perhaps he does not when 
he writes up the story of the death of some individual who 
for the good of the community should have kicked off 
fifteen or twenty years before ; or when he writes of the 
marriage of two prominent persons when neither of the 
contracting parties have any real, valid excuse for living. 
But if the average newspaper man should tell the whole 
truth and nothing else but the truth, so help him God, 
the riot that would break out in that particular commu- 
nity would make the recent World War look like a Sunday 
school picnic. 

No, the newspaper man does not always tell the truth 
in his columns, but fortunately there are some types of 
lying that we must all stand for and like. 

The press and the state may truly be said to be more 
intimately and constantly associated than any other two 
activities. Where can you find the page of a newspaper 
anywhere at any time that does not have to do directly 
or indirectly with some fact or phase of government? 
The International Dictionary gives thirty-one groups of 
.definitions for the word " press", but for present pur- 
poses-, we may consider all these definitions as synony- 
mous with journalism. The same authority offers seven- 
teen definitions of the word " state, " but for the time 
being we may interpret all those definitions as meaning 
government whether local, state, or national. 


The press of the United States has been and is, one 
of the wonders of the world in its more intimate relation 
to the government, exerting a stronger influence on the 
people than in any other country in the world. The press 
of America has been noted for its patriotism during per- 
iods of crisis in the history of our nation, and the same 
is true with the press of the state in all times of public 

The Bible, the book of all books, recognized the press 
at least in one chapter it uses the word news practically 
in the modern sense. In the twenty-fifth verse of the 
twenty-fifth chapter of Proverbs we find these words: 
"As cold water to the thirsty soul, so is good news from 
a far country." Thus, interpreting the Scriptures very 
liberally, one may say that the Bible prophesies the com- 
ing of the newspaper ; these words evidently having been 
written no less than a thousand years before Christ. 
Newspaper men and women here are, or should be, first- 
class Bible authorities, because any good news story can 
frequently be made more interesting by references to 
some of the happenings of Bible days. There is another 
good reason, ladies and gentlemen, why news writers 
should be good Bible students the same reason of course 
that applies to all because the Book of Books is the first 
and last standard of human thought and conduct. 

When a newspaper aligned with the wrong side of 
government exercises the power of the press unfairly, it 
may sometimes seem that the reporter or the editor has 
never had any intimate acquaintance with the ten com- 
mandments and the golden rule. Luckily, as I have stated 
before, there are few publications of this land in exist- 
ence today and few reporters of the type just described. 

Getting back to news and its relation to the state (and 
using "state" in its broadest meaning), an old German 
proverb says that, "Bad news always comes too soon". 
The French express it as, "Bad news has wings" and 
an old Spanish expression erroneously says that, "Bad 
news is always true". Perhaps most of us can agree with 
the Italian declaration that, "Bad news is the first to 


come". It is a common saying in this country that we 
must always go away from home to hear the news. Also, 
we hear that "Good news is rumored while "bad news 
flies". An old German writer had it right when he said, 
"He comes too early who brings bad news," but in many 
different languages the declaration is made that, "He 
knocks boldly who brings good news". That celebrated 
English publication called "Punch 7 ' used what was called 
at one time, a perfect motto for a real newspaper, 
"Speak, and speak out, and sow wisdom all about". 

The power of the press in relation to the state has never 
been expressed in any more powerful sentence than that 
of Emperor Napoleon Bonaparte, "Four hostile news- 
papers are more to be feared than a thousand bayonets. ' ' 
Since bayonets are rather out of date, we might substi- 
tute for bayonets in our expression of today, "machine 
guns and airplanes." Newspapers are builders of com- 
monwealths, carrying the message of weal or woe to the 
uttermost parts of the nation, and if the newspapers are 
loyal to their state, they are of priceless value. The 
spirit of the press rapidly becomes the spirit of the state. 
Newspapers, as I have suggested before, render a rich 
and in fact a priceless service to the state and the nation, 
far in excess of the rewards received by the publishers. 

As evidence of the power of the press in its relation 
to the state, we find that Missouri has by leaps and 
bounds made a name for herself among the other states 
of the union within the last decade, due to the fact that 
our daily and weekly press has carried abroad the story 
of Missouri's good roads; her natural resources; the 
scenery that rivals that of any other section in the United 
States and in some respects rivals that found in any 
nation of the world. In fact, the press of today is carry- 
ing a message that Missouri is the land of opportunity 
and the people of Missouri are seeing the results in a 
better and greater commonwealth. Rural and urban life 
has become better because the press has fostered the 
activities of our government. They are striving for the 
betterment of this type of life. News and comments on 


local, county, state, and national government constitutes 
the largest linage of the columns of journalists because 
such is the practical policy of newspaper people of today 
with an eye on tomorrow. 

An unknown writer has expressed the relation of the 
press to the state in a most practical way when he said, 
''The press is the sheet anchor of our liberties ". To the 
actual extent that journalism is guided by unselfish devo- 
tion to the good of our state, the press of our land is 
the co-worker and equal partner with our educational 
institutions in upbuilding practical ideas for good citizen- 
ship and good government. You men and women engaged 
in journalism are educators in the fullest measure. You 
are builders of character and holders of public opinion 
and leaders of civilization. 

I take it that all who have contributed in any way to 
the success of these meetings this week, are alive to their 
responsibility as journalists. Those who are alive to such 
responsibility may be counted on at all times to war upon 
sham and hypocrisy, double dealing or double-crossing, 
and all things that are done merely for show. As we 
think of the great men of history and those whose in- 
fluence will never die, we recall that they were men who 
stood for truth, or what they believed to be the truth, 
regardless of the gibes of those who look upon truth 
lightly. To understand and serve the people of your 
community and of your state, men and women, and to 
lead them to realize the true aim of all educational ef- 
forts, which is social efficiency; and point the way to a 
lasting and permanent civilization, you must stand for 
the right and for the truth. In so doing, you in the end 
stand with a vast and glorious majority. 

Concluding, I would like to add to the Journalist's 
Creed the words of Joseph Story: 

Here shall the press, the people's rights maintain, 
Unawed by influence and unbribed by gain; 
Here patriot truth her glorious precepts draw, 
Pledged to religion, liberty and law. 


The Press of the Orient 
By Teijiro Tamura, Consul of Japan at Chicago 

Ambassador Matsudaira being unable to be present 
here today, I am instructed by him to convey to yon 
Japan's cordial greetings and sincere congratulations 
on this happy and memorable occasion and to assure you 
of her appreciation of the important contributions your 
School of Journalism, through its graduates, has made 
toward promoting better understanding between the 
United States and Japan. We have had many of your 
alumni in Japan, either as foreign correspondents or as 
staff members of American newspapers published in 
Japan, such as the Japan Advertiser, whose staff has 
been almost exclusively recruited from your school. The 
same thing is true of China. Apart from their own pro- 
fession as newspaper men, they have performed one 
great service in bringing East closer to the West as 
interpreters and critics of the thought, ideals, customs, 
and events they witnessed there. 

An American newspaper man may report an incident 
and leave its judgment to the public. When he is a for- 
eign correspondent, he goes farther. He collects the news, 
edits, interprets it to the public at home with his own 
judgment. Every cablegram he sends home contains ele- 
ments of news and comment and is liable for either cor- 
rect or false representations of an event to the public at 
home, who in most instances accept it at face value, 
simply because they usually have no knowledge of judg- 
ing its merits or demerits. This is more the case when 
he has to serve in such countries as Japan and China, 
whose languages as a general rule he does not under- 
stand and whose customs, including the way of thinking, 
are in many instances different from those prevailing at 
home. He must have a clear vision of what he sees and 
a sound iudfi^nent of what he thinks. 

I wish also to call your attention to the fact that a 
revolutionary change has taken place in the forces which 


regulate international relations. Until a quarter of a 
century ago it was either a king or a statesman who 
decided what should be the relations of one nation to 
another. More recently, until the World's "War, such 
relations were confined only to the two countries con- 
cerned. However, within the last decade a new powerful 
moral force which regulates international relations has 
been discovered. It is what you may call international 
conscience and world's public opinion. 

Today it is a general rule that the greater and stronger 
a nation, the less it can afford to ignore its international 
conscience and world's public opinion. And who is re- 
sponsible in moulding such an international conscience 
and world's public opinion? It is the press and news- 
paper men, and more particularly foreign correspond- 
ents who report, interpret and comment on the events 
that are taking place abroad. You will fully realize what 
tremendous responsibilities these foreign correspondents 
bear on their shoulders, more especially when they are 
handicapped with the difficulties of foreign languages. 

Today, diplomats find powerful rivals or partners in 
these foreign correspondents. While officially the diplo- 
mats represent their own governments to the foreign 
governments to which they are accredited, the foreign 
correspondents deal with the public at home to keep them 
correctly informed of the events in the foreign countries 
to which they are sent. Their functions are apparently 
reverse, but in reality are supplementary to each other. 

As we are fast approaching the age of open and peo- 
ple's diplomacy, it is the newspaper correspondents 
abroad who are bound to have a far more important role 
than the august ambassadors and ministers plenipoten- 
tiary, not to mention a humble consul. 

I want to call attention to the fact that the Orient is 
not a field for the adventure-seeking journalist. Serious, 
responsible, sincere, newspaper men are needed. They 
must be not only of an unlimited broadmindedness, but 
they must also be able to digest real things that happen 


in a country whose language they do not understand, 
whose customs are not of their understanding. Foreign 
correspondents, particularly from America, have a re- 
sponsibility here. The work of your School in this direc- 
tion is greatly appreciated by our people. The stone 
lantern standing by the side of this building; represents 
the appreciation on the part of the Japanese for the con- 
tributions by this school in the way of interpreting the 
East to the West and bringing the two closer together. 

The School of Journalism and the Newspaper 

By Casper Yost, First President of the American Society 

of Newspaper Editors; Editor of the Editorial Page, 

St. Louis Globe-Democrat 

At the recent meeting of the American Society of News- 
paper Editors, an eminent scientist, Dr. Mas Mason, 
president of the University of Chicago, who has since 
been appointed head of the division of natural sciences 
of the Rockefeller Foundation, made one of the most 
impressive statements as to the importance, the influence 
and the responsibility of the press as a factor of modern 
civilization that I have ever heard. 

Most of Ms address was devoted to an outline of the 
progress of scientific knowledge since the days of Gali- 
leo, the successive discoveries which revealed the co- 
herent unity of the universe, the processes which bring 
suns and planets, organic and inorganic life, into exist- 
ence in response to uniform laws; the development in 
organic life of creatures with increasingly extensive, com- 
plicated and delicate nervous systems that give a con- 
stantly enlarging range to the activities and sensibilities 
of the organism and, therefore, a constantly broadening 
environment to exercise its formative influence in evolu- 


All this was but introductory to the consideration of 
man as a product of such processes, their crowning 
product, and of the action and reaction, the play and 
interplay, of environmental circumstances upon man's 
development. And these character building, personality 
shaping, influences, increase in power and number witk 
the broadening of the field of environment. The environ- 
ment of early man was restricted to his immediate sur- 
roundings. With the development of means of transpor- 
tation and communication the field has been gradually 
enlarged, until there is virtually no limit to it. We are 
more or less impressed and formed by remote as well as 
by near influences. What happens on the other side of the 
world may now importantly affect our thoughts, our 
minds, our character, our very lives. And the chief means 
of bringing these distant and varied forces to play upon 
our nature and our condition is the press. In short, the 
point of his address was that the press has become a 
great and potent instrument in the cosmic process o 
human evolution. 

It is to me a startling and awe-inspiring thought. And 
if it is true, and I believe it is, what a splendid dignity 
it giVes to the press, and what a tremendous responsibil- 
ity upon its shoulders. To think that we are not merely 
gathering news and opinions, but are, in conformity with 
the laws of creation, and as an agency of such laws, con- 
tributing largely to the moulding of human life and in- 
fluencing human progress for good or ill, not only in this 
day but perhaps in aeons to come, is to feel at once a 
thrill of pride and a sense of fear. What a mighty, what 
a mystical, power we have in our hands, if this is true ! 
And what an obligation it confers to use it wisely, for 
the good of man. Man, as Dr. Mason said, has just begua 
to live, just begun to understand his own being, just be- 
gun to realize the nature of the forces that shape his 
destinies, and the future that lives before him is big witk 
infinite possibilities. No doubt about it, that which is 
before humanity is immeasurably greater than that wMck 


lies behind. And in that future the press must play a 
great and increasingly great part. 

But what has this to do with schools of journalism? 
Just this, that the future of journalism lies very largely 
in their keeping. It depends in no small degree upon 
them whether the coming journalism serves the process 
of evolution well or ill. In the years ahead these schools 
will be turning out more and more men and women to 
do the work of the press and to take upon their shoulders 
the responsibilities of journalism. There is to come a 
time, not very far away, I am sure, when the door to the 
field of journalism will be reached, and as a rule reach- 
able, only through the schools of journalism that provide 
a full professional course. I have no doubt, that is to 
say, that journalism ere long will require the same 
scholastic preparation as an essential to admission to its 
ranks as is now required by the other and longer estab- 
lished professions.. 

It has been but a few years, as time runs, that a 
youth who wanted to become a lawyer entered the office 
of some practicing attorney and "read law 7 ', as the say- 
ing was, for a year or two and was then allowed to pass 
a more or less perfunctory examination for admission 
to the bar. So too with study of medicine in the majority 
of cases in this country. While there have been schools 
of law and schools of medicine for many years it was 
not until a comparatively recent period that the require- 
ment of a prescribed course in a professional school be- 
gan to be applied generally to these oldest of professions. 
Journalism is a much younger profession. Doctors and 
lawyers have existed for thousands of years, but news- 
papers and newspaper men and women are relatively 
new things in the world, and journalism is now only 
beginning to realize that it is a profession and not a 
mere vocation. But that dawning realization impels it 
to follow the same path that has been trod by its elders, 
and it is finding it increasingly desirable to insist upon 
adequate preparation for the work its practice involves. 


The fact is being impressed upon the administrative 
forces of journalism that the former sources of its re- 
cruits are drying up and that it must look more and more 
to the schools of journalism to fill its ranks. Moreover, 
they are being impressed with the fact that the schools 
are beginning to supply material of better quality on 
the whole, and that they are being relieved of the task of 
the training of beginners. 

"When the American Society of Newspaper Editors was 
organized six years ago, it took up among its first sub- 
jects of study the problem of the schools of journalism. 
This in itself was a formal recognition of the important 
place they are beginning to take in the thought of prac- 
ticing newspaper men. But the purpose of the society 
was to exercise its influence in promoting the develop- 
ment of schools that would contribute more effectively 
to the practical needs of journalism, that would be con- 
ducted by experienced newspaper men, that would pro- 
vide a full professional course for the students with a 
rather high requirement of general education as a basis 
of admission, that would endeavor to weed out the mani- 
festly unfit, and that would inculcate good standards of 
. work and of conduct. It is the school of such character 
as this that the society would encourage, and the society, 
I think, fairly well represents the attitude of newspaper 
editors and publishers throughout the country who have 
given thought to the subject. That this recognition by 
the profession of the importance and the potential value 
of the school of journalism, and the disposition to co- 
operate for its further development, has come within so 
short a time since the first of such schools -was estab- 
lished is surprising, and it is to be credited mainly to 
the character and conduct of the better class of these 
institutions, conspicuously exemplified by this, the mother 
of them all. 

It has been but twenty years since the first school of 
Journalism in the world was created here in Missouri, 
and for the reasons I have indicated it was an event of 


very large importance in the history of journalism and 
in the affairs of mankind which we are celebrating to- 
day. It was a daring innovation, and it seemed to the 
editors of that time a rash experiment that would cer- 
tainly end in failure. But a little group of Missouri news- 
paper men, chief among whom were K W, Stephens and 
Walter Williams, had dreamed a dream and had seen a 
vision, and were not to be deterred by skeptics or proph- 
ets of disaster from endeavoring persistently to turn 
this vision into a concrete reality. Because of them, this 
idea and this determination, education for journalism 
had its birth on this spot. Walter Williams, who from 
the beginning has been its head and director, has lived 
not only to see the outstanding success of his own great 
experiment, but to see other schools of journalism estab- 
lished in many places, to see such schools recognized as 
first-rank instruments of professional education, and to 
be himself honored throughout the world. It is a remark- 
able accomplishment in twenty years. 

Within another twenty years it is probable that the 
newspaper executives of America, and eventually of all 
civilized countries, will find it highly desirable, if not 
necessary, to insist upon a course in a school of journal- 
ism as a prerequisite to employment in the editorial de- 
partment of journalism and in some of the business 
departments as well. At any rate, there is no doubt that 
the newspaper men of the future, and particularly the 
leaders of journalism, will to a very large extent be 
graduates of schools of journalism ; and if it be true, as 
Dr. Mason tells us, that the press has become a powerful 
instrument in the processes of human evolution, then 
the school of journalism, in supplying the educational 
foundation of the press, will be contributing importantly 
to that process and will have to recognize and to assume 
the obligations' of such a conception of its functions. 


Twenty Years of Neivspaper Progress From the Stand- 
point of a British Observer 

By Percy S. Sullen, American Correspondent of the 
London Daily Telegraph 

It is a great pleasure, as well as a privilege, which I 
appreciate most highly, that I am permitted to take part 
in the celebration of the twentieth anniversary of the 
foundation of the School of Journalism of the Univer- 
sity of Missouri, a school whose work is well known and 
valued by all who have studied its curriculum and its 
methods, and whose graduates are finding their way into 
the offices of newspapers throughout the country. 

To this pleasure to this privilege and dignity of 
being associated in a small way with your twentieth 
anniversary, I am able to add a special satisfaction of 
a personal nature because this year, almost this very 
month, I am celebrating an anniversary of my own the 
twenty-fifth year of my residence in the United States as 
the correspondent and representative of The Daily Tele- 
graph of London a paper which I may say in passing 
holds just about the same relationship toward the press 
in general of England as the New York Times holds to- 
day toward the press of America. 

These two anniversaries suggest to me my program 
for tonight; namely, to attempt some review of the last 
two decades from my standpoint as an English news- 
paper man and observer, and to conclude by asking you 
the question whether the time has not arrived when jour- 
nalism as a profession should receive greater recognition 
and its status as a profession be considerably improved. 

Twenty years is short indeed in the life of the world 
a mere drop in the ocean of time but there is the 
authority of those for whose judgment we have the 
greatest respect for the statement that the last twenty 
years have provided more vital and important chapters 


in the story of our civilization than any similar period 
which has preceded it. In the first place there has been 
the shrinking of the world until distance has been an- 
nihilated by improved means of transport and communi- 
cation, and secondly there has been the great war. 

In my opinion, and I speak as one who belongs to a 
country that suffered the loss of nearly one million men 
in the great strife, the outlook is far from discouraging. 
After the night of war and desolation the dawn is ap 1 - 
pearing. Briefly put, we are confronted today with two 
great factors which hardly existed before the war first, 
the invasion by women of public life and national re- 
sponsibility, an invasion which is affecting a most im- 
portant and significant change in political, industrial and 
social conditions, and secondly a distinct trend, a very 
hopeful and positive trend, on the part of almost every 
country in the world to outlaw war and substitute for 
arms the tribunals of peace. These two things the en- 
franchisement of women and the gradual evolution which 
has taken place on the lines of international conciliation 
and world peace are so extraordinary and so pregnant 
in my opinion with good for the future that one would 
like to dwell upon them, but time presses and I do but 
mention them as background for further developments 
with which you and I as newspaper people are particular- 
ly interested; a background which encourages the hope 
and belief that in proportion as the fear of war passes 
away and the cost of preparation for war in all countries 
rapidly diminishes there may be released for the pur- 
poses of peace for religion, for education, for social 
betterment and generally for the world's advancement 
great forces which hitherto have been less profitably em- 
ployed ; and in such, a new and better era the newspapers 
must necessarily play a conspicuous and vital part. 
Larger and better newspapers in the future will be the 
rule and not the exception, and for that reason it follows 
that the role of the School of Journalism in the training 
of the army of journalism becomes more and more 



important because without good newspaper men and good 
newspaper women good newspapers are impossible. 

In the last twenty years we have witnessed here and 
abroad the gradual passing of the newspaper from pri- 
vate proprietorship to chain ownership ,and direction. 
The reasons for this change as I see them are not so much 
because private ownership, all things considered, has 
in any way failed in the discharge of a great trust but 
because the economic conditions under which newspapers 
exist today are less favorable to private ownership than 
to collective ownership by syndicates and companies. 
The paper with which I have been connected during the 
last thirty years has within the last few months passed 
from the direction of Viscount Burnham into the hands 
of a chain ownership represented by Sir Norman and 
Sir Lomer Berry. Nevertheless, all the old staff have 
been retained, additions to the staff have been made, 
expenditure on news gathering and production has been 
greatly increased, with the result that The Daily Tele- 
graph of London today never stood higher in the public 
esteem and so far as I know no other paper has been 
hurt by the transition. On the other hand the process 
has benefited the public because competition is the life- 
blood of business and the keynote of success. 

In order to illustrate the amazing advance made in the 
business of journalism, one need only recall that one 
hundred years ago the average circulation of the most 
widely distributed New York papers was one thousand 
seven hundred copies daily. Today The Daily News, a 
tabloid journal of New York, claims one million readers 
daily and there is one newspaper in England, ' ' The News 
of the World", with a guaranteed circulation of three 

With the rise of Adolph S. Ochs, who in September 
of 1896 borrowed seventy-five thousand dollars and 
bought The New York Times, the present era in American 
journalism begins to take recognizable form. The Times 
publisher was in the newspaper business for the sake 


of the newspaper business, not for any possible political 
or social rewards. His course is that of most metropoli- 
tan editors and publishers of today. The New York Times 
now holds a position in the United States comparable to 
that of The Times of London, whose reputation as a 
world newspaper was established many years before the 
New York Times saw the light of day. 

The collection and distribution of news by cable and 
telegraph by the Associated Press and the United Press 
has in the last twenty years made remarkable progress, 
and today the entire world is covered by a network of 
agencies and correspondents whose operations are facili- 
tated by cable, telegraph, and radio reaching to the 
limits of the earth. The establishment of newspaper 
syndicates has made available at relatively small cost 
the best obtainable feature material of all kinds. Air- 
planes rush from the scene of action to the field office with 
news and pictures ; photographs of news events are sent 
today by wires and cables regardless of distance. 

National advertising in the last decade has enormously 
increased and greatly benefited the newspaper industry. 
Progress in market research during the past fifteen years 
has led advertising and advertising agencies to the in- 
evitable conclusion that the daily newspaper is a national 
market place. It may be said that the discovery of news- 
paper advertising by business in general is the great 
commercial achievement of the present age. The volume 
of advertising in magazines and newspapers doubled 
between 1914 and 1919 and continues to increase. In 
protest against the old-style papers with their immense 
bulk the tabloid press has been established, but the re- 
sults are not yet sufficiently conclusive to warrant a pre- 
diction regarding the future of this class of journalism. 

The tabloid press is responsible for the apotheosis of 
crime the demand for bigger and better murders. A 
big crime nowadays, such as the Hall-Mills case or that 
of Ruth Snyder, receives far more attention than a fight 
for the heavyweight boxing championship or the corona- 


tion of a British king. The installation of a portable 
switchboard into which two hundred wires can be jacked 
open in direct and instantaneous communication with 
newspaper offices in every section of the country is the 
first important move in the reporting of a national mur- 
der trial. It is followed by the remodeling of the court- 
room to permit the introduction of press tables, provision 
for stenographers, the setting up of flashlight equipment 
on either side of the judge's bench, the allocation of seats 
for reporters, the installation of leased wires in the base- 
ment, the enlistment of a motorcycle corps to carry news 
photographs to the nearest rapid transit station, reserva- 
tion of hotel rooms for special correspondents sent to 
the scene from other cities, and, if the trial is held in a 
small town, the setting up of faro games, patent medicine 
stands, and oriental tent shows for a large army of 

At the Hall-Mills trial, fifty reporters from New York 
newspapers and press associations were present at the 
grand jury proceedings; two hundred went to the trial 
itself. The Daily News of New York had sixteen cor- 
respondents on the scene ; The Mirror had thirteen ; fifty 
photographers were on duty at all hours and until the 
closing days of the trial ten were stationed in the court- 
room (the eleventh fell through the skylight on the day 
the defense called Mrs. Hall) ; relays of stenographers 
and typists rushed the testimony to the telegraph wires 
as fast as it came from the lips of witnesses; twenty- 
three operators manned the portable electric switchboard 
in the basement; sixty leased wires carried bulletins to 
the country. To make space editors ignored the proceed- 
ings of Congress and many expensive cablegrams from 
abroad were placed in the wastepaper basket and the 
Hall-Mills case is what The Daily News of New York 
called "a nice clean crime". 

At the Snyder-Gray trial four rows of ten tables with 
three seats to a table were installed for the reporters; 
one hundred and twenty news men and special writers 


filled them; two Western Union overseers policed the 
traffic of messenger boys rushing copy to the press room; 
thirteen telegraph operators fed a battery of twenty-one 
leased wires. Newspapers in Buffalo, Pittsburgh, Bir- 
mingham, Syracuse, Louisville, Cincinnati, Chicago, At- 
lanta, and points west sent special correspondents to 
supplement the press association stories; a microphone 
on the witness stand poured testimony through a battery 
of loudspeakers; and the Eev. Aimee Semple McPherson 
of Los Angeles, covering the trial for the New York 
Evening Graphic, called on God to teach young men to 
say, "I want a wife like mother, not a red hot cutie." At 
the end of twenty-four days twelve million words of the 
Hall-Mills trial had been telegraphed from Somerville, 
New Jersey, breaking all records in the history of jour- 
nalism; words enough if put into book form to make a 
shelf of novels twenty-two feet long. Well might Charles 
Merz in his " Great American Bandwagon" declare "this 
is our Roman circus. " 

One of the greatest and most significant developments 
in the last twenty years has been the increased space 
given by the American press to foreign news. No longer 
can it be said that the American journal in its news 
columns and its editorial surveys is parochial or even 
provincial. American papers now lead the world in re- 
gard to the amount of space devoted to the world's news 
and in the amount of money devoted to the collection of 
such news. The Times of London, which was once su- 
preme in regard to world news, is now eclipsed by The 
Times of New York. This change denotes very clearly 
that many Americans today are for the first time think- 
ing not merely in national but in international terms and 
demand all the information which newspaper enterprise 
intelligently directed can supply. So far as the presenta- 
tion of news is concerned and the network of communica- 
tion which the exchange of news involves, the world dur- 
ing the last twenty years has made tremendous strides. 
The world today, not only in the economic sense but in 


the journalistic sense, is no longer a series of watertight 
compartments but a journalistic unit. May God hasten 
the day when the world will be not only an economic and 
journalistic unit but an intellectual and spiritual unit 
as well. 

To sum up ; the American newspaper press which fifty 
years ago lagged rather painfully in the rear now shares 
with England in the world's leadership; and in the mat- 
ter of newspaper advertising, upon which the newspaper 
of today so largely depends, America, by a very wide 
margin, leads the field. This fact is due not only to the 
war, which accelerated the pace, but to the splendid, in- 
domitable spirit of enterprise which prevails in the 
United States, coupled with the intelligence of the people 
and great financial resources. 

As to the sources of news, the American press remains 
today, as for many years, in closer and more personal 
touch through its representatives with government de- 
partments and government sources of information than 
any other press in the world. In this respect I am glad to 
say that the English newspapers, while they are not 
served quite so efficiently as the American newspapers, 
have also made considerable progress. The closer contact 
between the English press and Downing Street and the 
British Foreign Office have been due in part to the war and 
also to the presence of a numerous and able corps of 
American correspondents in London who have joined 
with their British colleagues in the demand for closer 
relations with government departments and increased 
facilities in the way of news connections. 

How great was this need for improvement only those 
who are practically acquainted with Downing Street and 
the British Foreign Office before the war can really 

So far I have dealt chiefly with the development of the 
American newspaper press in the last two decades a 
veritable triumphal march which still continues ! "What 
about newspaper men themselves the well-educated, 


hard working craftsmen without whose service and loyal 
co-operation nothing would "be possible? In a word, what 
about ourselves? 

In one very important respect the cash value and the 
professional range of the newspaper craft during the 
last decade have been greatly increased. A new class of 
publicity man has replaced the old publicity agent, and 
he is called "the public relations counsel." There is as 
much difference between the old press agent who tres- 
passed upon the credulity of editors and gullibility of 
readers, and the public relations counsel, as between 
chalk and cheese. The one was base metal by comparison, 
and the other is refined gold. Almost every important 
interest today, certainly every big business and corpora- 
tion, has its public relations counsel with a well-equipped 
bureau for its operations. 

It has been estimated that at least one-half of the news- 
paper profession is now engaged in promoting or re- 
pressing publicity as a public relations counsel. He 
doesn't send bald little paragraphs to the press, but in 
many cases you hear his voice and discern his art 
through the medium of the vice-president of some con- 
cern or the director of company. Publicity being the 
breath of life to big business, it follows that competent 
press counsel are very well paid. A g^eat many o the 
best men in the big cities have left their old jobs with 
newspapers and now receive much higher remuneration 
as the publicity representatives of important industrial 

The appointment of public relations counsel has come 
to stay, and because newspaper experience and training 
are essential to the practitioner it follows that the news- 
paper man has better prospects today than before be- 
cause the sphere of his usefulness was extended and he 
is paid proportionately. 

In addresses last evening, Mr. Oswald Garrison Vil- 
lard of New York and Mr. Stuart H. Perry of Adrian, 
Mich., described the evils, the iniquities, and even the 


horrors of the daily press in connection with the apotheo- 
sis of crime, more particularly in relation to sensational 
divorce and murder reports. But neither gave the reme- 
dy, except to suggest it must come from (1) the bench 
or the legislature, (2) the publishers, or (3) the readers 

My opinion is that it will not come from any of these 
sources because the bench and the legislature are largely 
political, the publishers are beneficiaries of the present 
practices, and many of the readers are as dope fiends who 
continually cry, "Give us more and better murders." 

From whom then shall the reform come ? It must come 
from within the newspapers themselves those who con- 
trol and work in the great army of journalists. 

I suggest the establishment in America of an Institute 
of Journalists similar to that which was founded in Great 
Britain forty years ago and incorporated by royal char- 
ter in 1890. 

The object of the Institute of Journalists, in whose 
ranks may be found the youngest English reporters and 
the most responsible editors, is to provide a corporate 
body for the profession of journalism. What the Bar 
Association does for the lawyer or the American Medical 
Association for the doctor, or the Church Society for 
the clergyman the Institute of Journalists aims to ac- 
complish for the maintenance of the status, rights and 
privileges of the working newspaper man and women. 
All journalists, and only journalists, are eligible for mem- 
bership and for office. Proprietors are not barred from 
admission but they do not by presence, voice, or vote, 
intervene in deliberations or arrangements connected 
with paying conditions. 

The organization and meetings of the Economic Sec- 
tion (comprising all members of the institute except 
proprietors, directors, managers, and managing editors) 
afford opportunity for ventilating complaints and dis- 
cussing hours, salaries, and holidays without restraint, 
and the effective advocacy of decisions so arrived at by 


collective representation, either locally or by the central 

For years alone the institute rendered yeoman service 
in preparing the ground for, and in actually obtaining, 
substantial increases of salaries. It was uphill work in 
the bad conditions then prevailing, hindered as it was by 
the apathy of those chiefly concerned. Improvement was 
slow and partial until these efforts had begun to take 

Nevertheless the institute even in those days persist- 
ently accomplished useful pioneer work in raising low 
rates of pay in individual offices all over the country ; it 
was successful in obtaining war bonuses; was the first 
to allocate a minimum wage in journalism ; and then, by 
its graded scale increased more than once as circum- 
stances warranted prevented its minima from becoming 
standard rates. 

Moreover the institute was largely instrumental in in- 
ducing the proprietors' association to accept the princi- 
ple of collective bargaining, as soon as those associations 
were organized on a basis that enabled them to take up 
that work. 

In return for dues averaging little over one quarter 
per week, the newspaper man or woman in England can 
become a member of this great institute, providing a 
corporate means not only for the advancement of the 
profession of journalism but also for unemployment bene- 
fit; the safeguard of an orphan fund or the necessitous 
dependents of a member who may die ; valuable conces- 
sions in regard to legal and professional advice ; life, age, 
and incapacity insurance ; and a monthly bulletin giving 
information relating to the profession not usually sup- 
plied through the regular channels. 

Then again, the institute also provides an efficient or- 
ganization for filling appointments at home and abroad. 
Advice is given regarding prospective employers a very 
important matter when a man is going abroad often un- 
acquainted with the conditions of life and the value of 


money in a foreign country. The institute has succeeded, 
not in establishing rates of salary for everyone, because 
they must depend upon conditions of ability, experience, 
and locality, but it has established a minimum rate of 
salary based upon three classes of newspaper men ac- 
cording to their class. The first class includes editorial 
writers and chiefs of staffs; the second, deputy and 
branch office chiefs and members of staffs of ten years' 
practice ; and the third class, the remainder of the liter- 
ary and art staffs of not less than three year's practice. 

The English papers, for the purpose of establishing 
minimum salaries, are graded into five divisions, and 
while no attempt is made to establish a maximum rate, 
the minimum salary for each division is officially fixed. 
I may say from personal knowledge that the institute 
is prompt and vigorous in vindicating the rights of mem- 
bers by advice, mediation, arbitration, legal proceedings, 
and otherwise. By action of the courts and in Parlia- 
ment, the institute safeguards professional practice in 
such matters as copyright, notices, and agreements gen- 
erally. Only a small proportion of the cases dealt with 
ever actually come into court. But the fact that repeat- 
edly actions have been fought out in the high court 
against big newspapers and stand on records in the law 
books disposes completely of the nonsense sometimes 
talked about the institute being " subservient to proprie- 
tor s", 

It is my conviction that the greatest service I can 
render to the cause of journalism on the occasion of the 
twentieth anniversary of your eminent school is to sug- 
gest to all my colleagues and fellow-workers in journal- 
ism that they establish in the United States an institute 
similar in its ideas and immediate objects to the British 
Institute of Journalists whose work I have briefly out- 
lined, an institute which might benefit very probably by 
the lessons we in England have learned and which in the 
details of its organization could no doubt be revised and 
adopted according to the special requirements in the 
United States. 


Congratulatory Messages 

The Twentieth Anniversary of the School of Journal- 
ism brought many messages of congratulation. Some of 
them, quoted in full or in part, follow : 

Roy Roberts, Washington correspondent, Kansas City Star: 

"I desire to extend my heartiest congratulations to you and the 

School, and to express my appreciation of the splendid contribution 

you are making to better Journalism." 

Stanley Resor, Thompson Advertising Company, New York City: 
"Heartiest congratulations and best wishes for a long and happy 

Herbert S. Houston, President , Cosmos Newspaper Syndicate, New 
York City: 

"Heartiest congratulations on the School of Journalism's having 
completed its twenty successful and constructive years. You liave 
done a great work, and my hat is off and up in recognition of all that 
you have done." 

Grove Patterson, Editor, Toledo Blade: 

"I am simply one of the great army of folks who are deeply in- 
terested in your work and most appreciative of the extraordinary suc- 
cess which you have attained. My best wishes go with you, in the 
hope that you will have many years of happy service to give to this 
great work." 

Joseph S. Myers, Director, School of Journalism, Ohio State Uni- 
versity, Columbus, Ohio: 
"The best wishes of our School and of myself." 

James O'Shaughnessy, Executive Secretary, American Association 
of Advertising Agencies, New York City: 

"Everyone in advertising must appreciate the debt that all of us 
owe to you, who have created more for the broadening and strengthen- 
ing of the foundation structure upon which advertising operates, than 
any other single individual. You have taught the colleges that 
Journalism is a vital subject, and that it is teachable. You have con- 
veyed the Journalist to a finer appreciation of Ms responsibilities, and 
you have led him back to school and be organized study for better 
accomplishment in his work. Your influence has long since outgrown 
the confines of Missouri; it permeates Journalism throughout the 
forty-eight states. The newspapers are better because you had the 
ability to materialize your vision and through courage and diligence to 
project it into a great movement." 

B. W. Fleisher, Publisher, The Japan Advertiser, Tokyo: 
"On the occasion of the Twentieth Anniversary of the School of 
Journalism, I should like to point out the valuable contribution which 
the School and you have made to the cause of international journal- 
ism, and especially as it applies to the Far East, with which field I 
am conversant, 

"The press of the United States is being served largely through 
graduates from your institution, all of whom are carrying through 
life the high ethics of journalism as inculcated by you, Mr. Frank 


L. Martin and the others associated with you in this wonderful work. 
That this should be accomplished in so short a space of time as 
twenty years is noteworthy. It holds even greater potentiality for 
the future. You are developing the men who are going to be the 
coming authorities on Far Eastern affairs. 

"I am also grateful to your School of Journalism for I have drawn 
on your institution liberally to supply the needs of The Japan Ad- 
vertiser, and it is largely graduates from the Japan Advertiser staff 
who are holding the important positions in the Far East." 

E. K. Johnston, Grand National President, Alpha Delta Sigma, Pro- 
fessional Advertising Fraternity: 

"ALPHA DELTA SIGMA, national honorary professional adver- 
tising fraternity, extends to you through its national president, per- 
sonal greetings and congratulations on the twentieth anniversary 
of the School of Journalism of the University of Missouri, 

"In 1913 a group of students at Missouri who were professionally 
interested in advertising, organized and began the work now carried 
on in twenty chapters in carefully selected schools in the United 

"As an honorary member your wise counsel and courage has given 
added impetus to our work and to the training in the ideals that 
make for that spirit in our members which invites honor and trust 
in our profession." 

Rustom N. VatchagJiandy, Editor, Sanj Vartaman, Bombay, India: 
"My regret is intense that I could not be present on the occasion 
of the celebration. I would have enjoyed it so much. However, if 
not in body I will be present in spirit with you all, and take this op- 
portunity to wish this School every success and a long life that it so 
well deserves under your able guidance. Journalism is now a mighty 
power in the world and has much intrinsic quality of doing great 
good (or even evil) to humanity at large. But as long as its high 
priests are of the calibre and high quality of your kind, Journalism 
has no fear for the future." 

Houston Harte, Robert Jackson, Robert W. Jacobs, Ethlyn Oole- 
man, Dean Chenoweth, Millard Cope, Polly Thomson, San Angela, 
Texas : 

"Alumni on San Angelo Standard Times congratulate you upon the 
occasion of the twentieth anniversary of the founding of the School 
of Journalism. May you preside over the school for many more 
twenty year periods. Best wishes for the always successful journalism 

Arthur L. Baerman, The Detroit Free Press, Detroit, Mich. : 

"Twenty years old! The School of Journalism is becoming quite 
'grown up/ 

"While extending birthday greetings on this twentieth anniversary, 
let me convey, also, my hearty congratulations to the Father of the 
School of Journalism. This is one instance in which the parent may 
well be proud of, and justly accept credit for, his offspring's suc- 

"I join in the hope which, no doubt, is being expressed to you on 
this occasion by many other graduates and former students that 
the School of Journalism will continue its steady progress, with its 
present dean occupying the editor-in-chief's chair for many years to 


James Wright Brown, Editor, Editor and Publisher, New York 

"May I not add to the chorus of praise that has been sounding in 
your ears this week the voices of my colleagues of the Editor and 
Publisher^ and of my own household. 

"Your initiative; your enterprise; your vision; your idealism; your 
strength of character and constancy to purpose have been an inspira- 
tion to craftsmen throughout the world, and it is not surprising that 
the leaders of the press in America have gathered in Columbia to 
help you celebrate the twentieth anniversary of the founding of the 
first School of Journalism in America. 

"My one sincere regret is, my good friend, that circumstances of 
life are such that I cannot be with you and join in the celebration. 

"Here's wishing for you good health and the fullest measure of 
success in realizing your aspirations for world brotherhood the ideals 
of the Press Congress that you have made a power of world journal- 

E. P. Adler, President, Lee Newspaper Syndicate, Davenport, Iowa, 
(telegram) : 

"Permit me to join with the press of Missouri and all the world in 
paying homage to you today for the great work you have done for 
Journalism in the past twenty years and I hope you will accept my 
best wishes that your life may contain many more years of usefulness 
in your profession." 

DeForest Odell, Acting head of Journalism Department, Butler 
University: Indianapolis, Ina. (telegram}: 

"Butler University journalism department wishes to congratulate 
Missouri University School of Journalism on the success, during its 
two decades of existence, and on the excellent opportunities which 
it now possesses for making Journalism in America a more wonder- 
ful institution in the future. Those of us here are mindful of the 
sterling qualities of Dean Williams, and again congratulate you on 
having had such a leader. May he direct the school for two more 

C. M. Sarchet, Secretary, Chamber of Commerce, Ponca City, Okla. : 
"Throughout this entire section of the country we have quite a 
number of young men and young women who have learned journal- 
ism under your supervision, and who are now making good and de- 
veloping into splendid newspaper folk. I am quite certain that the 
entire newspaper fraternity appreciates the great work you have 

Marvin H. Cr eager, Editor, The Milwaukee Journal, Milwaukee, 

"You should be proud indeed of the fruits of your twenty years of 
work at Columbia. I know that it has been hard work, but you have 
accomplished so much, not only for your university, but for the pro- 
fession of journalism, that the anniversary is worthy of a real cele- 
bration. I only wish that I might be there to extend my congratula- 
tions and good wishes in person." 

Dr. L. S. Rowe, Director-General, Pan-American Union, Washing- 
ton, D. C.: 

"The entire staff of the Pan American Union joins with me in ex- 
tending to you most cordial congratulations. 

"You have placed the entire country under a debt of obligation, and 
you have every reason to feel deeply gratified at the important serv- 
ice which you have rendered " 


Dr. H. von Kupffer, Editor, Berliner Lokal-Anzeiger, Berlin, Ger- 

"I fervently wish and hope that your highly deserving work for the 
ideal and material interests of the press in general, and that the 
endeavours of this your journalistic academy, as well as the Exercises 
in view, will be crowned with success in every regard!" 

P. Selig, President, Newspaper Proprietors of New Zealand, Clirist- 
church, N. Z.: 

"I think I am correct in stating that American Schools of Journal- 
ism have sent forth a great army of Journalists fitly equipped to bear 
the torch of faithful service to the great American public. Standards 
of journalism can never be too high, and while the Schools always 
keep this in mind there will be no fear that the education of the 
public through a free and enlightened press will t go unappreciated. 
The School of Journalism of the University of Missouri, over which 
you, Sir, have so long and honorably presided, has, in particular, 
been well known to me and other Antipodean journalists. 

"If, Sir, you had not done any other worth while work, the World 
Press Congress organization, which you so well founded, will always 
stand as a monument to you and your labors in the interest of 

"May I say in this connection that it was a great privilege and 
pleasure to meet you and the men and women of the American Press 
at the Congress in Geneva. 

"In the course of my fifty years connection with the Press of this 
Dominion and the Commonwealth of Australia, I may unhesitatingly- 
state that this was a milestone in my life that can never be eradi- 
cated. Therefore I the more sincerely regret that I will not be 
able to visit the United States for your anniversary celebrations, 
especially, too, as I shall miss an opportunity of renewing many 
friendships and having fellowship with those members of the frater- 
nity it was my good fortune to travel with, en route to Geneva, on 
the s. s. 'Carmania* in September, 1926. 

"Men and women of high purpose and resolve, I hope they will in 
conjunction with the newspapers of the other great English speaking 
nation continue to carry to their various discerning publics mes- 
sages that will point the way for peace on earth and goodwill among 

J. E. Davidson, Editor, The News, Adelaide, Australia: 

"Prom far away Australia, I send you heartiest congratulations on 
the 20th anniversary of the School of Journalism of the University 
of Missouri. I regret that owing to present business I am unable 
to accept the invitation to be present at the celebration. Although 
absent, I shall be rejoicing with you in spirit. 

"For many years I have followed closely the work done by the 
School of Journalism under your able guidance. In addition, I have 
had two of your graduates Charlie Ross and Ben Robertson as- 
sociated with me. Best of all I have had the privilege and pleasure of 
a long and sincere friendship with yourself. 

"All of these circumstances have compelled a profound admiration 
for the influence and work of the School. Its influence on Journalism 
has not been confined to the United States of America, for I hold 
that if the tone and the prestige of the profession be raised in any 
part of the English-speaking world, the beneficial effect will be felt 
in all other parts. 

"Never before in the history of the world was it so essential to 
have a truthful and courageous press. Newspapers are so interwoven 
with the fabric of modern society that they can go far toward mak- 
ing or marring the morals and ethics of a people. They can do much 


to create war between nations or to maintain peace. That being so, 
there is an ever-increasing need for clear-thinking and upright men 
in the profession of journalism men of wide vision and high ideals. 

"I am satisfied that the training given in the Missouri University 
School of Journalism tends to produce the type so urgently required. 
Believing that, a few of us in Australia have been advocating for 
years some kind of University training for newspaper men. So far, 
we have not met with much success. 

"However, courses in subjects directly applicable to journalism have 
been established at the University of Melbourne, Victoria and at the 
University of Brisbane, Queensland; while a movement has just 
been set on foot to institute a similar course at the University of 
Perth, Western Australia. Thus in three out of the six states of 
the Commonwealth of Australia, a modest start has been made along 
the lines so excellently developed in America. In my advocacy 
of the ^ establishment of Schools of Journalism in Australia, I have 
been aided by bulletins issued from the University of Missouri, which 
you have been good enough to send me regularly. 

"Let me conclude by saying that I wish your school all the success 
which your noble efforts deserve." 

Florence E. Whittier Tisdel and William S. Tisdel, Boston, Mass. : 
"Both the thought expressed, and the fact that it was printed from 
the original type set up in 1588 at the Plantin Musee, Antwerp, 
Belgium, pioneer printing establishment, makes this gift appropriate 
to the occasion, and to the oldest School of Journalism in the world, 
of which we are fortunate enough to be graduates. 
The quotation reads as follows: 

'Un labeur courageux muni d'humble Constance 
Resiste a tous assauts par douce pacience/ 

Christophe Plantin, 1520-1589. 

"We send it with greetings to our fellow alumni and with con- 
gratulations on two decades of pioneering in journalistic education, to 
the Dean of deans whose friendship is one of the most cherished 
realities of our years at the Athens of Old Missouri, within the 
shadow of those stalwart Columns whose memory has for us very 
personal significance." 

Clarence Cannon, Congressman, Ninth Missouri District, Washing- 
ton, D. C. (telegram) : 

"Heartiest congratulations to Missouri and to the greatest living 
Missourian, on the Twentieth Anniversary of the founding of the 
Missouri School of Journalism. May the ever widening influence of 
both the institution and its founder continue to grow and prosper 
through the centuries." 

Don C. Anderson, Advertising Department, The Dallas Journal, 
Dallas, Texas, (telegram) : 

"Congratulations to you on the Twentieth Anniversary of the School 
of Journalism. I feel that no department of the University has done 
as great good for the state, nation and world as has the School of 

Merrill E. Compton, The Times, Wenatchee, Wash, (telegram): 
"My most sincere congratulations to you and those with you dur- 
ing this Twentieth Journalism Week. May it be one of the most 
successful and happiest. Always grateful to you and those affiliated 
with you for a well remembered and happy year." 

Harry B. Rutledge, Field Mgr., Oklahoma Press Association: 
"My kindest regards on this the Twentieth Anniversary of our 
School of Journalism. May you have the privilege of continuing much 


longer as chief watchman over the destinies of the great fourth 

Don D< Patterson, Curtis Publishing Company, Chicago, III.: 
"Heartiest congratulations to you and your School." 

Eric W. Allen, Dean of the School of Journalism of the University 
of Oregon, Eugene, Ore.: 

"Just a word in testimony of my belief that all of the felicitations 
and compliments and congratulations you are receiving this week are 
richly deserved. You are an inspiring person, and your influence is 
helpful to those with whom you come in contact. 'Long may she 
wave 7 when the twenty years stretches to forty, I hope to have the 
chance of congratulating you again." 

Mrs. Ruth Prather Midyett, President, Gamma Alpha Chi, profes- 
sional honorary advertising fraternity for women, Mt. Washington, 

"Congratulations on this, the Twentieth Anniversary of our School 
of Journalism. As president of GAMMA ALPHA CHI, national ad- 
vertising fraternity for women, which was founded upon your in- 
spiration, let me speak for a hundred or more alumni and bring to you 
our love and good wishes on this the Twentieth Anniversary of the 
founding of the School of Journalism." 

Robert Bell, President, Press Congress of the World, Christchurch, 
New Zealand: 

"Journalism is one of the most honorable and one of the most in- 
teresting of the professions. To succeed in it demands eternal 
vigilance, unceasing efforts, high aims, and hope in the future. Go 
forth, therefore, confident in the righteousness of your purpose, and 
your faith and success will be doubly rewarded." 

William Easton, The Otago Daily Times and Witness, Dunedin, N. 

"I wish to extend to yourself and the members of your University 
my felicitations and best wishes for the continued success of the 
students of your School of Journalism." 

/. P. McBaine, Professor of Law, School of Jurisprudence, Uni- 
versity of California, Berkeley, Calif.: 

"I should like to add my sincere congratulations to you on the 
splendid progress in these twenty years that you have made in edu- 
cation for Journalism. Yours is a record that has not been equalled, 
one that is a matter of pride to hundreds of alumni and friends of 
the University of Missouri, in every part of the world. 

"Your work has been excellent; may you have many years ahead of 
you in which to dp better things for Journalism, a most important 
factor in modern life." 

William N. Van der Hout t Honorary Secretary, Dutch Association 
of Journalists, The Hague, Holland: 
"Best wishes for the future of the School of Journalism." 

Sir Alfred Robbins, British Journalist, London". 

"Convey to your faculty of Journalism and to the students every 
cordial good wish for the continued prosperity of the University of 
Missouri, and the lifelong happiness of all those associated with any 
branch of its work. I have always regarded it as a very great privi- 
lege to have been with you, and I would only hope that some of the 
words I said are still remembered by at least a few of the students 
whom I had the honor of addressing in April, 1924. 

"As an encouragement from the veteran to the beginner to live the 
highest and do the best in what, after half a century of practical 
experience, I have always believed to be a calling fraught with great 


potentialities, tense with heavy responsibilities to the commonwealth, 
and the commands of conscience, which should never be forgotten." 

Sir Robert Baird, The Belfast Telegram, Belfast, Ireland: 
"Every success to the School of Journalism." 

F. W. Beckman, Managing Editor, The Farmer's Wife, St. Paul, 
Minn. : 

"I want to congratulate you and your School of Journalism upon 
its completion of twenty successful years of work. You and your 
School have not only been good pioneers, but you have also been un- 
usually successful in developing your field after opening it up. I 
hope that the School may go on to larger achievement, and that you 
may be spared many years to direct its activities." 

C. K. Woodbridge, President, International Association of Adver- 
tising Clubs, Detroit, Mich.: 

"My best wishes and congratulations." 

Friedrich W. von Prittwitz, Ambassador from Germany to the 
United States: 

"Permit me to extend to you my best congratulations upon the 
Twentieth Anniversary of your School of Journalism. Your institu- 
tion has a world-wide reputation, and is particularly admired in 
Germany, where similar schools have been founded on its model. 
Please accept my sincerest, wishes for yourself and for the con- 
tinuance of valuable work." 

Donald H. Jones, The Times-Herald, Dallas, Texas: 
"Hearty and cordial good wishes to you and the School of Journal- 
ism upon this Twentieth anniversary of its founding. It is my 
wish that may as long be continued the sphere of service and your 
ideals as is steadfast our affection and high regard for you and for 
the School." 

Charles E. Y eater, Former member of the Board o/ Curators: 
"I wish to congratulate you on the Twentieth Anniversary of the 
School of Journalism. It will exist through the coming years as 
a monument to you whose constructive genius conceived and planned 
and developed it." 

D. C. Bess, Manager, North China Bureau, United Press Associa- 
tions, Peking, China: 

"If I were not so many thousand miles away, I should certainly 
endeavor to be with you for the Twentieth Anniversary celebration of 
the School of Journalism. Certainly correspondents in the Far East 
are made constantly aware of the influence of the School of Journal- 
ism. Your students have almost got a corner on the gathering of 
news in this part of the world. 

Charles Arnold, Professor of English, University of Pittsburgh, 
Pittsburgh, Penn.: 

"The First Graduate wishes to congratulate the First Dean of the 
First School of Journalism in the world, on the School's increasing 
success during these two decades. I shall hope and expect that it 
will continue to prosper." 

Frank P. Glass, President, Montgomery Advertiser, Montgomery, 

"Allow me to congratulate you on the wonderful work you are do- 
ing for the cause of Journalism and the development of capable news- 
paper men throughout the world." 


Parsio Franco, Director, El Diario, Santiago, San Domingo: 

"Sincerest congratulations." 

B. A. Grimes, News Editor, Printers XnTc Publications, New York 

"We are all familiar with the splendid achievements of the School 
of Journalism of the University of Missouri, especially the institutes 
which are held annually. You have a record of which you may well be 
proud, and we nope that the gathering of those interested in this 
phase of the University work will be a testimonial that will en- 
courage its continuance and increased development." 

Merle Thorp, Editor, The Nation's Business, Washington, D. C.: 
"My heartiest congratulations to you on twenty years of transcen- 
dent service in American Journalism." 

F. E. Bump, Jr., head of the Journalism Dept., University of North 

"I want to take this opportunity to congratulate you personally on 
the splendid achievements and reputation which the Missouri School 
of Journalism has attained during its twenty years of existence. You 
have done and will continue to do an extraordinary piece of work in 
the field of professional journalism." 

Homer J. Buckley, President, Direct Mail Advertising Association, 
Detroit, Mich.: 

"In behalf of our special field of advertising and marketing, I want 
to extend to you and your associates our hearty congratulations on 
having completed twenty years of continuous work in your School of 
Journalism. You have done pioneering in this great field, and have 
attained a position second to none among our educational institutions 
of the United States. The fame of Dean Williams and the University 
of Missouri School of Journalism is not only nation-wide, but world- 
wide, and I, as one of your admiring friends, am mighty proud of your 

E. K. Whiting, President, Owatonna Journal Chronicle, Owatonna, 
Minn. : 

"Your vision of the possibilities in this field of education has been 
a powerful factor in the uplifting and betterment of the Press of this 

E. M. Johnson, Department of Journalism, University of Minnesota: 
"It is fitting that Journalism Week for this year should be dedicated 
to a program of appreciation for the excellence of the work which has 
been accomplished at Missouri. The School of Journalism has been 
an inspiration to all teachers, and it together with your own personal 
contributions has done much to demonstrate the feasibility and 
practicability of the teaching of Journalism. The members of the 
Department of Journalism of the University of Minnesota extend to 
you their sincere best wishes." 

Isidor Loeb, Dean of the School of Business and Public Administra- 
tion, Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. Former Acting President 
of the University of Missouri, and Mrs. Loeli: 

"We congratulate you and your colleagues upon the two decades of 
outstanding success of the pioneer School of Journalism. Best wishes 
for continued successful service." 

Tsuneo Matsudaira, Japanese Ambassador to the United States, 
Washington, D. C.: 

"On the occasion of the celebration of the Twentieth Anniversary 
of the School of Journalism of the University of Missouri, I wish to 
convey to you my hearty congratulations on the happy event, and also 
on the great achievements your school has made." 


Dr. George Ahrens, German Consul, St. Louis, Mo.: 
"On the occasion of the Twentieth Anniversary of the School of 
Journalism, which is also the anniversary of its founder and leader, 
allow me to express to you in great admiration my sincerest wishes 
for your future as well as that of your finest achievement." 

J. Willard Ridings, Head of the Department of Journalism, Texas 
Christian University, Fort Worth, Texas: 

"Congratulations to the School of Journalism on the School's 
Twentieth Birthday/' 

Carlos Mantilla, Editor, El Comer do Quito, Ecuador, S. A.: 
"Congratulations upon the persevering and highly useful work of 
the School of Journalism. May its triumphs steadily become greater." 

Dr. William H. Kilpatrick, Teachers College, Columbia University: 
"Every good wish for the future of the School of Journalism." 

Harvey R. Young, Advertising Director, Columbus Dispatch, Colum- 
bus, Ohio: 

"May I extend to you congratulations and best wishes for your 
continuous and even greater success." 

Riley H. Allen, Editor, Honolulu Star Bulletin, Honolulu, Hawaii: 
"May I through you congratulate the University of Missouri and the 
State of Missouri, and indeed Journalism as a whole, upon the 
twenty years of growth, development and service of the Missouri 
School of Journalism. You have built up an asset, not only for 
your University and your State, hut for our profession." 

Frederick Kuh t Berlin Bureau, The United Press of America: 
"Frederick Kuh regrets that a space of 4000 miles prevents him 
from extending in person his best wishes for the continued success 
of the School of Journalism of the University of Missouri, on the 
occasion of that institution's Twentieth birthday." 

Charles H. Dennis, Editor, Chicago Daily News: 

"Permit me to congratulate you upon the notable success of your 
work, which has had marked effect in advancing the cause of Journal- 
ism in this country. 

P. L. Jackson, Publisher, The Oregon Journal, Portland, Ore.: 
"Accept my heartfelt best wishes for the School and yourself for 
a future of twenty times twenty." 

Lester J. Sack, Jewish Record, San Antonio, Texas: 
"Sincerest congratulations from one of the many who appreciate 
what you have done for them." 

Clifford R. Johnson, Hollywood News, Hollywood, Calif.: 

"Greetings from Hollywood on the School of Journalism's twentieth 

W. L. Nelson, Congressman, Eighth Missouri District, Washing- 
ton, D. C.: 

"My heartiest congratulations at this anniversary time during 
Journalism Week." 

Among those who sent messages were: 

Paul Sifton, New York World. 

Clare G. Sifton, Nw York World. 

H. F. Harrington, Director, Medill School of Journalism, North- 
western University. 

Henry J. Allen, Wichita, Kansas, Beacon, former Governor of Kan- 


F. C. Atherton, President and Manager, Castle & Cooke, Honolulu. 

Joe Morris, The United Press, New York City. 

H. W. Hailey, Hailey & Lewis, Advertising, El Paso, Texas. 
A. A. Speer, President, First National Bank, Jefferson City, Mo., 
Curator of the University. 

Ruth L. Hunt, San Francisco, Calif. 

R. V. Walling, Secretary, The Institute of Journalists, London. 

Arthur J. Sinnott, Managing Editor, Newark Evening News, 
Newark, P. J. 

Tom Wallace, Chief of the Editorial Staff, Louisville (Ky.) Times. 

W. W. Hawkins, General Manager, Scripps-Howard Newspapers, 
New York City. 

Blair Converse, Head of the Department of Technical Journalism, 
Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Ames, Iowa. 

Dr. J. C. Parrish, Vandalia, Mo., Member of the Board of Curators 
at the time of the establishment of the School of Journalism. 

Earle Pearson, The International Advertising Association, New 
York City. 

Marvin H. Creager, Editor, The Milwaukee Journal, Milwaukee, Wis. 

J. T. Kenower, Editor, The Bulletin, Breckenridge, Mo. 

Viscount E. Shibusawa, Tokyo. 

Julio Cosi, Director, A. Aclectica, San Paulo, Brazil. 

P. Selig, President, Newspaper Proprietors of New Zealand. 

F. W. Hawley, President, Park College, Parkville, Mo. 

Robert L. Riggs, The Associated Press, Madison, Wis. 

Gus M. Oehm, Editorial Manager, The National Fertilizer Associa- 
tion, Atlanta, Ga. 

Harvey Ingham, Editor, Des Moines Register and Tribune-Capital, 
Des Moines, Iowa. 

Frank Luther Mott, Director, School of Journalism, University of 
Iowa, Iowa City, la. 

Frederick J. Lazell, Professor of Journalism, School of Journalism, 
University of Iowa, Iowa City, la. 

Duke Nj. Parry, New York City. 

Judith Ann Gilbert, Nevada, Mo. 

Dale Wilson, Editorial Writer, The Milwaukee Journal, Milwaukee, 

B. W. Fleisher, Publisher, Japan Advertiser, Tokyo. 

T. E. Dunwoody, Editor and Manager, The American Pressman, 
Pressman's Home, Tenn. 

Charles Nutter, Associated Press, Kansas City, Mo. 

Jane Eddington, The Chicago Tribune, Chicago, 111. 

Bruce Barton, New York City. 

William T. Dewart, Publisher, New York Sun. 

Dr. A, L. Dean, former president, University of Hawaii, Honolulu. 

Sir Esme Howard, British Ambassador to the United States, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

George E. Miller, Editor, Detroit News. 

Harvey R. Young, Director, Columbus Dispatch. 

Frank B. Noyes, Washington Star; President, Associated Press 

Dr. Paul Monroe, International Institute Teachers College, Colum- 
bia University, New York City. 

Lou E. Holland, Kansas City. 

Oswald Mayrand, Editor, La Presse, Montreal. 

Rodrigo De Llano, Editor the Excelsior, Mexico City, Mex. 

Silvestre Terrazas, El Correo de Chihuahua, Mex. 

Rogerio Meraz Rivera, El Independiente, Pachuca, Mex. 

T. T. Wilson, former president, Missouri Press Association, Denver, 


Frederick D. Gardner, former governor, St. Louis, Mo. 

Elliott W. Major, former governor, St. Louis, Mo. 

P. E. Burton, former member of the Board of Curators, St. Louis, 

George Kilpatrick, Brunswick Times, Lawreneeville, Va. 

J. P. Tucker, past president, M. P. A., Parkville, Mo. 

I. R. Lowell, past president, M. P. A., Moberly, Mo. 

Howard Ellis, past president, M. P. A., New Florence, Mo. 

Asa W. Butler, past president, M. P. A., Kansas City, Mo. 

H. M. Richardson, General Secretary, National Union of Journalists, 

W. J. Pape, Publisher, Waterbury, Connecticut, American. 

Sam B. McCool, Associated Press, Lansing, Mich. 

Frank W. Lee, Representative in the U, S. of the Nationalist 
Government of the Republic of China, New York City. 

Grant M. Hyde, Acting- Director, School of Journalism, University 
of Wisconsin. 

Ralph Pulitzer, Editor, New York World. 

Julian S. Mason, Editor, New York Evening Post. 

Ivy Lee, Publicist, New York City. 

Maj. Gen. Charles P. Summerall, Chief of Staff, United States 
Army, Washington, D. C. 

Dr. Stanley Hornbeck, New York City. 

A. M. Hyde, former governor, Kansas City. 

Sir Robert Baird, publisher, Belfast Telegraph, Belfast Ireland. 

E. C. Carter, Secretary, American Council Institute of Pacific 
Relations, New York City. 

C. P. Scott, Editor, Manchester Guardian, Manchester, England. 

W. R. Kane, Editor, the Editor's Magazine, Highland Falls, N. Y. 

David Lawrence, Washington. 

Andres Mata, Editor, El Universal, Caracas, Venezuela. 

C. E. Rogers, head of the department of Industrial Journalism, 
Kansas State Agricultural, College, Manhattan, Kans. 

Herbert Croly, Editor, New York Republic. 

John Stewart Bryan, President and Publisher, News Leader, Rich- 
mond, Va. 

Dr. Ray Lyman Wilbur, president Stanford University. 

United States Senator James A. Reed. 

Charles H. Fogg, President, Times Publishing Co., Houlton, Me. 

Dr. Arnold Bennett Hall, President, University of Oregon. 

Frederic William Wile, Correspondent, Washington, D. C. 

Edgar T. Cutter, western division of the Associated Press, Chicago. 

John N. Green, Editor, Colorado Springs Farm News. 

United States Senator Harry B. Hawes. 

Dr. George Blakeslee, Professor of History and International Re- 
lations, Clark University. 

Dr. J. W. Cunliffe, Director, School of Journalism, Columbia Uni- 
versity, New York City. 

Alfredo Sanhajo, Director-General, Heraido Comerciale, Havana, 

Angel Mendez Calzada, Journalist, Mendoza, Argentina. 

J. E. Davidson, Editor, The News, Adelaide, Australia. 

Catherine E. O'Byrne, Author, Kansas City. 

George B. Dorsey, Columbia, Mo., former member of the Board of 

Mercer Arnold, Joplin, Mo., Curator of the University. 

F. M. Mcpavid, Springfield, Mo., Curator of the University. 

C. B. Rollins, Columbia, Mo., former member of the Board of Cura- 
tors of the University. 



Columbia in 1908 boasted a population between eight 
and ten thousand; four miles of paved streets, and four 
automobiles. In 1918, on the tenth anniversary of the 
School of Journalism, the population had reached eleven 
thousand ; there were twenty-five miles of paved streets ; 
and one thousand automobiles. On the School's twen- 
tieth birthday in 1928, Columbia's population was listed 
as sixteen thousand, two hundred and thirty-one, and 
the city claimed forty miles of sewer mains; thirty-five 
miles of modern concrete sidewalks; one hundred and 
fifteen miles of streets, nearly forty miles paved; sixty- 
five miles of water mains; a municipally-owned water 
and light plant ; a privately-owned telephone system ; two 
golf courses; three tourist camps and more than three 
thousand automobiles. 

The two colleges for women in Columbia, the city 
public schools," and the university's elementary and high 
schools had developed and increased greatly in numbers 
of students, in buildings and equipment. The University 
of Missouri's 1908 enrollment was two thousand nine 
hundred and forty-four while in 1928 it neared the four 
thousand mark. These twenty years were marked by the 
addition of new divisions, departments and courses, ad- 
ditional faculty members, new and improved building's 
and equipment, an ever-growing interest in collegiate 
athletics. All of these things had their direct bearing 
on the welfare of the School of Journalism. The pros- 
perity and progress of the city, the growth of the Univer- 
sity and other institutions meant not only a correspond- 
ing development in the School of Journalism but supplied 
greater resources for the student-journalists. 

Just as the entire profession of journalism was given 
greater power and impetus because of the perfecting of 


The professional journalism faculty in 1928 numbered eleven. Serving 
with Dean Williams were: First row Eugene W. Sharp T C More- 
lock, K. S. Maim; Center rowFrank L. Martin, Helen" Jo Scott, 
Frances Grmstead, E. K. Johnston; Last row John H. Casey Wil- 
liam H. Lathrop, Thomas L. Yates. 


long-distance telephone, radio and cable services, new 
international relationships, inventions facilitating print- 
ing and publishing, more speedy transportation by rail, 
automobile and flying machines so the School of Jour- 
nalism has reflected in its progress these changes and 
inventions of the age. Not only has the profession of 
journalism kept and increased its fascination, its fields 
have broadened in many lines for both men and women. 
The practicability of training for journalism by college 
courses has been proved in the Missouri School of Jour- 
nalism and in many other schools and departments. So 
each year sees an increasing number of men and women 
eager to receive such training. 

In 1908 there was no charge for tuition in the Univer- 
sity. Students were required to pay a library and inci- 
dental fee of five dollars. The necessary living expenses 
of students in Columbia was given as ranging from three 
to five dollars a week, probably eighty dollars a term. 
In 1928 the University charged no tuition fee except for 
non-residents of Missouri, who paid ten dollars a semes- 
ter. A library, hospital, and incidental fee of thirty dol- 
lars a semester was required. There was a laboratory 
fee of five dollars for any or all courses in journalism. 
In addition there was a two dollar fee for either News- 
paper Illustration or Advanced Newspaper Illustration. 
Estimated expenses for the average male student in jour- 
nalism for one semester was two hundred and ninety-five 

Today many students earn all or part of their expenses 
while in school. To aid them the University maintains 
free employment bureaus. There are also the many 
scholarships and awards open to persons who prove their 
merit. Some of the journalism students, in addition to 
fulfilling their school requirements, serve as correspond- 
ents for out-of-town newspapers or do free-lance writing 
for newspapers and periodicals. 

In 1908 the professional journalism faculty included 
three teachers; at present it numbers eleven full-time 


professors and instructors. In addition there are three 
professors in other divisions teaching journalism courses, 
and the University employs a librarian who gives her 
full time to the Journalism Library. 

The School now has the largest enrollment in its his- 
tory, over four hundred including regular and special 
students and those from other divisions taking courses 
in journalism. Every state in the United States and 
nearly every foreign country has been represented in 
the School's enrollment. 



By Walter Williams 

Address Delivered Before the Missouri Press Associa- 
tion at Excelsior Springs, Mo., May 29, 1908. 

The University of Missouri at Columbia has established 
a School of Journalism. This School is for the training 
of journalists in the broad sense. The word journalist 
is not held in high esteem by some newspaper folk and 
I confess to being one of those who thus lightly regard 
it but there is no other word which is so broadly ex- 
pressive, including editors and reporters, correspondents 
and publishers, magazine-writers and illustrators all 
who are employed in any way in the service of the public 
by contributing to journals of any description anywhere. 
Other words are narrow and limited. This word journal- 
ist is broadly comprehensive. 

The School will be opened for the first time next 
September. The School is co-ordinate, equal in rank, with 
the schools or colleges of law, medicine, engineering, 
agriculture and the teachers 7 college. The requirements 
for admission to the school will be the same as to other 
departments of the University. 

The Missouri University School of Journalism will be 
the first of its kind in America. Other universities have 
given instruction in journalism wholly by lectures. This 
has been done with some success in Kansas, Nebraska, 
Illinois, Wisconsin, Michigan, Indiana, and in the univer- 
sities farther east. The new departure adds the labora- 
tory to the lecture method, the clinic supplementing of 
the class-room. It trains to do by doing. The new method 
loses none of the value of the old. It adds to it. 



The School of Journalism, as established by the board 
of curators of the University of Missouri, is a distinct 
advance in education. It seeks to do for journalism what 
schools of law, medicine, agriculture, engineering and 
normal schools have done for these vocations. A half 
century ago there were no law schools worthy the name, 
thirty years ago there were no modern medical schools. 
Schools of engineering and of agriculture and schools 
and colleges for the training of teachers are of even 
later development. Previous to the existence of these 
schools training in law, medicine, agriculture, et cetera, 
was obtainable only in the lawyer's office, the doctor's of- 
fice, on the farm, or, of a teacher, in the school room prac- 
ticing upon the pupils. With the increase of demands 
upon the time and thought of professional men, it has 
become impossible for the student to find adequate train- 
ing at the hands of older men actively engaged in the 
practice of their profession. He may not find, except upon 
rare occasion, doctor or lawyer to devote hours to correc- 
tion, counsel, training of the youthful aspirant. The re- 
sult has been that professional or vocational schools have 
taken the place of the individual training of the past. In 
addition to study for the vocation for which the student 
is fitting himself he may secure the broad training of 
college life and college class rooms, which better prepares 
for successful leadership. The professional or vocational 
school has attained its high development by the applica- 
tion of the laboratory or clinic to its instruction. The 
lecture method has not been abandoned but it has been 
supplemented by actual practical work. In medicine the 
hospital gives bedside instruction, in teachers' college 
the model school affords demonstration, in the law school 
the practice court, in agriculture the farm and the experi- 
ment station. All these are directed by experienced men 
and in these doing is learned by doing. The Missouri 
University School of Journalism is to be conducted upon 
this plan. 

The Missouri University School of Journalism is to 
be conducted upon laboratory plan. Other universities 


have given, with varying success, ^instruction in jour- 
nalism by lectures and class-room work. Missouri will 
fit to journalism the method which has demonstrated 
its results in other professions. To do this there will be 
issued each day a newspaper, under charge of an or- 
ganized staff, complete as far as possible in all depart- 
ments. The work on this newspaper will be by the stud- 
ents in the school. They will cover assignments, occupy 
desks, edit telegraph, exactly as the metropolitan press 
requires or better if possible and the paper must come 
out on time. Courses will be given in newspaper man- 
agement and administration, in the history, principles 
and ethics of journalism, in newspaper and magazine 
illustration, in the law as it relates to newspaper pub- 
lication and in other professional subjects. The student 
will be expected also to take courses in economics, finance, 
government, history, sociology, and English composition. 
It is not expected to make journalists any more than a 
lawyer can be manufactured in a law school. It is ex- 
pected, however, to train for journalism by adding to the 
intellectual attainments the resourcefulness and the pro- 
fessional equipment of the student. 

The distinctive feature of the University's School of 
Journalism, aside from its recognition of journalism as 
a profession, is this employment of the laboratory plan. 
In this way actual, practical training in newspaper mak- 
ing will be given. If the instruction is faithful and effi- 
cient, the students taking this work will certainly be 
better equipped for success in journalism than those who 
have not had such training. In the conduct of the news- 
paper assignments will be given, the general news field 
covered, editorials will be written, telegraphic news edit- 
ed, exchanges read, advertising prepared and every de- 
partment conducted as in the office of the large daily or 
country weekly journal. In this way the practical labora- 
tory work will be applied to journalism, as it has been 
with such large success to the teaching of medicine, law 
and education. 


Courses will be given in illustrative art, looking 
towards cartooning, general illustration and magazine 
illustration. A course will be given in the libel law, dis- 
cussing the freedom of the press, privileged publications, 
and all features of the law as it relates to newspapers. 
The course will cover four years and will lead to a degree, 
Bachelor of Science in Journalism. A student may take 
a combined course covering five years, in which he will 
complete both the course in the College of Arts and 
Science, usually known as the academic course, and the 
professional course in journalism. 

No other school of journalism in America is planned 
upon these broad lines nor in accordance, as this has been 
done, with modern thought in education. 

Three objections have been urged against schools of 
journalism. It is believed that none of these objections 
can be successfully maintained against the proposed 
school in the University of Missouri. 

It has been said that journalists need no training. The 
claim is made that the reporter, the editor is born, not 
made. It is urged that there is something mysterious 
about newspaper work which only those divinely inspired 
may know. This was said formerly about lawyers and 
doctors and preachers and indeed the followers of every 
vocation. It is no more true of journalism than of any 
other occupation. He who has a pronounced natural bent 
toward any particular work will, of course do better work 
than he who is not so inclined by nature and tempera- 
ment. It does not follow, however, that training is un- 
necessary to the highest equipment. The School of Jour- 
nalism does not purpose to make journalists any more 
than the school of law makes lawyers or the school of 
medicine makes doctors. It merely purposes to take stud- 
ents who wish to enter upon the calling of journalism and 
to give them the broadest and best training and equip- 
ment for their life work. It is absurd to suppose that an 
untrained, uneducated, unequipped man can be as suc- 
cessful in journalism as one whose training is broad, 


whose knowledge is large, whose clearness of vision has 
been increased and whose equipment in general has been 
enlarged by training in a school. 

The second objection urged against the school of jour- 
nalism is that journalism can be taught only in a news- 
paper office and not in a school. So be it but if the school 
of journalism is also a newspaper office, then this objec- 
tion is without weight. It is this that is proposed in the 
University of Missouri. The same training which a stud- 
ent receives in a country newspaper office, the best of all 
practical newspaper training, will be given in the Univer- 
sity's School of Journalism. He will have, in addition, 
the care and thoughtful direction of instructors, whose 
instruction is not interfered with by constant interrup- 
tion and who have for their only aim the training of 
students under their charge to the largest usefulness. 
It is expected to help toward alertness, swiftness and 
proper self-restraint and effectiveness in the employment 
of all the resources thus placed at the young journalist's 
command. It is expected to be a real school for real 
newspaper men. It cannot be possible that any objection 
based on the antipathy to an unpractical school can apply 
to a school conducted on the proposed laboratory plan. 

The third objection is directed against the state's sup- 
port of higher education. Here and there the opinion is 
yet expressed that the state has no right to train men 
beyond the so-called common branches. Certainly, it is 
said, the state should not undertake the making of law- 
yers or doctors. This objection is gradually disappearing 
as the demands of the complex life of the present in- 
crease. State aid to higher education is no new thing in 
America. It was Thomas Jefferson who first proposed 
and urged upon the Virginia legislature the establishment 
of a state university where training should be had in all 
professions and branches leading toward the highest use- 
fulness to the state. Mr. Jefferson, the apostle of per- 
sonal freedom and champion of minimized government, 
was the Father of the State University. The General 


Court of Massachusetts appropriated money for Harvard 
College to instruct in higher education years before John 
Harvard gave to that great university half his fortune 
and his name. Every state since the Northwest Ordi- 
nance of 1787, inspired by Thomas Jefferson, has come 
into the Federal Union with solemn pledge to establish 
and maintain a central seminary of learning for higher 
education. The argument for the State's support of 
education is that of self-preservation. Where there is no 
open vision the people perish. The State supports schools 
that the products of the school may uphold the State. 
Training is given to teachers that these teachers may 
conduct and maintain schools. Training is given to 
physicians that they may save the lives of the State's 
citizens, to lawyers that they may protect in the courts 
of the State the property, rights, liberties and lives of its 
citizens. Shall the State not train in its schools for jour- 
nalism, the profession that more than any other, is the 
bulwark of a free government. Modern conditions have 
made necessary the maintenance of a free press under 
the control of men equipped for largest service to the 
commonwealth. The training cannot be secured ade- 
quately save in properly conducted schools. If the press 
is not controlled by men thus trained the state suffers. 
A weak, cowardly, corrupt press means the downfall of 
a free State. It is the duty, therefore, of the State to 
maintain itself by the fostering of schools for the train- 
ing of men who will maintain it. 

The Missouri University's School of Journalism does 
not intend to make journalists. It could not do so if it 
so desired. It can, however, train for journalism and 
this is the purpose of its establishment. The success of 
the school depends in large measure upon the sympathy, 
the kindly criticism and the support of the members of the 
newspaper profession. Its success means the digm- 
fying of journalism, the strengthening of the arms of 
those in the profession who would strike at iniquity en- 
trenched, the furnishing of the young journalist with 


equipment for the largest service to the state. Surely in 
such purpose it will receive the cordial support of the 
men who, like myself, have had to pursue the difficult 
though fascinating work of journalism without the train- 
ing that such a school could give. We know that equip- 
ment early obtained would have enlarged our usefulness 
and strengthened our ability to serve. We would give 
such equipment to the children of the commonwealth who 
are to come after us. 

The attention which the Missouri School of Journalism 
has attracted everywhere and the widespread approval 
with which it has been received by the press give con- 
fidence that the school will have the sympathy and sup- 
port needed to make it attain the highest measure of 
success. This success will mean better equipped, better 
trained, more useful newspaper men, capable of higher 
service to the public and more desirous to do this service 
in the most efficient way. In the accomplishment of this 
result not merely the members of the newspaper calling 
but the general public, which is the newspaper's client, 
is concerned. 

Upon the doorway of a Yale dormitory is graven broad 
and large : ' ' For the bringing up of men who shall be of 
service to the state." Upon the gateway to Columbia 
University, on Manhattan Island, is written: "For the 
advancement of the public good and the glory of Almighty 
God. " In larger measure even then the obligation thus 
nobly set forth, that rests on Columbia or on Yale, rests 
the obligation upon the University of the State. Surely, 
surely, it is for the bringing up of men for the service of 
the State, for the advancement of the Public good, and 
for the glory of Almighty God. 

And this, Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen, is the 
high purpose of the School of Journalism of the Univer- 
sity of Missouri. 


By Walter Williams 

Address Given January 17, 1925 } 

Before the American Society of Newspaper Editors 

at Washington, D. C. 

The origin of academic or professional education in 
colleges or universities in preparation for the profession 
of journalism is obscure. D. E. McAnally, Jr., editorial 
writer on the St. Louis Globe-Democrat, gave courses in 
journalism at the University of Missouri in 1873. Gen- 
eral Eobert E. Lee proposed a course in journalism and 
printing at Washington and Lee University at the close 
of the war between the states. Cornell University had 
a lecture course in journalism in the early '80s lectures 
delivered by distinguished journalists which dealt with 
the glory and romance and power of the press. Other 
universities and colleges had similar lectures and occa- 
sional courses in the study of newspapers. 

In the decade 1900-1910 American universities made 
real beginnings in journalistic education. Departments 
of journalism were started in the University of Wis- 
consin, the University of Washington, the University of 
Kansas, the University of Missouri, and doubtless others. 
In 1908 the first school of journalism, with separate 
faculty and separate professional degree, was estab- 
lished at the University of Missouri. It was followed, 
in 1912, four years later by the establishment of the 
second such school, at Columbia University, New York 
City, by the generous endowment of that master journal- 
ist, Joseph Pulitzer. 



Now many universities, colleges and even high schools 
and academies have courses in journalism, departments 
of journalism, schools of journalism, of varying degrees 
of excellence and importance. There have "been listed by 
the secretary of the American Association of Teachers 
of Journalism two hundred and ten educational institu- 
tions offering instruction in journalism. 

Some courses in journalism are used mainly, if not 
entirely, to enliven instruction in English and make it 
more palatable. Other courses are employed as publicity 
promoters for the institutions, the students as unpaid 
press agents. Others afford opportunity for considera- 
tion of current events and yet others, more serious in 
character, discuss the history of journalism and its place 
in society. The teachers in these various courses have 
had, as might be expected, different degrees of prepara- 
tion for teaching journalism. Some have had helpful 
journalistic experience and are men of genuine ability 
as teachers. Within the limitations of their institutions 
they are doing excellent work. The personality of the 
teacher overcomes inadequacy of equipment and insuf- 
ficiency of courses. 

The schools and departments of journalism of the first 
rank, of which there are perhaps ten or fifteen in the 
United (States, give a four-years course in academic and 
professional work upon the same plane as other courses 
in their institution and leading either to a degree in 
journalism or to some notation upon the academic degree 
showing that the student has specialized in journalism. 
Their teachers, as a rule, have had considerable experi- 
ence in journalism, as well as academic training, before 
coming to their unusual task of instruction therefor. 

It is of these schools that I assume the inquiry is made : 

What is the purpose of the school of journalism? 

In such a school the organization sets aside and cor- 
relates courses deemed desirable in preparation for jour- 
nalism. This is done either within an established division 
of the university, such as the College of Liberal Arts, 


placing journalism in organization on a plane with 
English, history, chemistry, et cetera, or by a separate 
division, with separate dean or director and separate pro- 
fessional degree, as in Law, Medicine, Education, et cet- 
era. The first are ' 4 departments " in university terminol- 
ogy, while the second are "schools." I assume however 
that both, when rightly manned, adequately equipped, 
have similar purpose. It is of these ten or fifteen that I 

In such schools and departments there are, first, cul- 
tural, foundational academic courses, as in all univer- 
sity or collegiate education. There are, second, courses 
in those particular academic subjects which are generally 
regarded as most valuable to the prospective journalist 
history, economics, sociology, philosophy, political 
science, psychology, languages and, third, courses in 
journalistic technique or practice, in the history of jour- 
nalism, in its ethics or principles, in its practice in re- 
porting, copy-editing, editorial writing, the law of the 
press, feature writing, advertising, specialized journal- 

What then is the purpose of such a school? 

(a) To afford a collegiate or university background 
studies most helpful to the student, that he may know, 
that he may know where to find, and most of all that he 
may know how to think. Ours is a tip-toe profession. 
Intellectual alertness, the thinking mind, is necessary 
therefor. Intellectual curiosity and the ability to know 
how to gratify that curiosity are essential. 

(b) To give professional purpose, that the student may 
know how to use his knowledge, may be trained in ac- 
curacy and clarity of expression, terseness of statement, 
force, persuasiveness in writing; that he may be taught, 
as far as it is possible to teach, to observe for himself, 
to write rapidly and accurately and comprehensively, to 
view and interview and review, with open eyes and un- 
shuttered, understanding mind ; to interpret, to evaluate ; 
that he may have ingrained in him the ideals of the 


profession, that he may know its history ; that, as far as 
wisdom that comes from observation may teach, he will 
learn to avoid its pitfalls, and seek its summits, know of 
libel and public opinion and high purpose and achieve- 
ments. All this is included in the study of journalistic 
practice and technique. Nor are these courses in jour- 
nalism mere theory but, in the best schools, thoroughly 
practical. Students learn to do by doing. The same labor- 
atory method found successful and necessary in medicine 
is applied in journalism. The acid test of all writing is 
its effect upon the reader. This the school supplies as 
essential part of its laboratory courses. Is it not reason- 
able to suppose that such training for one year or two 
years in actual reporting, copy-editing, et cetera, with 
nothing artificial or assumed, will make better reporters, 
copy readers, writers? 

(c) The school has large possibilities also in research, 
in studying about the profession, its past, its present, its 
prospects, its problems. The journalist must, of all men, 
have an open mind. This forward-looking profession of 
ours must know the past but know the past with a view 
to improvement of the present and the future. 

(d) The school may also add to the literature of the 
profession a literature all too scanty and too style-book- 
ish. Texts of some value to the student of journalism 
may be produced. The best I know is by the President 
of this Association. 

(e) The school has a mission also in the development 
of a professional faith and conscience among those who 
go out from the school, which is to help to the solidarity 
and spirit of journalism. 

(f ) It may also keep in touch with its former students 
and graduates, with suggestions that instruct and in- 
spire and keep alive the interest in journalistic ideals, 
progress and growth. 

How much of this and what else has been accomplished ? 

(1) Certainly there is larger acquaintanceship among 

college and university students with the history of the 


press and with, its position as an institution in society 
today. The more the public is acquainted with journal- 
ism, the better the journalism will be in response to this 

(2) Specific training has been given for journalism. 
Fundamental, technical training has been taken away, 
to a degree, from hard-worked newspaper executives 
and given over to the schools. Graduates of these schools 
of journalism escape many of the preliminaries of the 
ordinary newspaper office. They have gone faster and 
further in the decade since their graduation than those 
who have not had the opportunity of such technical and 
professional training. They have gone into the profes- 
sion of journalism. Eighty-five per cent of the men grad- 
uates of the School of Journalism of the University of 
Missouri are engaged in some phase of journalistic en- 
deavor. Probably ten to twelve per cent of the men and 
women engaged in journalism in the United States today 
have had some training in some school or department of 
journalism. The salaries paid to graduates of schools 
of journalism during the period of five years exceed those 
paid to untrained men by fifteen to twenty per cent. 

Let me quote 'Sir Roderick Jones, chairman of Eeuters, 
in a letter contributing a thousand pounds to scholarships 
in journalism in the University of London: 

" During each of my visits to the United States I have 
been impressed with the high educational standard of 
young American journalists. They are recruited I find 
in increasing numbers from the several universities which 
devote themselves in part to the training of men for 
newspaper work. The fruitful experience of these in- 
stitutions justifies the progressiveness and enlightened 
journalistic policy of the University of London. 

(3) The school of journalism has been a sieve, eliminat- 
ing some of the incompetent. 

(4) It has added to the knowledge of journalism by 
research and is planning much more. 


(5) It has increased the professional spirit the pride 
in our calling, the dignity of our occupation. We may 
today, as we could hardly twenty years ago, use the words 
"journalism" and "journalist" without blushing. 

Many difficulties are in the way of adequate education 
for journalism. In some of these difficulties you can help. 
The poor pay and the uncertain tenure of newspaper 
workers, particularly of reporters upon whom, in last 
analysis, the newspaper depends often make the con- 
tinued practice of the profession of journalism unattract- 
ive. The salary should not be the chief end of a journal- 
ist's existence but "the laborer is worthy of his hire." 
Until more money is paid for reporters, better reporters 
may not be expected except in rare instances and tempo- 
rarily. If you wish better reporting, you must pay your 
reporters larger salaries. Eesponsibility rests here with 
the owners of newspapers and those who direct their 
financial expenditures. Publicity work in various phases, 
with its high salaries, threatens to emasculate or destroy 
the high efficiency of the reportorial staffs. The news- 
paper publisher must learn to pay more money for real 
reporting even at the expense of money for faster 
presses. Men are more important than machinery in the 
profession of journalism. 

You may help also by a sympathetic attitude and, per- 
haps most of all, you may help by differentiating between 
schools and departments of journalism which have ade- 
quate personnel and equipment and purpose and those 
which have not. 

If this society would undertake a study and classifica- 
tion of the institutions offering instruction for journal- 
ism, combining with its committee a committee from the 
American Newspaper Publishers Association repre- 
senting the publishers and from the National Editorial 
Association representing the rural press much might 
be done to stimulate the schools of journalism to even 
better work, I suggest, if I may, a committee looking 
towards such cooperation with these other organizationfil 


with, a view to such survey and classification. It would 
be welcomed, I am confident, by the teachers of jour- 

Are the schools of journalism getting anywhere? 

The oldest is only sixteen years old. The methods are 
experimental. How long did it take courses in law and 
medicine to attain their present value? Even yet has the 
last word been said as to educational methods in schools 
of law and schools of medicine? That there can be and 
is help to the profession of journalism from the schools 
seems assured. The number of better trained men and 
women, the dignifying of the calling, the ingraining of 
ideals in the formative period of educational life these 
have been done. That education is necessary for a jour- 
nalist all must agree. That education outside the news- 
paper office has decided advantages is demonstrable. 
Every position requires education for its proper fulfill- 
ment except that of idiot. 

Are the schools of journalism getting anywhere? 

Examine the status of journalism today as compared 
with twenty years ago. Despite many examples of low 
ideals and poor practice, American journals today are 
better in appearance, more persistent in seeking; after 
truth, fairer, more ably edited, more intelligently cover- 
ing a broader field, and conducted upon a generally 
higher plane than two decades ago. 

The personnel of the staffs has improved. The workers 
are more mature, more serious minded, more concerned 
with a profession than a job. There is less of bohemian- 
ism, more of dependability, less of itineracy, more of in- 
tellectualism ; more open mindedness ; more vision. The 
journalist today takes himself less seriously and his 
calling more seriously. Learning sits more lightly upon 
him though he has more of it and less heavily and drear- 
ily upon his readers. 

And with it all, from within the profession, as well as 
from without, there is effort at continued improvement 
in journalism. The various criticisms of journalism are 
proof. Men within and without our craft study journal- 


ism with interrogation and sometimes with axes. This 
organization is itself a proof of the growing interest in 
the improvement of journalism. It must be a profession 
of progress. Where there is no vision the people perish; 
where there is no professional spirit the profession dies. 
We are interested in new methods, in higher practice, in 
canons of journalism growing np from within, not im- 
posed from without. We are continually, as we are con- 
cerned with the profession that is ours, insisting on 
higher standards not merely of newspaper production 
but of newspaper personality and service. If there are 
those amongst us recreant to this high trust, the profes- 
sional spirit which is growing apace in American jour- 
nalism will seek to win them back again by mild and 
gentle words or, failing, will scourge them with whip of 
small cords from the temple they profane. 

In all this the schools of journalism in the last decade 
and a half have played and are playing a not inconsider- 
able part. They will play a larger part if they have your 
confidence, your constructive criticism and your sympa- 
thetic support. 

The new journalism is a profession which holds its 
ideals high, ideals we all have in our inmost hearts, 
whatever we sometimes in our weaker moments say or 
do. Sometimes we dare express these ideals and occa- 
sionally we succeed in putting; them into practice. 

What is the new journalism? Is it not a journalism of 
adventure and opportunity, of high minded, unselfish 
service unto the common good*? Is it not a fascinating, 
unfinished, new adventure ? 

When do we enter into the kingdom of the new jour- 
nalism or the democracy thereof? The French peasant 
by the roadside was asked by a passing traveler, "Where 
is the city of Lille !" "I do not know," said the peasant, 
"but the road to it lies that way." The road to the new 
journalism lies that way, through a professional spirit, 
high ideals and consecrated personality within the pro- 
fession. And the road is pointed out and made plainer 
and more sure for struggling feet by the newly lighted 
lamps of schools of journalism. 


September 1, 1920. 

The dedicatory ceremony for Jay H. Neff Hall, home 
of the School of Journalism of the University of Mis- 
souri, was held in conjunction with the opening convoca- 
tion of the fall semester of the University, at 10:30' 
o'clock A. M., September 1, 1920. Dr. A. Boss Hill, presi- 
dent of the University, presided at the ceremony, which 
was held in the University auditorium. 

The University faculty, in academic costume, the Board 
of Curators of the University, and distinguished visitors 
occupied the rostrum with Dr. Hill and Ward A. NefF, 
who gave the new journalism building to the University 
as a memorial to his late father, a distinguished agricul- 
tural editor of Kansas City. 

Dr. Hill called the meeting to order and introduced the 
Eev. Samuel B. Braden, professor in the Missouri Bible 
College, who gave the following invocation: 

"Most Merciful and Mighty God, thou who are the 
source of all laws and the author of all truth, we pray 
that at the beginning of this new year thou wilt be present 
to guide, direct and control our acts. We ask that this 
may be a good year; spare us from sickness, give us 
power of mind, unity of purpose, and a sense of our 
obligation to the generation in which we live. Grant that 
we may be willing to help others less fortunate than we. 

"We would ask you to bless the memory of him who 
has so generously helped this School and helped the 
students in it. May they all remember the example he 
has set. We pray for Thy blessing on this meeting and 
on this year, that we all may live for the greatest possible 
good. Amen." 


Dr. Hill introduced Dr. Talcott Williams, dean emer- 
itus of the School of Journalism of Columbia University, 
who read the first nine verses of the Thirty -third chapter 
of Ezekiel, designated by him as the essence of every 
good journalist's creed. 

The verses referred to follow: 

" Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, 

"Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, and 
say unto them, 

"When I bring the sword upon a land, if the people 
of the land take a man of their coasts, and set him for 
their watchman; 

"If when he seeth the sword come upon the land, he 
blow the trumpet, and warn the people; 

"Then whosoever heareth the sound of the trumpet, 
and taketh not warning, the sword come, and take him 
away, his blood shall be upon his own head. 

"He heard the sound of the trumpet, and took not 
warning; his blood shall be upon him. But he that taketh 
warning shall deliver his soul. 

"But if the watchman see the sword come, and blow 
not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the 
sword come, and take any person from among them, he 
is taken away in his iniquity ; but his blood I will require 
at the watchman's hand. 

"So thou, son of man, I have set thee a watchman 
into the house of Israel ; therefore, thou shalt hear the 
word at my mouth, and warn them from me. 

"When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou 
shalt surely die ; if thou dost not speak to warn the wick- 
ed from his way, that wicked man shall die in his in- 
iquity ; but his blood will I require at thine hand. 

"Nevertheless, if you warn the wicked of Ms way to 
turn from it, if he do not turn from his way, he shall die 
in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul." 

Dr. Hill, again addressing the audience, said : 

"The chief interest this morning relates to a gift to the 
University. We are proud a young graduate has seen 


fit to contribute from his own purse the first building ever 
to be erected on this campus by one man. I recall today 
many occasions on which I held conference with a young 
fraternity man it was in the days when faculty confer- 
ences with fraternity men and even sorority women were 
no common things. One young man in particular I re- 
member. He was a quiet leader among his fellows, and 
assumed a prominent position in most of their affairs. 
He was a great aid to the faculty in instilling the desired 
spirit and ideals in the minds of the fraternity men of 
the day. 

"Some time after Dean Williams had announced a 
graduate of the School of Journalism was to erect a new 
home for the School, I was deeply gratified to learn that 
it was this young man, Ward A. Neff, who was the donor. 
I, likewise, am pleased at this time to present to you 
Mr. Neff himself, whose devotion to his Alma Mater has 
caused him to give her this admirable gift." 

"You do me honor in this greeting," said Ward Neff, 
"a greeting which would warm the heart of any Mis- 
sourian returned to his Alma Mater. But to me it is 
more ; it is an unconscious tribute to the life which made 
this event possible. 

"The hour is a very happy one to me, because it marks 
the consummation of an ambition. If this new building 
for the School of Journalism perpetuates the memory 
of a man whose standards in life were those high ideals 
of journalism, and if Jay H. Neff Hall contributes to the 
making of more men who will live those ideals, and whose 
practices in their profession will earn for them the high- 
est respect and esteem of their fellow-men then success 
will have crowned my undertaking. 

"The development of such men rests in the hands of 
those familiar with the task. No better could be found 
to carry it on. Henceforward, they will serve with im- 
proved facilities. Into their care I am happy to entrust 
my contribution. 

"I now present to the people of Missouri, to the State 
University and to the School of Journalism, Jay H. Neff 


Hall, that truth, fairness, devotion to duty, and unselfish 
public service in journalism may endure." 

Dr. Hill presented H. J. Blanton, editor of the Monroe 
County Appeal, Paris, Mo., and a member of the Board 
of Curators of the University, who accepted the new 

4 'As I see the School of Journalism about to move into 
its beautiful new structure, I think of certain duties and 
obligations resting upon it," he said. ''It must forever 
continue launching out into a higher and more useful 
plane, else it will not be worthy of its new home. Jay H. 
Neff Hall will be a beautiful ornament as it stands yonder 
on the campus, but to me it means much more than that. 
There the boys and girls who will become members of my 
own profession are to be educated and trained. Their 
future presents a big problem. 

u We of this day are concerned not with the old problem 
of whether there shall be at this University a School of 
Journalism. That argument has been effectively settled 
by the record of success made by the School since its 
establishment. We now are concerned with the type of 
journalists who are trained there. We want to know 
whether they shall have the Christian spirit and public 
ideals, or whether they shall be selfish and self -centered, 
thinking only of themselves. 

"When I look at the other buildings around the cam- 
pus, the Law Building, the Medical Building, and the 
others, I am shocked to think that all these professions 
have come within the pale of the law and that commis- 
sions to regulate them have been established. I don't 
want this to happen to the professions of journalism. 
The presence of only a few unworthy ones in the other 
professions have caused the creation of commissions to 
regulate them. The same situation can have the same 
effect on journalism if it is permitted to exist. 

" There is today only one profession where the mem- 
bers go their life work with the assurance that they can 
never hope to possess a large share of the world f s goods. 


That is the ministry. But journalists are in a somewhat 
similar situation for it is not the usual thing for the 
newspaper man to amass a great amount of wealth. That, 
however, must not be considered an argument against 
the profession. There are so many more worth while 

"This new building stands as a monument to thought. 
It is the climax of a thought made by Dr. Williams of 
New York, and lodged in Mr. NeiPs mind. The result 
is Jay H. Neff Hall. Most progress, indeed, can be traced 
directly to thought conceived or placed in the minds of 
newspaper men, and through them spread to many minds. 
It is when we set great thoughts in motion that we do 
ourselves and our community good. 

"And now, on behalf of the University of Missouri, 
the Board of Curators, the School of Journalism, the 
people of Missouri, I thank you who had a part in bring- 
ing to pass this beautiful building, so generously given 
in a great cause/ 9 

Dr. Hill again spoke: 

"Schools of journalism are relatively new, and the erec- 
tion of this new building is attracting widespread inter- 
est in the profession. Messages have been received today 
from many newsgathering associations and prominent 
journalists, congratulating the School on the dedication 
of its new home. 

"Mr. Neff, the donor of the building, feels that all the 
honor being paid him on this occasion rightfully belongs 
to his father, to whose memory a tablet will be erected 
in the Hall. " 

The unveiling of the tablet, which was placed on the 
rostrum, brought long continued applause from the audi- 

"Those who are interested in the University of Mis- 
souri and in the School of Journalism naturally want to 
know more of this man whose memory is to be per- 
petuated in Jay H. Neff Hall," continued Dr. Hill. There 
is here one who was closely associated with the elder 


Neff when his residence was in Kansas City, a man who 
knew him intimately, and admired his character and 
principles. I present Hon. John T. Harding of Kansas 
City, an alumnus of the University of Missouri. ' ' 

"It is an unearned credit to speak on this occasion," 
said Mr. Harding "and pay my poor tribute to the rich 
memory of my neighbor and friend. Jay Neff's home 
was a stone's fling from mine. His path sometimes ran 
parallel to mine. I enjoyed his friendship ; I sought his 
counsel; I prospered by his example. I have sat with 
him at the banquet board where weighty matters were 
forbidden, and heard his speech exempt from care. I 
have knelt with him in the sanctuary of the Thirty-third 
Degree and listened to his voice in solemn import. When 
his light went out in the big West, we laid his kingly head 
down gently, very gently, on the sleeve of Mother Earth. 

"I will refrain from the facts and figures that go to 
make up the sum of his public life. They tell the story of 
a strong, successful man, but he was more than that 
infinitely more than that. I shall attempt to sketch his 
strong, calm face and portray the high lights that index 
and interpret his great spirit. That is the profit, for after 
all when the last figure is forgotten and the last word 
said and all is done, this radiant, everlasting truth re- 
mains: It is the spirit that quickeneth. 

"Thoughts are things, and thinking is a habit. Wrong 
thinking is leprosy and he who continues in it will become 
a leper. The difference between a lofty man and the 
low-browed felon, crouching in his restraining cell, is the 
result of their contrary habits of thinking. Jay Neff was 
a habitual right thinker. He kept a porter at the door 
of thought and admitted no unwelcome guest, and his 
face was the face of an upright man. He was just and 
generous and charitable and these three graces set their 
confirming; seal upon his forehead. He hated none, en- 
vied none, feared none, and in his countenance there was 
no track nor trace nor hint of that guilty triad. He 
thought definitely, accurately, and forcefully, and clear, 


decisive lines gave evidence of that habit. He had faith 
in himself. He trusted himself. He was the Master of 
his Fate! He was the Captain of his Soul! And his 
strong features, strong as chiseled marble, manifested 
his strength. He was to say it all at once he was an 
American gentleman, who trusted men, honored women, 
and worshipped God, 

u He was a journalist of the first degree and his pub- 
lications were as dependable as his character. No guilty 
nor unclean thing ever passed through his presses. He 
was a busy man with big affairs, yet he stopped and 
stooped down to lift the peoples' loads. He sought pri- 
vacy and was drafted to high office. He hated the spotlight, 
but the public turned it on him. He was reserved but 
compelling prominence was his because of a force which 
he could not conceal. He outlived the Lusitania only three 
months, but after the Kaiser committed that stupefying 
crime, he recognized no twilight zone between loyalty and 
disloyalty and had nothing to offer Germany but the iron 

" And now comes his worthy son, a journalist too, strid- 
ing in his father's tracks, with his father's face and his 
father's force, with Ms father's big heart and wide vision, 
and in his father's name, makes his Alma Mater this 
princely gift. He could have done no wiser thing. He 
could serve his country in no nobler way. My heart is 
full, but his presence prohibits my saying more. 

"I am a devotee of the School of Journalism. I believe 
in its mission. I have faith in its future. I love its found- 
er. I have followed him all the way from devil to dean. 
I know his faith, his devotion, his mission, and I join in 
the belief that this School is a public necessity. It is not 
over statement to say that during these restless times a 
greater responsibility rests on journalists than on any 
other profession. Why? Because he thinks for the public. 
He makes public opinions, and public opinion turns the 
multitudinous wheels of the world. Law is a public opin- 
ion boiled down in the crucible of debate. Constitution 


is public opinion crystallized and held in statu quo. Pub- 
lic opinion! And laws are repealed and constitutions 
amended. Public opinion ! And customs change and tra- 
ditions fail. Public opinion! And slavery fights, fails, 
and disappears. Public opinion! And drunkenness fol- 
lows slavery. Public opinion! And woman comes into 
her tardy dower and takes her seat in the councils of 
the nation. Public opinion! Aristocrat, autocrat, demo- 
crat three in one. Public opinion! Law, judge, jury, 
hangman, all in one. Public opinion! And Presidents 
and parties rise and fall. Public opinion! And crowns 
crumble while saddlers reign. Public opinion! And the 
sceptre is swapped for the saw. Public opinion gone mad 
and there is the shock of soldiery. Eegirnent is hurled 
against regiment, tempest grapples with tempest, earth- 
quake is at the throat of earthquake. Public opinion! 
Pontius Pilate and the cross. 

* * A big thing this making up the mind of the world. ' J 
Dr. Hill, in introducing Dr. Talcott Williams, said: 
"The present occasion marks a new event for the profes- 
sion of journalism and for the country as a whole. It 
would not be complete without some glimpse into the 
future, where we may see something of the new task 
confronting the new journalists, those who are to come 
from Neff Hall. "We are fortunate to have with us one 
with wide knowledge in the field, one whose travels have 
taken him to many parts of the world, an experienced 
teacher of journalism who has been honored by many 
colleges and universities. I take great pleasure in intro- 
ducing Dr. Talcott "Williams, retired dean of the School 
of Journalism of Columbia University." 

"Dr. Williams said: "The newspaper man no longer 
reports only the past, the has been. He has become the 
watchman of the republic on the walls of the future. The 
new home of the School of Journalism in the University 
of Missouri, we dedicate today, is a wateh-tower of Jour- 
nalism in which the watchman of the state will be trained. 
Who can better discharge the task of training; these 



watchmen of the future than our prophet of the journal- 
ism of today, Dean Walter Williams? Twelve years ago 
he foresaw the need and demand for the training of 
journalism. Six years before he began the task, Joseph 
Pulitzer, indomitable as he was, sadly reached the con- 
clusion that the great gift he offered to Columbia Univer- 
sity was premature. He postponed its use until a year 
after his death. His gift had met with widespread con- 
demnation from many newspapers and ridicule from 
some. The public of education was incredulous. Presi- 
dent Eliot said that academic training was better prepara- 
tion for journalism than a school devoted to technical 
training. In the face of all this, Dean Williams took up 
the task. He led the way, he organized the first School 
of Journalism, and this building is the fruit of his teach- 
ing, the gift of his pupil, Ward A. Neff, a graduate of 
the School who comes today 

With laurels on his brow 
To pay his vow 

alike to the Father who gave him life and example and 
the great teacher in journalism who inspired and trained 
his mind. 

"So to this place and this occasion I have come to ex- 
press here as I have often elsewhere my obligation and 
gratitude to Dean Williams. 

" In the spring of 1912, when I had the honor of being 
called to serve the Pulitzer School of Journalism as its 
Director, I visited every institution where any courses 
were given in the training of the journalist. Here and 
here only I found a school in operation as a separate 
entity, here I saw the recognition both of academic train- 
ing and of the technical work of the newspaper, and here, 
too, was a real journalist who knew his job at this great 
task, successfully achieved by him. He has done more 
than any other man or all men to change "the opinion of 
journalists in the great central population of America 
on the teaching of journalism. As I think of him as doing 


this great work, hard by the gathering of the mightier 
rivers of our continent on whose banks and in whose val- 
leys his pupils work, for his beatitude I turn to the 
stately rendering by St. Jerome of a passage in Isaiah, 
Beatiqui seminatis omnes aquas, " or " Blessed are ye 
who sow beside all waters." 

"The graduates of this School, equipped by his train- 
ing, who go out from this building accurately to chron- 
icle, will shape, record, and reveal the public opinion of 
the day, they will instruct society in the great school of 
the newspaper, they will share in the leadership of parties 
and political movements. Two journalists are today the 
candidates for President, named by the two parties which 
divide the destiny of the republic. For years, as editors, 
as proprietors, they have not only been printing the news 
of the day but considering the broad future of affairs as 
no men do in any other calling. The newspaper man's 
new duty is to foresee the future and its issues, to prepare 
the public for them and like the prophets of the past, to 
be watchman on the walls of our Israel. 

"Such a duty in his field was discharged by Jay H. 
Neff, after whom the new journalism building is named, 
He did not, like his early predecessors in the field of 
agricultural journalism, follow the routine of the farm, 
satisfied with the common places of traditional cultiva- 
tion. He organized knowledge of the market. He met the 
needs of a specific region. What had been inert scientific 
discovery, he spread as a living inspiration and instruc- 
tion for the farmer's daily task. 

"This change has come to journalism in every field. 
Two score years ago, the newspaper still waited for its 
issues on parties and public men. Samuel J. Tilden, older 
men will remember as the leader of the democracy of 
reform in 1876. In 1875, when as Albany correspondent 
of the World I suggested to him that newspaper men 
might not give much space to a Governor's message tak- 
ing up Free Trade, he retorted: ' Issues are not made 
by newspapers, but by events, by men and by principles. 7 


TWQ years later Disraeli became Lord Beaconsfield and 
declared in the House of Lords that the world was gov- 
erned not by the many or by newspapers, but by ' sover- 
eigns and by statesmen. ' 

"The world has changed. The many rule. The news- 
paper furnishes the only universal reading of the many. 
The future is its own. A Missouri journalist, Joseph 
Pulitzer, was the first to break once and for all with the 
past when newspapers waited on parties and attached 
themselves to the fortunes of statesmen and part leaders. 
When he bought the New York World in 1883, he named 
ten reforms as the platform of his newspaper. I remem- 
ber well it seemed incredible that this advance should 
come. Railroads and corporations seemed all powerful, 
apparently able to command at will executive and legis- 
lative action, sometimes judicial. They were to be regu- 
lated and taxed. Regulated and taxed they have been. 
Civil service reform, the drastic punishment of corrup- 
tion, the prohibition of vote-buying by great funds, and 
the coercion of employes in elections, accumulative in- 
come tax, probate taxes on the great fortune. These we 
all accept today. They seemed impossible then when 
Pulitzer flung this challenge to a world supine under 
these evils. 

"He had prepared himself for the task. Arduous read- 
ing in addition to all the labors of a journalist. Political 
economy and history first trenched upon his eyesight, 
which later he was to lose under the nervous pressure 
constantly overworked and overworking. He had made a 
creed for himself, engendered of all other influences. All 
the power and weight of a great newspaper, successful 
at every point with its definite platform, its editorials, 
and its business success were directed to carry these 
things, and carried they were. 

"This is the constructive journalism of today. This is 
the newspaper man's new task. The newspaper no longer 
waits on men or on parties. This presidential campaign 
will be won by the circulation of newspapers, and not by 


the circulation of money. News is standardized. No one 
newspaper in the war just over conspicuously outstripped 
organized news. Local news of the lesser, routine order 
takes less space. World news, national news, and the 
news of trade and finance, all requiring the trained ex- 
pert, take more columns. The Sunday newspaper becomes 
more and more the platform of the individual newspaper 
man equal to the great task of explaining news and illum- 
inating the future. 

"Penetration, the gift of expression, the unfailing in- 
stinct alike for the interest and the interests not of the 
few, but of the many, will be needed more than ever by 
constructive journalism. It will not suffice for the trained 
man merely to know news and to edit news, but to under- 
stand news; to be able to unravel financial riddles; to 
know where the facts can be obtained ; to appreciate their 
influence upon public opinion and to guide public opinion 
into wise channels by being wiser than the opinion of 
the many. 

"For this great task no toil can be too arduous, no self- 
sacrifice too great, no resolution too unbending, and no 
just ambition too high. To be ready for work like this, 
you of this School of Journalism must see with an even 
eye the news of today and the vision of tomorrow. You 
must forge on the anvil of your conscience with the ham- 
mer of principle your conception of the reforms which 
society needs, and you must sedulously learn how these 
can be achieved. All your work will give you opportunity, 
The report of an event needs to be told without comment, 
but with clear, definite knowledge of the effect of that 
event upon the moving tides of life. Every news head is 
an opportunity accurately to teach men what the news 
really stands for, what is important in it and what is 
trivial and transitory. Every article on immediate issues 
needs to be written, steered by the landmark of the great 
reforms to which you propose to dedicate your lives and 
your work. 


"Yon who are before me will live into the untrodden 
years that I shall never see, and those who teach you 
will never see, but you will know those years and if you 
enter upon the task before you, determined that certain 
changes are needed, that this or that alteration is re- 
quired, you will probe the foundations of society, learn 
all the facts, acquire expert knowledge of the mechanism 
of society, see its lacks, and know how they can be 

"This is not to be won by mere training in the mere 
tricks of writing or even in style and force. The besetting 
temptation of the young newspaper man is to believe that 
if he can write all is won. It is necessary also to have 
something to say. You cannot move and change society 
unless you know the needs of society. You cannot know 
these needs except by patient study of subjects often 
deemed dull. The shores of journalism are strewn with 
the wrecks of men who trusted to mere dexterity. Beware 
how you leave it to take tempting writing courses, dear 
to the writer. You cannot acquire a creed upon the con- 
structive work for society without work on its founda- 
tions. Newspapers are beginning to carry at the mast- 
head a creed for the city. Nothing is more perilous than 
half-baked cares for the problems of society. 

"These problems are all about us. In 1910 out of 
twenty million families in the United States, nine mil- 
lion five hundred thousand lived in houses of their own. 
We need to carry this advance and reform up to 100 
per cent, even on the thronged island of Manhattan 
where not one family in twenty-five or thirty lives in 
a house of its own. A few changes in the laws would 
make it possible for every city family to own their homes 
on the new cooperative plan. We need to fling open the 
door of education as freely at the door of the college as 
in the high school. We already see that the minimum 
wage is needed for those at the bottom. You may see a 
graduated taxation on incomes and inheritances not al- 
ways wisely used, to set limits to a maximum wage at the 


top. You will see great diseases driven from our death 
lists and the mother and the child protected from the 
hideous waste which slays one child in eight before it is 
five years old. It was once two children in four. If you 
study this problem and use every opportunity to make 
its solution known, you will see this proportion of one 
child in eight dead at five drop, as it could and might, to 
one child in twenty-five. 

*The world must become a great nation of states. Life 
must be opened on equal terms, to all and we must learn 
that the discharge of duties and obedience to law is to 
be secured not by penalties that make failure painful, but 
by changes that make duties happier and more easily 
/discharged. Even in that most difficult of all problems 
marriag;e our aim ought to be not only to make divorce 
difficult but to make wedlock happier, too happy for any 
to seek to break from it. 

" These are the possibilities of our calling. This is 
the trumpet note which sounds to us from the battlements 
of the future. This is the challenge of tomorrow to the 
journalist of today. For this you have been trained; for 
this, this School was established, Ho make better jour- 
nalists; to make better newspapers; to serve the public 
better. ? May God give you the vision to see, the resolu- 
tion to act, the industry to achieve, the devotion to great 
principles and great ideas which will make all labor easy, 
and when old age hath this generation spent, may your 
eyes look back to see wrongs that are gone, look around 
you to see reforms that have come, and to look at the 
future serene and unshaken in a universe over which a 
just G-od leads humanity to the better under the light of 
a beneficent publicity." 



Joseph Glenn Babb, B. J., U. of Mo. 1915; A. B., U. of 
Mo. 1914. Reporter, St. Joseph (Mo.) Gazette 1915; Re- 
porter New Bedford (Mass.) Standard 1915; News 
Editor Japan Advertiser, Tokyo, 1915-17 ; Acting assist- 
ant professor of journalism, University of Missouri, Aug. 
1919-Jan. 1920 ; News Editor Japan Advertiser, 1920-22 ; 
Managing Editor Japan Advertiser 1922-23 ; Correspond- 
ent Associated Press of America in Tokyo 1924; Asso- 
ciated Press in New York City, then San Francisco 1924- 
26; Chief of Far Eastern Bureau of Associated Press, 

1926 . Member Sigma Delta Chi and Kappa Tan 

Alpha. Address c/o Associated Press, Tokyo, Japan. 

Marian Jamie Babb, (Mrs. Frank J. Beard), A. B., U. 
of Mo. 1919; B. J., U. of Mio. 1922, Reporter Daily Capi- 
tal-News, Jefferson City, Mo., Feb. 1922- Jan. 1923; as- 
sistant in journalism, University of Missouri, Aug., 1923- 
Aug. 1924. Member Theta Sigma Phi and Kappa Tau 
Alpha. Home: 839 South Ave., Springfield, Mo. 

Silas Bent, A. B., Ogden College 1902. Reporter and 
assistant city editor Louisville Herald, 1902-05; Louis- 
ville Times, 1905 ; Reporter St. Louis Post-Dispatch 1905- 
08, and assistant city editor 1908; Assistant professor 
of the theory and practice of journalism, University of 
Missouri, Sept. 1908-Feb. 1909; Reporter on Chicago 
Evening American, New York Herald and New York 
Tribune (now combined), New York World and the Sun- 
jday staff of the New York Times ; associate editor The 
Nation's Business, 1920-22; two years directing publicity 
for the Chicago Banking Reform League; publicity for 
Democratic National Committee in Presidential Cam- 
paign of 1920. Free lance writer, 1922 Author of "Bally- 



too" and numerous special articles in newspapers and 
periodicals. Address : 229 W. 43rd St., New York City. 

Frederick Philip Bohn, B. J., U. of Mo. 1924. Adver- 
tising manager, Constitution, Chillicothe, Mo., July 1924- 
'Sept. 1925; Instructor in photo-illustration, University 
of Missouri, July 1925-Sept. 1927 ; Advertising; manager 

Chillicothe Constitution, 1927 . Member Sigma Delta 

Chi. Home: 424 Elm St., Chillicothe, Mo. 

John Harold Casey, B. J., U. of Mo., 1920. Reporter 
and advertising solicitor, Knoxville (la.) Express during 
vacations prior to 1920; Agricultural editor, Nashville 
(Tenn.) Tennessean, June-Dec. 1920. Advertising staff, 
Japan Advertiser, Tokyo, 1921-22; Associate editor 
Trans-Pacific Magazine, Tokyo, 1922-23; Assistant 'pro- 
fessor of journalism, University of Missouri, 1923 ; 

Associate professor of journalism, University of Okla- 
homa, during leave from Missouri, 1927 ; Taught 
summer school U. of "W. Va., 1925 and 1926; Taught 
summer school Gfeorge Peahody College for Teachers 
1927. Honorary member Kappa Tau Alpha and Sigma 
Delta Chi. Author of bulletin, "The Small Community 
Weekly" and magazine articles. Address: Faculty Ex- 
change, University of Okla,, Norman, Okla. 

Joseph Edwin Chasnoff, B. J., U. of Mo., 1911. (De- 
ceased). Instructor in advertising July 1911- July 1912. 

Elihu Read Childers, B. J., U. of Mo. 1919. Proprietor, 
Columbia (Mo.) Herald 1910-13; Assistant professor of 
journalism, University of Missouri, 1921-24; proprietor, 
Herald-Statesman Publishing Co., Columbia Mo., 1923- 
26 ; expert in typography and engraving, New York City, 

1926 . Member Kappa Tau Alpha and Sigma Delta 

Chi. Address : Tenth Avenue and 36th (Street, New York 

Frances Grinstead, B. J., U. of Mo., 1921. City editor, 
Mexico (Mo.) Intelligencer, 1921-22; Woman's page 
editor, Spartanburg (S. C.) Journal, 1922-23; Graduate 
student in journalism, U. of Mo., 1925>-26 and candidate 
for M. A. degree in 1928; Instructor in journalism, 
University of Missouri, Sept. 192,7 . Member of Theta 


Sigma Phi. Author of short stories and articles which 
have appeared in Country Gentleman, Success Magazine, 
School Arts Magazine, College Humor, American Cook- 
ery, farm publications, newspapers and church publica- 
tions for young people. Home : 1621 Hinkson Ave., Co- 
lumbia, Mo. 

Emery Kennedy Johnston, B. J., U. of Mo., 1922; M. 
A. U. of Mo. 1928. Graduate work done at universities 
of Wisconsin and Missouri. Instructor in Business Ad- 
ministration, University of Wisconsin, 1922-24; Assistant 
professor of advertising, University of Missouri, 1924- 

. Member Kappa Tau Alpha, national president, 

Alpha Delta Sigma. Author of " Advertising Cam- 
paigns." Columbia address: 920 Providence Ed., Co- 
lumbia, Mo. 

Charles Edward Kane, B. J., U. of Mo., 1915. Assistant 
in journalism, University of Missouri, 1915-16 ; Instructor 
in journalism, 1916-17; City editor, Democrat-Forum, 
Maryville, Mo., 1919; Missouri University publisher, 
1919-21; Assistant editor, Illinois Central Magazine 
(Chicago) 1921-25; Editor Illinois Central Magazine 

1925 . Member Sigma Delta Chi, Kappa Tau Alpha, 

Industrial Relations Editors of Chicago, National Safety 
Council, American Railway Magazine Editors' Associa- 
tion, Author of bulletin, "The Journalists' Library 77 . 
Address : 7637 Kingstin Ave., Chicago, 111. 

William Henry Lathrop, B. J., U. of Mo., 1928. Com- 
mercial photographer 1923-25 and 1926-27 ; teacher 1922 ; 
instructor in photo-illustration, University of Missouri, 

1928 . Contributor of special articles to photographic 

magazines. Address : 208 South Eighth Street, Columbia, 

Sara Lawrence Lockwood (Mrs. Walter Williams), B. 
J., U. of Mo., 1913. Reporter, St. Joseph (Mo.) Gazette, 
1913-15; asst in charge of journalism library, University 
of Missouri, 1915-16; Reporter, Tulsa (Okla.) Times and 
Democrat, 1916-18 ; Reporter, Philadelphia Evening Pub- 
lic Ledger, 1918-21; assistant professor of journalism, 


University of Missouri, June 1921-Sept. 1927 ; Eeporter 
Honolulu Star-Bulletin, summer 1927. Member of Press 
Congress of the World, Honolulu Advertising Club, na- 
tional president of Theta Sigma Phi, honorary member 
Kappa Tau Alpha. Contributor of special articles for 
newspapers and magazines. Editor of bulletins: " Writ- 
ten by Students in Journalism", "Missouri Alumni in 
Journalism", and "Women and the Newspaper". Home: 
102 South Glenwood Ave., Columbia, Mo. 

Robert Stanley Mann, B. J., U. of Mo., 1913; M. S, 
Columbia University, 1927. Assistant, Missouri School 
of Journalism, 1913-14; Eeporter, copy reader and as- 
sistant telegraph editor respectively, Cincinnati (Ohio) 
Post, 1914-16; Reporter, copy reader, state editor and 
financial editor, Cleveland Press, 1916-18; Assistant pro- 
fessor of journalism, University of Missouri, 1918-23; 

Associate professor of journalism, 1923 . Member 

Kappa Tau Alpha, associate member Sigma Delta Chi. 
Editor, the Journalism Series, University of Missouri 
Bulletins, most of time since joining faculty; -Revised 
sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth editions of "D'eskbook 
of School of Journalism"; author of bulletin, "The 
Editorial Page". Address: 1410 East Broadway, Co- 
lumbia, Mo. 

Frank Lee Martin, A. B. ? U. of Neb., 1902. Reporter, 
Kansas City Star, 1902-06; Assistant telegraph editor, 
1906-07; Assistant city editor, 1907-09; Assistant pro- 
fessor of theory and practice of journalism, University 
of Missouri, Feb. 1, 1909^-12; Associate professor of 

theory and practice of journalism, 1916 ; News editor 

of Japan Advertiser (Tokyo) during furlough from 
University, 1915-16. Honorary member of Sigma Delta 
Chi and Kappa Tau Alpha, Co-author of "The Practice 
of Journalism" by Williams and Martin, and author of 
bulletins, " Journalism for Teachers" and "The Jour- 
nalism of Japan". Home : 200 Edgewood Ave., Columbia, 


Henry Francis Misselwitz, B. J., U. of Mo., 1922. Re- 
porter, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, 1922-23; Assistant in 
journalism, University of Missouri, Aug. 1923- July 1924:; 
Reporter, Japan Advertiser, Tokyo, 1924-26; United 
Press correspondent in the Orient, 1926 ; Correspondent 

in Orient for New York Times 1927 . Member Sigma 

Delta CM and Kappa Tau Alpha, Address: American 
Club, Shanghai, China, 

Horatio Booth Moore, B. J. 7 U. of Mo., 1922. Student 
assistant in journalism 1922-23 ; instructor in photo-illus- 
tration, University of Missouri, 1923-25; Commercial art 

work, Miami, Fla., 1925 . Member Kappa Tau Alpha 

and Alpha Delta Sigma. Author of bulletin, " Illustra- 
tion in Advertising ". Address: Box 815, "West Palm 
Beach, Fla. 

Thomas Cecil Morelock, B. J., U. of Mo., 1922, A. M,, 
U. of Mo., 1927. University publisher and editor of Mis- 
souri Alumnus, 1921-22; publisher Green City (Mo.) 
Press, 1922; Reporter, copy reader, column writer, and 
telegraph editor respectively, Quincy (111.) Daily Herald, 
1922-24; Instructor in journalism, University of Mis- 
souri, Aug. 19-24-Sept. 1927; Assistant professor of jour- 
nalism, 1927 . Member Kappa Tau Alpha; associate 

member Sigma Delta Chi. Editor, the Journalism Series, 
University of Missouri bulletins, 1926-27. School of Jour- 
nalism representative on the executive committee of the 
Missouri Interscholastic Press Association. Home: 109 
South William St., Columbia, Mo. 

Don Denham Patterson, B. J., U. of Mo., 1917. Re- 
porter Kansas City Star, 1916-17 ; Editor The Associated 
Press, Des Moines, 1917 and in Kansas City, 1919 ; Busi- 
ness manager, The Weekly Review of the Far East, 
Shanghai, China,, 1919 ; -22; Assistant professor of adver- 
tising, University of Missouri, 1922-24; Solicitor, adver- 
tising department, Curtis Publishing Co., 1924 . Mem- 
ber Kappa Tau Alpha, Alpha Delta Sigma and Sigma 
Delta Chi. Author of bulletin, "Journalism in China", 
and of magazine articles. Address: Curtis Publishing 
Co., 231 LaSalle St., Chicago, 111. 


John 'Benjamin Powell, B. S. in J., U. of Mo., 1910. 
Business manager and city editor, Courier-Post, Hanni- 
bal, Mo., 1910-12; instructor in advertising, University 
of Missouri, 1912-17; Editor and publisher, Millard's 

Review (now the China Weekly Review), 1917 ; also 

editor, The China Press, Shanghai; Correspondent, Chi- 
cago Tribune in China, 1919 . Member of National 

Press Club, Washington, I). C. ; Vice-president for Orient, 
Associated Advertising Clubs of the World; Author of 
bulletins, " Building a Circulation" and "Newspaper 
Efficiency in the Small Town". Address: 4 Avenue Ed- 
ward VII, Shanghai, China. 

Joseph Willard Ridings, B. J. ? U. of Mo., 1926. In- 
structor in journalism, University of Missouri, Sept. 
1926-Sept. 1927; Head of department of journalism, 

Texas Christian University, 1927 . Member Sigma 

Delta Chi and Kappa Tau Alpha. Author of feature 
stories and humor in Life, Judge, Harper's, Collier's, 
Saturday Evening Post, Everybody's, Youth's Compan- 
ion, Ladies' Home Journal, Christian Science Monitor, 
Chicago Daily News, Los Angeles Times, Kansas City 
Star, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Fort Worth Star-Tele- 
gram, Dallas News, etc. Address : Texas Christian Uni- 
versity, Fort Worth, Tex. 

Charles Griffith Ross, A. B., U. of Mo., 1905. On staff 
of University Independent 1903 ; Business manager Uni- 
versity Savitar, 1904; Columbia (Mo.) Herald 1904-06; 
City editor The Victor (Colo.) Daily Record 1906; Ee- 
porter St. Louis Post-Dispatch 1906-07; Eeporter and 
copy-editor St. Louis Republic 1908; Instructor in jour- 
nalism, University of Missouri, 1908-10; Assistant pro- 
fessor of theory and practice of journalism, 1910-12; 
Associate professor of theory and practice of journalism 
1916-18; Editorial staff of Melbourne (Australia) Herald 
during leave of absence from University of Missouri 
1916-17; Washington correspondent St. Louis Post-Dis- 
patch 1918 . Author of "The Writing of News", 

"The News in the County Paper"; contributor of speeial 


political and current-events articles in periodicals. Mem- 
ber Gridiron Club, Washington, D. 0. Address : In care 
of Post-Dispatch Bureau, Washington, D. C. 

Julia Elisabeth Sampson, Graduate of Stephens Col- 
lege, library training, U. of Mo. Instructor in Stephens 
College after graduation until 1917; Assistant librarian 
in charge of Arts and Science Beading Boom, 1917-20 ; 
assistant librarian, in charge of Journalism Library, 
1920 . Address: 1211 Broadway, Columbia, Mo. 

Helen Jo Scott, A. B., Miami University, 1923 ; B. J., 
School of Journalism, University of Missouri, 1927. 
Teacher of English: Trenton, O., High School, 1923-24, 
and Highland School, Columbus, 0., 1925. Teacher of 
English and director of publications : Royal Oak, Mich,, 
High School, 1927. Assistant editor Electric Befrigera- 
tion News, Detroit, summer, 1927. Instructor in journal- 
ism, University of Missouri, Sept. 1927 . Member 

of Theta Sigma Phi and Kappa Tau Alpha, Author of 
newspaper and trade journal articles and verse. Ad- 
dress : 6 Westwood Avenue, Columbia, Mo. 

Eugene Webster Sharp, A. B., Princeton U., 1921; B. 
J., U. of Mo., 1923; A. M., U. of Mo., 1926. Reporter 
Oklahoma City Times, Oct. 1922-March 1923; News editor 
McAlester (Okla.) News-Capital, March 1923-June 1924; 
Instructor in journalism, University of Missouri, July, 
1924-Sept. 1927; Assistant professor of journalism, 1927- 

-. Associate member Sigma Delta Chi. Won Powell 

editorial prize 1922. Author of bulletin, " International 
News Communications' 7 , and "News From China" in 
China Weekly Beview. " Address: 1617 University Ave- 
nue, Columbia, Mo. 

Herbert Warren Smith, B. S. in J., U. of M'o., 1911. Art 
department, Barnes-Crosby Co., St. Louis, 1911; Manager 
art department, Blumenstock Bros. Advertising Agency, 
St. Louis, 1911-13; Assistant in journalism, University 
of Missouri, 1913-15; Instructor in illustrative art, 1915 
17; Instructor in advertising, 1917-18; Assistant profes- 
sor of advertising, 1918-23; Copy-writer, Hatcher & 


Young, Inc., Chicago, summer 1916; Staff of Inland 
Printer, summer 1920; Manager copy and art depart- 
ment Dallas (Tex.) Morning News and Dallas Journal, 

1922 ; Lecturer in advertising, Southern Methodist 

University, 1922 . Author of bulletins, " Making the 

Printed Picture' 7 and " Picture Plates for the Press. " 
Member Alpha Delta Sigma. Address: 3457 Potomac 
Ave., Dallas, Tex. 

Thomas Leslie Yates, B. J., IT. of Mo., 1924. Staff of 
Bethany (Mo.) Republican, summer 1923; Advertising 
manager, Fulton (Mo.) Evening Gazette, 1924-26; In- 
structor in advertising, University of Missouri, Aug. 

1926 . Member Alpha Delta Sigma, Sigma Delta Chi, 

Kappa Tau Alpha, Home : 5 Kuhlman Court, Columbia, 

Walter Williams, LL,. D'. Missouri Valley College, 1906; 
LL. D. Kansas State Agricultural College 1909; LL. D. 
Washington University, 1926. Editor and part-owner 
Boonville (Mb.) Advertiser, 1884-89; Editor Columbia 
(Mo.) Herald, 1890-1908; Established the Country Edi- 
tor (monthly) 189i5 ; Editor St. Louis Presbyterian, 1897- 
99; Editor Daily State Tribune, Jefferson City, Mo., 1808- 
1902; Dean, School of Journalism, University of Mis- 
souri, and professor history and principles of journalism, 

1908 . Pres. Mo. Press Association 1887; Pres. Nat'l. 

Editorial Ass'n., 1895; President for North America, 
International Press Congress, Berne, Switzerland, 1902 ; 
Organizer and secretary World's Press Parliament, St. 
Louis, 1904; Chairman executive Board of Curators, 
University of Missouri, 1898-1908; Commr. St. Louis 
Exposition to foreign press, 1902-04, and traveled in 
Africa, Asia and Europe in expn. interests. Fellow Kahn 
Foundation for Foreign Travel of American Teachers, 
1913-14, traveling around the world. Director, Interna- 
tional Press Congress San Francisco, 1915 ; First presi- 
dent Press Congress of the World, 1915-26 ; First presi- 
dent American Association of Schools and Departments 
of Journalism, 1916; Exchange professor National Uni- 


versity of Mexico, 1925. Fellow British Institute of Jour- 
nalists. Member National Press Club, Washington, D. 
C.; National Union of Journalists of Great Britain. 
Honorary member Sigma Delta Chi and Kappa Tau Al- 
pha. Author of: "How the Cap'n Sa,ved the Day"; 
"Some Saints and Some Sinners in the Holy Land"; 
"The State of Missouri"; "History of Missouri"; "Mis- 
souri Since the Civil War"; "Eloquent Sons of the 
South"; "From Missouri to the Isle of Mull"; "The 
Practice of Journalism"; "The World's Journalism"; 
"History of Northeast Missouri"; "History of North- 
west Missouri"; "Journalism the Newest Weapon for 
Democracy"; "The Press Congress of the World in 
Hawaii." Home: 102 S. Glen wood Ave., 'Columbia, Mo. 


Those listed here have served as student assistants in 
journalism. Some were recipients of scholarships or 
awards and others were directly appointed assistants in 
certain departments of the School of Journalism: 

Warren Henry Orr, Lawton, Wheeler Godfrey, Kansas City, 

Okla. Mo. 

Ernest Roper Evans, Armstrong, Harold Hancock, Harrisonville, 


John B. Powell, Hannibal, Mo. 
Charles Arnold, Columbia, Mo. 
Vaughn Bryant, Kansas City, 

Prank Willis Cooke, Healdsburg, 


Harry E. Ridings, Meadville, Mo. 
Ralph Pruyn, Clark, S. D. 
Walter Stemmons, Carthage, Mo. 


Irene Fisher, Hannibal, Mo, 
Reinhardt Egger, Centralia, 111. 
Elcy Armil, Joplin, Mo. 
Maurice Votaw, Columbia, Mo. 
Henry Sommers, St. Louis, Mo. 
Frances Gray, Columbia, Mo. 
Frank H. Hedges, Springfield, 

John H. Casey, Knoxville, la. 

Williams Earl Hall, Georgetown, Floyd Casebolt, Carrollton, Mo. 


J. S. McCauley, Dallas, Tez. 

Sanford A. Howard, Slater, Mo. Harry L. Mann, Jamesport, Mo. 
Robert S. Mann, Kansas City, B. L. Abernethy, Joplin, Mo. 

J. H. McClain, Willow Springs, 

Paul Sifton, Chicago, 111. 


Herbert W. Smith, Vandalia, Mo. 
Daniel M. McGuire, Jackson, Mo. 

Thomas S. Hudson, Kansas City, John R. Morris, Lancaster, Mo. 

Thomas E. Parker, Carterville, 


Sara L. Lockwood, Columbia, Mo. 
J. D. Ferguson, Nevada, Mo. 
Rex B, Magee, Tylertown, Miss. 
Merze Marvin, Shenandoah, la. 

Gerald F. Perry, Afton, la. 
Paul J. Morgan, Columbia, Mo. 
Corwin D. Edwards, Columbia, 

Battle Williams, Chaper Hill, N. 

Horatio B. Moore, Columbia, Mo. 

Charles E. Kane, Maryville, Mo. Rae Klausner, St. Louis, Mo. 

L. G. Hood, Bolivar, Mo. 

Frederick Tilberg, Dwight, Kan. 

JJ. VT. JC1UUU, JDUAJLVai, JLVJLU. JC X CUCJ. *V;J&. J.llUCJ.g, JL-f wagiAU, x* 

Frank H. King, Columbia, Mo. E. K. Johnston, Sedalia, Mo. 
John W^ Jewell, Springfield, Mo. William T. VanCleve, Moberly, 


Harry E. Taylor, Traer, la. 
A. G. Hinman, Oshkosh, Wis. 
C. G. Forshey, Montgomery City, 


E. M. Bailey, Columbia, Mo. 
Gladys Baker, Madison, Wis. 
Hazel Smith, Raton, N. M. 

Lyle C. Wilson, Oklahoma City, 


E. A. Soder strom, Butler, Mo. 
James R. Gove, St. Louis, Mo. 
Erwin F. McEwen, St. Joseph, 


H. E. Rasmiissen, Austin, Minn. Bessie B. Marks, Kansas City, 
William E. Reaser, Kahoka, Mo. Mo. 

Frank H. Scott, Belton, Mo. 
Duke N. Parry, Kansas City, Mo. 



Gordon A. Vizard, Pleasant Mills, 




John P. Stahl, Madison, S. D. 
Julius Chandler, Avondale, Mo. 
Helen Louise Slater, Severy, 


J. C, Waldron, St. Louis, Mo. 
Edith May Marken, Hampton, la. 
Norman J. Ulbricht, St. Louis, 


Duane E. Dewel, i Algona, la. 
James W. Price, Princeton, Mo. 
Lorance McKiddy, Kansas City, 


Charles C. Clayton, Lincoln, Neb. 
Glenn M. Brill, Sedalia, Mo. 
Herbert J. Pate, Hobart, Okla. 

Robert W. Jacobs, Sedalia, Mo. 
Sylvia Ragon, Roseville, 111. 
J. Willard Ridings, Columbia, Mo. 
Ethline Coleman, Waxahachie, 


J. Russell Heitman, Sparta, 111. 
Donald W. Reynolds, Oklahoma 

City, Okla. 

Paul Lindenmeyer, York, Neb. 
Robert M. Jackson, El Paso, Tex. 
Joyce Swan, Marion, 111. 
Douglas B. Cornell, Fall City, 


Lawrence E. May, St. Joseph, Mo. 
Vernon Nash, Holt, Mo. 


Eugene Field: Ralph Harnett Turner, Bartlesville, Okla. 

Eugene Field: Don Denham Patterson, Macon, Mo. 

Eugene Field: Raymond P. Brandt, Sedalia, Mo. 

Eugene Field: Ralph Gravely, Bolivar, Mo. 


Eugene Field: Courtney Lee Comegys, Ash Grove, Mo. 
Jay L. Torrey: Mary C. McKee, Excelsior Springs, Mo. 
Millard's Review Prize: Frank Hinckley Hedges, Springfield Mo. 


Eugene Field: James H. McClain, Willow Springs, and Corwin D. 
Edwards, Columbia, 

Jay L. Torrey: Mildred Keogh, St. Louis, and Ruth Taylor, West 

John W, Jewell: W. E. Bradneld, Fort Collins, Colo., Faye 
Johannes, Columbia, May Miller, Kansas City, Paul Sifton, Chicago, 
HL, Battle Williams, Chapel Hill, N. C. 

The Missouri Society of Japan Prize: Claire E. Ginsburg, Kansas 
City, and George Werner Freiberger, Washington, Mo. 


Eugene Field: Victor Keen, Pueblo, Colo. 

Jay L. Torrey: Jamie Marian Babb, Columbia and Blanche Wester- 
man, Fredericktown, Mo. 

John W. Jewell Scholarships: Arthur Baermann, Columbia, Irl W. 
Brown, Dallas, Tex., Thomas B. Hammond, Shelbyville, George M. 
LeCrone, Jr., Effingham, 111,, Harry L. Mann, Brunswick, Mo., Frede- 
rick Tilberg, Dwight, Kan. 
Millard's Review Prize: Stephen A. Barker, Odessa. 


Eugene Field: Albert Perrin Herndon, Camden Point, Mo. 
Jay L. Torrey: Elizabeth Agee, Columbia and Blanche Westerman, 

John W. Jewell: Arthur L. Baerman, Columbia, Paul Caruthers 
Jones, Kennett, Kan Lee (enrolled in Arts and Science; B. J. also) 
Peking, China, Franklin L. Miller, Elk Point, S. D., John Francis 


Stahl, St. Louis, Marvin J. Wilkerson, Campbell HilL 111., Joel David 
Woflsohn, Chicago, HI. 

Review of the Far East Prize: Merrill Miller, Kansas City, Eugene 
Webster Sharp, Oklahoma City, Okla. 


Eugene Field: Foster Bowman Hailey, Columbia, Mo. 

Jay L. Torrey: Margaret Milton, Sedalia, Mo., Myrtle George 
Thompson, Middlesboro, Ky. 

John W. Jewell: Glenn M. Brill, Sedalia, Eva C. Chang, Shanghai, 
China, Edith May Marken, Hampton, la., Jessie Helen Sims, leota, 
Okla., Abe Swet, Denver, Colo., Robert Stillman Tydings, Moberly. 

Review of the Far East Prize: Eugene Webster Sharp, Oklahoma 
City, Okla., Pei-Yu Chien, Shanghai, China. 


Eugene Field: Forrest M. Fee Columbia, and Harry Ferguson, 
Kansas City. 

Jay L. Torrey: Margaret Milton, Sedalia, and Berta Mary Mohr, 
St. Louis. 

John W. Jewell : Orland Kay Armstrong, Deland, Fla., Glenn Mars- 
den Brill, Sedalia, Gordon K. Bursh, Athens, Ohio, Ernest S. Hearon, 
Bucyrus, Kan., Louise R. Rodekopt, Hot Springs, Ark., Ralph W. 
Taylor, Columbia. 

China Weekly Review Prize : Yin-Chih Jao, Washington, D. C. 

Special Distinction Award: Jean Schimpff, Scranton, Pa. 

Homer Croy Prize: Charles Nutter, Neosho. 


Eugene Field: Emery Foster Paxton, Kansas City. 

Jay L. Torrey: Janise Wilson Rentchler, Belleville, 111. 

John W. Jewell: C. Herschel Schooley, Efnngham, HI., Rosalee Jo 
Hanlon, Sedalia, Charles W. Scarritt, Jr., Kansas City, Ralph Bron- 
son Cowan, Peterboro, Canada, Clifford R. Johnson, Aberdeen, S. D., 
Halliman P. Winsborough, St. Louis, Fred A. Reed, Kansas City, 
Virginia Lee Cole, Columbia. 

China Weekly Review Prize: Thomas Ming-Heng Chao, Nanking, 

Homer Croy Prize: Foster Bowman Hailey, Columbia. 

Special Distinction Award: Marjorie Louise Dooley, Kansas City. 


Eugene Field: Fred B. Jeske, Ferguson, Mo. 

Jay L. Torrey: Mary Jo Turner, Marionville, Mo. 

John W. Jewell: Lester Jacob Sack, Greenville, Miss., Arthur Earl 
Horst, Sanger, Tex., William H. Menteer, Columbia, Paul H. Linden- 
meyer, Fall City, Neb., Helen Jo Scott, Snadon, 0, 

Homer Croy Prize: Joe Alex Morris, Lancaster, Mo. 

Agricultural Journalism: Oscar William Meier, Jaekson, Mo. 

Homer Croy Prize Journalism: Elizabeth Hughes, Vinita, Okla. 

Special Distinction Award: Sarah Isabelle Louis, St. Louis. 

Special Distinction Prize for Women: Helen Ethel Christy, Gales- 
burg, 111. 

A. C. Bayless Prize: Leda Hall, Columbia. 

Alpha Delta Sigma Prize: Joyce Alonzo Swan, Marion, 111. 

Gamma Alpha Chi Prize: Franceswayne Allen, Columbia. 

Eugene Field Scholarship: John Ralph Whitaker, Falls City, Neb., 
Ledgerwood Craig Sloan, Cameron, Mo., and Howard Blaine Taylor, 
Mankato, Minn. 

John W. Jewell Scholarships: Mary Katherine Abney, Napton, Mo., 
Harold Kathmann, St. Louis, Mo,, J. Harrell Chapman, Timewell, HI,, 



Vernon Nash, Columbia, Mo., Haskell A. Dyer, Browning 111., Lester 
Jacob Sack, San Antonio, Tex., Lee Orville Hills, Price, Utah, Hazel 
Henrietta Sievers, Springfield, Mo., Mary Paxton Keeley, Columbia, 
Mo., Clark S. Luther, Columbia, Mo. 

Jay L. Torrey Scholarship: Mary Theodora Shapiro, New York 

Journalism Alumni Scholarship: Mary Eloise Coulter, Sweet 
Springs, Mo. 

The enrollment figures given below include regular and special 
students and those from other divisions enrolled in any journalism 


The enrollment figures given below include regular and special 
students and those from other divisions enrolled in any journalism 


















Year Men 








Fall 206 




Winter 240 




Spring- 109 




Summer 51 








Fall 213 




Winter 203 




Spring-summer 75 








First semester 196 




Second semester 183 




Summer, 1924 61 





First semester 157 




Second semester 198 




Summer, 1925 63 








First semester 200 

Second semester 225 




Summer, 1926 58 








First semester 222 




Second semester 241 

Summer, 1927 67 




Intersession, 1927 16 








First semester 259 




Second semester 267 

Women Total 







































This tabulates the numbers who have received a bachelor's degree in 
journalism, and does not include those who have received a master's 


1909 10 i 

1910 51 6 

1911 10 10 

1912 91 10 

1913 17 5 22 

1914 16 3 19 

1915 16 3 19 

1916 99 18 

1917 31 7 38 

1918 14 12 26 

1919 6 12 18 

1920 29 7 36 

1921 23 24 47 

1922 39 33 72 

1923 53 32 85 

1924 71 47 118 

1925 51 39 90 

1926 47 29 76 

1927 60 49 109 

1928 57 39 96 

Total 564 352 916 

1908 to 1928 

Campbell Wells, Platte City 
C. B. Faris, Caruthersville 
David R. Francis, St. Louis 
Walter Williams, Columbia 
B. H. Bonfoey, Unionville 
J. C. Parrish, Vandalia 
J. V. C. Karnes, Kansas City 
P. B. Burton, Joplin 
S. L. Baysinger, Holla 
George B. Dorsey, Columbia 
Curtis B. Rollins, Columbia 
Charles E. Yeater, Sedalia 
Thomas J. Wornall, Liberty 
James C. Swift, Kansas City 
G. L. Zwick, St. Joseph 
Albert D. Nortoni, St. Louis 
Sam Sparrow, Kansas City 

H. B. McDaniel, Springfield 

John H. Bradley, Kennett 

George E. Muns, Montgomery City 

Milton Tootle, St. Joseph 

James E. Goodrich, Kansas City 

H. J. Blanton, Paris 

E. Lansing Ray, St. Louis 

George L. Edwards, St. Louis 

Frank M. McDiavid, Springfield 

J. P. Hinton, Hannibal 

C. F. Ward, Plattsburg 

Mercer Arnold, Joplin 

Frank H. Parris, Rolla 

A. A. Speer, Jefferson City 

H. W. Lenox, Rolla 

George C. Willson, St. Louis 


in 1928 

President of the University. 


Professor of History and Principles of Journalism, Dean of the 

Faculty of Journalism. 

Professor of Germanic Languages, and of the Teaching of G-erman. 

Professor of Theory and Practice of Art. 
JAY WUXIAM H,tri>soN, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., 

Professor of Philosophy. 

Professor of Theory and Practice of Journalism. 

Professor of Economics. 

Professor of American History, Assistant Dean of the Faculty of 

Arts and Science. 

Professor of English, Dean- of the Faculty of Arts and Science. 

Professor of Romance Languages. 

Professor of Journalism. 

Assistant Professor of Journalism (on leave). 

Assistant Professor of Advertising. 

Assistant Professor of Journalism. 

Assistant Professor of Journalism. 

Instructor in Journalism. 

Instructor in Journalism*. 

Instructor in Advertising. 

Assistant in Photo-Illustration. 



Abbot, Willis J. 212, 265 

Abbott, Edith 298 

Abriol, Dr. R. 202 

Adelaide (Australia) News 398, 405 

Adler, E. P. 172, 397 

Admission Requirements 24, 67, 69 

Adrian. (Mich.) Daily Telegram 242 

Agn<bw, Grace Jack 309 

Agricultural Journalism 41, 69, 70, 71, 
82, 83 

Ahrens, George 403 

Alabama, University of 306 

Albany Capital 216 

Albany Ledger 165, 174 

Alder, E. P. 242, 249 

Alexander, John M. 240 

Alexander, Joshua W. 200, 203 

Alexander, W. H.~ 171 

Allen, E. A. 15, 24 

Allen, Eric W. 400 

Allen, Franceswayne 130 

Allen, Henry J. 403 

Allen, John E. 235, 245 

Allen, Riley H. 403 

Alpha Delta Sigma 34, 201, 205, 208, 212, 
218, 221, 225, 226, 234, 235, 243, 292, 
303 to 308, 309, 327, 396, 442, 444, 447 

Alumni 49, 50, 65, 144 to 158, 161, 162, 
191, 194, 197, 210, 217, 221, 222, 225, 
227, 236, 237, 238, 239, 243, 264, 294, 
310, 311, 324, 325, 337, 350, 377 

America, F. M. 244 

America-Japan Society 185, 229, 279, 
280, 820 

American Association of Advertising 
Agencies 895, 222, 271 

American Association of Agricultural 
Colleg^ Editors 203 

American Association of Agricultural 
Editors 206 

American Association of Business Papers 

American Association of Gilt Edge News- 
papers 103 

American Association of Schools and De- 
partments of Journalism 6, 8, 31, 60, 
239, 351, 361, 447 

American Association of Teachers of 
Journalism 6, 9, 60, 245, 419 

American Cookery 442 

American Journalists' Association 41 

American Magazine, The 49 

American Newspaper Publishers Associa- 
tion 41, 423 

American Paint Journal Co. 216, 267 

American Paint and Oil Dealer 197 

American Press Association 183, 189, 
193, 252 

American Press, The 176 

American Pressman 404 

American Printer, The 178, 180, 217, 

American Publishers Association -205 

American Railway Magazine Editor's As- 
sociation 237, 238, 239, 240, 244, 442 


American Society of Newspaper Editors 
226, 245, 278, 361, 379, 382, 418 

America's Friends Society 187 

Amherst College 366 

Amsterdam Enterprise 165 

Anderson, D. C. 307, 399 

Ankeney, J. S 24, 81, 82 

Anniversary (Mo. S. of J.) 3, 183, 191, 
194, 237, 238, 239, 244, 245, 264, 325, 
337 to 405, 406 

Ansano, S. 187 

Appleton City Journal 164, 171 

Arkansas Democrat 178, 255 

Arkansas, University of 236 

Armil, Elcy 108 

Armstrong, Amy (Mrs. Guy LaCoste) 91, 
101, 298, 312 

Armstrong Herald 184 

Armstrong-, Orland K. 275, 312 

Arnold, Charles 135, 323, 401 

Arnold, Mercer -405 

Art Lovers' Guild 238 

Arthur, William E. 222, 274 

Ash Grove Commonwealth 237 

Associated Advertising 176, 179, 252, 255 

Associated Advertising Clubs of Amer- 
ica 170, 248 

Associated Advertising Clubs of Missouri 
179, 190, 255 

Associated Advertising Clubs of the "World 
41, 117, 179, 180, 183, 208, 445 

Associated Editors, Inc. 235 

Associated Press 56, 108, 111, 146, 188, 
205, 225, 277, 368, 387, 404, 405, 440, 

Association of American Universities 5 

Association of Commercial Organization 
Secretaries 181 

Association of Missouri Foreign Lan- 
guage Newspapers 180 

Association of National Advertising Man- 
agers 167 

Association of Newspaper Advertising 
Executives 227 

Association of Newspaper Classified Ad- 
vertising Managers 225 

Association of Past Presidents of the Mis- 
souri Press Association 162, 166, 167, 
170, 171, 172, 174, 179, 181, 183, 189, 
193, 198, 205, 209, 212, 216, 221, 225. 
236, 238, 242, 337 

Astor, Lady Nancy 276 

Atchison County Mail 165, 167, 176, 205, 
226, 312 

Atherton, F. C. 404 

Atteberry, Elizabeth 308, 310 

Atwood. M. V. 206 

Audit Bureau of Circulation 106, 237, 

Aue, John F. D. 237 

Augusta Chronicle 57 

Aull, Arthur 165, 197, 202 

Aunario, Pedro 199 

Aurora Advertisdr 176 

Aurora (111.) Beacon 205 



Avai Advance 165, 167 
Awards -326, 406. 449 
Ayer, Frederick W. 127 

Babb, Glenn 91, 103, 104, 146, 311, 312, 

Babb, Marian J. (Mrs. Frank Beard) 48, 


Babb, William E. 240, 244 
Baghdigian, Bagdassar K. 192, 200 
Bailey, Temple 211, 266, 298 
Baird, Halph B. 176, 252 
Baird, Sir Robert 401, 405 
Baker, Elbert H. 221, 273 
Baker, Gladys 106 
Baker, Herbert L'. 173, 250 
Baker, Sam A. 245, 372 
Baldwin, Stanley 274 
Ball, W. W. 210 
Balmer, Thomas 168 
Baltimore Sun 167, 172, 212, 236, 265 
Bandy, R. M. 91, 104, 105, 311 
Banning, Margaret Culkin 298 
Banquets, Journalism Week 161, 323 
Book Banquet 162, 218, 219, 222 
King Features Banquet 162, 223, 

224, 228 
Made-in-America Banquet 161, 181, 

Made-in-Japan Banquet 106, 161, 

185, 186, 187, 190 
Made-in-Manehuria Banquet 120, 

162, 210, 213, 264 
Made-in-Missouri Banquet 161, 177, 

180, 254 
Made-in-St. Louis Banquet 161, 195, 

Made-in-the-Philippines Banquet 

114, 161, 199, 203 
Made-in-Wartime Banquet 161, 191, 

Nationally Advertised Banquet 161, 

204, 207 

Radio Banquet 159, 161, 207, 210 
Railway Banquet 133, 162, 239, 245, 

Special Edition Banquet 162, 215, 

United Press Associations Banquet 

162, 233, 237 

Barker, John T. 173, 250 
Barkhurst, Fred R. 178, 255 
Barnett, Marguerite 314 
Barnett, 0. M. 314 
Barrett, Jesse! W. 212, 265 
Barrett, Mayor 28 
Barris, P. H. 184 
Barrows, Marjorie 220, 273 
Barry, 111., Record 176 
Barthelemy, Antonin 191 
Barton, Bruce 404 
Barton, Dante 172, 250 
Baskett, E. Sebree 91 
Baskett, N. M. 164, 168 
Baumgardner, Louis 287 
Baumgart, A. L. 209 
Baumgartner, J. P. 175, 252 
Bayless, A. C. -91, 104, 105, 327 
Baylor University 241 
Beal, John 165, 173 
Bean, E. E. 164 
Becker, C. U. 206, 212, 266, 314 
Becket, K D. 235 

Beckman, F. W. 206, 401 

Beele'r, Maxwell 102 

Belden, Frank E. 314 

Belden, H. M. 15 

Belfast Telegram 401, 405 

Bell, Edward Price 235 

Bell, James E. 225, 277 

Bell, Ovid 164, 166, 171, 173, 205, 225, 


Bell, Robert 400 
Bell, Walter B. 76 
Bellinger, J. B. 199 
Beloit College 9 
Bemidji (Minn.) Pioneer 245 
Ben Franklin Club of America 247 
Bennett, P. A. 164, 193, 316 
Bent, Silas 27, 243, 347, 440 
Berliner, Lokal-Axizeiger 398 
Bernard, L. L. 19 
Berry, Sir Lormer 386 
Berry, Sir Norman 386 
Berryman, Clifford K. 24, 276 
Bess, 0. C. 401 
Bessie Tift University 6 
Bethany, Clipper 209 
Bethany Democrat 165 
Be'tts, Curtis A. 188 
Bevier Appeal 165 
Bewley, L. B. 199 
Bickel, Karl A. 201, 205, 208, 218, 228, 

233, 242, 269 

Bickford, Elizabeth 212, 266 
Bigelow, Poultney 266 
Biggers, Earl D. 105 
Bixby, A. L. 252 
Black, Ruby A. 228, 279, 297, 298 
Black, Mrs. W. A. 182 
Black, W. A. 165, 245 
Blackburn, C. J. 167 
Blackburn Record 167 
Blaine, James 15 
Blair, Cowgill 94 
Blair, Mrs. Emily Newell 172, 178, 242, 

250, 255, 284, 298 
Blakeslee?, George 405 
Blanchard, Frank LeRoy 175, 206, 221, 

225, 252, 272 
Blanton, C. L. 207 
Blanton, H. J, 38, 165, 168, 170, 173, 

176, 186, 189, 194, 239, 244, 279, 321, 

323, 340, 429 

Bless, Mrs, B. J., Jr. 242 
Bless, B. J., Jr. 222 
Blood, A. L. 164 
Bloomfield Vindicator 202, 227 
Blumenstock Bros. Advertising Agency 


Bodine', T. V. 165, 168, 174, 175, 193 
Boerman, Arthur L. 396 
Bohn, F. P. 48, 441 
Bolivar H^aW 192, 209, 227 
Bolton, B. P. 303 
Bonnls, Mrs. C. A. (Winifred Black) 

164, 166 

Boonville Advertiser '213, 265, 447 
Boonville Republican 166, 205 
Booth, John N. 287 
Boreman, A. I. 178. 183 
Boston American 222, 278 
Boston Transcript 27 
Boston University 306, 307 
Botz, Otto C. 165 



Boughton, A. C. 179, 255 

Bowen, E. W. 15 

Bowling Green Post 197 

Bowling Green Times 180, 255 

Bowman, Louis N. 245 

Boyce 1 , W. D. 189 

Boyd, Mrs. T. A. 212 

Boys, Mrs. Florence Riddick 216, 268 

Braden, S. E. 426 

Branch, Glover 164 

Brandt, R. P. 108 

Brant, Irving 204 

Brashear News 173 

Braymer Bee 175 

Breckenridge Bulletin 164, 404 

Breckenridge, W. C. 322 

Breeders' Gazette 169, 247 

Brennan, W. F. 201, 206 

Brenneman, J. S. 167, 172 

Bridge, Don 227 

Briggs, Frank P, 237 

Brill, Lawrence 315 

Brisbane, Arthur 183, 365 

British Empire Press Union 232, 276, 

319, 320 
British Institute of Journalists 49, 392, 

294, 404, 448 

British Newspaper World 122 

Bronson, E. S. 212, 266 

Brookfield, Argus 171 

Brookfield Daily Argus 225 

Brooklyn Daily Eagle 203, 361 

Brookman, Laura Lou 226, 278 

Brooks, Stratton D. 47, 120, 123, 125, 

227, 276, 279, 319, 321, 324 
Brown, B. Grata 28 
Brown, B. O. 91, 101, 311 
Brown, C. A. 100 
Brown, Dale M. 204 
Brown, D. H. 184, 203, 209, 316 
Brown, Irl 117, 314 
Brown, J. Harrison 91, 94, 101. 102, 304, 

311, 312 

Brown, James Wright 41, 209, 391, 397 
Brown, Mrs. K. I. 298 
Brown, Paul W. 193 
Brown, Rome G. 209, 261 
Brown, Walter T. 91 
Browning Leader-Record 184 
Brownwood (Tex.) Bulletin 170, 247 
Brumby, William V. 165 
Brundige, H. W. 175, 252 
Brunswick Times 405 
Bryan, J. S. 405 
Bryan, W. G. 164 
Bryan, William Jennings 181, 184 
Bryant, Vaughn 38, 43, 91, 97, 99, 197, 

295, 314 

Brydon, Doc 174, 202, 227 
Buck, Glen 170, 248 
Buckley, Homer J. 402 
Buffalo Reflex 164, 193, 222, 271 
Bullen, Percy S. 216, 269, 384, 276 
Bulletins, School of Journalism Preface, 
34, 64, 60, 213, 232, 246 

Advertising and Publicity 270 
Beginnings of Modern Journalism 


Building a Circulation 250 
Circulation of the Small-Town Daily 

Dedication of a Stone from St. Paul's 

Cathedral 275 

Deskbook of the School of Journal- 
ism 266 

Deskbook of the School of Journal- 
ism 1919259, 443 
Deskbook of School of Journalism 


Deskbook of the' School of Journal- 
ism, 1925270 

Development of the Cartoon 276 
Illustrations in Advertising 269 
International News Communications 


Journalism for Teachers 248 
Journalism Week in Print, 1912 246 
Journalism Week 1913 249 
Journalism Week 1914251 
Journalism Week 1915 254 
Journalism Week, 1925272 
Journalism Week, 1926277 
Journalistic Ethics and World Affairs 


Making the! Printed Picture 257 
Missouri Alumni in Journalism, 

Missouri Alumni in Journalism, 1925 

Missouri Alumni in Journalism, 1928 

148, 282 
Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's 

Lick Advertiser 259 
Missouri Laws Affecting Newspapers 


News and the Newspaper 264 
Newspaper Efficiency in the Small 

Town 253 

Picture Plates for the Press 261 
Presentation of Japanese Stone Lan- 
tern 279 

Problems of Advertising 258 
Recent Books for Journalists 274 
Retail Advertising and the News- 
paper 248 
Some Points of the Law of the Press 


Special Phases of Journalism 262 
The Editorial Page 251 
The Journalism of China 264 
The Journalism of Japan 258 
The Journalist's Library 256 
The Law and the Newspaper 257 
The News in the County PapfcY 249 
The Newspaper and Crime 280 
The Newspaper Man's Library 260 
The Small Community Newspaper 

The Small-Town NewspapeV as a 

Business 259 

The World's Journalism 253 
The Writer and the Publisher 266 
Women and the Newspaper 267 
Written by Students in Journalism 


Bumbarger, J. V. 170 
Bump, F. E., Jr. 402 
Burba, Alma 312 
Burbach, George M. 221, 270 
Burch, Katherine 117 
Burckhartt, H. T. 135 
Burlington (la.) Hawk-Eye 287 
Burnham, Viscount 276, 319, 320, 386 
Burns, Ross 49 

Burnside, D. L. 164, 167, 172, 175, 252 
Burton, P. E. 168, 405 
Butler, Asa W. 216, 405 
Butler, Nicholas Murray 361 
Butler University 397 



Cabaniss, H. H. 57 

Caldwell, R. B. 173, 184 

California Democrat 236 

California Herald 210 

California, University of 9, 306, 400 

Calvert, C. C. 165 

Calzada, A. M. 405 

Cameron Sun 210, 221, 274 

Campbell, Henry C. 183 

Campbell, Marvine (Mrs. Albert Shep- 

pard) 38, 91, 197 
Campbell, Mrs. Evelyn 196 
Cannon, Clarence 399 
Cape Girardeau Republican 164, 168 
Capper, Arthur 236 
Capper Publishing Company 189, 205 
Cargill, John P. 176, 252 
Carney, B. F. 189 
Carpenter, Griffith 102 
Carpenter, Norma 309 
Carpenter, W. E. 205 
Carroll, John H. 237 
Carrollton Democrat 167 
Carrollton Republican-Record 180, 198, 

225, 255, 259 
Carson, R. L. 165 
Carter, E. C. 405 
Carter, George L. 263 
Carter, L. L.. 210 
Carterville Journal 164 
Carthage Democrat 164, 167, 176, 221 
Carthage Press 164, 167, 175, 209, 210, 

216, 269 

Cartlich, George L. 208 
Caruthers, E. P. 170, 247 
Caruthersville Republican 207, 217, 266 
Caruthersville T.wice-a-Week Democrat 


Case, John P. 176 
Casey, John H. 38, 48, 83, 84, 88, 134, 

198, 202, 228, 281, 288, 441 
Cashion, Mrs. A. V. 182 
Cassville Republican 184 
Castaldi, Joao 228 
Caswell, G. L. 190, 209 
Caudle, James W. 134 
Central Christian Advocate 212, 265 
Central College 179, 184, 290 
Central Missouri Press Association 227 
Central Missourian 236 
Centralia Courier 184 
Chang, Eva 147 
Chapin, A. B. 170, 178, 182, 192, 238, 

248, 255 

Chapline, Clara 250 
Chapman, Frances 308 
Chappie, Joe Mitchell 165, 175, 252 
Chase, John F. 228 
Chasnoff, Joseph E. 32, 43, 78, 79, 80, 

98, 99, 248, 295, 296 
Chenoweth, Dean 396 
Chicago American 167 
Chicago Daily Ndws 137, 193, 205, 208, 

212, 235, 291, 292, 403, 445 
Chicago Evening Post 210, 273 
Chicago Inter-Ocean 56, 175 
Chicago Record 27, 172 
Chicago Record-Herald 173 
Chicago Tribune 146, 172, 173, 201, 217, 

225, 226, 235, 237, 250, 262, 369, 404, 


Chicago, University of 870, 379 
Child Life 220, 273 
Childers, E. R. 48, 83, 84, 88, 99, 194, 

98, 205, 295, 441 
Childers, H. F. 165, 174, 198 

Chillicothe Constitution 164, 176. 194, 

235, 441 

Chilton, O. W. 202 
China Press 146, 304, 445 
China Weekly Review, 147, 304 
Chinn, Frances 130 
Chisholm, John R. 315, 316 
Choate, John W. 364 
Christian College- 127, 215 
Christian Evangelist 165 
Christian Science Monitor 147, 212, 268, 


Christiansen, Theodore 242 
Churchill, Winston 285 
Cincinnati Post 443 
Cincinnati Times-Star 197 
Clarence Courier 164, 168, 173 
Clark, Alle'n W. 216, 267 
Clark, Champ 177, 180, 254 
Clark, Charles Allen 197 
Clark Chronicle 184 
Clark, George Luther 87 
Clark, Harvey C. 191 
Clark, Ida Clyde 49, 298 
Clark, S. A. 225 
Clark University 405 
Clarksville Banner-Sentinel 202 
Clemmons, Walter 97 
Cleveland Plain Dealer 221, 226, 273, 278 
Cleveland Press 193, 443 
Cline, C. C. 164 
Clinton County Democrat 247 
Clinton Democrat 221, 274 
Cobb, Mrs. Manie S. 76 
Cole Camp Courier 165 
Cole, Redmond 19 
Cole, Virginia 280 
Cole, Walter B. 307 
Coleman, Ethlyn 396 
Coleman, George W. 170, 248 
College Humor 442 
College of Industrial Arts242 
Collier's Weekly 27, 164, 179, 255, 445 
Colorado Springs Farm News 405 
Colorado, University of 6, 9 
Columbia Chamber of Commerce 161, 

167, 170, 171, 173, 176, 180, 190, 191, 

194, 197, 202, 206, 209, 213, 217, 221, 

226, 236, 245 
Columbia Herald 16, 18, 19, 101, 146, 

174, 441, 445, 447 
Columbia Herald-Statesman 41, 60, 62, 

63, 66, 77, 85, 102, 106, 125, 134, 135, 

230, 231, 270, 282, 441 
Columbia (S. C.) State 210 
Columbia Tribune 175, 188, 252 
Columbia University 9, 50, 170, 171, 

211, 239, 244, 247, 266, 296, 306, 340, 

361, 362, 367, 403, 404, 405, 417, 418, 

427 434, 443 

Columbus Dispatch 403, 404 
Colver, William B. 213, 266 
Commercial Journal 164 
Commoner 184 
Compton, Merrill E. 899 
Comstock, Warren E. 196, 200, 241 
Concepcion, V. R. 199 
Connecticut Agricultural College 205 
Converse, Blair 404 
Cooke, F. W. 99 
Cooper, A. Page 138 
Cooper, Charles P. 239, 244, 861 
Cooper, Courtney Ryley 208 
Cooper, F. G. 179, 255 
Cope?, Millard 396 



Corn Belt Farm Dailies 302 

Cornell "University 6, 7, 206, 344, 418 

Corpus, Rafael 199 

Correll, Richard R. 184 

Cosi, Julio 404 

Cosmos Newspaper Syndicate 395 

Couch, Mabel -102, 298 

Council on Education for Journalism 10 

Country Editor 447 

Country Gentleman, The 49, 196, 201, 

Country Newspapers Association, Inc. 

217, 267 
Courses in Journalism 32, 44, 45, 46, 58, 

71, 72, ff 

Coutoupis, Thales 49 
Craig, J. E. 189 
Craig, J. H. 163 
Craighead, Erwin 172, 250 
Crane, Charles R. 216 
Crane Chronicle 189 
Cranmer, Catherine 216, 267 
Crawford, Marvin H. 236 
Crawford, N. A. 205 
Creager, Marvin H. 201, 262, 396, 404 
Creel, George^-285 

Crews, Monte 175, 204, 224, 252, 323 
Critchfield & Co. Advertising Agency 


Croft, Terrell 204 
Croly, Herbert 405 
Crow, Carl 146 
Crowell, Merle 49 
Croy, Homer 19, 227, 277, 327 
Crum, Lulu 308 
Crutchfield, W. C. 244 
Crystal City Press 222, 274 
Cunliffe, J. W. 361, 405 
Curators, Board of Preface, 3, 14, 16, 

18, 20, 21, 26, 36, 38, 92, 126, 197, 227, 

239, 244, 276, 279, 324, 339, 340, 344, 

345, 346, 371, 401, 404, 405, 412, 426; 

429, 430, 447, 454 
Curran, Mrs. J. H. 196 
Curriculum 41, 68, 59, 67, 270, 850 
Currie, Barton W. 196, 201, 204 
Currie, C. W. Y. 244 
Curtis, Dr. and Mrs. W. C. 162, 219, 234. 

241, 298 

Curtis Publishing Co. 189, 236, 400, 444 
Curwood, James Oliver 105 
Cushing, Charles Phelps 41, 49 
Cutler, Dr. W. P. 181 
Cutler, E. T. 225, 277, 405 

Dahl, J. C. 97 

Daily Capital-News, Jefferson City 440 
Daily Drovers' Journal 312 
Daily Drovers Telegram 37 
Daily Oklahoman 222, 273 
Daily State Tribune, Jefferson City 447 
Dairy Commissioners' Special 43 
Dairyman 165, 167 
'Dallas Journal 177, 399 
Dallas (Tebc.) News 124, 177, 201, 209, 

241, 242, 254, 263, 276, 291, 304, 307, 

313, 319, 445, 447 
Dallas Times-Herald 401 
Dana, Charles A. 344, 363, 366 
Danciger, Jack 182 
Darby, Ada Claire 200 
D'Arcy Advertising Co., p. 183, 193, 258 
D'Arcy, W. C. 183 
Darling, J. N. 238 
Darst, J. E. 196 
Dartmouth College 306 

Davenport, H. J. 24, Daniels, Josephus 


Davidson, J. E. 398, 405 
Davila, Don Carlos G. 242 
Davis, D. W. 105 
Davis, Edna 208 
Davis, James J. 196 
Davis, O. B. 165 
Dawson, Grace S. 234 
Daza, G. A. 199 
Deacon, R. % 171, 247 
Dean, A. L. 404 
Dealey, George B. 177, 209, 240, 254, 263, 

276, 291, 319 

Dearborn Democrat 165, 167, 170 
Deeming, Herbert 244 
Deering, Rufus E. 244 
DeKalb County Herald 173 
De Llano, Rodrigo 404 
Democrat-News Printing Co. -213, 265 
Denman, C. H. 193, 203, 210 
Denman, Harry 166, 184, 242 
De'nnie, Charles H. 403 
Denslow, Ray V. 167 
Dent, Rosalie Tumalty 91, 94, 226, 279, 


DePauw University 6, 9, 36, 299 
DeRamus, Joseph S. 219, 273 

Deskbook of School of Journalism 66, 
249, 256, 259, 260, 270 

Ders Moines Capital 167 
Des Moines Register and Tribune; 184, 
186, 190, 192, 194, 200, 203, 224, 226, 
245, 404 

Detroit Free Press 396 

Detroit News 159, 207, 404 

Detroit Times 174, 181, 184, 194, 250 

Dever, Frank C. 164 

De'Veyra, Mrs. J. C. 201, 203 

DeVeyra, J. C. 199, 200, 203 

Dewart, W. T. 291, 404 

DcTWild, John H. 221, 271 

Dexter, D. E.91, 99 

Dibelka, Mrs. Susan S. 220, 228, 274, 

Dickey, W. Lawrence 235 

Dignam, J. B. 168 

Dillon, Charles 170, 248 

Dillon, John A. 14 

Dillon, J. W. S. 165, 173 

Dilnot, Frank 38, 196, 198 

Direct Mail Advertising Association 402 

Dix, Dorothy 174, 252 

Dobbs, Ella V. 241 

Dobbs, S. C. 183 

Dodge, Louis 188, 192, 200, 204, 210, 215, 
234, 285 

Doherty & Co. 221, 225 

Doling, Mrs. Anna 175, 252 

Dominion Press Gallery 40 

Donaldson, W. S. 179, 255 

Doniphan Republican 164 

Dorsey, C. P. 175, 210, 221, 274 

Dorsey, G. B. 405 

Better, Mrs. T. E. 250 

Doubleday, Page and Co. 138, 179, 255 

Douglas, A. Donald 200 

Douglas, A, W. 183 

Dovifat, Emil 225, 278 

Dreier, Thomas 176, 252 

Drummond, B. C. 184 

Duncan, Clark, S. J. 210 

Dunklin Democrat 247 

Dunlap, Frances 312 

Dunn, Samuel O. 202, 240, 245, 263 

Dunwoody, T. E. 404 



Duplex Printing: Press Co. 201 

Dupuy, Paul 49, 215 

Durham IN. C.) Sun 184 

Dutch Association of Journalists 400 

Drury Mirror 189, 193 

Drygoodsman 179 

Dye, W. Ea-rle 221, 271 

Eads, George W. 164, 193, 207, 258 

Earp, James W. 211, 215, 219 

Eason, Walter 173, 250 

Eastman, Mrs. Mabel H. 196, 200 

Easton, William 400 

Eaton (Colo.) Herald 218 

Ecole Coloniale 266 

Eddington, Jane 404 

Edgecomb, Frank A. 217 

Editor and Publisher 41, 175, 206, 209, 

252. 291, 356, 397 
Editorial Research Reports 221 
Editors' Magazine 405 
Edmonds, Roy M. 175, 252 
Edwards, Corwin D. 201 
Edwards, J. C. 19 
Egger, Reinhardt 108 
Eighth Congressional District Editorial 

Association 26 
El Comercio Quito 403 
El Cosmopolita 182 
El Diario 402 
Eldorado Springs News 194 
Electric Refrigeration News 446 
El Independiente 404 
Eliot, Charles W. 7, 434 
Ellard, Roscor B. 5, 91 
Elliott, C. M. 102 
Elliott, George N. 226, 314 
Ellis, Howard-405 
Ellis, J. Breckenridge 178, 182, 192, 196, 

200, 204, 215, 234, 241, 255, 284, 285 
Ellis, J. D. 19 
Ellis, Ralph 49, 225 
Ellwood, C. A. 24 
El Paso County Democrat 205 
El Reno American 212, 266 
Elwang, W. W. 37, 191, 197, 198, 200 
Elwood (Ind.) Record 170, 247 
Ely, Lewis B. 205 
Enrollment, S. of J. 23, 32, 41, 67, 128, 

230, 270, 283, 331, 406, 408, 452 
Entrance Requirements 32 
Epperson, Ivan S. 102, 103, 105 
Equal Rights 228 
Equipment 40, 41, 60, 61, 92, 98, 329 to 

333, 406 

Ernest, Bertha 97 
Essary, J. Fred 212, 265 
Essex Leader 174 
Evans, E. R. 24, 95 
Everett, A. H. 323 
Everybody's 445 
Evrard, I. N. 192 
Ewing, Henry W. 16 
Ewing, Mrs. E. W. 175, 202, 252, 262 
Excelsior 215, 404 
Excelsior Springs Call 164 } 167 

Faculty of Journalism 24, 31, 47, 59, 60, 

67, 246, 407, 455 
Fairchild, A. H. R. -208 
Farmer's Wife 401 
Farminton News 166, 184, 242 
Fashion Show 119, 128, 133, 308 
Fassett, Dr. C. W. 164 
Fayette Advertiser 174, 193, 204, 250 
Fear, C. W. 202, 213 
Feenic, Martha 315 

Felgate-Edward 212, 295 
Ferber, Edna 298 
Ferguson Fred S. 159 


H. W. 168 

J. Donald 91, 103, 104, 313 

J. O. 165 

Ferguson O. J. 218 

Ferguson R. C. 222, 271 

Ficklin, C. L. 173, 205, 209, 210 

Field, Roswell M. 167 

Field Trip 43, 45, 75, 129 

Fillmore, Royal 97, 313 

Fine, G. F. 189 

Finn, Bernard 166, 180, 197, 255 

Fisher, Gordon 43, 97, 99, 295 

Fisher-Ste'inbruegge Advertising Co. 179 

Fitzpa-trick, D. R. 201, 211, 235, 265 

Flannigan, Calla Frances 130 

Flatow, George 244 

Fleisher, B. W. 146, 187, 207, 280, 295, 


Flynn, Joseph 16 
Fogg, C. H. 405 
Ford, Alexander Hume 206 
Ford, Arthur R. 40 
Ford, Weldon 130 
Forshey, Guy 236 
Fort, Gerritt^-186, 190 
Fort Scott Tribune-Monitor 209, 221 
Fort Worth Record 171 
Fort Worth Star-Telegram 445 
Foster, Marcellus 220, 273 
Fowler, Gene 224, 225 
Francis, David R. 254 
Francis, M. L. 189 
Franco, Parsio 402 
Franklin, B. R. 174, 180, 189, 255 
Frazar, E. W. 280 
Frazier, J. L. 197 
Frazier, John 173 
Frederick, John T. 241 
Frederick-town Democrat-Ne'ws 164, 166, 

170, 218, 248 

Freeland, W. E. 218, 267, 316 
Freivogel, Edward 117 
Freude'nberger, Mrs. Ruby W. 204, 208 
Frisco Magazine 183 
Froman, Ellen Jane 215 
Frost, Mrs. Lily H. 164, 189 
Fruit Grower 164 
Fry, H. L. 101 
Fuller, W. Clyde 218, 267 
Fulton Gazette 164, 166, 171, 173, 205, 

225, 247, 447 
Fulton, R. E. 101 
Furay, J. H. 212, 222, 265, 273 
Furnish, A. R. 179, 255 

Gabriel, Christine 308 

Gaines, J. J. 241 

Ga-iring, John B. 166, 170 

Gale, Zona 298 

Gallatin North Missourian 26, 165 

Gait, Charles F. 226, 310, 318, 324 

Galveston News 177. 255 

Gamma Alpha Chi 34, 201, 205, 208, 212, 

218, 221, 225, 226, 235, 237, 243, 244, 

294, 307, 308 to 310, 327, 400 
Gardner Advertising Co. 224 
Gardner, Frederick D. 186, 200, 203, 405 
Garnett, Burt P.221, 273, 313 
Garnett, E. B, 220, 273 
Garrison, Flint 179 
Garth, E. D. 314 
Gass. H. A. 165 
Gatlin, Dana 224 
Geneva (Neb.) Signal 217 



George H. Doran Company 137 

George' Peabody College for Teachers 441 

Georgia School of Technology 304, 306 

German Institute of Journalists 225, 278 

German Press Association 225, 278 

Gideon, A. 182 

Gifts 36, 41, 92, 133, 223, 226, 276, 310, 

318 to 325, 328, 428, 432 
Gilbert, Judith Ann 404 
Gilbert, R. R. 165, 171 
Gill, Moss 201 
Gillespie (111.) News 197 
Gillilan, Strickland W. 171, 248 
Gilmer, Irving 175 
Gilmer, Mrs. Elizabeth (Dorothy Dix) 

174, 252 

Gingrich, Oliver N. 304, 305. 307 
Glass, F. P. 205, 213, 265, 401 
Godfrey, H. W. 91, 108 
Godsey, Rob Roy 180 
Goldmg, L-. T. 169, 247, 279 
Goldman, Joseph 164 
Goldstein, Kate 309 
Goodrich, J. E. 126 
Goodwin, J. West 221, 323, 326 
Gordon, Mr. and Mrs. Marshall 162, 216 
Gould, Robin P. 43, 97, 295 
Graduate Work 45, 46, 68 
Graduates 34, 41, 48, 50, 92, 114, 122, 

126, 143 to 158, 202, 211, 226, 230, 231, 

232, 234, 238, 270, 283, 323, 325, 363, 

377, 422, 427, 453 
Graduation Requirements 25, 32, 68, 69, 

70, 71 

Graham, David 97 
Graham, Herbert 305 
Grant City Star 165, 173 
Grant City Tribune 213, 266 
Grasty, Charles H. 167, 172 
Gravely, Ralph 90 
Graves, Frank P. 18 
Gray, Chester H. 212, 265 
Gray, Coleman R. 179 
Gray, Omar D. 135, 173, 175, 250 
Greeley, Horace 316, 365, 366 
Green, Charles W. 171, 225 
Green City Press 444 
Green, J. N.-^405 
Greenlee, F. E. 209 
Grave*, Clifford 192 
Gridiron Club 224, 446 
Griffin, C. A. 19 
Grimes, B. A. 402 
Grimes, J. M. 166 
Grimes, P. T. 236 

Grinstead, Frances 48, 85, 86, 139, 441 
Grinstead, Hugh F.200, 204, 207, 215, 

219, 234, 273, 285 
Grit 184 

Grondahl, Jens K. 166 
Groom, J. K. 205 
Gross, Lucille 308 
Groves, J. L. 106, 108 
Gruenstein, Bernard 188 
Guy, Harry D. 91, 99, 101, 102, 313 

Haight, Mrs. Amy R. 174, 192, 252 

Hailey, Foster 314 

Hailey, H. W. 104, 304, 404 

Hailey, W. M. 176 

Haldeman-Julius, E. 211, 266 

Hall, A. B. 405 

Hall, Harold 169 

Hall, Maximo Soto 228, 278 

Hall, R. F- 244 

Hall, W. E. 101, 102, 301 

Halligan, Alfreda 40, 308 

Hamby, William H. 175, 178, 182, 252, 

255, 284, 285 

Hamby, Mrs. W. H. 178 
Hames, Roy H. 267 
Hamilton Hamiltonian 165 
Hammond, Helen 298 
Hampton, P. W. 165 
Hancock, H. L. 108 
Hannay, J. A. 165 
Hannibal Courier-Post 165, 168, 175, 180, 


Hannibal Journal 168, 173 
Hanny, William 182 
Hansel, J. E. 102 

Hansen, Harry 137, 205, 208, 212, 323 
Hapgood, Norman 27 
Harding, John. T. 191, 431 
Harger, C. M. 168 
Harker's 277, 445 
Harkrider, E. B. 165 
Harn, O. O. 237 
Harp 241 

Harrington, H. F. 403 
Harris, Aubrey 303 
Harris, Lucien 183 
Harris, Morris J. 146 
Harris, Paul 217, 267 
Harrison, C. M. 26, 165, 179, 236 
Harrison, Frank A. 210 
Harrison, Fred M. 91, 312 
Harrison, Walter M. 222, 245, 273 
Hart, M. A. 186 
Hart, Mrs. Mary E. 175, 252 
Harte, E. F. 188 
Harte, Houston 91, 396 
Harvard University 7, 12, 130, 187, 366, 

Harvey, Charles A. 43, 97, 99, 100, 101, 


Harvey, Mrs. Victoria A. 208, 234, 285 
Harvey, P. Casper 215, 285 
Haskell, H. J. 170, 225, 246, 247, 278 
Haskell, W. E. 206 
Haskin, Frede'ric J. 129, 212 
Hatfield, Charles F. 183, 190 
Hauck, Mrs. Louise Platt 200, 204 
Hawaii, University of 182, 404 
Hawes, Harry B. 221, 273, 405 
Hawkins, Willis M. 170, 248 
Hawkins, W. W. 404 
Hawley, F. W. 404 
Hayne, S. W. 195 
Hays, Mrs. Lola V. 188 
Hazeltine, Mrs. Blanche Sage 219, 234 
Heath, Junia E. 179 
Hebb, Richard D. 207 
Hedge's, Frank H. 91, 147, 189, 212, 265, 

311, 312 

Heibel, R. T. 244 
Heininger, Ella I. 241 
Henninger, C. J. 252 
Henry L. Doherty & Co. 272 
HeValdo Commerciale 405 
Herbert, B. B. 56, 166, 169, 175, 247, 

250, 252 

Herbert, B. S. 196, 259, 260 
Herr, H. H. 167 

Herrick, Mrs. Genevieve* Forbes 235 
Hetzler, J. P. 171 
Hetzler, W. J.230 
Hewitt-Hyringr, Philip 49 
Hicklin, Maurice 91 
Hteginsville Jeffersonian--165, 171, 175, 

176, 212, 247, 258 
Hilburn, Mrs, May 208 


Hill, A. Ross fil, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 36, 
37, 38, 46, 110, 186, 190, 195, 197, 200, 
203, 239, 240, 244, 313, 344, 345, 426, 
429, 430, 433 

Hill, D. B.~ 172 

Hill, W. J. 165, 168, 175 

Hilton, C. C. 164, 171 

Hinman, A. G. 105, 106, 304 

Hirth, William 135, 190 

Hobart, C. L. 166, 176, 178, 233, 235, 279 

Hochi-Shinabun 49 

Hodges, Earle 174, 189 

Hodges, E. W. 252 

Hodges, Leigh Mitchell 285 

Hodges, Mrs. Mary T.~ 242 

Hoelke, H. M.99 

Hogue, Mrs. H. E. 218 

Hoke Engraving Plate Co. 206 

Holcomb, Mrs. D'Arline 197 

Holden Progress 166, 176, 178, 235 

Holland, L. E. 183, 208, 404 

Holland's Magazine 220 

Hollebaugh, C. W. 101 

Hollenbeck, A. T. 197 

Hollenbeck, Doris 209 

Holliway, R. E. 220, 274 

Hollywood News 403 

Honolulu Star-Bulletin 49, 59, 403, 443 

' Hood, Christine 3 08 

Hood, L. G. 105 

Hope, Chester R. 273 

Hopkins, Andrew 205 

Hopwood, E. C- 226, 278 

Hornbeck, Stanley 405 

Horst, A. E. 306 

Hosmer, George E. 197 

Hosnae'r, J. B. 305 

Hotaling, H. C. 40 

Household, The 218, 273 

Houston (Tex.) Chronicle 220, 273 

Houston, Frank 117 

Houston, H. S. 179, 255, 395 

Howard, Bart B. 165, 167, 316 

Howard County Gazette 225 

Howard, Richard 165 

Howard, Roy W. 189 

Howard, S. A. 101 

Howard, Sir Esme 126, 232, 276, 319, 
320, 404 

Howe, Arthur M. 361 

Howe, Ed. W. 184 

Howe, Golda V. 189 

Howe, I* E. 101 

Howe, R. T. 244 

Howe's Monthly 184 

Hubbard, Fletcher 126 

Hubbard, J. S. 210, 213, 218> 222, 227, 
228, 237, 243, 245 

Hudson, Mr. and Mrs. J. A. 172 

Hudson, Jay William 211, 216, 219, 234, 
266, 267, 273, 280 

Hudson, Mary Alice 298 

Hudson, T. S. 102; 103 

Hughes, Charles E. 364 

Hugrhes, Dr. C. H. 165 

Huorhes, Rupert 216 

Hull, J. F. 173, 179, 184, 194, 208, 255 

Humphrey, Lewis C. 221, 273 

Hunnewell Graphic 189 

Hunt, Carl 179, 255 

Hunt, Ruth L. 404 

Hunton M. D. 172, 250 

Hurd, Carlos 384 

HrcrTev. Curtis B. 243 

Hurst, Fannie 216, 234, 235, 285, 298 

Fuse, N. A. 189, 193, 258 

Hutchings, Mrs. Emily G. 182 
Hutson, Asa 211, 265 
Hutt, W. V. 315, 316 
Hutto, Jasper C. 91 
Hyde, A. M. 405 
Hyde, Grant M. 405 
Hyde, Ira B. 106 
Hyder, J. W. 167 
Hygeia 228 

Iden, Jay B. 196 
Illinois Central Magazine 243, 442 
Illinois Press Association 38, 197 
Illinois, Unive'rsity of 6, 9, 235, 306, 

309, 411 
Independence Examiner 26, 165, 167, 

171, 175, 194, 196, 207, 209, 213, 253, 

259, 265, 312 

Indiana, University of 6, 9, 411 
Indianapolis News 227 
Inge, Dean 276 
Inghara, Harvey 184, 186, 190, 192, 194, 

200, 203, 245, 404 

Inland Daily Press Association '202 
Inland Printer 197, 447 
Inouye, Viscount T. 280 
Institute of Pacific Relations 47, 405 
International Advertising Association 

304, 307, 308, 309 
International Association of Advertising 

Clubs 401, 404 
International Ne'ws Service 118, 201, 207, 

209, 217, 235, 269 
International Paper Co. 206 
International Press Congress 31, 447 
International Stereotypers and Ele'ctro- 

typers' Union 191, 196 
Intersession 77 

Intertype Corporation- 232, 235 
Iowa Press Association 190, 209, 237 
Iowa State College 9, 206, 222, 401 
Iowa, University of 404 
Ireland, Cartoons by 238 
Irvine, James M. 164, 189 
Irwin, Will 164 

Jacks, J. W. 165, 173 

Jackson (Miss.) Daily News 304 

Jackson, P. L. 403 

Jackson, Robert 396 

Jackson, Rufus 168 

Jacobs, R. W. 396 

James, Roy H. 216, 220, 273 

James, Mrs. W. 1C 217, 268 

Japan Advertiser 32, 48, 59, 146, 187, 

207, 212, 265, 280, 320, 377, 395, 396, 

404, 440, 441, 443, 444 
Japanese Stone Lantern 127, 133, 232, 

236, 279, 320, 321, 379 
Japanese Student, The 186, 190 
Jarnagin, W. C. 227 
Jefferson City Democrat 164 
Jeffrey, A. A. 204 
Jeffries, J. B. 180 
Jenkins, W. T. 165, 167, 174 
Jesse, Richard Henry 16, 18, 22, 23, 340, 

353, 370, 371 
Jette, E. C. 170 
Jewell, H. S. 326 
Jewell, Mrs. John W. 826 
Jewell, John W. 103, 105, 304, 326 
JeWell, William- 135 
Jewett, W. O. L. 16, 26, 165, 34 1 
Jewish Record 403 
Johns, George S. 19, 169, 247 



Johns, Orrick 188, 192 

Johnson, Alfonso 48, 91, 123, 124, 213, 

266, 304, 306, 307 
Johnson Bishop, F. M. 276 
C. D. 241 


C. R. 403 

E. M. 402 
George R. 19 
He'rbert 176, 252 

Johnston, Calvin 208, 285 

Johnston, E. K. 48, 80, 89, 306, 396, 


Jones, Donald H. 401 
Jones, P. D. 165 
Jones, J. C. 18, 21, 22, 26, 47, 210, 239, 

279, 345, 370 
Jones, Llewellyn 273 
Jones, M. M. 244 
Jones, Richard Lloyd 190, 213, 226 
Jones, Robert W. 19, 20, 175, 197, 235, 

252, 307, 311 
Jones, Sir Roderick 422 
Jones, Miss V. A. L. 166, 205 
Jones, Will A. 193 
Joplin Globe 27, 49, 165, 167 
Joplin News-Herald 168, 208 
Journalism Alumni Association 50, 148, 
214, 226, 227, 238, 240, 243, 245, 294, 
810 to 313, 324 

Journalism Bulletin, The 6, 11 
Journalism Library 41, 61, 232, 238, 299, 

321, 329, 330, 442, 446 
Journalism Organizations 270 
Journalism Play 97, 100, 101, 102, 105, 

117, 127, 130, 299, 315, 327 
Journalism Week 3, 32, 49, 50, 54, 62, 
66, 106, 113, 114, 118, 120, 128, 133, 
138, 148, 158 to 245, 259, 261, 266, 268, 
269, 270, 282, 284, 285, 286, 296, 299, 
306, 308, 309, 310, 311, 324 

Book Banquet at Country Club 1925 

218 to 222, 272 
Break Ground for Neff Hall 1919 

195 to 199 
Called Journalism Week 1911 166 to 

Chamber of Commerce Dinner 1913 

171 to 174, 249 
Editors Week 191082. 158, 163 to 

Evening Progress Broadcast 1924 

213 to 218 
First Program in Ne'ff Hall 1921203 

to 207 
Greet and Guide Committees 1912 

168 to 171, 246, 247 
Journalism Alumni Organize 1923 

210 to 213 
Long-Distance 1 Telephone Address 

1914174 to 176, 251 
Made-in-Japan Banquet 1917185 to 

Made-in-Missouri Program 1915 176 

to 180, 254 
Marfe-in-the-Philippines 1920199 to 

News Transmission. Demonstrated 

1927 229 to 237 
One Day Given to Alumni 1926 222 

to 229, 276, 277 
Radio Banquet Program 1922207 to 


Railway Magn *ine Editors Partici- 
pate 1928237 to 245 


Ten Journalism Bodies Meet 1916 

180 to 185 

Wartime Problems Discussed 1918 

190 to 195, 258 
Journalist's Creed frontispiece, 133, 143, 

283, 323, 325, 349, 350, 376 
Judge 445 

Kahn Foundation 31, 447 
Kahoka Tribune 209 
Kalte'nborn, H. V. 203 
Kane, Charles E. 32, 256, 442 
Kane, W. R. 405 
Kaneko, Viscount 187 
Kansas Beacon 403 
Kansas City Ad Men's League 248 
Kansas City Authors' Club 220 
Kansas City Journal-Post 49, 164, 166, 
167, 172, 176, 202, 220, 224, 225, 235, 
236, 250, 252, 262, 270, 322, 323 
Kansas City Star 27, 143, 159, 164, 169, 
170, 172, 174, 175, 176, 178, 182, 192, 
196, 201, 204, 207, 209, 220, 225, 246, 
248, 250, 253, 255, 267, 273, 278, 347, 
395, 443, 444, 445 
Kansas City Times 115, 138, 280 
Kansas State Agricultural College 6, 9, 

99, 170, 205, 248, 405, 447 
Kansas, University of 6, 9, 50, 96, 117, 
119, 125, 127, 168, 190, 193, 194, 245, 
306, 411, 418 

Kappa Tau Alpha 34, 168, 170, 173, 206, 
209, 220, 225, 243, 294, 295, 296, 297, 
300, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 446, 
447, 448 

Karger, Gus J. 197 
Karnes, J. V. C. 22, 346 
Kato, Katsuji 186, 190 
Kaufman, Herbert 164 
Keeley, James 172 
Keele'y, Mary Paxton 91, 97, 298, 312, 

313, 324 

Keith, Virginia 314 
Kelliher, Dan 188 
Kellog, H. W. 244 
Kellogg, Frank B. 276, 280 
Kelly, Muriel 228, 279 
Kemper Military School 211 
Kemper News 287 
Kenamore, Clair, 197, 200 
Kennett Democrat 170, 173 
Kenower, J. T. 164, 404 
Kent, Frank R. 236 
Kenton, Edna 285 
Kenton, Gus V. 43, 220, 272, 295 
Kentucky, University of 9, 305, 306 
Kerr, Sophie 298 
Kerth, Col. M. C. 228 
Kidder Independent 165 
Kieth, Charles S. 254 
Killick, Arthur (Fatty Lewis) 182, 192, 

196, 220, 273, 285 
Kilpatrick, George 405 
Kilpatrick, William H. 403 
Kimball, Alice Mary 172, 178, 182 
King, Mrs. Caroline* B. 49, 298 
King City Chronicle 164 
King, Frank H. 91, 105, 106, 205, 311, 


King, Capt. Henry 18, 344, 370 
Kingston Mercury 165 
Kinsley, Phillip 201, 262 
Kinyon, H. H. 43, 100, 101, 396 
Kirby, Cartoons by 238 
Kirk, Hazel 97 



Kirksville Express 164, 168, 172, 205, 

209, 210 

Kirksvilie Journal 165 
Kirkwood, W. P. 206 
Kiser, S. E. 172, 173, 250 
Kline, Ben G. 90 
Knapp, G. P. 176, 190, 252 
Knapp, W. C. 165 
Knecht, Marcel 190 
Knob Noster (Mo.) Gem 290 
Knott, George 316 
Knott, John A. 168, 173, 241 
Knoxville (la.) Express 441 
Kobayashi, Kinuji 217, 269 
Koenigsberg, M. 217, 269 
Krauthoff, Edwin A. 189 
Krenz, Pauline 309 
Kuh, Frederick 403 
Kurusu, Saburo 186, 190 

La Belle Star -173 

Lacey, Louise 201 

Lacy, G. W. 193 

Ladies Home Journal 204, 216, 445 

Lamade, Dietrick 184 

Lamade, George R. 91, 106 

Laraade, Howard J. 91, 94 

Lamar Democrat -165, 197, 202 

Lamar Leader -164 

Lamar Republican-Sentinel 165 

Lamberton-Becker, Mrs. May 197 

Lamkin, Lewis 166 

Lamm, Henry 180, 255 

Lamm, Opal 315 

Lancaster Excelsior 173 

Lancaster Republican 189 

La Petite Parisienne 215 

La Prensa 226, 228, 278 

La Presse 404 

Lathrop, W. H. 48, 82, 442 

LaTurno, Florence! 97, 100 

Lawrence, David 405 

Lawson, John D. 24, 87 

Lawson, L. M. 14, 25 

Lawson (Mo.) Review 245 

Lazell, Frederick J. 404 

Lebanon Republican 171 

Lebanon Rustic 267 

LeCrone', George M., Jr.- 205 

Ledbetter, W. M. 169, 248 

Lee, Frank W. 405 

Lee, Ivy L. 183, 405 

Lee, James Melvin 4, 9, 10, 225, 278 

Lee, Kan 147 

Lee Newspaper Syndicate 172, 242, 249, 


Lee, Robert E. 4, 5, 7, 12, 418 
Lee, Mrs. S. E. 170, 192, 247 
Lees Summit Journal 166 
Leffingwell, R. J. 315 
Leggett, R. F. 43, 91, 97, 99, 295, 296 
Legislature, Missouri State 3, 15, 17, 21, 

26, 43, 63, 92, 128, 316 
Lehmann, Frederick 183, 255 
Leonard, Mrs. Amy B. 219, 274 
Le Quatte, X. W. 176, 252 
Leslie's Weekly 178, 255 
Lesuer, A. A. 16 
Levy, D. E. 179, 255 
Lewis, C. A. 101 
Lewis, E. G. 167 
Lewis, E. St. Elmo 167 
Lewistown (Mont.) Democrat 179 
Lexington News 164, 184 
Liberty Tribune 175 
Life 445 

Lilley, E. B. 182 

Lmck, J. V. 175 

Lincoln Independent 165 

Lindsay, Mrs. Marian D. 298 

Lindsay, Vina 90, 94, 101, 202, 262, 298, 

Link, F. L.. 165 

Linn De'mocrat 164 

Linn, M. P. 193, 258 

Linneus Bulletin 164 

Linotype News 235, 245 

Little, Richard Henry 225 

Lockwood, Sara L. (Mrs. Walter Wil- 
liams) 48, 85, 86, 91, 102, 135, 137, 
204, 216, 227, 228, 264, 268, 270, 282, 
297, 298, 311, 312, 313, 442 

Loeb, Isidor 24, 47, 182, 402 

London Daily Chronicle 38, 196, 198 

London Daily Express 122 

London Daily Mail 122 

London Daily Telegraph 216, 269, 276, 
384, 386 

London News 49 

London Time's 13, 122, 387, 389 

Longan, George B. 164, 167 

Los Angeles Times 445 

Los Angeles Tribune and Express 175, 

Louisiana News 165 

Louisiana, University of 9 

Louisville (Ky.) Herald and Post 221, 
273, 440 

Louisville (Ky.) Times 236, 404, 440 

Lowell, I. R. 405 

Lowell, J. M. 26 

Lowell, J. R. 164, 166, 172 

Lowenstein, M. J. 169, 193 

Love, Robertas 178, 200, 255, 284 

Lucey, T. Elmore^234 

Lusk, Robert 314 

Luz, A. N. 200, 203 

Lyman, Robert H. 169, 247, 249 

Mabie, Hamilton W. 56 

MacArthur, J. C. 301 

MacDonald, A. B. 216 

MacDonald, Ramsey 276 

MacKay, Hugh J. 91, 101, 102, 301, 304 

MacKay, Mrs. Myrtle McDougal 91, 298 

MacKesson, J. E. 171 

Macon Chronicle-Herald 216, 237, 266 

Ma-con Republican 227 

Macon Times-Democrat 165 

Magee, Rex B. 94, 101, 102, 226, 304, 

311, 312, 324 
Mahan, George A. 323 
Mahoney, Tom 127 
Maine, University of 9 

Major, Gov. Elliott W. 172, 173, 250, 

Major, H. F. 209, 323 

Manchester Guardian 146, 217, 269 405 

Manly, Chesly L. 127 

Mann, Harry- 40 

Mann, Robert S. 32, 38, 46, 47 75 76, 
78, 83, 85, 89, 101, 102, 117, 199, 226, 
243, 244, 251, 258, 259, 270, 287, 288 

312, 313, 443. 
Mansfield Mirror 182 
Mantilla, Carlos 403 
Mantiply, Mrs. E. M. 202 
Manufacturers Association of Products 

from Corn 181 

Manufacturers" Record 179, 255 
Marble, George W. 209, 221 
Marble Hill Press 172 



Marcellus, George' E. 176, 252 

Markey, Mrs. Cormne H. 208 

Marks, Bessie 274 

Markward, Frank 200 

Marque tte University 9 

Marshall Democrat-News 167 

Marshall, Roy S. 307 

Martin, A. J. 165 

Martin, Mrs. Anna G. 179 

Martin, Douglas V., Jr. 216, 267 

Martin, Frank I* 27, 31, 38, 43, 46, 47, 

48, 74, 85, 87, 103, 258, 264, 295, 301, 

302, 304, 347, 349, 396, 443 
Martin, Rulif M. 91, 313 
Marvin, C. N. 175, 252 
Marvin, Merze (Mrs. Vernon Seeberger) 

Maryville Democrat-Forum 173, 237, 290, 


Maryville Republican 164 
Maryville Tribune 173, 179, 184, 194, 208, 

250, 255 

Mason, Julian S. -405 
Mason, Dr. Max 379, 380, 383 
Massachusetts Agricultural College 9 
Masters, DeWitt C. 193 
Mata, Andres 405 
Mathews, Shatter 168, 370, 371 
Matrix, The 229, 297, 298 
Matsudaira, Tsuneo 127, 229, 279, 321, 

377, 402 

Mattick, Ervin 241 
Maugham, Charles B. 216, 267 
Maughiman, Herbert J. 216 
May, Frederick 126, 315 
May, James G. 94, 99, 100, 101, 102, 

301, 313. 

Mayer, Sigel 101 

Mayes, Jewell 171, 173, 176, 194, 247 
Mayes, Mrs. Lois K. 210, 220, 274 
Mayes, Will H. 170, 176, 247, 252 
Mayhall, W. F. 180, 255 
Mayrand, Oswald 404 
Maysville Herald 205, 209, 210 
McAdams, Clark 204 
McAlester (Okla.) News-Capital 446 
McAnally, David R., Jr. 18, 14, 15, 418 
McAuliffe, D. J. 167, 173 
McBaine, J. P. 400 
McBride, C. E. 182 
McBride, Mary Margaret 241, 312 
McCahan, Mrs. Belle T. 208, 211 
McCall, U. L. 188 
McCalment, Mrs. Mabelle 204, 235, 241, 


McCarter, Margaret Hill 224 
McClain, J. W. 38, 40, 197 
McClure, A. K. 56 
McCool, Sam B. 405 
McCoy, K. A. 165 
McCulley, Johnstone 224 
McCulIough, T. W. 198 
McCutchan, Nate 180, 225 
McDavid, F. M. 405 
McDougal, H. F. 250 
McElroy, J. P. 205 
McFarland, Dan 164 
McGinty, A. C. 179, 183, 225 
McGrath, Edna (Betty Boyd) 178, 255 
McGuire, Dan 102 
Mclntyre, O. O. 220 
McKeand, A. W. 183 
McK^e, Mary 808 
McKenney, George F. 183 
McKinley, Gladys 314 

McPherson, J. E. 135 

McQuie', J. L. 189 

McVay, Dan C. 175 

McVey, Hugh 189 

McWilliams, Edmond 165, 171, 247 

Meador, E. N. 184 

Medical Herald 164 

Medill, Joseph JR. 366 

Melbourne (Australia) Herald--32, 59, 445 

Mele'ncio, Jose P. 201 

Melette, Rosalie 298 

Melton, E. J. 205, 217, 266 

Melvin, Winifred 173 

Mdmphis Democrat 170, 173 

Meng, W. D. 322 

Merchants Trade Journal 178, 183, 253, 


Meredith, Charles M. 218, 242, 267 
Meredith, E. T. 40 
Me'rgenthaler Linotype Co. 232 
Meridian (Miss.) Star 242 
Merrill, Dr. E. D. 199 
Mexico Intelligencer 168 
Mexico Ledger 164, 168, 173, 175, 179, 

202, 206, 252, 253 
Mexico Message^ 165, 173 
Mexico, University of 47, 448 
Meyer, John L. 235 
Meyer, Max 80 
Miami University 446 
Michael, Mrs. Elias R. 217, 268 
Michigan, University of 6, 9, 306, 411 
Middletown Chip 165 
Midland Magazine, The 241 
Midyett, Mrs. Ruth Prather 237, 308, 

309, 310, 400 

Mighlario, Mrs. Ida 219, 273 
Milan Republican -165, 167 
Milbank, Mrs. Elizabeth 196, 200, 204 
Millar, John H. 235 
Millard, Thomas F. 19, 146 
Millard's Review 445 
Miller, Charles B. 366 
Miller, E. B. 19, 20 
Miller, George E. 404 
Miller, James L 233 
Miller, John G. 167 
Miller, May 308 
Miller, Roy E. 91 
Miller, Thomas 135 
Mills, Howard 173 
Milwaukee Journal 183, 262, 318, 397, 


Minneapolis Journal 228 
Minneapolis News 212 
Minneapolis Tribune 172, 250 
Minnesota, University of 206, 306. 402 
Minor, Robert, Jr. 172, 250 
Misselwitz, H. F. 48, 146, 444 
Mississippi Valley Paper Co. 227 
Mississippi Veteran, The 1 226, 311 
Missouri Alumnus 144, 444 
Missouri Associated Daily Newspapers 

103, 162, 166, 167, 174, 175, 183, 189, 

227, 237 
Missouri Association of Advertising 

Dailies 181 

Missouri Bible College 426 
Missouri Club Woman, The 234 
Missouri Collegiate Press Association' 

174, 175, 184, 189, 191, 193 
Missouri Democratic Press Association 

Missouri Farm Bureau Federation 212, 

Missouri Farmer, The 190 



Missouri Intelligencer and Boon's Lick 
Advertiser 113, 134, 195, 198, 259 

Missouri Interscholastic Press Associa- 
tion 189, 287 to 289, 444 

Missouri Journalism Students Association. 
212, 226, 244, 294, 313 to 317 

Missouri League of Advertising Clubs 
180, 183 

Missouri Pre'ss Association Preface, 3, 
16, 17, 26, 38, 55, 62, 67, 113, 122, 162, 
166, 170, 173, 174, 176, 180, 184, 186, 
189, 190, 191, 193, 194, 195, 197, 198, 
202, 203, 206, 207, 209, 210, 212, 213, 
216, 217, 218, 221, 222, 223, 225, 227, 

228, 233, 235, 237, 238, 242, 243, 245, 
259, 264, 279, 320, 323, 337, 338, 339, 
340, 341, 404, 405, 411, 447 

Missouri Retail Clothiers Association 181 

Missouri Ruralist, The 176, 228, 328 

Missouri School Journal 165 

Missouri State Historical Society 171. 
214, 222, 267, 329 

Missouri Student 126 

Missouri Trades Unionist 202 

Missouri Valley College 447 

Missouri Woman, The 178 

Missouri Women's Press Club 172, 174, 
175, 178, 180, 182, 189 

Missouri Writers' Guild 67, 162, 178, 180, 
181, 182, 188, 191, 192, 196, 200, 201, 
204, 207, 208, 211, 215, 216, 219, 220, 
224, 234, 235, 237, 241 264, 284 to 286, 

Missouriaii Association, Inc. 38, 198 

Missourian Board 90, 98 

Missourian Magazine 42, 62, 63, 66, 78, 
85, 86, 103, 119, 124, 127, 130, 132, 
135 to 139, 231, 270, 282, 332 

Missourian Preface, 25, 28. 29, 30, 38, 
41, 43, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 74, 76, 77, 
78, 81, 82, 85, 90, 92, 95 to 134, 135, 
136, 159, 169, 185, 187 207, 213, 218, 

229, 231, 266, 270, 282, 291, 330, 331, 
332, 333 

Missourian Publishing Association 65, 

90. 92. 93, 114. 126. 326 
Mitchell, Edward P. 866 
Mitchell, H. Z, 245 

Moberly Democrat ^6, 164, 166, 172, 247 
Moberly Monitor 164, 168, 217 
Mobile (Ala.) Register 172, 250 
Moffett, A. D. 170, 247 
Moffett, Fred D. 196 
Moffett, J. W. 315 
Mokane Missourian 189, 242 
Molme (Til.) Dispatch 202, 205 
Monett T^'rnes 164, 176 
Monroe City News 182, 207 
Monroe, Harriet 298 
Monroe, Paul 404 
Monroe, Russell 101 
Montana, University of 239, 244, 340, 


Montgomery (Ala.) Advertiser 401 

Montgomery, Standard 165, 173, 189 

Monticello Journal 173, 184 

Moody, H. E. 164 

Mooney, Ralph W. 234 

Moore, F. R. 178 

Moore, H. B. 48, 80, 269, 444 

Moore, Paul 165 

Moore, W. E. 19, 175 

Moore, Wilburn 315 

Moorehead, J. A. 183 

Morelock, T. C. 48, 83, 84, 85, 87, 88, 

134, 226, 288, 444 
Morgan, J. G. 202 
Morgan, Paul J. 91 
Morgan, Tom P. 200 
Morgan, Victor 193 
Morris, Charles D. 165, 189, 194 
Morris, John R. 40 
Morris, Joseph 303, 404 
Morrison, J. W. 175, 253 
Morrow, Marco 205 
Mosby, Speed 165 
Mott, Frank L. 404 
Moulton, L. T. 164 
Mound City News 173 
Mount Washington News 237 
Mountfortt, Wade, Jr. 220 
Mulinex, C. W. 173 
Mullinax, Ira D. 200 
Murphy, Lawrence W. 6, 235, 236 
Murray, John A, 103 
Myers, Joseph S. 395 
Myers, Mrs. Marian Dyer 298 

Naeter, F. C. 164, 168, 176, 194, 209 

Nagel, Charles 176, 253 

Nash, Vernon 236, 243, 290, 292 

Nashville Tennessean 441 

Nast, Thomas 277 

Nation, The 242 

Nation's Business, The 402, 440 

National Editorial Association 40, 122, 

170, 212, 237, 221, 242, 423, 447 
National Magazine', The 165, 175, 252 
National Press Club 448 
National Printer-Journalist 56, 166, 169, 

175, 196, 235, 247, 250, 252, 259 
National Stockyards Reporter 37 
National Union of Journalists, London 

405, 448 

Nax, C- W. 225 
Nea Ellas49 
Neal, H. S. 176 
Nebraska Farmer 206 
Nebraska State Journal 252 
Nebraska, University of 6, 9, 27, 127, 

309, 411 
Nee, D. M.-~ 97 
Neff, Jay Holcomb 36, 87, 38, 39, 428, 

431, 435 

Neff, Mrs. J. H. 37, 40 
Neff, Ward A. 86, 37, 38, 39, 43, 65, 90, 

94, 101, 133, 296, 301, 302, 311, 312, 

313, 33 R, 426, 428, 430, 434 
Nelson, Edgar C. 213, 265 
Nelson, W. L. 403 

Nelson, Col. W. R. 159, 174, 175, 253 
Neosho Times 165, 180, 198, 247 
Neoshoba Democrat 205, 208, 218, 221, 


Nesbit, W. D. 201, 202 
Nevada Mail 164 

New Bedford (Mass.) Standard 290, 440 
New Orleans Item -202 
New York Daily News 386, 388 
Ne'w York Evening American 253, 440 
New York Evening Graphic 389 
New York Evening Journal 174, 210, 

212, 227, 266 

New York Evening Mail 258 
New York Evening Post 138, 166, 189 

197, 405 

New York Globe 118 
New York Herald 13, 177, 440 
New York Herald-Tribune 146 



New York Outlook 56 

New York Republic 405 

New York State College of Agriculture 

New York Sun 224, 291, 344, 404 

New York Times 146, 206, 213, 233, 236, 
237, 266, 384, 386, 387, 389, 440, 444 

New York Tribune 56, 440 

New York University 6, 9, 225, 278 

New York World 137, 169, 226, 247, 249, 
323, 362, 403, 405, 436, 440 

Newark Eve'ning News -404 

Newspaper Enterprise Association Serv- 
ice 159, 232, 236 

Newspaper Proprietors of New Zealand 
398, 404 

Nickell, Joseph 184 

Nise, Frances 247 

Nixon, William Penn 56 

Nolen, Anna E. (Mrs. Price Christian) 
182, 207 

Norfolk (Neb.) Press 216, 268 

North Carolina, University of 9 

North China Daily News 147 

North Dakota, University of 6, 9, 402 

Northeast Missouri Press Association 
168, 172, 210 

Northeast Missouri Publishers and Print- 
ers Association 123 

Northfield (Minn,) News 217 

Northwest Missouri Press Association 
173, 210, 212, 227, 266 

Northwestern University 304, 403 

Notre Dame College 9 

Noyes, Frank B, 404 

Nutter, Charles 404 

Oblong (111.) Oracle 267 

O'Byrne, Catherine E. 405 

Ochs Adolph 386 

Odell, De Forest 397 

Odell, Wallace 217 

Odessa Ledger 202, 262 

O'Donnell, T. C. 216, 267 

Oehm, Gus. M. 91, 236, 311, 312, 404 

Ogden College 440 

Ogden, Robert C. 56, 57 

O'Hara, Barrati^l72, 173, 250 

Ohio State University 6, 9, 395 

Ohta, M. 49 

Oklahoma City Times 273, 446 

Oklahoma Press Association 399 

Oklahoma, University of 6, 9, 47, 120, 

123, 126, 173, 203, 306, 441 
O'Laughlin, John C. 197 
Oliver, C. C. 202 
Omaha Bee= 165, 198 
O'Meara, Mrs. F. J. 224 
O'Neil, Rose 285 
Orange Judd Farmer 173, 250 
Oregon Journal 403 
Oregon State Agricultural College 306 
Oregon, University of 9, 306, 809, 400, 


Orr, Byron W. 189 
Orr, Warren H. 95 
Osborn, Chase' S, 178, 255 
O'Shaughnessy, James 222, 270, 395 
Oswald, John Clyde 178, 180, 217, 255 
Otago Daily Times and Witness 400 
Ottumwa (la.) Courier 201 
Oulahan, Richard V. 206, 233, 287 
Oualey, Clarence 171 
Owatonna (Minn.) Journal-Chronicle 

178, 179, 180, 255, 402 

Owen, Mary Alicia 188 

Owen, T. E. 244 

Ozark Magazine 179 

Ozark Press Association 210, 227 

Pacific Coast Women's Press Association 


Packard, Ruth Mary 313 
Painter, W. R. 167, 173, 177, 254 
Palmer, Charles M. 190 
Palmer, H. R. 176, 253 
Palmyra Speetor 165, 167 
Pan-American Union 397 
Pan-Pacific Union 206 
Pape, W. J. 405 
Paris Appeal 165, 168, 170, 173, 176, 189, 

194, 239, 244, 321, 340, 429 
Paris Mercury 165, 168, 171, 174, 175, 


Park College' 404 
Parker, Marion F. 201, 263 
Parker, T. E. 102, 103, 304 
Parkville Gazette 193, 197 
Parrish, J. C. 404 

Parry, Duke N. 91, 106, 108, 313, 404 
Patten, Nathaniel 134 
Patterson, Ada 253 
Patterson, Don D. 48, 79, 105, 106, 218, 

236, 264, 400, 444 
Patterson, Grove 395 
Patterson, Wright A. 174, 190, 250 
Payne, J. D. 175 
Payne, Moses U. 135 
Pearson, Chris. Jr., 165 
Pearson, Earle 99, 100 
Peattie, Robe'rt Burns 369 
Peay, Gov. Austin 76 
Peerade Extra 33, 123 
Peery, Ben L. 165, 174 
Pegler, J. L. 178, 255 
Pemberton, M. H. 135 
Penn, H. C. 15 

Pennsylvania, University of 6, 9, 12 
Penney, J. O. 235 

Pensacola (Fla.) Journal 210, 220, 274 
Pe'oria Herald-Transcript 193 
Peoria Journal-Transcript 190, 205 
Perry Enterprise 193 
Perry-Lloyd Jones Newspapers 213 
Perry, Stuart H. 242, 391 
Perryville Republican 182 
Peters, D. A. 164, 176 
Petit Parisian 49 
Pew, Marlen E. 201, 207, 209 
Phelam, D. S. 178, 255 
Phifer, Lyndon 97, 313 
Philadelphia Public Ledger 204, 212, 265, 


Philadelphia Times 56 
Philippine Press Bureau 201 
Philippines Free Press 199 
Pierce, C. C. 164 
Pierce, Martin I* 307 
Pierce, Rowena 310 
Pilkington, W. J. 253 
Pindell, Henry M. 190, 205 
Pittman, Alfred 243 
Pittsburgh, University of 9, 401 
Pizer, E. Norris, Jr. 227 
Platte City Argus 165 
Platte City Landmark 165, 167, 174 
Plattsburg Democrat 165, 171 
Plymouth (Ind.) Pilot 268 
Pollard, W. J. 314 
Polyzoides, A. Th. 221 


Pommer, W. H. 232 

Pool, J. K. -184 

Poplar Bluff Citizen-Democrat 168, 184 

Poplar Bluff Daily American 209 

Poplar Bluff Republican 164, 167, 172, 

175, 252 

Porte Publishing Co. 202 
Post, Frieda May 309, 313 
Pound, Roscoe 130 

Powell, J. B. 32, 43, 79, 83, 84, 91, 97, 
98, 99, 119, 146, 250 251, 295, 304, 311, 
312, 313, 445 
Powell, Margaret 147 
Powell, W. H. 201 
Powell, W. J. 16 
Prescott, John A. 183 
Press Congress of the World 31, 40, 47, 
186, 192, 323, 325, 397, 398, 400, 447, 
Preston, A. L. 198, 213, 265 

Preston, S- P. 38, 197 

Price, R. B. 125 

Price, W. C. 166, 173 

Prieot, Mauro 199 

Princeton Post 166, 173 

Princeton University 446 

Printers Ink Publications 402 

Printing Plant 40, 41, 64, 98 

Pritchard, D. A. 244 

Prizes 34, 308 

Proetz, Mrs. A. W.-^224, 242, 279 

Pruyn, Ralph 43, 101 

Publisher's Auxiliary 138, 221, 235, 274 

Pugsley, C. W. 206 

Puleipher, K. D. 244 

Pulcipher, Mrs. K. D. 298 

Pulitzer, Joseph 7, 316, 362, 366, 418, 
434, 436 

Pulitzer, Ralph 369, 405 

Purcell, E. L. 164, 166, 170, 248 

Quakertown (Pa.) Free Press 218, 242, 


Queen City Leader 173 
Queen City News 250 
Quezon, M. L. 199 
Quick, Herbert 208 
Quill, The 301, 302, 303 
Quincy Daily Herald 444 
Quinn, Cannie R. 24, 228, 298 
Quirino, Eliseo 311, 312 

Radio Corporation of America 159, 233 

Railway Age 240, 263 

Railway Gazette, The 202 

Ramsay, Robert L. 182, 211 

Rand, Clayton T- 205, 208, 218, 221, 274 

Rasmusaen, H. E. 91, 94, 108 

Ray, E. Lansing 197, 227, 276, 324 

Ray, Col. Hal S. 240 

Red Arrow Quartet 240 

Red Wing (Minn.) Republican 166 

Re'dmund, Percy 217, 267 

Redwood Gazette 225 

Reed, James A. 405 

Reed, Rowena 201, 308 

Reedy, William Marion 192 

Reese, B. H. 172, 208, 250 

Reid, Bertha 102 

Reid, Dudley A. 165 

Reid, John C. 179, 255 

Reid, Marguerite 204 

Reid, Whitelaw 7, 56 

Reighter, F. C. 204 

Resor, Stanley 217, 267, 395 

Reuters 442 

Reyes, E. A. 199 

Reynolds, Donald 315, 316 

Rhodes, Hulda Gordon 324 

Riccadonna, H. P. 244 

Rice, Grantland 253 

Rice, L. H. 135 

Rich Hill Enterprise 464 

Richards, Russell L-. 91 

Richardson, Allene 308 

Richardson, H. M. 405 

Richardson, Katherine 175, 188 

Richmond Missourian 171, 173, 221, 247, 


Richmond News Leader 405 
Rickey, H. N. 176, 252, 253 
Ridgeway, A. F. 108, 226 
Ridgway, Walter 164, 168, 174, 193, 198, 


Ridings, H. E. 43, 91, 97, 99, 296 
Ridings, J. Willard^403, 445 
Riggs, Robert L. 404 
Riley, Oscar E. 43, 91, 97, 187, 213, 265, 

295, 312, 323 
Riley, T. J. 24 
Rinehart, Alan 137 
Ritzenhaler, J, L. 165, 237 
Rivers, Birdie Lucille 182 
Roach, Cornelius 164, 167, 174, 176, 253 
Roach, Eugene B. 21, 320 
Robb, Edward 201 
Robbins, Sir Alfred 49, 400 
Robbing, H. J. 188 
Roberts, L. P. 173 
Roberts, Roy 395 
Roberts, Thomas H. 248 
Robertson, Ben 398 
Robertson, Miss Frank 314 
Robertson, H. B. 243 
Rock Island Magazine 219, 240, 244, 273 
Rock Port Mail 165, 167, 176, 205, 226, 


Rockefeller Foundation 183, 379 
Rodgers, Arch 117, 312, 314 
Roe, Herman 217, 267 
Roetzel, Mildred 308 
Rogers, C. E. 405 
Rogers, F. Theo 199 
Rogers, Jason 49, 118, 236, 323 
Rogers, N. G. 167 
Rogers, Thomas H. 170 
Rogers, Walter S. 187, 220, 273 
Rogers, W. B. 164 

Rolla Herald-Democrat 164, 167, 237, 339 
Rollins, C. B. 38, 197, 405 
Rollins, James S. 14, 135 
Rorer, Mrs. Sarah Tyson 172, 250 
Rose, Marc A. 235 
Rosenfelder, D. D. 103, 304 
Rosewater, Victor 165 
Ross, Charles G. 24, 32, 43, 78, 82, 83, 

84, 85, 87, 192, 208, 225, 249, 254, 255, 

277, 304, 347, 398, 445 
Roster, Charles 106 
Rothwell, Fountain 188 
Rowe, Dr, L. S. 397 
Roy, Sydney, J. 176 
Rucker, Frank W. 91, 94, 196, 259, 312 
Ruebel-Brown Advertising Agency 190 
Russellville Rustler 174, 180, 189, 255 



Rustic, The 218 
Rutledge, H. B. 399 
Rutt, Chris L. 201 
Ryan, Jack -200, 203 

Sack, Leo R.97 

Sack, Lester 303, 403 

Saito, Hiros 280 

Salisbury Press-Spectator 165, 237 

Salmon, Clark L. 97 

Sampaio, Sebastio 197, 209 

Sampson, Julia' 48, 330, 446 

San Angelo (Tex.) Standard 124, 396 

Sanders, C. L>. 81 

Sanders, Ruth 90, 94 

Sanhajo, Alfredo 405 

Sanj Vartaman 396 

Santa Ana Register 175, 252 

Sanvictores, J. G. 199 

Saper, Sara 119 

Sarchet, C. M. 397 

Sarcoxie Record 166, 180, 197, 255 

Saturday Evening Post 176, 252, 445 

Savannah Reporter 170, 192, 247 

Sawyer, I. H. 170, 248 

Scarborough, Dorothy 211, 266 

Schermerhorn, James 174, 181, 184, 194, 

Schle'ppey, Bloor 242 

Schneider, Julius 173, 250 

Schofield, James E. 304 

Scholarships 34, 270, 316, 326, 406, 449, 

Alpha Delta Sigma Prize 327 
Eugene Field Scholarship 326 
Gamma Alpha Chi Prize 327 
Homer Croy Prize 327 
Honorary Award in Agricultural 

Journalism 328 
Jay L. Torrey Scholarship 326 
John W. Jewell Scholarships 326 
Journalism Alumni Scholarship 326 
Journalism Play Award 327 
Special Distinction Award 327 
Tex Bayless Award in Advertising 

Theta Sigma Phi Prize 328 

School Arts Magazine 442 

Schott, Henry 27, 172, 190, 194, 201 

Schroeder, Eric G. 242, 312 

Schuette, 0. F. 193 

Scoop Dance 33, 117, 316 

Scoop Extra 33, 117, 123 

Scott, C. P. 405 

Scott, DR 295 

Scott, Frank H. 134 

Scott, Helen Jo 48, 78, 89, 282, 446 

Scripps Co., E. W. 291 

Scripps-Howard Newspapers-213, 266, 404 

Scripps-McRae League of Newspapers 
176, 252, 253 

Scripps, Robert P. 291 

Scniton, G. H. 164, 172 

Sedalia Bazoo 823 

Sedalia Capital 167, 179 

Se'dalia Democrat-Sentinel 164, 172 

Se'dalia Gazette 172 

Sedalia Journal 165 

Seifert, Shirley L-. 200, 204 

Seley, P. J. 184 

Selfe, P. 898, 404 

Settle, J. Ewing 226 

Sewall, "W. J. 164, 167, 175, 209, 210, 

216, 269 

Shaffer, George B. 189 
Shamel, C. A. 173, 250 
Shannon, R. E. 213, 265 
Sharp, Eugene W. 48, 75, 86, 281, 446 
Sharratt, Mrs. Faith G. 216, 268 
Sheets, J. M. 267 
Sheetz, Paul 315 
Shelby County Herald 212, 265 
Shelbina Democrat 16, 26, 165, 192, 341 
Shelbina Torchlight 168 
She'nandoah (la.) Sentinel-Post 175, 252, 


Shibusawa, Viscount E. 404 
Shidehara, Baron 280 
Shippey, Le'e 165, 171, 175, 176, 188, 192, 

247, 253, 285 
Shirkey, Mohler 313 
Shoemaker, Floyd C. 182, 188, 192, 196, 

198, 200, 216, 267, 284 
Shoop, F. W. 103, 104 
Show, Thad 217 
Shun Pao 325 

Sifton, Clare Ginsberg 261, 274, 403 
Sifton, Paul 201, 403 
Sigma Delta Chi 34, 181, 206, 209, 217, 

220, 221, 225', 227, 235, 236, 237, 242, 

245, 294, 299 to 303, 305, 440, 441, 442, 

443, 444, 445, 446, 447, 448 
Sikeston Herald 193, 203, 210 
Sikeston Standard 207 
Simmons, H. J. 164, 173 
Simmons, Mrs. H. J. 168 
Simonds, Ka-therine 229, 279, 298 
Simons, D. C. 213, 266 
Simpich, Joseph, 314 
Sims, Mrs. Irene 201 
Simson, Roy B. 179 
Sinnott, Arthur J. 404 
Sisson, L. B. 244 
Sisson, Stanley 188 
SkeVes, James H. 242 
Slater News 189 
Slavens, L. C. 37 
Sleicher, John A. 178, 255 
Sloan, George E. 307 
Smith, Bernice 287 
Smith, Mrs. Bertha Schmidt 91, 312 
Smith, Courtland 183 
Smith, E. N. 172, 250 
Smith, Edward B. 122 
Smith, Frederick W. 202 
Smith, Herbert W. 32, 48, 82, 199, 242, 

257, 261, 446 
Smith, Mrs. H. W. 308 
Smith, Mrs. Kathryn 207 
Snedeker, Arthur J. 134 
Snider, Jack '101 
Soderstrom, E. A. 94, 124, 132 
Sosey, Frank H. 165, 167 
South Dakota, University of 9, 197 
South Omaha Drovers Journal 37 
Southeast Missouri Press Association 

172, 210, 227 

Southeast Missourian 194, 209 
Southern California, University of 9 
Southern Methodist University 447 
Southern, William, Jr. 26, 165, 167, 171, 

175, 194, 207, 209, 213, 253, 265 
Southwest Poultry and Swine Breeder 




Southwestern Telephone News 234 

Spamer, Richard 164 

Spartanburg (S. C.) Journal 441 

Spectator 13 

Speer, A. A. 404 

Spencer, Dr. C. B. 212 

Spencer, Clarissa (Mrs. Keene) 298 

Spencer, Claudius B. 265 

Sprague', Mrs. Wayne 224, 279 

Springfield Republican 172 

St. Charles Banner-News 168, 172, 179, 


St. Clair, W. S. 166 
St. Joseph Gazette 165, 1S9, 178, 189, 

194, 255, 440, 442 
St. Joseph News-Press 165, 169, 176, 182, 

201, 241, 247, 252, 279 
St. Louis Ad Men,'s League! 248 
St. Louis' Christian Advocate 13, 178, 


St. Louis County Herald 252 
St. Louis Gazette 275 
St. Louis Globe-Democrat 13, 14, 18, 164, 

167, 169, 178, 182, 188, 197, 201, 208, 

211, 216, 225, 227, 235, 245, 248, 255, 

263, 265, 267, 275, 280, 344, 370, 379, 


St. Louis Guild 241 
St. Louis News Service 220, 272 
St. Louis Post-Dispatch 19, 20, 32, 41, 

159, 164, 169, 172, 173, 184, 188, 189, 

197, 201, 204, 207, 208, 211, 221, 225, 

235, 236, 243, 247, 250, 265, 267, 270, 

275, 277, 316, 440, 444, 445, 446 
St. Louis Presbyterian 447 
St. Louis Republic 163, 166, 167, 175, 

178, 182, 188, 192, 193, 252, 255, 275, 


St. Louis Republican 275 
St. Louis Star 164, 165, 167, 169, 172, 

175, 188, 193, 204, 213, 220, 250, 265, 

267, 273, 275 

St. Louis Times 165, 170, 248, 275 
St. Paul's Cathedral Stone 126, 133, 227, 

232, 319, 320, 321 

Stanard, Mrs. Caralee Strode 236 
Stanford University 405 
Stanley, Dr. Louise 188 
Stapel, Henry F. 165, 167, 176 
Stapel, John C. 91, 94, 103, 104, 226, 312, 


State Board of Immigration 48 
States, A. D. 165 
Stauffer. C. E. 313 
Steele, Mrs. Cora E. 200 
Steffan, Roger 184 
Stein, Selma308 
Steinbeck, A. H. 221, 273 
Stemmons, Walter 97, 101, 205, 313 
Stephens College 215, 330, 446 
Stephens, E. W. 16, 38, 135, 167, 198, 

212, 259, 341, 383 

Stephens Publishing Co. 95, 184, 331 
Stepp, Isabella^-- 123 
Stern, Renee B. 204 
Stevens, Walter B. 254 
Steward, Francis 91, 97, 99, 100, 295, 313 
Steward, Mrs. Muriel 228, 279 
Stewart, Rowe 41 
Stipe, Martha 220 
Stokes, Richard L. 41 
Stone, Dean A. L. 239, 244, 351 
Stone, Governor 26 
Stone, I. L. 201 

Stone, Melville E. 56 

Stonebraker, J. N. 180, 198, 205, 255, 

259, 260 

Storm Lake (la.) Pilot-Tribune 227 
Stout, Eugene 218 
Stout, Tom 179 
Stowe, F. A. 193 
Strohm, Mrs. Olivia B. 192 
Strong, Walter B.291, 292 
Stuart, J. Leighton 292 
Student Assistants in Journalism 149 
Stuffle-baum, Mrs. F. L. 192, 209 
Stufflebaum, F. L. 227 
Sturgeon Leader 173, 175, 250 
Sturgis, H. S. 165, 171, 180, 198, 247 
Success Magazine 442 
Successful Farming 176, 209, 252 
Sullivan News 250 
Summer Sessions 33, 44, 45, 54, 75, 88, 

124, 128, 129 

Summerall, Maj. Gen. C. P. 405 
Sumner, Charles A. 191, 196 
Sundine, John 202, 205 
Swain, E. E. 172, 189, 209, 210 
Swan, Joyce 316 
Swanger, John E. 165, 167 
Switzler, William F. 135 
Swope, Herbert Bayard 226 
Sydney, H. M. 184 
Sykes, Mrs. Velma West 224, 241 

Tait, J. L. 190 

Talley, Truman H. 99, 100, 101 

Talley, Victor 101 

Tamura, Teijiro 245, 279, 377 

Taney County Republican 218, 267 

Tarbell, Ida M. 298 

Tarkio Avalanche 173 

Tarry town (N. Y.) News 217 

Taubert, Mrs. Pauline J. 22 

Taylor, E. E. 127, 184 

Taylor, H. E. 94, 105, 106, 226, 312 

Taylor, J. J. 201 

Taylor, Ruth 308 

Taylor, Zachary W. 215 

Teachenor-Bartberger Engraving Co. 183 

Teasdale, Sara 216, 234, 285, 298 

Tedford, F. H. 165 

Tello, L L. 220 

Terrazas, Silvestre 1 404 

Texas Christian University 403, 445 

Texas State College for Women 313 

Texas, University of 176, 252, 309 

Theta Sigma Phi 34, 193, 198, 202, 205, 
206, 209, 218, 220, 223, 225, 226,. 227, 
228, 229, 235, 236, 239, 241, 242, 243, 
245, 294, 297, 298, 299, 325, 440, 443, 

Thomas, Augustus 216, 234, 286 

Thomas, Clara C. 172 

Thomas, W. L. 16 

Thompson Advertising Co. 395 

Thompson Co., J. Walter 217, 267 

Thompson, Guy A. 217, 267 

Thompson, Paul J. 101, 102 

Thompson, T. G. 212, 265 

Thomson, James M. 202 

Thomson, P. L. 243 

Thomson, Polly 396 

Thomson, R. M. 168, 172, 179, 225 

Thomure, Bern ice (Mrs. J. R. Morris) 

Thornberg, Hazel 298 

Thorp, Merle 402 



Thralls, M. V. 165 

Thurman, B. G. 21, 345 

Tierney, Fa-ther H. B. 200 

Tilde'n, Samuel J. 435 

Times Publishing Co. 405 

Timmons, Lecma 97 

Tindall, Robert K. 304 

Tipton Times 227 

Tisdel, Florence Whittier 399 

Tisdel, William S. 399 

Todd, James 473, 237 

Todd, R. 1ST. 435 

Tokugawa, Prince lyesato 279, 320 

Toledo Blade 395 

Tong, Hollington K. 146 

Toole, Joseph A. 353 

Topeka Daily Capital 236 

Torrey, Jay L. 326 

Towner, Milton C. 86 

Trachsel, Mrs. Myrtle J. 208, 234, 285 

Traer (la.) Star-Clipper 184, 266, 312 

Trail, Guy T. 102, 103 

Trans-Pacific Magazine 59, 207, 441 

Tredway, F. Q. 244 

Trenholme, Norman M. 24 

Trenton News 167 

Trenton Republican-Tribune 164, 167, 

175, 209 

Tri-County News 245 
Trigg, Fred G. 204, 209 
Trigg, George W. 16 
Troy Free Press 165, 198, 227 
Trullinger, Earl 43, 91, 97, 100, SIS 
Tucker, E. W. 287 

Tucker, J. P. 38, 191, 193, 197, 198, 405 
Tulaa (Okla.) Timers and Democrat 442 
Tulsa (Okla.) Tribune 226 
Turner, George W. 91 
Turner, Ralph W. 104, 105, 129, 159, 160, 

234, 236, 238, 240, 245, 312 

Uenoda, S. 320 

Union Pacific Magazine 243 

Union Republican-Tribune 221, 274 

Unionville Republican 165, 202 

United News 236 

United Press Associations -74, 77, 97, 99, 
100, 102, 104, 106, 108, 111, 112, 120, 
121, 123, 125, 126, 129, 131, 132, 159, 
178, 189, 201, 205, 208, 212, 218. 221, 
228, 232, 233, 234, 240, 242, 255, 265, 
269, 273, 312, 313, 333, 368, 387, 401, 
403, 404, 444 

United States Bureau of Education 10 

Universal Service 241, 242, 273 

University of London 422 

University Missourian Association 90, 92, 
93, 98, 106, 231, 331 

Unson, C. E. 199 

Upton, Joseph G. 194 

Urich Herald 165 

Vance, C. C. 314 

VanCleve, W. C. 217 

Van der Hout, William N. 400 

Vandalia Leader 164, 189 

Vane, C. A. 177, 255 

Van Meter, Ray 209 

Vatchaghandy, Rustom 396 

Vaughan, C. J. 164 

Venable, George 226 

Verona Advocate 184 

Versailles Leader 165 

Vest, George 15 

Victor (Colo.) Daily Record 446 

Viles, Jonas 24 

Villard, Oswald Garrison 143, 166, 189, 

242, 391 

Vise, F. A. 164 
Von Kupfler, Dr. H.~ 398 
Von Prittmtz, F. W. 401 
Votaw, Maurice 90 

Waddell, Elizabeth 178, 255, 284 

Walden, G. J. 198 

Walden, Mamie 1 198 

Walker, Herbert W. 236 

Walker, S. P. 97 

Wang, Y. P. 325 

Wall, Herbert 222 

Wallace, Henry 168 

Wallace, Tom 236, 404 

Wallace's Farmer 168 

Walling, R. V. 404 

Walnut Grove Tribune 179 

Walter, Karl 178, 186, 190, 255 

Waltner, Erma 241 

Waltner, Vera 241 

Walton, R. S. 184 

Ward, John 41 

Ward, Mae Williams 220, 241 

Ware, Catherine (Mrs. William Neilsen) 


Warner, W. G. 164 
Warren, Mrs. John T. 49, 298 
Warren, Low 49 
Warren, Maude Radford 285 
Warrensburg Journal-Democrat 165 
Waorrensburg Weekly Standard-Herald 


Warrenton Banner 173, 184, 221, 225, 
228, 274 

Warsaw Enterprise 165 

Warsaw Times 171 

Washburn, R. D. 307 

Washington (la.) Evening Journal 218, 

Washington and Lee University 4, 7, 12, 

Washington Star 224, 276, 404 

Washington State College 306 

Washington, University of 6, 9, 19, 47, 
184, 235, 306, 307, 309 

Washington University, St. Louis 96, 
220, 297, 402, 418, 447 

Waterbury (Conn.) American 405 

Waters, H. J.16 

Watkins, J. E. 176, 194, 235 

Watkins, W. L- 164 

Watson, Aaron 41, 203, 276 

Watson, Elmo Scott 221, 235, 274 

Watson, E. M. 188 

Watson, Mrs. James 165, 167, 170 

Watterson, Henry 866 

Watts, Beatrice 308 

Watts, Fay King 49, 298 

Wauchope, G. A. 15 

Webb City Register 180 

Webb City Sentinel 167 

Webber, Mrs. Cecil Pease 298 

WeeTces, Mrs. Marie 216, 267 

Weekly Review of the Far East 444 

Wellman, Walter 27 

Wells, Campbell 22 

Wells, Catha 182, 215, 267 

Wells, Henry L. 201 

Wenatchee (Wash.) Times 899 

Wentz, Walton 244 

Wenrlick, Roy W. 248 



"West Plains Journal 197, 209 

West Plains Quill 179 

West Virginia, University of 441 

Western Newspaper Union 174, 190, 250 

Western Publisher 166, 170 

Western Watchman 178, 255 

Weston Chronicle 222, 242